informis/textfiles
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Initial commit

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
root@procul
2021-04-15 13:31:59 -05:00
commit 278a90f7ce
57951 changed files with 34606208 additions and 0 deletions
Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2002.ufo
+30
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
SUBJECT: BOX-SHAPED UFO IN CALIFORNIA SKIES FILE: UFO2002
N E W S F L A S H !
GIANT BOX-SHAPED UFO CROSSES SOUTHERN CALIFORNIAN SKIES
NEAR EDWARDS AFB
(UFO Reporting Center, March 12, 1988.) A pilot who was
driving 40 miles east of Edwards Air Force Base in California
today saw a huge box-shaped object glowing brilliant white in the
afternoon sky. He called the FAA ARTCC at 2:00 p.m. and was told
they had had it on their radar. It had gone across their radar
screens in just a single sweep. It made an instantaneous 90
degree turn while the witness was watching it. He estimated it
was flying at 30,000 feet and was bigger than a 747. Contact
Robert Gribble of the National UFO Reporting Center for more
information, 206-722-3000.
--Donald A. Johnson, Ph.D.
MUFON Washington State Director
something different than missles and aircraft.
Moreover, the term "UFO," as used in these regulations,
is given very
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2003.ufo
+122
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
SUBJECT: <<UFONET>> Echomail Policy: FILE: UFO2003
--------------------------
Currently <<UFONET>> has 3 echomail areas established. There
is a Sysops echo, and two public UFO oriented echoes where the bulk
of the discussion will take place. The reason for the inclusion of
2 UFO echoes should become self evident upon reading the respective
descriptions which follow. It is hoped that people will make use of
both areas, depending on the nature of the subject matter they wish
to discuss. I hope that people will see the spirit behind why such
a decision was made, and adhere to it as closely as possible.
Obviously, from time to time, it will be debatable as to which
echo certain pieces of information, and strains of thought will best
belong. As Moderator, I hope to be as relatively easy-going and as un-
obtrusive as possible when acting in that capacity. From time to time
it may be appropriate to shift debate to another echo, but for the
most part I will leave this to the discretion of the users, and hope
they adhere to the echomail policy in the spirit of good faith in which
it was designed to be observed.
<<UFONET> User Sanctions:
------------------------
<<UFONET>> places a high value on its role as a forum for the
unincumbered, free flow of information relating to the subject of UFOs.
As such, there will be no censorship of any kind, except for that which
pertains to a User using profanity, or intentionally causing mischief or
any other outrageous activity which is in violation of the spirit of the
"Code of Conduct". It is hoped that, in my capacity as Moderator, action
will never have to be taken against a User. However, if it is brought to
the <<UFONET>> Sysops attention that a violation has occured, it will be
decided collectively by the <<UFONET>> Sysops as to whether it constitutes
a breach or not of the "Code of Conduct", and appropriate action will then
be taken, which is one of the following:
o Action dismissed as not being a violation.
o If a violation, then User will get a 1st lightly worded warning.
o Upon a second violation, User will get a strongly worded warning.
o On a third violation, User will get a 30-day suspension of their
write priviledges. On any subsequent breach, the offending User
will no longer be permitted to access <<UFONET>>.
<<UFONET>> File Policies:
------------------------
One of our greatest assets, is our huge file library, with
well over 300 files on almost every aspect of study and research
within "UFOlogy". We take great pride on the quality and diversity
which is present within. Its our hope that you will make use of, and
add to the quality and number of our existing file base.
Our files are obtained from a variety of sources. Most are
composed by individuals such as yourself, and then uploaded to a BBS
or on-line service. Some of our material is also excerpted from books
and publications. Because of copyright sensitivity, it is suggested
that where possible, accreditation should be given. As we are a non-
profit, loosely based organization, by no means should individual files
be reproduced and the contents therein sold for profit. Our goal is
to disseminate as much of this information, as widely as possible, for
people's private individual use only.
Regarding the 5-Star "rating" system used within the file library,
it should be understood that this is a purely subjective, unofficial
classification system used merely to point out "interesting" files. They are
there for your benefit only, and do not represent a <<UFONET>> endorsement.
Description of UFONET_A Echo:
----------------------------
Beginning with the premise that the subject of UFOs is one laden
with both controversy and emotion to begin with, two public echo
areas have been instituted in order to accomodate the widest array
of both Users and information relating to the discussion of UFOs.
UFONET_A Echo is intended to be a forum for discussion on those
elements of the UFO enigma to which there is more or less a
"concensus" upon within the UFOlogical community. Discussion
here will tend to be more conservative, and less speculative as
we examine those aspects of the UFO phenomenon which are for the
most part, accepted by most of the leading researchers within
the UFO community at large.
Examples of discussion material, include UFO sighting and abduction
reports. Scientifically based theorizing on composition of UFO craft
and operating of propulsion systems, etc., generally referred to as
"nuts and bolts" discussion. Its hoped that "skeptic" and "believer"
and those inbetween, can co-exist peacefully within both UFONET echoes.
While some discussion material will inevitably overlap both echoes, it
is hoped that the spirit of this arrangement will be adhered to. 
Description of UFONET_B Echo:
----------------------------
Beginning with the premise that the subject of UFOs is one laden
with both controversy and emotion to begin with, two public echo
areas have been instituted in order to accomodate the widest array
of both Users and information relating to the discussion of UFOs.
UFONET_B Echo is intended to be a forum for discussion on the more
highly speculative and controversial aspects of some theories and
positions as held by certain UFO researchers and participants. This
however is not meant as a license to discuss fantasy or make-believe.
It is assumed that all participants in both echoes are here to discuss
issues which are meaningful to them, and which they hold in good faith.
The subject has enough controversy in it without having to resort to
fabrications. Appropriate for this echo is also highly speculative
discussion ranging from conspiracy/coverup theories, to that of the
implications of alien communications and interaction with humans. Its
hoped that "skeptic" and "believer", and those inbetween, can co-exist
peacefully within both UFONET echoes. While some discussion material
will inevitably overlap both echoes, it is hoped that the spirit of
this arrangement can be adhered to by all involved.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2004.ufo
+707
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,707 @@
SUBJECT: Compuserve Conference TRANSCRIPT FILE: UFO2004
Sunday evening, December 4, 1988
(5,Sysop Ted Markley) How is sunny FL? ga
(5,Sysop Ted Markley) HI Don ga
Good evening
(5,Bert) It's great. Nice weather.
(5,Ted) Hi Mark
(5,Wedge) Hi Mark
(5,Bill) h
Hi Ted, Wedge
(5,Bill) hello
Bill
(5,Ted) All settled Bert? ga
(5,Bert) Any time, Don is here with me.
User User ID Nod Rm Name / Forum Area
---- ------------ --- --- -----------------
18 74630,554 ANC 5 Bill
70 75376,1620 CVK 5 Wedge
71 76060,2404 DEQ 5 Mark R. Owens
73 76012,3361 MRT 5 Ted
77 71450,3504 PSF 5 Bert
(5,Ted) Hi Don! Welcome to CompuServe! ga
(5,Wedge) Don, is Ed Hanson with you?
(5,Bert) Ed is not here
(5,Don M) dale, which don
(5,Don M) ustatus
(5,Wedge) Sorry, Don Warre.
(5,DON) Hi you all.......
(5,Bill) hi Don
(5,Mark[Y]) Hello, all!
(5,Don Ware) u
User User ID Nod Rm Name / Forum Area
---- ------------ --- --- -----------------
18 74630,554 ANC 5 Bill
24 76703,266 DUK 5 G-WIZ
27 72310,2472 BOI 5 Don M
59 72460,3101 BMA 5 JERRY WOODY
63 71340,276 SOR 5 Mark[Y]
66 74270,3360 BOI 5 DON
70 75376,1620 CVK 5 Wedge
71 76060,2404 DEQ 5 Mark R. Owens
73 76012,3361 MRT 5 Ted
77 71450,3504 PSF 5 Don Ware
(5,Don M) hihi
(5,Ted) are we ready? ga
(5,DON) go
(5,Don Ware) All set here
(5,Bill) yes
(5,Ted) ok
(5,Ted) ok...
(5,Ted) Tonights special guest is Donald Ware, head of the...
(5,Ted) Gulf Breeze UFO investigation for the Mutual UFO...
(5,Ted) Network (MUFON). Don is a retired Air Force officer...
(5,Ted) (fighter pilot) who resides in Ft. Walton Beach, FL...
(5,Ted) and is also a state director for MUFON. He was...
(5,Ted) spotlighted on NBC's "Unsolved Mysteries" last month...
(5,Ted) Before we open the floor to questions I'll get things...
(5,Ted) going with a couple of basic questions. Ready Don? GA
(5,Don Ware) yes
(5,Ted) Ok...
(5,Ted) I understand there has been quite a bit of new activity...
(5,Ted) in Gulf Breeze the last few months. Could you tell us...
(5,Ted) a little about what has been happening? -- Especially...
(5,Ted) involving the incident last week where an airforce...
(5,Ted) pilot and his wife had a major encounter on the beach. I...
(5,Ted) heard a rumor that a significant stretch of beach was...
(5,Ted) closed. Anything to that? GA
(5,Don Ware) ok.....
(5,Don Ware) First let me clarify for the record...
(5,Don Ware) that Charles Flannigan is the chief investigator on the GB case..
(5,Don Ware) I have been coordinating some of the related activities....
(5,Don Ware) Regarding recent incidences....
(5,Don Ware) a week ago Monday, about 10:15 pm, 3 teenagers on Pensacola beach
(5,Don Ware) were told by US Airforce security police that they must clear the
(5,Don Ware) beach. Thirty minutes later, James Larken with another person...
(5,Don Ware) reported a UFO 12-13 ft in diameter, 25 ft above the tree tops...
(5,Don Ware) two miles east of GB. This is just north of the Sound from where
(5,Don Ware) the teenagers were, and I understand that the teenagers told...
(5,Don Ware) Mark Curtis of TV3 that an incident was in progress. ga
(5,Ted) Ok...
(5,Ted) Thanks for setting us straight on the "head" investigator...
(5,Ted) What's your opinion of the attacks being leveled by...
(5,Ted) individuals like Willy Smith? In a report at a national...
(5,Ted) UFO conference in Cleveland recently, Smith reported...
(5,Ted) that he believed the whole GB thing to be a hoax. GA
(5,Don Ware) ok...
(5,Don Ware) First let me clarify that the teenagers were told by the POLICE
that...
(5,Don Ware) an incident was in progress....
(5,Don Ware) I think Willy Smith has a personal problem...
(5,Don Ware) We have not communicated with him since late March...
(5,Don Ware) when his responses to our communications became unreasonable. ga
(5,Wedge) !
(5,Ted) Can you elaborate? ga
(5,Tom Mickus) !
(5,Don Ware) I'd prefer not to elaborate further, because I prefer not to
discuss...
(5,Don Ware) other people. ga
(5,Ted) Ok...
(5,DON) !!
(5,Ted) I will now open the floor, Dale and Mickus are already...
(5,Ted) on the list (along with Don) ga
(5,Wedge) Thank you....
(5,Wedge) I was just wondering how you feel about the recent reduc-
(5,Wedge) tion of Bob Boyd and Willy Smith in MUFON circles...since every
(5,Wedge) case needs to have both sides expressed, don't you feel that
(5,Wedge) one sided censorship is taking place?ga
(5,Ted) ga Don W
(5,Don Ware) ok...
(5,Don Ware) The change in MUFON status of Boyd and Smith has certainly not...
(5,Don Ware) changed their visibility. ga
(5,Ted) Ok... Mickus is next GA
(5,Tom Mickus) Ok....
(5,Tom Mickus) Don, can you tell us if the names of two...
(5,Tom Mickus) of the people who also have photos is going...
(5,Tom Mickus) to be released...and has Maccabee analyzed these pics at all...
(5,Tom Mickus) and if he has , when is the computer analysis..
(5,Tom Mickus) going to be made public in print?...and one other...
(5,Tom Mickus) question, if Mr. "Ed" is supposed to be a...
(5,Tom Mickus) major construction contractor in GB...
(5,Tom Mickus) why can't someone determine who is really is? Thanks. GA DON.
(5,Ted) Ga Don W
(5,Don Ware) ok...
(5,Don Ware) The two photos from 1986 and the 9 photos from "believer Bill"...
(5,Don Ware) were taken by people who have not allowed interviews...
(5,Don Ware) [0~rA lady named Millie took 2 photos on 6 April....
(5,Don Ware) the objects were quite small, .001 radians....
(5,Wedge) !
(5,Ted) Don Ware got...
(5,Ted) knocked off ...
(5,Ted) Please stand by.....
(5,Ted) [Light music...]
(5,Wedge) <Light Beer?>
(5,Bill) [he[heavy snoring]
(5,Ted) [More Light music]
(5,Ted) [Irritating commercial chatter]
(5,G-WIZ) ha!
(5,Bert) got knocked off, we are back...
(5,Ted) They're HERE!
(5,Bert) We have been unable...
(5,Bert) to locate Mike Johnson, who dropped off an undeveloped roll of...
(5,Bert) film at the Gulf Breeze Sentinel. ga
(5,Ted) Ok...
(5,Ted) DON is next ga BOISE
User User ID Nod Rm Name / Forum Area
---- ------------ --- --- -----------------
18 74630,554 ANC 5 Bill
27 72310,2472 BOI 5 Don M
37 76650,1021 TTC 5 Tom Mickus
63 71340,276 SOR 5 Mark Y
64 71450,3504 PSF 5 Bert
66 74270,3360 BOI 5 DON
70 75376,1620 CVK 5 Wedge
71 76060,2404 DEQ 5 Mark R. Owens
73 76012,3361 MRT 5 Ted
(5,DON) Ok..
(5,Don M) pass
(5,DON) Hang in there with me, the keyboard..
(5,DON) is acting up
(5,Don M) no comment, ga
(5,DON) Ok, Don, all around the UFO community..
(5,DON) the entire "House" is in disarray....
(5,DON) Perfect case in point is the GB case...
(5,DON) this is one that has divided the ranks down the middle
(5,DON) You, Walt, Maccabee on one side giving the facts that..
(5,DON) this is very promising, on the other side, People like..
(5,DON) Smith, etc, not to mention Klass using it to show
(5,DON) the rest of the world how we are our own worst enemies..
(5,DON) My point is this,. first what do you consider to be the
(5,DON) most effective evidence to show that something is indeed
(5,DON) occurring, and then do you have any ideas on how you
(5,Tom Mickus) !
!
(5,DON) would suggest a healing of the ranks?? and follow up. ga
(5,Bert) ok...
(5,Bert) Bob Boyd and Willy Smith appear to me to be debunkers...
(5,Wedge) !
(5,Bert) we have 7 investigators in NW Florida who have been working...
(5,Bert) on this case plus 3-4 others working on nearby cases...
(5,Bert) we try to investigate according to the MUFON manual....
(5,Bert) we report what we learn...
(5,Bert) the reaction of other investigators or debunkers....
(5,Bert) is not MY concern. The NW Florida MUFON case number 15 ...
(5,Bert) has been investigated more thoroughly than any case I know....
(5,Bert) one couple has had 22 encounters, including 18 separate
photographic...
(5,Wedge) !
(5,Bert) sessions in a 5 and a half month period
(5,Bert) ...
(5,Bert) they have taken pictures with every kind of camera we ...
(5,Bert) gave them. The 1 May photographs show an object 14.8 ft in...
(5,Bert) diameter, and 14.8 ft high at a distance of 475 ft over the water....
(5,Bert) the NIMSLO object is in the same frames calculated to be...
(5,Bert) 132 ft away. The object appears to be about 3 ft long....
(5,Bert) NUMEROUS REPUTABLE people reported objects they described as...
(5,Bert) similar to those photographed. ga
(5,Ted) Ok...
(5,Ted) Mark Owens is next ga
Thank you. I would like to know what type of credentials that Ed has and
how does he fit into the picture with respect to previous association with
MUFON or other similar organizations. ga
(5,Ted) Ga Don W
(5,Don Ware) ...
(5,Don Ware) ok...
(5,Don Ware) Ed has no previous association with MUFON or other...
(5,Don Ware) UFO groups. I met him on 20 November, the day after the first ...
(5,Don Ware) pictures were published. ga
(5,Ted) Ga Don W
(5,Ted) Soory...
(5,Ted) We have a lot in line Mark. I have put you in Queue. Dale is next ga
(5,Wedge) Don W....
(5,Wedge) Is a book in the works? And if so, can you tell us the per-
(5,Wedge) centage of take that Ed will take?ga
(5,Ted) Ga Don W
(5,Don Ware) ok...
(5,Don Ware) On 7 January, I told Ed that this case requires presentation...
(5,Don Ware) to the public in two forms. First a TV documentary, because it was ....
(5,Don Ware) primarily visual evidence; and secondly a book must be written...
(5,Don Ware) because that is the ONLY format that can tell the whole story. ga
(5,Don Ware) ...
(5,Don Ware) wait...
(5,Don Ware) I have no knowledge of the finances. ga
(5,Ted) Ok...
(5,Ted) Tom Mickus is next ga Tom
(5,Tom Mickus) Ok...
(5,Tom Mickus) Don, I'm not sure if you answered3ered my previous...
(5,Tom Mickus) question as to whether Ed is a major construction...
(5,Tom Mickus) contractor in GB...and when the computer analysis...
(5,Tom Mickus) by Maccabee will be pout into print. And a suggestion:...
(5,Tom Mickus) Why doesn't someone work a deal with Sony and...
(5,Tom Mickus) make sure that everyone down there scraps their cameras...
(5,Tom Mickus) and gets camcorders instead. And lastly.,..
(5,Tom Mickus) do you know where I can get a copy of a 1985 ...
(5,Tom Mickus) Air force regulation entitled "AFR 200-2"....Thanks...GA
(5,Ted) Ga Don W
(5,Don Ware) ok....
(5,Don Ware) During the previous 5 years...
(5,Don Ware) Ed averaged building 20 houses per year. During the past 12...
(5,Don Ware) months, he has only built 9. The reason is that...
(5,Don Ware) an extensive and UFO investigation and building custom homes...
(5,Don Ware) do not mix. Not everyone wants to trust their life savings...
(5,Don Ware) to someone who photographs strange things. ....
(5,Don Ware) Dr. Maccabees photo analysis has been completed on select
photographs....
(5,Don Ware) Release date unknown.....
(5,Don Ware) Library of congress would be a source for info on regulations. ...
(5,Don Ware) Or "Clear Intent" has a copy of AFR200-2..ga
(5,Ted) Ok...
(5,Ted) DON is next GA DON form Boise
(5,DON) Ok...
User User ID Nod Rm Name / Forum Area
---- ------------ --- --- -----------------
18 74630,554 ANC 5 Bill
27 72310,2472 BOI 5 Don M
37 76650,1021 TTC 5 Tom Mickus
47 72311,2715 BOL 5 JDR
63 71340,276 SOR 5 Mark Y
64 71450,3504 PSF 5 Don Ware
65 76703,266 DUK 5 WIZOP
66 74270,3360 BOI 5 DON
70 75376,1620 CVK 5 Wedge
71 76060,2404 DEQ 5 Mark R. Owens
73 76012,3361 MRT 5 Ted
(5,DON) Don, on my last question, I asked you..
(5,DON) what piece of evidence you felt was most provocative from
(5,DON) the stand point of showing that this was a very
(5,DON) serious case,
(5,Wedge) !
(5,DON) so what piece of evidence do you feel would be the one....
(5,DON) and how is the abduction phenomenon shaping up in GB??
(5,DON) ga
(5,Ted) GA Don W
(5,Don Ware) ok...
(5,Don Ware) As I stated in my initial statement...
(5,Don Ware) it is the combination of excellent photographs and the ...
(5,Don Ware) reputation of independent witnesses that makes GB "case 15"...
(5,Don Ware) greatly significant. We had 10 abductees at our support group...
(5,Don Ware) meeting last Tuesday (29 Nov.). My impression is that...
(5,DON) Ok, but is there any physical evidence, or military?
(5,Don Ware) they are being helped by our activities ....
(5,Ted) Wait DON Please
(5,Don Ware) several abductees have undergone extensive hypnotic regression...
(5,Don Ware) ga
(5,Ted) Ok...
(5,Ted) Mark O is next ga
ok
(5,Mark Y) ?
I wanted to know if the government has been involved in this thing, and if
so, to what extent officially? Also, has Ed been an abductee? ga.
(5,Ted) Ga Don W
(5,Don Ware) ok...
(5,Don Ware) Three mobile radars surrounded GB shortly after the photos were...
(5,Don Ware) published. Thompson 871111/0815...
(5,Don Ware) and McClellan 871202/00## both reported fighters...
(5,Don Ware) making a pass toward the UFO. Light aircraft showed up...
(5,Don Ware) after other sightings. Light aircraft were reported orbiting...
(5,Don Ware) over East Bay almost every night during the peak of the sightings.....
(5,Don Ware) We suspect that the government knows more about what's going on...
(5,Don Ware) than we do. Ed has has at least 4 periods of missing time....
(5,Don Ware) at ages 17, 25, 33, and 41. Perhaps later details may be released. ga
(5,Ted) Ok...
(5,Ted) DAle is next
(5,Ted) ga Dale
(5,Wedge) If thee Ed story turns out to be real...
(5,Wedge) it is the st story of the century...
(5,Wedge) if it doesn't, it could
(5,Wedge) it could really destroy Ufology. Is there anything about Ed
(5,Wedge) that you think could be detrimental to your case?ga
(5,Ted) ga Don w [good ? Dale]
(5,Don Ware) we are back
User User ID Nod Rm Name / Forum Area
---- ------------ --- --- -----------------
18 74630,554 ANC 5 Bill
27 72310,2472 BOI 5 Don M
37 76650,1021 TTC 5 Tom Mickus
43 76704,57 BAT 5 Clara
47 72311,2715 BOL 5 JDR
63 71340,276 SOR 5 Mark Y
66 74270,3360 BOI 5 DON
70 75376,1620 CVK 5 Wedge
71 76060,2404 DEQ 5 Mark R. Owens
73 76012,3361 MRT 5 Ted
101 71450,3504 PSF 5 Don Ware
103 76702,330 DUK 5 CIS
(5,Don Ware) we are back.
(5,Ted) Okk...
(5,Ted) Don W....
(5,Ted) what did you last read? ga
(5,Don Ware) we lost...
(5,JDR) ?
(5,Don Ware) previous question. ga
(5,Ted) Dale can you repeat? ga
(5,Wedge) ok....
(5,Wedge) I think I said...and if not, Ted ask the q....
(5,Wedge) This case could be the most important one in the past...
(5,Wedge) century. But, perhaps it may not be as it seems....IIs there
(5,Wedge) anything in the case or in Mr. Ed that troubles you as an...
(5,Wedge) investigator?......
(5,Wedge) Your case may be the downfall of MUFON, if it is wrong. Let us
(5,Wedge) hope that is isn't. Are there no reservations?g
(5,Ted) ga DOn W
(5,Don Ware) ok...
(5,Don Ware) There are know reservations. The GB flap is a large number of
cases...
(5,Don Ware) go
(5,Don Ware) ga
(5,Ted) Don the last message...
(5,Don Ware) NO reservation. ga
(5,Ted) did make sense ga
(5,Ted) did ---> didn't
(5,Wedge) !
(5,Ted) [BIG difference]
(5,Ted) Don is next ga Don
(5,DON) pass
(5,Ted) Ok...
(5,Ted) Mark Y is up GA
(5,Mark Y) ok...
(5,Mark Y) Has any hardware or landing tracings been found? GA
(5,Ted) Ga DOn W
(5,JDR) users
(5,Don Ware) A circle 12-14 ft in diameter in the school yard...
(5,Don Ware) was affected so that the grass died and did not grow back in the
(5,Don Ware) Spring. Extensive investigation has been unable to determine the
(5,Don Ware) cause. On 17 Dec. Ed said he saw some liquid fall...
(5,JDR) exit
(5,Don Ware) from a UFO into a field. A "butter tub" with rainwater, dirt...
(5,Don Ware) and algae was found bubbling and apparently captured some of the ...
(5,Wedge) !
(5,Don Ware) fluid. Two analyses of the fluid indicated diluted sea water.....
(5,Don Ware) ga
(5,Ted) Ok...
(5,Ted) JDR is next ga
(5,JDR) Just like to listen for awhile. ga
(5,Ted) Ok...
(5,Ted) Wedge is up GA
(5,Wedge) The Northeast Ohio sighting is unique in that...
(5,Wedge) no only are there independent witnesses, photos, etc., but
(5,Wedge) we have icial" document showing that the event took
(5,Wedge) place. Gulf breeze is really big in event status, but no documents,
(5,Ted) "icial" ?
(5,Bill) !!!!!
(5,Wedge) from what I can see from military sources. Are there some?>
(5,Ted) ga Don W
(5,Don Ware) ok...
(5,Don Ware) There has been nothing from any government agency on GB. ga
(5,Wedge) ? follow
(5,Ted) Ok Follow Dale
(5,Ted) ga
(5,Wedge) Is there a reason that Gulf Breeze is more....
(5,Wedge) important than the Lake Erie sighting (which has an official
(5,Wedge) U.S. document)? Or is is that your case has been commercial-
(5,Wedge) ized by the Sentinel and Walt Andrus? My case hasn't even
(5,Wedge) made the MUFON Journal, but I'm not writing a book.ga
(5,Ted) Ok...
(5,Don Ware) ok...
(5,Ted) GA DOn W
(5,Don Ware) I have very little information on the NE Ohio case. ga
(5,Bill) !!!!
(5,Ted) [LEt's not forget...
(5,Ted) tonights subject is GB ...
(5,Ted) Next is Mark > [the you BILL of Anaheim] ga Mark
ok
(5,Don M) no comment
Don, Now that you have had experience with several abductees, has any
determination been made as to what the motives are behind the GB incidents.
I have heard that there is something behind this, possibly some type of
programming or something of that nature. And, what is the future as you
see it for GB?
(5,Wedge) Religious? Sorry!
(5,Don Ware) ok...
(5,Don Ware) The abduction phenomenon was going on here...
(5,Don Ware) before the photographs were taken, and they have ...
(5,Don Ware) continued since 1 May. I think that the abduction phenomenon...
(5,Don Ware) and the GB photographs are 2 separate issues....
(5,DON) ?????
(5,Don Ware) It appears to me that the aliens chose someone they...
(5,Don Ware) were familiar with to provide photographic opportunities...
(5,Don Ware) I suspect the alien craft posed for pictures because they...
(5,Don Ware) wanted the public to see them. They realized that a photographer
(5,Don Ware) with a high degree of credibility and significant fortitude...
(5,Don Ware) would increase the chance that the photos would be seen ...
(5,Don Ware) by large numbers of people. This is of course my speculation. ga
(5,Ted) ok....
(5,Ted) then I have an interesting announcement. ga
(5,Ted) Ok BILL from Anahiem is next ga
(5,Bill) THANKS...
(5,Bill) I would like to know if anyone is documenting and photographing
(5,Bill) the government movements in this case....
(5,Bill) and if not why not. And have any of the people involved in this
(5,Wedge) nite;
(5,Bill) case been contacted by anyone else besides ufologists ga
(5,Ted) GA Don
(5,Don Ware) ok...
(5,Don Ware) We have documented mobile radars, fighter involvement, light
aircraft...
(5,Don Ware) involvement. We even have two stories concerning the JanTide,
a radar...
(5,Don Ware) ship. The press was told the mission was antidrug related...
(5,Don Ware) and a crew member lounging on the deck told one of our
investigators...
(5,Don Ware) that it was a prototype radar used in weather research. ....
(5,Don Ware) Regarding other people investigating, numerous newspapers and TV
(5,Don Ware) stations have interviewed Ed. The Pensacola Journal did a fairly
(5,Don Ware) extensive investigation. Numerous investigators...
(5,Don Ware) have come to town and had access to my files....
(5,Don Ware) and seemed convinced of the validity of the cases. ...
(5,Don Ware) Any serious investigator that wants to spend a few days...
(5,Don Ware) in this area will have access to my files if I am here. It is...
(5,Don Ware) unfortunate that the MUFON Journal has not had space to print...
(5,Don Ware) more of the story. They did however give it significant coverage. ga
(5,Ted) Ok...
(5,Ted) Thanks, I have just been informed that...
(5,Ted) "Ed" has now joined the CO. Any comments Mr. Ed. ? ga
User User ID Nod Rm Name / Forum Area
---- ------------ --- --- -----------------
18 74630,554 ANC 5 Bill
37 76650,1021 TTC 5 Tom Mickus
47 72311,2715 BOL 5 JDR
56 72167,3120 WRM 5 george chabot
63 71340,276 SOR 5 Mark Y - back later
66 74270,3360 BOI 5 DON
71 76060,2404 DEQ 5 Mark R. Owens
73 76012,3361 MRT 5 Ted
101 71450,3504 PSF 5 Don Ware
(5,Don Ware) ok...
(5,"ED") ok...
(5,"ED") Almost weekly there is an investigator...
(5,"ED") or news reporting crew disrupting my normal life....
(5,"ED") I have learned to adjust, but it doesn't make it any easier...
(5,"ED") My main priority is the protection of my family from ridicule. ga
(5,Bill) !!!!
(5,Ted) Ok any ?'s ag
(5,Bill) !!
(5,Ted) Bill GA
(5,Bill) tks
!
(5,Tom Mickus) ?
(5,Bill) have you received any communication at all
(5,Bill) from these visitors by any means? ga
(5,Ted) ga Ed
(5,"ED") ok...
(5,"ED") The telepathy was cryptic and more like a command...
(5,"ED") than communications. Example, "be calm". ga
(5,Ted) Ok...
(5,Ted) Mark o. Next
ok...
Ed, Why have they chosen you as a photographer, i.e., Don stated that they
have 'chosen' you, and what other intentions do they have with you? ga
(5,Ted) Ok...
(5,"ED") ok...
(5,Ted) Mark please keep your lines shorter ga ED
(5,"ED") I don't know that they have chosen me as a photographer. ...
(5,"ED") I only grabbed my camera and shot as one might normally do...
(5,"ED") on witnessing such an incredible event. ga
(5,Ted) Ok...
(5,Ted) Tom Mickus GA
!
(5,Tom Mickus) Ok...
(5,Tom Mickus) Ed, could you please tell us what your...
(5,Tom Mickus) religious disposition was BEFORE any of...
(5,Tom Mickus) these events started happening to you...
(5,Tom Mickus) and on a scale of 1-10 how "devout" would...,
(5,Tom Mickus) you consider yourself...and how has this all...
(5,Tom Mickus) affected your religious beliefs, if any? Thanks very much. GA ED
(5,Ted) GA ED
(5,"ED") ok...
(5,"ED") I was reared Episcopalian...
(5,"ED") In a family where...
(5,"ED") I learned that your word is your bond. ...
(5,"ED") I don't know if the religions aspects are involved or not involved....
(5,DON) ??
(5,"ED") It has affected me in a very personal manor, creating more...
(5,"ED") questions than answers. ga
(5,Ted) Ok...
(5,Ted) Mark O. GA
ok...
(5,Ted) ?
(5,DON) ??
(5,Bill) ???
I wonder if you could tell us if there has been anything in the way of
genetic tampering with you as in the other classic abduction cases? ga
(5,Ted) ga ED
(5,"ED") ok...
(5,"ED") The deep hypnosis seems to point in that direction...
(5,"ED") in earlier missing time events. ga
(5,Ted) Don next GA
(5,DON) Ok....
(5,DON) Ed, for quite a while there has been a rumor flying around..3
(5,DON) the UFO community that you are renounced as being..
(5,DON) a hoaxer. It has come to many investigators attention that..
(5,DON) your encounters were part of a massive HOAX. ..My ? is
(5,DON) this, how did this start, and what have you to say
(5,DON) in reference to these allegations? ga
(5,Ted) GA Ed
(5,"ED") ok...
(5,"ED") My reputation is 180 degrees opposite of a hoaxter. My youth
activities...
(5,"ED") and community service have been twisted by the debunkers....
(5,"ED") How activities planned for our youth in GB can be considered pranks...
(5,"ED") is beyond me. The chief of police even helped me organize...
(5,"ED") one of these youth activities that is now being twisted by...
(5,DON) follow UP??
(5,"ED") Smith/Boyd to discredit me and my family. ga
(5,Ted) Ok...
(5,Ted) Ed, You reports numerous contacts with the entities [under hypnosis]..
(5,Ted) did you ever have any indications before November, 1986, that..
(5,Ted) your life had a strange twist? ga
!!
(5,"ED") ok...
(5,"ED") Never. Only justifications such as dreams, heat stroke, lack of sleep
(5,"ED") etc. to explain the missing time events. ga
(5,Bill) !
(5,Ted) I must have missed some of...
(5,Ted) your answer. ga
(5,"ED") ok...
(5,"ED") I will repeat. Never. Only justifications such as dreams, heat stroke,
(5,"ED") lack of sleep, etc, to explain the missing time events. ga
(5,Ted) Ok...
(5,Ted) Bill is next ga
(5,Bill) ok
(5,Bill) I have two questions..
!
(5,Bill) 1. Have you ever been in the military and if so what was your
rank and job?
(5,Bill) 2. Have you ever worked for the government what branch and what
job? ga
(5,"ED") ok...
(5,Ted) Ga Don W [Read Issues intro]
(5,"ED") 1. no, 2. no. I've been in the construction business all my life. ga
(5,DON) ??
(5,Ted) Ok...
(5,Ted) Don is next ga
(5,DON) OK
(5,DON) Ed, when you mentioned that the Smith/Boyd combo..
(5,DON) twisted the facts about you, what exactly did you..
(5,DON) mean? Twisted what, and is it or is it not true that..
(5,DON) you have a reputation as "enjoying" a good joke? ga
(5,Ted) Ga Ed
(5,"ED") ok...
(5,Ted) Ed is gone...
(5,"ED") They have tried to twist practically every part ...
(5,"ED") of my private and public life. There is a difference between a joke...
(5,"ED") and a malicious prank. I deny emphatically ever perpetrating...
(5,"ED") a prank. ga
(5,Ted) Ok...
(5,Ted) MRO is next GA Mark O
ok...
During the numerous times that you have photographed these objects, has
anyone else been present with you? If so, who? ga
(5,Ted) ga Ed
(5,"ED") ok...
(5,"ED") Yes, my wife, son, daughter and family friend we call Patrick. ga
follow?
(5,Bill) bye
(5,Ted) Ok follow Mark
(5,Ted) ga
ok....
I am curious as to why no one from MUFON has ever been present when a
photograph was made, since it is reported that you have taken these
pictures with different cameras one would think that someone of that
nature would have been present during these encounters. Comment? ga
(5,Ted) ga Ed
(5,Don Ware) We had investigators spend 9 nights...
(5,Don Ware) near Ed's house in a van with 2 way radio contact. A UFO...
(5,Don Ware) was reported once as a starlike object and after radio
communication...
(5,Don Ware) about it, it quickly departed. This was mid winter. The
investigators...
(5,Don Ware) lost their enthusiasm for sleeping in the van. ga
(5,Ted) Ok...
(5,Ted) any other ?s ga
yes..
ga
(5,Ted) GA MRO
ok...
I wanted to tell Ed that I, and I am sure everyone, really appreciated
him coming on here tonight. It took a lot of courage. Thanks. ga
(5,Ted) Ok..
(5,Ted) Don Ware and "Mr. Ed"...
(5,Ted) I want to thank you both. I know that you have ...
(5,Ted) been under a lot of fire this past year and that...
(5,Ted) it has been difficult, being the actual witness/investigator...
(5,Ted) to constantly defend the attacks.....
(5,Ted) however the story is quite extraordinary and I am sure...
User User ID Nod Rm Name / Forum Area
---- ------------ --- --- -----------------
37 76650,1021 TTC 5 Tom Mickus
56 72167,3120 WRM 5 george chabot
63 71340,276 SOR 5 Mark Y
66 74270,3360 BOI 5 DON
71 76060,2404 DEQ 5 MRO
73 76012,3361 MRT 5 Ted
101 71450,3504 PSF 5 Don Ware
(5,Ted) you can forgive at least some of the skeptics....
(5,Ted) Speaking for the ISSUES forum, we thank you for coming...
(5,Ted) to visit us tonight and sharing your thoughts and time with us...
(5,Ted) Good luck and please come again. GA [also special...
(5,Ted) thanks to BERT!] ga
(5,Don Ware) ok...
(5,Don Ware) Thanks for understanding Ted. I have an addition to a previous...
(5,Don Ware) question. A city councilwoman reported seeing a UFO when and ...
(5,Don Ware) where Ed photographed it, but she was not with him. Also several
(5,Don Ware) people watched from a distance as Ed photographed the UFO...
(5,Don Ware) with the SRS on 17 March 88. ...
(5,Don Ware) Goodnight, it's been fun. ED has a comment now.
(5,Ted) GA ED
User User ID Nod Rm Name / Forum Area
---- ------------ --- --- -----------------
37 76650,1021 TTC 5 Tom Mickus
56 72167,3120 WRM 5 george chabot
63 71340,276 SOR 5 Mark Y
66 74270,3360 BOI 5 DON
71 76060,2404 DEQ 5 Mark R. Owens
73 76012,3361 MRT 5 Ted
101 71450,3504 PSF 5 "ED"
(5,"ED") On November 10...
(5,"ED") 1987, I would have described myself as a skeptic...
(5,"ED") and therefore understand why some people choose not to believe...
(5,"ED") I support serious skeptical research and have cooperated as...
(5,"ED") best I could. What I don't appreciate is the fanatic bent on...
(5,"ED") the slander of my reputation. Thanks, and goodnight. ga
(5,Ted) Dale are you still here? ga
well stated, Ed..goodnite.!
(5,DON) no, he left
(5,Ted) Ok night Ed and Don and thanks
(5,Ted) ga
(5,Tom Mickus) Thanks Ted and Bert...its been productive. GA
User User ID Nod Rm Name / Forum Area
---- ------------ --- --- -----------------
37 76650,1021 TTC 5 Tom Mickus
56 72167,3120 WRM 5 george chabot
63 71340,276 SOR 5 Mark Y
66 74270,3360 BOI 5 DON
71 76060,2404 DEQ 5 Mark R. Owens
73 76012,3361 MRT 5 Ted
101 71450,3504 PSF 5 "ED"
(5,DON) Thanks Don, Ed and Bert, good nite.
(5,Ted) Night all and thanks Bert!
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2005.ufo
+133
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
SUBJECT: E.T. HYPOTHESIS FILE: UFO2005
The following is a transcript of the 12/29/87 rebroadcast of an episode from the long running television series called "Man Alive". The episode is entitled
"The E.T. Hypothesis", and originally aired in April 1987. That particular program
received the highest audience rating of any episode in the 20-year history of
Man Alive. The series is hosted by Roy Bonisteel, and this particular show has to do with issues relating to the abduction experience in connection with UFO's.
The program's format involves location filming, which in this case includes
a short interview and hypnosis session with a middle aged woman abductee, along with a roundtable discussion about the abduction phenomenom and its many
implications. The participants include notably Budd Hopkins, recognized UFO
authority along with other interested parties such as a Futurist and a doctor
specializing in hypnosis for the treatment of trauma.
As Roy Bonisteel is the host of the program, he acts both as a narrator, and as
a direct participant. Therefore, when he is acting in either capacity I shall indicate it by placing an (N) or (P) behind his name in order to clarify things.
Other clarifying points not expressed in the dialogue, will be indicated by myself
through the use of these type brackets < >.
The half-hour program Man Alive is broadcast coast-to-coast in Canada on the
Canadian Broadcasting Corp. (CBC), which also produces it.
-The program was videotaped and transcribed by ParaNet member Tom Mickus.
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
"THE E.T. HYPOTHESIS"
Roy Bonisteel (N): Looking up at a star filled sky, how often do we wonder about other life in the universe? From what we know today it seems virtually certain that we're not alone. It follows that contact
with an extraterrestrial civilization could happen, and at any
moment. Most of us would agree that this would be a significant
milestone in human history. But do we have any idea at all about
how it will affect us? Popular culture often reflects a naive, comfortable vision
of extraterrestrials. They either look and sound like us <ala Mork
& Mindy>, or are pets <A.L.F.>. Sometimes the image is threatening, a nightmare of unearthly evil <War of the Worlds>, but the good guys always win in the end. In more self reflective
moments we see extraterrestrials as saviours, crucified by our
fears <The Day the Earth Stood Still>. But what would the reality be like? What could happen to our culture, our religions, our view of the world, our very sense of ourselves as a Race?
People have always looked to the skies and seen strange things, but it wasn't until 1947 that an idea captured the public
imagination. That some of these strange objects may in fact be
somebody else's spacecraft. It's an idea that provoked a highly
polarized debate. But believers were often questionable types,
they claimed to bring us messages of love from our space
brothers. But the disbelievers were equally zealous in their
pronouncements, and often just as hard to believe.
Though the evidence has accumulated, thousands of un-
explained sitings, pictures that have held up under analysis, it
still is circumstantial. The subject still provokes passionate
opinions, people who report UFO's are ridiculed in the Press.
Scientists make unscientific pronouncements. The beliefs about them, both pro and con, are sometimes expressed with a fervour
that can only be described as fanatical. It seems that a lot more
is at stake in the UFO controversy than just the evidence.
David Jacobs: The UFO phenomenom is strange in the extreme, and even to go ahead
and discuss some of the things that I will in fact discuss, suggests....calls into question the quality of my judgements.
Bonisteel (N): David Jacobs is a professor of history at Temple University in
Philadelphia.
Jacobs: ...academics, and other scientists must be EXTREMELY careful because there is a tremendous amount of ridicule attached to this subject.
Starting in the 1970's, we began to receive large numbers of
abduction reports. The abduction reports are I think extremely important.
They are basically reports that people claim would have us believe that
they were... grabbed so to speak by occupants, they were given a physical
examination of some sort, and then released. Now normally these kind of
cases in "the old days" were simply dismissed, put in the CP file, CrackPot.
These people would be labelled loonies, and there are loonies out there, there are people who lie out there, everybody is aware of that, and this
is probably just another manifestation of that. However, there are so many
of them now, and they are so consistent, and the witnesses are so credible
that UFO researchers are forced to confront them. They are forced to deal
with them. Once we have begun to study abduction reports, it is almost as if a door opened. <Scene Changes>
Budd Hopkins: I have worked with 124 people to date who I feel have either had...
definitely seem to have had this kind of abduction experience, the
experience which most interests me. Of those people, 66 have
remembered a full account.
Bonisteel(N): Budd Hopkins is a New York artist who has been researching UFO's since a daylight sighting he had had in the '60's. He's well known
in New York art circles, his work is collected by both the Whitney and Guggenheim museums. But Hopkins is also the leading researcher
into the UFO abduction phenomenom.
Hopkins: The people who have experienced these abductions include three people
who hold Phd degrees, I have housewives, farmers, two police officers, I
have two army officers, I have just about everyone you could imagine who
has been involved in abductions.
Bonisteel(N): We felt that regardless of whether or not the abduction phenomenom
is real, it could give us a fascinating window through which we could explore the idea of extraterrestrial contact. Four people from
varied backgrounds came to my farm for two days to hear Budd
Hopkins talk about his research.
Professor Allan Tuff, a futurist at the Ontario Institute for Studies In Education (O.I.S.I.E), University of Toronto.
Clarence Dickinson, astronomer and author.
John Musgrave, educational consultant from Edmonton, with an
interest in folklore and UFO's.
And Dr. Michael Kaufman, a general practicioner who uses hypnosis in his practice for treatment of trauma.
Hopkins: I'm looking at all these cases and obviously you have three alternatives
essentially. The person is making it all up, is lying to you, its a hoax.
The second, and obviously much more rewarding area to look for is that
there is some sort of psychological explanation of some sort, of any sort.
The third alternative, is of course the only third alternative, is that they
are describing what really happened to them, as best as they remember it.
Bonisteel(N): Its Hopkins contention that they are describing what really happened
to them. He began to show us some thought provoking slides.
Hopkins: This mark on the ground is a photograph taken in Indianapolis, in a case
that is very central to a whole cluster of events that I'm working on
now. In the morning after this event happened, this is what turned up on
the ground <large circular patch of scorched earth>. The soil is
absolutely cooked, its almost like rock. It will not hold water, water runs
straight through it, and this is the entire area.
Now this is the leg of that woman foreground <slides show small pock
marks>, we'll call her name Cathy. Those little scars, those little scoop-
marks are associated with two events that happened to her. One, when she was about six, and one when she was about thirteen. And under
hypnosis she has remembered a UFO experience where a small tool took a
little core sample. This is her mother's leg <similar marks on the slide>.
Her mother had a missing time experience which was very distressing for her when she was a little girl, and at the end of it she had this little
mark.
This is another woman who was a close friend, who had an
abduction experience, a missing time experience, and she remembered
a great deal of it consciously. This is of course a very common type of
figure as we now know <shows classic picture of alien, four feet tall, big head and eyes....> from so many of these reports. This predates Close
Encounters incidentally <the movie>.
Bonisteel(N): After lunch, Budd Hopkins began to present his latest findings publicly for the very first time. Up to this point, only a handful of
people have been aware of the things that we now heard. Hopkins
was understandably nervous.
Hopkins: A new aspect of the whole phenomenon which I have stumbled into
has to do with this idea of some genetic experimentation. And we have
always known that there have been, suggestions at least, of ova being
taken form women and sperm from
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2006.ufo
+144
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
SUBJECT: 3RD SECRET OF FATIMA FILE: UFO2006
=======================================================================
Note: The following file was originally picked up from the Catholic
Information Network (CIN #1) in San Francisco (415-387-3251) PCP
Although I've had this file for sometime, I have just recently
deemed it appropriate to upload this to ParaNet in light of a
number of references to Fatima and the "3rd" Secret" in certain
UFO related material. In particular, I've seen this subject
referenced in the "Krill" files and in msg threads both on
ParaNet and in the Compuserve Paranormal Issues Forum. Some feel
that it is related, at least in part, to some element of the UFO
phenomenon. Personally, I feel it relates to some "end time"
event which could lie over the not so distant horizon. Although
much of the speculation surrounding the 3rd Secret of Fatima
seems to indicate some kind of earthly catastrophe, its my own
feeling that it also has an explicit political dimension to it,
most probably in relation to the Soviet Union.
From *The Ratzinger Report*1, Joseph Cardinal Ratzinger with Vittorio
Messori (Ignatius Press 1985):
Fatima and environs
One of the four sections of the Congregation for the Doctrine of the
Faith (the so-called disciplinary section) is entrusted with the task
of judging Marian apparitions.
I ask: "Cardinal Ratzinger, have you read the so-called 'third secret
of Fatima', which Sister Lucia, the only survivor of the group of
those who beheld the apparition, forwarded to Pope John XXIII, and
which the Pope, after he had examined it, passed on to your
predecessor, Cardinal Ottaviani, ordering him to deposit it in the
archives of the Holy Office?"
The reply is immediate and dry: "Yes, I have read it."
Undenied versions are circulating in the world, I continue, which
describe the contents of that "secret" as disquieting, apocalyptic, as
warning of terrible sufferings. John Paul II himself, in his personal
visit to Germany, seemed to confirm (albeit with prudent
circumlocutions, privately, to a select group) the undeniably
disconcerting contents of that text. Before him, Paul VI, during his
pilgrimage to Fatima, also seems to have alluded to the "apocalyptic"
themes of the "secret". Why was it never decided to make it public,
if only to counter rash speculations?
"If this decision has not yet been made", he answers, "it is not
because the Popes want to hide something terrible."
Then there is "something terrible" in Sister Lucia's manuscript, I
insist?
"If that were so", he replies, avoiding going further, "that after all
would only confirm the part of the message of Fatima already known. A
stern warning has been launched from that place that is directed
against the prevailing frivolity, a summons to the seriousness of
life, of history, to the perils that threaten humanity. It is that
which Jesus himself recalls very frequently: '... Unless you repent
you will all perish...' (Lk 13:3). Conversion--and Fatima fully
recalls it to mind--is a constant demand of Christian life. We should
already know that from the whole of sacred Scripture."
So there will be no publication, at least for now?
"The Holy Father deems that it would add nothing to what a Christian
must know from Revelation and also from the Marian apparitions
approved by the Church in their known contents, which only reconfirmed
the urgency of penance, conversion, forgiveness, fasting. To publish
the 'third secret' would mean exposing the Church to the danger of
sensationalism, exploitation of the content."
Perhaps also political implications, I venture, since it seems that
here, also, as in the two other "secrets", Russia is mentioned?
At this point, however, the Cardinal declares that he is not in a
position to go further into the matter and firmly refuses to discuss
other particulars. On the other hand, at the time of our interview,
the Pope proceeded to reconsecrate the world (with a particular
mention of Eastern Europe) to the Immaculate Heart of Mary, precisely
in accordance with the exhortation of the Virgin of Fatima, and the
same John Paul II, wounded by his would-be assassin, on May 13--
anniversary of the first apparition in the Portuguese locality--went
to Fatima in order to thank Mary, "whose hand (he said) had
miraculously guided the bullet", and seemed to refer to the
forewarnings that had been transmitted through a group of children to
humanity and that seemed to refer also to the person of the Pontiff.
On the same theme, it is well known that for years, now, a village in
Yugoslavia, Medjugorje, is at the center of world attention because of
reported "apparitions" which--whether true or not--have already drawn
millions of pilgrims. But they have also provoked deplorable
conflicts between the Franciscans who govern the parish and the bishop
of the local diocese. Is a clarifying statement of the Congregation
for the Doctrine of the Faith, the highest court in this matter, to be
expected, with, of course, the approval of the Pope, which is
indispensable for each one of its documents?
He replies: "In this area, more than ever, patience is the
fundamental principle of the policy of our Congregation. No
apparition is indispensable to the faith; Revelation terminated with
Jesus Christ. He himself is the Revelation. But we certainly cannot
prevent God from speaking to our time through simple persons and also
through extraordinary signs that point to the insufficiency of the
cultures stamped by rationalism and positivism that dominate us. The
apparitions that the Church has officially approved--especially
Lourdes and Fatima--have their precise place in the development of the
life of the Church in the last century. They show, among other
things, that Revelation--still unique, concluded and therefore
unsurpassable--is not yet a dead thing but something alive and vital.
Moreover--prescinding Medjugorje, on which I cannot express a judgment
since the case is still being examined by the Congregation--one of the
signs of our times is that the announcements of 'Marian apparitions'
are multiplying all over the world. For example, reports are arriving
from Africa and from other continents at the section of the
Congregation that is competent to deal with such reports."
But, I ask, besides the traditional element of patience and prudence,
on what criteria does the Congregation base itself for a judgment, in
the face of the multiplication of these facts?
"One of our criteria", he says, "is to separate the aspect of the true
or presumed 'supernaturality' of the apparition from that of its
spiritual fruits. The pilgrimages of ancient Christianity were often
concentrated on places with respect to which our modern critical
spirit would be horrified as to the 'scientific truth' of the
tradition bound up with them. This does not detract from the fact
that those pilgrimages were fruitful, beneficial, rich in blessings
and important for the life of the Christian people. The problem is
not so much that of modern hypercriticism (which ends up later,
moreover, in a form of new credulity), but it is that of the
evaluation of the vitality and of the orthodoxy of the religious life
that is developing around these places."
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2007.ufo
+1503
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2008.ufo
+1569
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2009.ufo
+19
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
SUBJECT: THE FLYBOYS WERE OUT AGAIN FILE: UFO2009
(UFO Reporting Center, March 17, 1988). The flyboys were
out again tonight over Westchester County, New York and parts of
New Jersey. Witnesses saw eight small aircraft flying in
formation, break off, and fly in separate directions. Parties
who called the Seattle UFO Reporting Center from New York State
reported watching what appeared to be a large UFO be approached
from the opposite direction by two small planes. The "UFO" then
separated into smaller things, which some witnesses where able to
identify by appearance and sound as eight more aircraft.
--Donald A. Johnson, Kirkland, WA
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2011.ufo
+649
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,649 @@
SUBJECT: Alien Abductions 04/28/94 Sonya Live FILE: UFO2011
Individuals, who claim they were abducted by aliens for experimentation,
share details of what it was like. Skeptics, including a hypnotist and UFO
researcher, challenge their stories.
GUEST(S): MARY OSCARSON, Says She was Abducted by Aliens; JOHN E. MACK, M.
D., Alien/UFO Researcher; PHILIP KLASS, UFO Researcher; GLYNDA, Says She was
Abducted by Aliens; NICK SPANOS, Ph.D., Hypnosis Expert
Alien Encounters
SONYA: The symptoms: sinus pain, gastrointestinal problems, bleeding from
the eyes, fatigue. A new disease? How about alien abduction?
ANNOUNCER: Live from CNN New York, intelligent talk for intelligent people
with Dr. Sonya Friedman.
SONYA: They say that the `body snatchers' are real, extra terrestrials
descending on earth, abducting men, women, and children for unearthly purposes.
Crazy would be an understatement for anyone who believes this, right? Well,
Mary Oscarson claims to be perfectly sane, despite the belief that she's had
over 100 alien encounters. And she says that there's proof that her
experiences are real: witnesses, tape recordings, and these sketches that she
says she is compelled to draw. Mary says that aliens have used her for
medical experiments, stealing eggs from her ovaries, and leaving implants in
her body - implants that she believes she's carrying right now.
{interviewing} When did all of this begin, and what was the experience?
MARY OSCARSON: Well, the first time I really knew something was going on-
{CNN's coverage of press conference with F. W. de Klerk from Pretoria,
South Africa on South Africa elections}
{Commercial break}
SONYA: We are talking about alien abductions. Hello, again, and welcome
back, as we meet Mary Oscarson. Now, it's very easy to make fun of all of us
this, but you state that you have had over 100 experiences. Give us the
typical kinds of things that occur when you have this experience - how it
starts and how it ends.
MARY OSCARSON, Says She was Abducted by Aliens: Well, generally, when it
first started out, I would be waken up in the middle of the night to find a
small being standing next to my bed.
SONYA: Who looked like...?
Ms. OSCARSON: About the size of a child, very pale gray, large dark eyes,
very penetrating eyes. And there was no mistake I was wide awake.
SONYA: You were awakened by a voice, a feeling that there was a presence
in the room?
Ms. OSCARSON: It's an overwhelming feeling of someone staring at you. The
eyes are so intense; it's as if they stare right through to your soul. It's
as if your whole body is being consumed by this energy that's staring at you.
SONYA: Does the entity speak to you?
Ms. OSCARSON: Most of the communication is telepathic. Occasionally, there
has been times where they've actually spoken in English. And as the years
progressed, it went from being awaken from sleep to actually being awake when
they arrived. In other words, I would actually know when they were coming.
SONYA: Like an aura of something that would-
Ms. OSCARSON: Basically, there's somewhat of an electromagnetic energy
that is in the room and surrounding you before an experience is going to occur.
And I have an implant that I've had since age 7, which actually twinges when
I'm going to have an experience.
SONYA: An implant located...?
Ms. OSCARSON: It was placed there when I was 7 years old, and it's a small
BB-sized pellet.
SONYA: Something that we could see on X-ray, for example?
Ms. OSCARSON: I don't know what it's made of. It's a very hard material.
SONYA: It's something I could feel if I touched your arm?
Ms. OSCARSON: Oh, yes, you can definitely feel it. Definitely.
It's right under the surface of the skin.
SONYA: And that vibrates, in some way?
Ms. OSCARSON: It basically twinges, and that lets me know that something's
going to happen. And generally, it does happen the same night. So I'm almost
aware that I'm going to have an experience because of {unintelligible}.
SONYA: So they arrive and then they take you somewhere?
Ms. OSCARSON: They arrive, and they basically materialize in front of your
eyes, and it's a very scary thing. And from that point on, you really are in
a sedated state of mind. You're not able to really-
SONYA: They have control of you, in some ways?
Ms. OSCARSON: Yes, they definitely do.
SONYA: Do you go through the walls?
Ms. OSCARSON: I've been taken through walls. I've been taken through
windows. I'm basically transported up into some type of a ship.
SONYA: Do you see your body below you?
Ms. OSCARSON: No, I don't.
SONYA: So your body is with you, which just, somehow its form has been
altered so that you can go through a wall and go to a ship?
Ms. OSCARSON: The physical body actually moves through walls and through
windows. I don't know how they do it.
SONYA: And then you're in a...?
Ms. OSCARSON: I'm generally transported, first, in a smaller ship to a
larger ship. That's generally the experience that I have.
SONYA: Do you have any idea how long you're gone?
Ms. OSCARSON: Generally, it's usually about two hours.
SONYA: At that point, have people looked for you and found you missing?
Ms. OSCARSON: There have been several times that I've had people actually
staying in my house. And what happens is they are awakened by a very loud
tone coming from my room, an unexplainable tone that they've never heard
before. They want to cry out and say, `Mary, what's going on? Are you OK?'
They can't move. They can't speak, and generally, they lose periods of time:
anywhere from 20 minutes to about two or three hours.
SONYA: Let's get back to the ship that you're on. What do they do to you,
want from you?
Ms. OSCARSON: Well, when I'm actually physically removed from my home,
often, it's for some type of a reproductive procedure. Generally, I'm placed
on a table and a procedure is done where eggs are removed from my ovaries.
There have been a few instances-
SONYA: Do you mean like a gynecological procedure?
Ms. OSCARSON: Yes. And there is a tremendous amount of pain associated
with that. That's part of the trauma of these experiences is that you are
able to feel the pain.
SONYA: And then, after the eggs- That's what you're sure is occurring?
Ms. OSCARSON: Yes.
SONYA: The eggs are removed?
Ms. OSCARSON: Yes.
SONYA: Do they tell you a purpose?
Ms. OSCARSON: As the years have gone by, it seems to me that they've made
me more aware of what's going on. I know that they are, in some way,
producing some type of hybrid species. I believe it's for our own best
interests. I believe that something that they're doing is going to help us in
the end. It's going to benefit us. But it sure doesn't feel like it when
you're going through these procedures.
SONYA: Now, do they tell you that they're there to benefit you, human kind,
what is it?
Ms. OSCARSON: I actually asked them once, `Why do you come here?' I was
very upset. It was so confusing to me, and I'm a very rational person.
`Please,' I wanted to know, `Why do you come here? Why do you come and see me?
' And in this particular experience, it was a taller being and several of the
smaller ones. And the taller being, generally, they're more evolved and are
able to communicate more with you. The taller being looked at me and said,
`We come here because we care about you.' And there was an overwhelming-
SONYA: You specifically?
Ms. OSCARSON: Me specifically. But I believe that you could equate that
to society as a whole.
SONYA: Now, how has this changed your life? I mean, you have been
selected. Talk about the chosen people. I mean, you are clearly one of them,
and you believe that there is something going on. Why you and what has it
done to and for you?
Ms. OSCARSON: I know, for me, I have a whole different perspective of life
now. I appreciate everything in my life. As my day to day life goes on,
there isn't one thing that I don't notice, that I don't appreciate, because
I've been through so much trauma, I realize that life can end tomorrow.
Sometimes I wonder, Will I ever come back?
SONYA: How do you feel about the fact that you may have hybrid children
growing somewhere that will never see their mother?
Ms. OSCARSON: I do have at least three that I'm aware of, and it's very
difficult. I can relate to a parent who has lost a child through
{unintelligible} or some unfortunate circumstance, because I've been handed
children that are mine that are the product of my eggs, and it's very
difficult.
SONYA: So what do you think so far? A wild and bizarre story, a fantasy,
something that she made up? Well, there are people who don't think that this
is made up at all. And some of them have striking credentials. We'll hear
from them. A debate on alien abductions when we continue right after this.
{Commercial break}
{scene from the movie `E.T.'}
SONYA: Maybe we should rethink E.T. and see it as a documentary. In fact,
today's debate: Close Encounters of the Third Kind, bizarre dreams, fiction,
fantasy. I mean, what would the academics up at Harvard University think
about all of this? Well, meet Dr. John Mack. He is a Harvard professor, a
Pulitzer Prize winning author, and a believer in aliens from outer space. In
his new book, Abduction, Dr. Mack shares his research, his interviews, with
over a hundred UFO experiences.
Now, Philip Klass has done his own research on the subject, and he says
that Dr. Mack is gullible, and his so-called `experiences' are either
publicity hounds or just plain crazy.
{interviewing} Now, Dr. Mack, what do you make of a story like Mary
Oscarson's?
JOHN E. MACK, M.D., Alien/UFO Researcher: Mary's story is characteristic
of the stories of about 90 people that I've interviewed now. And I, like many
other people first hearing this, thought this must be some new kind of madness,
new form of psychosis, if you will. But what happened was, as I interviewed
these individuals - and I think it's important to stress that these stories
come out largely without hypnosis; you can complete the details with hypnosis -
but as I interviewed increasing numbers of these people, I was struck by,
first of all, they were of sound mind, solid, not having a psychiatric
disorder that I could find. Several of them, I've had tested psychologically,
and they've come out with high normal individuals with nothing remarkable
about them. They come from all walks of life throughout the socio-economic
scale. And they were telling stories very, very detailed stories that were
not in the media, not something they were picking up from television. They
were very reluctant to come forward with their stories. And they told these
very complex narratives, which they, themselves doubted. They didn't want to
believe it either. It's not something that they were kind of trying to put
forward as to sell somebody something. This was something they, themselves
couldn't believe, because it was shattering to their own world view. And the
only thing I knew that acted like that, in other words, very similar stories
among people who are not in communication, not getting the details someplace
else, disturbed about it but healthy people, was real experience. Dreams are
not like that. Fantasy is not like that. Mental illness is not like that.
Posttraumatic stress is not like that, because that varies from person to
person. So it's something real.
That doesn't mean I know where it comes from. That doesn't mean I know what
it is or who these beings are or what they're really about, but something
real, that was tangible was going on here.
SONYA: And you just call them beings. So I hear you as saying that there
were beings, for example, in Mary Oscarson's room, that she was transported,
that you think. It's not that she just believes this, but that it occurred.
Dr. MACK: Something occurred to her, which was the experience of having
these beings, which really introduces the whole question of how we know
something. In other words, can we know something-
SONYA: But are you equivocating on me now?
Dr. MACK: I'm equivocating in the sense that I'm trying to extend the
dialogue on the way we know. In other words, I can't prove they're there.
SONYA: Can we get into that in just a moment? But just to say to you that,
as far as you're concerned, these UFO experiences, they experience what they
said they experienced.
Dr. MACK: That's right. They are telling the truth.
SONYA: Philip Klass, this is a nice man, Dr. John Mack. This man has big
credentials. This man is a Harvard professor. You're going to go against him?
PHILIP KLASS, UFO Researcher: Well, first off, I think John is a very
charismatic person. But I must challenge him and this young lady, although, I
think it's very fortunate that she is here with you, because she says that she
has an implant placed by E.T.'s in her arm that has been there since she was
age 7. Now, I feel sure that between then and now - I guess she may be in her
late 30s or 40s - she must have brought that to the attention of her doctor.
And I wonder if she would give us the name and address of her doctor and
authorize him to talk to us about his examination of this alleged implant.
SONYA: Well, let's go to Mary.
Mary, I heard you ask about the desire to have a second opinion, if you
would - another opinion from a physician. Would you give us the name of your
doctor? Could we talk to your doctor about this?
Ms. OSCARSON: My mother brought me to the doctor at age 7 when this
implant was first inserted. And at that time, I was not consciously aware of
how it got there, but I distinctly knew that it hadn't been there the day
before. So my mother actually wrote down the day she took me to the doctor.
I believe it was June 22nd, 1968. And if my physician would be willing,
certainly, someone could talk to him. I have no problem with that.
SONYA: So you would leave that name with us, and we've give it to Mr.
Klass.
Ms. OSCARSON: Certainly.
SONYA: That's not a problem.
Ms. OSCARSON: No, there's no problem.
SONYA: OK. We'll take you up on that, Mr. Klass.
We're going to go to Nevada for just a moment and say hello to Lisa.
Welcome!
1st CALLER: {Nevada} Hello!
SONYA: Yes, go ahead.
1st CALLER: I want to talk to the young lady that's there. I'm a little
upset with this, I mean, talking here. Don't let anyone tell you that it's
not true. I'm 44 years old. I have a fruit mark scar in the middle of my
forehead. I have actually seen them.
They've been in my house. And it is true, and it's been happening to me all
my life. And I wanted to tell you that I also have an implant in my ear. I
hear noises all the time.
SONYA: All right. Stay with us, caller.
Philip Klass, I'm sure you'd like to ask this caller a question.
Mr. KLASS: Yes. I'd like to get her name and phone number and the name of
her doctor, because I assume that she has brought this alleged implant. If we
could get something, it would take just one extra terrestrial implant-
SONYA: Well, just a minute. We have a woman who has- We have someone who
has examined these people, who is certified as a psychiatrist, who can speak
to whether or not they have psychiatric illness. His name is Dr. John Mack.
I mean, you've examined these people. You're sure that what you're doing and
what these people say holds up to scientific inquiry.
Dr. MACK: I'm confident that there's no psychiatric explanation that's
going to help us understand Mary's story. I've looked at an implant that came
from the nose of another person I've worked with.
I've analyzed this. I've done elemental spectroscopic analysis of it. It
has elements that are familiar to us on earth. Other people, David Pritchard
{sp?} at MIT, a physicist, has looked at an implant that he's been looking at,
examining. There's a microbiologist at Michigan-
Mr. KLASS: Is there anything extraordinary about any of these implants?
Dr. MACK: They have combinations that are found on earth of elements, but
that doesn't tell us anything, because these implants have to be compatible
with biological tissue. And initially, we thought that, you know, we might
have that smoking gun. But this is a very subtle matter. This is not going
to give us the smoking gun, I don't believe, that simply. We're going to have
to work to find that out. But the fact that we can't prove that there's some
bizarre combination of elements in these implants does not mean that this is
not a truthful situation or that nothing is going on here.
SONYA: I would like to ask you what kind of proof you have brought forth
to the scientific community, your colleagues at Harvard, for example.
Dr. MACK: What I say about this is not that I can prove literally that the
extra terrestrials are physical creatures just like you and me. What I can
say is that these individuals, 90 of them that I've worked with are of sound
mind. They are having real experiences. There are physical, corroborative
data that goes along with this. They have the cuts, the scoop marks, the
implants, the experience of missing pregnancies. They're witness to the
absent- That I have a child, for example that says, `Mommy, where were you
when I came in the night,' when the mother was having one of these experiences.
But I do not say that I can prove this in the traditional, physical way that
we study that theology of science.
SONYA: More on that, because you want to tell us a little bit about a
redefining of what our world is all about. We'll let you do that. We'll get
back to you after our break, Mr. Klass. And, of course, your calls. Now,
please be prepared and do it. We want you to leave your name, your doctors
name and phone number. And any E.T.'s out there? Phone home.
{Commercial break}
SONYA: Some people can't take UFO's seriously at all, but others take them
very seriously, indeed, because they say, they have met the passengers. Alien
tales. We'll continue with them on Sonya Live right after this.
{Commercial break}
SONYA: You know, the polls vary somewhere between 700,000 over several
million people who would say that they have had alien abduction experiences.
We'd like to have your stories. And let's go to Joey in Illinois now.
Welcome, Joey!
2nd CALLER: {Illinois} Hi, how are you?
SONYA: Good.
2nd CALLER: First and foremost, I'd like to commend Mary for being on the
program. I am an abductee. I'm 53 years old. I've had dozens of abductions
and they're very humiliating and very embarrassing.
SONYA: Humiliating how?
2nd CALLER: The actual physical examinations, after you're done with the
abduction and you're returned, you're very, very embarrassed. Sometimes, you
don't know why you're embarrassed, but it's absolutely horrifying.
SONYA: Now, do you have any idea why you were selected?
2nd CALLER: I believe I was selected because my mother was an abductee.
And I happened to live in the same house with her, and it just fell over to me.
SONYA: So there is a chance that it may run in families. Let's find out a
little bit more about that, as we introduce Glynda.
{interviewing} Now, is your story like Joey's? Could you give us some
details of what's happened to you?
GLYNDA, Says She was Abducted by Aliens: Well, it started when I was about
5 years old. I basically was abducted in a similar way to Mary, very, very
similar, which is always very surprising to me, because I still want to not
believe it, because it sounds pretty bizarre to me as well. It's a very hard
thing to deal with. And it's continued all my life.
SONYA: Implants? You, too, have had gynecological exams?
GLYNDA: I've had memories of having things put inside me. However, I have
not found them. I don't know what they are. I have a scar across my
{unintelligible}, right across the base of my spine. And I don't know what's
there, but it hurts from time to time.
SONYA: And you've gone to a doctor?
GLYNDA: I've gone to a doctor. I haven't had X-rays done. I'm quite
dubious about all of this, because I find that I'm still resisting. Dr. Mack
can attest to the fact that I've resisted accepting my experiences.
SONYA: Right. Now, you've been to Dr. Mack.
GLYNDA: Yes.
SONYA: And how did he find out about memories and perhaps help you bring
this to the surface? Is that part of the interview process between the two of
you?
GLYNDA: Well, actually, my brother went to Dr. Mack first, because my
brother had a conscious experience four years ago. And during that time, you
know, consciously, he saw four beings by his bed, and it shocked him.
SONYA: So again, it runs in families. Now, did you use hypnosis at all,
or was it used with you to bring-
GLYNDA: It was, but I already had conscious memories.
SONYA: So it just enriched it, brought out more details?
GLYNDA: It's a therapeutic device that is so helpful, because there's a
lot of pent up feelings and emotions, anger, betrayal, abandonment, all these
things that come up because of what these beings have done. And the hypnosis
has helped me to bring it up and out, instead of balling up inside.
SONYA: Now, Dr. Mack, you said that hypnosis is used in how many of these
cases?
Dr. MACK: Well, of the 90 people that I've worked with that fulfilled my
criteria for an authentic abduction experience, I've done hypnosis with 55.
And I want to stress what Glynda is saying, which is that hypnosis- There's
nothing mystical about hypnosis. Hypnosis is simply a way of getting the
person to relax so that they can allow their memories, their feelings, their
experiences to recur.
SONYA: But you don't think it affects their memories in one way or the
other, just allows them to come to the surface?
Dr. MACK: I can't say that it can't, in some experimental situations, that
it doesn't affect their memories, but it fills out what they already have
remembered themselves. And, as Glynda said, it allows them to bring up these
extraordinarily powerful feelings that go along with these very disturbing
experiences.
SONYA: Dr. Spanos is with us today. Nick Spanos is an expert, a
psychologist and expert in hypnosis. And I particularly welcome you today,
because there has been so much that has been said about false memory. You
recognize the false memory syndrome in a lot of the sexual abuse stuff that
was going on in this country. And we found out therapists used hypnosis or a
form of hypnosis to bring it to the fore. So let me ask you this question:
Does the use of hypnosis and its forms change, implant, distort, or just bring
to the surface in richer detail, memories that a person has?
NICK SPANOS, Ph.D., Hypnosis Expert: Well, hypnotic procedures don't
necessarily simply bring to the surface memories that are there in more detail.
Hypnotic and non-hypnotic procedures can be used in a way that very
dramatically distorts memories and creates false memories. I don't want to
over-emphasize the role of hypnosis, 'cause Dr. Mack is right. You can get it
all without the hypnosis. The hypnosis is just a vehicle for generating
expectations and legitimating the experiences that people have as memories. I
think that these experiences can be adequately accounted for as false memories.
These subjects, before they come to Dr. Mack, have usually had a good deal
of exposure to the UFO community and to the popular mythology about UFO's so
that they know what aliens are supposed to look like. They have, oftentimes,
a variety of unexplained experiences, sometimes frightened if they don't
understand. For example, sleep paralysis is a common one. A person is awake
and they suddenly discover that they can't move, they're paralyzed.
Oftentimes, that's associated with visual hallucinations, a powerful sense of
a presence, a feeling of a weight on your chest, sometimes seeing small beings.
That phenomena is called `sleep paralysis.' It's got nothing to do with
being abducted, and there's a fairly good physiological explanation for what
goes on here. The person is awake, and they see the hallucinationative images
superimposed on the background. It occurs across a variety of cultures, and
different cultures have different explanations for it: ghosts, demons,
witches. One of the explanations people come up with in our culture is, you
know, these are aliens. What people then do with these kinds of experiences,
they undergo a hypnotic procedure and elaborate a full-fledge abduction
scenario-
SONYA: Now, Dr. Mack is already shaking his head `no,' as he listens to
you. And part of that is because you believe that we are very closed in, that
we have a structure in a western culture that, in some ways, we've pulled out
our ability to experience beyond what we can have with our five senses. So I
hear you, without even saying anything, just as I look at you right now,
suggesting that we are the ones who may be misguided, 'cause we don't really
know how to understand other's experiences.
Dr. MACK: Just to speak to the sleep paralysis question, these people are
simply not asleep. I mean, this can occur in a car to a child playing in the
school yard. It doesn't have to do with sleep. But in terms- I think the
point that you're getting at, and which I've thought a great deal is: How do
we know? Doesn't this require that we expand the way we know? I mean, Mr.
Klass will sometimes say, `Well, why don't they bring back a souvenir to prove
that they were'-
SONYA: I would say that.
Dr. MACK: And we would naturally ask that. But isn't it possible that
this is what it is but a mystery that we don't understand? In other words, I
don't have- I first thought like Dr. Spanos and Mr. Klass, this is some
bizarre, strange mental illness thing. But it is not. And it doesn't appear
that there's a distortion going on here, that these people are having these
authentic experiences, which they, themselves doubt. They're not getting the
details in the media. That's not true. They're often very unfamiliar with
matters of UFO's and abductions. They've never even heard of aliens. I did a
regression with somebody in Brazil who didn't know anything about this, and
yet, he had absolutely the same experience of these beings coming into his
room, taking him into a ship, doing the experimentation, just what Glynda and
Mary are describing. So I'm asking: Why not, instead of trying to knock it
back into some pigeon hole that we've already got with proof and I'm here and
you're there, how about looking at the possibility that this will tell us
something we don't know about the universe and about ourselves?
SONYA: And why not do that? Why not all of us be open, for a while, as we
go through this and ask: Is it possible? What do you think?
{Commercial break}
SONYA: Let's go right to phones. We'll go to Mary in New Jersey. Welcome!
Hi, Mary! Are you with us?
3rd CALLER: Hello?
SONYA: Yes, go ahead.
3rd CALLER: I believe she really sincerely believes what she's saying, but
I wonder if she couldn't be a pathological liar, because, I had a cousin who
was that, and he told us in detail how he escaped from a Nazi prison in World
War II. He dug a tunnel. It caved in. He injured his back. The more we
questioned him, the more detail he came up with. And he really sincerely
believed what he was saying. And another thing, when Sonya suggested that she
may have extra terrestrial children somewhere, right away, she said, `Oh, yes,
I have three that I know of.' It seems like- She sounds just like my cousin,
and that's why I'm wondering if-
SONYA: Well, let's ask Dr. Mack.
That's a really good question. I mean, is it possible that you two are
part of a folie a deux? I mean, is it partly that they're not hypnotized but
you are? That you are obsessed with this area? A possibility?
Dr. MACK: No. I doubted these individuals myself when I first heard about
it. I couldn't believe it. It doesn't make any sense.
It doesn't fit our world here. It can't be.
SONYA: Listen, Dr. Mack. When I tell somebody a story, there are little
places where I might exaggerate. I'm human. There may be a little way I'd
bend it to fit my own personal agenda. There is, I feel, kind of an
uncritical acceptance that you do portray here.
Dr. MACK: No. I mean, I doubted myself about this. I look at her. I try
to look at the data. I question these people. I try to play the devil's
advocate with them. But they're very solid people. We had- They come forth
very reluctantly. They don't want to believe their stories either. There's a
man who's supposed to be on the program today. I went to the airport to meet
him, and he wasn't there because he has a management contract, and his partner
was told by the insurance company the contract is with, `If you go on with
these strange stories, we're going to break the contract.' And this is- It
takes a lot of courage for people like Glynda and Mary to come forward. And
the idea that these 90 people- I would put my reputation on the line. They
are not pathological-
SONYA: You have put your reputation on the line.
Dr. MACK: No. I mean, I'm talking about the question of them being
pathological liars. Whatever it is, they are not lying; they're telling the
truth.
GLYNDA: I have an established career in the defense industry. This is not
benefiting my career to go on national television and talk about something
that's a lie. This is very difficult for me to do. I'm risking my reputation,
which I've worked very hard to build. This is not something that's
beneficial to me.
SONYA: Actually, you were going to come on in shadow, and {you} changed
your mind. I mean, the fact that you're here with us today-
GLYNDA: Well, I wasn't going to come on at all. I mean, I really have a
hard time with this. But, at the same time, I feel like this has happened to
me, and if I can be brave at one point in my life, it would be to try to help
other people who this has happened to, 'cause I know that it has altered my
life drastically.
SONYA: I'm going to ask you more about that in a moment. Let's go to
George in Ontario. Welcome, George!
4th CALLER: {Ontario} Hi, there!
SONYA: Yes.
4th CALLER: I wanted to say that these ladies, I agree with them, and I
commend them for their courage, because I know exactly, in many ways, what
they're going through. My brother and I both had an encounter when we were
young. This is one of two encounters that I've had. And we were both in
separate bedrooms. We both woke up basically at the same time, walked into
our hallway, completely stunned at each other. And I looked at him, and I
said, `What are you doing here?' He said, `I don't know.'
`How long have you been here?'
`Oh, maybe about five ten seconds before you got here.'
Next thing you know, we looked down into the living room, and there were
two alien life forms in our living room over there. They were about three feet
tall, and yes, it may sound strange and corny, but, yes, they were green in
color. And we weren't scared, and they weren't scared about us. And we both
heard, by telepathy, at the same time-
SONYA: Did you have experiments-
4th CALLER: Pardon me?
SONYA: Were you used for experimentation?
4th CALLER: We don't know, even to this day. They very simply told us not
to be afraid, `We're not going to hurt you.'
SONYA: And yet, everybody seems to get hurt in some way.
Dr. Mack, I'm not sure that I understand how this can be benevolent on the
one hand. We hear- I mean, these are frightening entities. People are being
abused. I mean, let's call it what it is: abused sexually.
Dr. MACK: This is the most disturbing part, and it is highly traumatic. I
mean, it's traumatic in several ways. The experiences themselves are
traumatic. The fact that people feel so isolated they can't talk in this
culture about it because they'll be ridiculed is another trauma.
SONYA: Why don't they come to you? You're so sympathetic.
Dr. MACK: Why do they come to me?
SONYA: Why don't they?
Dr. MACK: Who?
SONYA: I would expect that you would have the experience with entities.
After all, by telepathy, all of these people could say, `You want to get to
the guy who could really make this legit and be helpful? Here he is!'
Dr. MACK: Well, I mean, there are mysteries and mysteries. I don't have
any idea why these beings or whatever they are, this intelligence, I don't
even know what to call it. I don't know why they don't make themselves
manifest. I think, maybe, because we would shoot at them. I'm not quite sure.
SONYA: But you wouldn't do that.
Dr. MACK: No, I wouldn't. And they seem to be- My role seems to be to
play some kind of bridging, helping role for the people that have had these
experiences.
SONYA: You're married. Does your wife believe in this with you?
Dr. MACK: She's been very supportive about it. Yeah, I mean- And I've had
a lot of support. I mean, you mentioned about Harvard. I mean, a lot of
people are doubting, wondering why am I doing this. But there's something, I
think, that's truthful about this and valuable.
SONYA: Dr. Spanos, are you a believer yet?
Dr. SPANOS: I think, as I said before, that these experiences can be
explained as false memories. I think that you certainly can explain all of
them as simply lying. But you can take subjects with or without hypnosis,
generate a set of expectations concerning memories that these people are
supposed to have, regress them back, and people will generate memories that
are completely made up that are suggested before the hypnosis or other imagery
procedures begins, and they'll believe that these are real memories, things
that actually happened to them, when, in fact, they're not. So people can, in
fact, very profoundly believe in fantasies and treat those fantasies as real
memories. If validated as such by Dr. Mack or some other professional, then
that will reinforce that belief. If they join UFO support groups, which these
people do do, and other people share similar experiences, that further
validates the experience. And, again, despite what Dr. Mack says, these
people don't know about UFO's-- In fact, in his book, the people who come to
him have had a good deal of experience in the UFO, that I've seen.
SONYA: So what would be the purpose of all this: People coming forward, a
Harvard professor who says that, `I validate that this is going on. At least
we should try to look at it'? I'm going to try to find out the answer to that
question when we continue.
{Commercial break}
SONYA: Dr. Mack, I'll tell you what I find disturbing, 'cause I feel you
need to know. And it is that there's like a new elite that's going up around
you. Whether it's 700,000 or 7 million, these become the chosen people. And,
in some ways, it starts a power structure of who gets to go beyond, who the
extra terrestrials want. There's a lot of that that doesn't make any sense.
I mean, why don't they want President Clinton? Why don't they want you? Why
don't they come to me? I'm open. I don't have an agenda.
Dr. MACK: They do take some quite high ranking people. There's some
business executives-
SONYA: But we'll never know, 'cause they won't come forward, right?
Dr. MACK: They're reluctant to come forward because their careers are
threatened by this.
SONYA: So how do you know about them?
Dr. MACK: Because I have, in this network of people-
SONYA: Do you see where I'm going? That makes you at the center of a
power structure, a demagog.
Dr. MACK: One of the reasons that I wrote this book is so this would not
be an elite, isolated, private situation. We could have an open dialogue.
For example, I just want to say something about false memory. I don't think
that applies here, because false memory occurs when there's not even a vague
memory of abuse, and say a therapist jumps on it, and you know, reinforces it,
or-
SONYA: Not necessarily.
Dr. MACK: But it doesn't apply where you have matters that are of core
importance, deeply traumatic matters that the person remembers with powerful
detail. I don't believe the false memory explanation works there.
Let's go back to your other question.
SONYA: Let's leave that aside, because I have to tell you, these people
can walk through walls, and yet, they use typical gynecological procedures in
order to take an egg. Give me a break!
They could certainly walk through a wall, put a hand through a stomach, take
an egg out another way. They don't need to do that. It's just amazing to me.
Dr. MACK: I agree with you, it makes no sense in this reality.
SONYA: But even in your reality, it makes no sense.
Dr. MACK: In the reality I was raised in, it makes no sense. I can't
explain it. To me, it's a mystery. There are inconsistencies. If you look
at alien behavior from the standpoint of our logic-
SONYA: For what end are you putting your credentials, your Pulitzer, your
Harvard degree, your colleagues, the science of medicine and psychiatry on the
line like this?
Dr. MACK: `Cause there's something truthful that this several hundred
thousand million people are telling. I don't understand that I think can
expand us to some-
SONYA: How? Go to the next step.
Dr. MACK: Because it can tell us that there are other intelligences that
we can't fathom, that is an authentic mystery that we might grow to-
SONYA: For what purpose?
Dr. MACK: I don't know the purpose of this. It has something to do with
opening up our consciousness, perhaps, creating some new form of evolution. I
don't know, but I do-
SONYA: Do these people become politically active? Do they become
ecologically minded?
Dr. MACK: Many do, yes.
SONYA: Do they take on something- I mean, is the entity saying to them,
`Save yourself. Save the world. You're near the end'?
Dr. MACK: That's possible, but what I'm interested in is documented. Many
of them do have very strong information that comes to them on the ships
telepathically on monitors about the fate of the earth and the destructiveness
that we are.
SONYA: You want me to have an open mind, is that right? You want me to
have an open mind. You do.
Dr. MACK: That would be a good idea, yeah.
SONYA: Do you have one? Do you have one that you may be a part of
perpetrating a fraud?
Dr. MACK: I find these people that they believe their experiences. They
are authentic. They're intelligent. They're telling the truth.
SONYA: I don't deny that. I'm asking you.
Dr. MACK: I'm reporting what they experience. I'm not claiming anything
about this. I'm not saying that I know what this is. I'm saying, Let's look
at it. These are authentic people who are oppressed in the culture. I'm
saying, Let's open ourselves and let's examine it. I say, anybody can come
into the consulting room, hear what these people are saying, examine them
independently of me and see what they come up with. I've brought several
psychiatrists who have come in. When they worked with these individuals, I'm
not even involved, they say, `There's something going on here. I don't
understand,' and then maybe we'll begin to see these people themselves.
SONYA: It is a puzzlement, and we leave it to your colleagues to help with
that second opinion. I thank you all for being with us today.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2012.ufo
+882
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,882 @@
SUBJECT: Research Data on the Moon FILE: UFO2012
"Our Mysterious Spaceship Moon" (OMSM) --Page 21
"In 1843 Johann Schroeter recorded a six-mile crater which he named Linne.
Its depth was estimated by the scientist to be 1200 feet."
"This German astronomer made hundreds of maps of the Moon over many years.
As he recorded his observations he saw this crater gradually disappear.
Today Linne is just a tiny bright spot with little depth; a small pit
surrounded by whitish objects."
"Near the crater Birt...is an object shaped like a sword...(and) a
geometric object shaped like a cross, in the lunar crater Eratosthenes. In
the lunar crater Gassendi are angular lines, and on the floor of the crater
Littrow are seven spots in the shape of the greek capital Gamma."
(OMSM)--Page 24
"In 1935, two scientists named Van der Pol and Stormer detected radio
signals on and around the Moon. Marconi and Tesla also reported flashing
lunar lights."
"In 1956, Ohio University reported, along with observations around the
world, a 'codelike radio chatter from the Moon.' "
"In October 1958, American, Soviet, and British astronomers detected
something speeding toward the Moon at better than 25,000 miles per hour!
They not only SAW the strange object; they heard it emitting radio signals
that no one could interpret!"
(OMSM)--Page 26-27
"The first Astronaut to definitely see a UFO while in orbit was Major
Gordon Cooper, during the marathon Mercury flight mission of 21 orbits in
Faith 7 (May 15, 1963.)
While making his fourth pass over Hawaii, Cooper claims he heard weird
voice transmissions which he called an 'unintelligible foreign
language.'...Tapes later proved that the sounds were not those of a foreign
language of this planet, but those of a tongue completely alien to Earth.
Although language experts for NASA have replayed those tapes over and over,
they simply have not been able to analyze it. (The language)..."
"On his final orbit of Earth while over the Muchea Tracking Station near
Perth, Australia, the NASA astronaut (Cooper) sighted a weird-looking object
approaching him. This UFO was also seen by over 200 people at the tracking
station."
Apollo 11 (Armstrong, Aldrin, Collins)--Blast off-July 16, 1969--Landed on
the Moon at 2:17 p.m. (Florida time), July 20th, 1969.
(OMSM)--Page 47
"The unexplainable event began as the Apollo 11 spacecraft approached the
Moon, and the astronauts began hearing weird radio noise, variously likened
to a 'fire-engine', loud sirens, buzz-saw sounds and train whistles, which
interfered with the space communication hookup. Mission Control was so
perplexed they asked: 'You sure you don't have anybody else up there with
you?' "
"It was clear that the strange interruptive noises came from OUTSIDE the
Apollo 11 spacecraft, and had to be radio signals."
(OMSM)--Page 48
"It was presumably when the two moon-walkers, Aldrin and Armstrong, were
making the rounds some distance from the LEM (Lunar Effect Module) that
Armstrong clutched Aldrin's arm excitedly and exclaimed: 'What was it? What
the hell was it? That's all I want to know.' There followed further snatches
of gasping interchanges between the two astronauts, with Mission Control
chiming in frantically. MISSION CONTROL: 'Wjhat's there?...malfunction
(garble)...Mission Control calling Apollo 11...' APOLLO 11: 'These babies
were huge, sir...enormous...Oh, God you wouldn't believe it! I'm telling you
there are other spacecraft out there...lined up on the far side of the crater
edge...they're on the Moon watching us...' "
Apollo 12 (Charles Conrad, Dick Gordon, Allan Bean)--November 14, 1969
(OMSM)--Page 49
"Less than a minute after blast-off, the Apollo spacecraft was hit by a
bolt of lightning (11:22 a.m. EST, November 14, 1969). With Apollor 12
barely a mile and a half above the Earth, virtually all of the electrical
equipment in the spacecraft suddenly shut down..."
"It looked for a moment as if all would be lost, but the astronauts
remained cool, and within three minutes all power and ship's systems were
restored."
"The source of the bolt remained a mystery to our space experts. Strangely
enough, the nearest lightning was reported by the Weather Bureau to be MORE
THAN 20 MILES AWAY!"
(OMSM)--Page 50
"As Apollo 12 headed toward the Moon, abservatories all over Europe began
reporting that they had sighted two bright flashing 'unknown' objects in the
craft's vicinity. Sighted THROUGH LARGE TELESCOPES, one object appeared to
be following the spacecraft, and the other seemed to be traveling in front of
it. Both objects appeared to be blinking on and off rapidly."
"The next day, Saturday November 15th, the three Apollo 12 astronauts DID
report to Mission Control at Houston that they had sighted two bogeys (UFOs).
Apollo 15 (David R. Scott, James B. Irwin, Alfred M. Worden.) Apollo 14
(Capt. Allan Shephard Jr., Edgar Mitchel, Maj. Stuart Roosa.) Apollo 16
(Ken Mattingly, John Young, Charles Duke.)
(OMSM)--Page 58-59
Apollo 17--Ground to Air (Taurus-Littrow area)
COMMAND MODULE PILOT (CMP): What are you learning?
GROUND CONTROL (GC): Hot spots on the Moon, Jack.
CMP: Where are your big anomalies? Can you summarize quickly?
GC: Jack, we'll get that for you on the next pass.
CMP: Hey, I can see a bright spot down there on the landing site where they
might have blown off some of that halo stuff.
GC: Roger. Interesting. Very--go to KILO KILO.
CMP. Hey, it's gray now and the number one extends...
GC: Roger. We got it. And we copy that it's all the way down there. Go to
KILO KILO on that.
CMP: Mode is going to HM. Recorder is off. Lose a little communication there,
huh? Okay, there's Bravo, Bravo, select OMNI. Hey, you know, you'll never
believe it. I'm right over the edge of Orientale. I just looked down and saw
the lights flash again.
GC: Roger. Understand.
CMP: Right at the end of the rille.
GC: Any chance of--?
CMP: That's on the EAST or Orientale.
GC: You don't suppose it could be Vostok? (Vostok is a Russian space probe.)
CMP: I'll be damned. I've got to mark that spot on the map!
(OMSM)--Page 66-67
"The strangest anomally...concerning the Moon's craters, is that despite
their fantastic size, even the LARGEST gaping holes are surprisingly shallow.
Craters fifty, even one hundred miles in diameter are no more than a mere two
to three miles deep."
"It has been calculated that a meteor of one million tons would be equal in
explosive force to a one-megaton atomic bomb. We know that meteors weighing
one million tons have clobbered the lunar surface. Yet they've left only
broad, shallow holes."
"Even CONSERVATIVE estimates by scientists indicate that meteors 10 miles
or more in diameter should have penetrated the Moon's surface to a depth of 4
or 5 TIMES that diameter; yet the deepest Moon crater we know about (the
Gagarin Crater is 186 miles across but less than 4 miles deep."
"The conclusion that some scientists drew is that there is something
extremely tough and strong under the shallow lunar surface, beneath the thin
layers of rock and dirt covering this mysterious sphere, that prevented deep
holes. What could that tough, strong 'thing' be?"
(OMSM)--Page 72
"In 1962, Dr. Gordon McDonald, a leading scientist at NASA, published a
report in the July issue of 'Astronautics.' In it he stated that, according
to an analysis of the Moon's motion, it appears that the Moon is hollow: 'If
the astronomical data are reduced, it is found that the data require that the
interior of the Moon be less dense than the outer parts. Indeed, it would
seem that the Moon is morelike a hollow than a homogenous sphere.'
''Astronautics' magazine--July, 1962 issue.) NOTE: The importance of this is
immediately seen if one considers the possibility that our Moon is an
artificial satellite. Another important question also comes to mind: Could
the method used to analyze the Moon's motion be applied to the Earth's motion
as well, to determine if it, also, is hollow? Scientists have never had the
opportunity to study Earth from a distance, thus making the carrying outof
such observations impossible. But from orbiting space-stations (like the
Soviet 'Mir' station), these studies would be QUITE possible to carry out.
If this has not already been done, (and realizing how much our government
really tells the public, it probably HAS been), it SHOULD be, and SOON!
This would add another LARGE piece of evidence in the already PONDEROUS
case in favor of the Hollow Earth Theory. In fact, the more one studies our
mysterous Moon, the more light is thrown onto the Hollow Earth Thoery as
well.
(OMSM)--Page 79
"...Take that 148-mile crater. In area it outdoes Hiroshima hundreds of
times over. What a powerful explosion it must have been to send millions of
tons of lunar rock fountaining over tens of miles! On the face of it, one
would expect to find a very deep crater here, but nothing of the sort: there
is 3 miles at MOST between top and bottom levels, and ONE THIRD of that is
accounted for by the wall of rock thrown up around the crater like a toothed
crown."
"For such a big hole, i t is too shallow. Furthermore, the BOTTOM of the
crater is CONVEX, following the curve of the lunar surface."
(OMSM)--Page 79-80
"Now, let us consider the chemical peculiarities of the lunar rock.
(Samples were brought back by the Apollo missions.) Upon analysis, American
scientists have found Chromium, Titanium and Circonium in it. These are all
metals with refractory, mechanically stron and anti-corrosive properties. A
combination of them all would have enviable resistance to heat and the
ability to stand up to means of aggression, and could be used on Earth for
linings for electrical furnaces."
"If a material has to be devised to protect a giant artificial satellite
from the unfavourable effects of temperature, from cosmic radiation and
meteorite bombardment, the experts would probably have hit upon precisely
these metals."
(OMSM)--Page 91
"Our six trips to the Moon have produced a world of informational material:
837 pounds of lunar rocks and soil and over 30,000 photographs and reels of
magnetic tape."
(OMSM)--Page 92
"The oldest rocks found on planet Earth have been discovered in Greenland.
They are dated 3.7 billion years."
"One rock from man's first trip to Luna was a baffling 4.3 billion years
old. Another puzzler (Rock #13) checked in at an unbelievable 4.5 billion
years. And an Apollo 11 soil sample turned out to be 4.6 billion years old.
Another report based on the Potassium-Argon system of dating, now accepted by
science as the most accurate dating system, claimed 'Some of the rocks gave
an unacceptable age of 7 billion years.' "
"Two Apollo 12 rocks have been dated at 20 billion years."
(OMSM)--Page 94
"Most of the rocks from our first Moon landing (Apollo 11) clocked in at
3.6 billion years of age, but the soil in which they rested proved to be 4.6
billion years old."
"With Apollo 12 the same contradictory clash was found. The soil sample
(4.4 billion was a billion years OLDER than the rocks that lay strewn about
it, an impossibility to our bewildered scientists. They expected the soil to
be the powdered remains of the rocks lying amidst it, a rubble pile
consisting of dust, dirt, rocks and stones that have been banged and crushed
over eons of time by the bombardment of meteorites."
"Even more bewildering discoveries were to follow, as lunar experts found
from chemical analysis of the soil that this lunar dirt did not come from the
rocks around it but from somewhere else!"
"If the Moon did wander through the universe as a spaceship, then clearly
it would have passed through different cosmic 'time zones.' In so doing it
would have picked up rocks and rock particles in the form of meteorites and
micrometeorites, and the dust and dirt would be of differing ages."
(OMSM)--Page 95
"Some elements found on the Moon have never before been found on Earth in
their natural forms. At the Third Scientific Conference in Houston, the
Argone National Laboratory reported that they had found Uranium 236 and
Neptunium 237 in Lunar samples brought back by Apollo 12 and 14--elements
never previously found in nature."
(OMSM)--Page 99
"When the Lunar Module ascent stage of Apollo 12 was sent crashing into the
Moon, the seismological equipment recorded the shock waves. The results
staggered NASA scientists. The artificially created Moonquake lasted 55
minutes!"
"Furthermore, the KIND of signals recorded by the seismometers shocked
scientists. Seismologists were puzzled that the signals started with small
waves, gained in size to a peak, and lasted for unbelievably long periods of
time. 'The records are utterly different from any obtainable observations on
the Earth,' relates one scientist in the highly regarded publication
'Science' (November 12, 1971."
"The seismic records of Apollo 12 proved not to be unique. When the spent
3rd stage of the ill-fated Saturn rocket booster of Apollo 13 was propelled
out of Earth orbit into a Moon trajectory, and by radio command crashed into
the Moon, it hit with an impact equal to 11 tons of TNT, about 87 miles from
the site where the Apollo 12 astronauts set up seismometers."
"The entire Moon vibrated for more than 3 hours, 20 minutes; the vibrations
traveling to a depth of 22-25 miles."
"The Apollo 14's S-IVB was also boosted into a Moon course and, by remote
control, crashed into the lunar surface. A NASA science publication ('Apollo
14: Science at Fra Mauro, p.17') said: 'The Moon reacted like a gong. For
about 3 hours it vibrated and these vibrations traveled to a depth of 22-25
miles.' The instruments, by the way, picked up the vibrations even though
they were 108 miles away from the Apollo 14 imapct site."
(OMSM)--Page 101-102
"There is also the question of the mystifying speed with which vibrations
travel through the Moon's hard, interior layer. As Werner von Braun tells
us: 'The velocity (of seismic waves seems to gradually increase down to a
depth of about 15 miles--then there is a sharp increase. This increase can
only be accounted for by a change to a denser material...At a depth of 40
miles, the velocity is estimated to be about 6 miles per second...No rocks
examined thus far would, under the actual pressures expected to be at a lunar
depth of 40 miles, transmit seismic impulses at speeds as high as 6 miles per
second.' ('Popular Science' January, 1972--pp. 67-68)."
"What kind of material would carry sounds at that speed? Strange that a
check of the speed of sound through the probable intermixture of metals
(Iron, Titanium, Berylium, Molybdnum, and Yttrium) that exists in the outer
maria averages out to be about 6 miles per second...Here is impressive proof
that the inner layer inside the Moon is indeed metallic, and that the
spaceship Moon does have an artificial inner hull!"
(OMSM)--Page 105-106
"...Lunar scientists received upsetting news from instruments left on the
Moon by Apollo expeditions. Great eruptions of water vapor clouds have been
detected which spread over an area of some 100 SQUARE MILES on the Moon's
surface! The eruptions lasted 14 hours!"
"Apollo 16 astronauts had brought back rocks that appeared to be rusty, and
it turned out that the rocks contained rusted iron! How could the iron in
these rocks be rusted without the presence of water on the Moon, scientists
wondered, for to have rust one must have Oxygen and feee Hydrogen, as well as
iron and water."
(OMSM)--Page 135-136
"We do know from Apollo astronauts-Mission Control conversations that our
astronauts did come across strange hard-to-explain structures on the surface
of this strange alien world. Consider this conversation, for instance, which
took place during the Apollo 16 mission between Ground Control and the Apollo
16 astronauts:
DUKE: These devices are unbelievable. I'm not taking a GNOMON up there.
YOUNG: O.K., but man, that's going to be a steep bridge to climb.
DUKE: You got--YOWEE! Man--John, I tell you this is some sight up here.
Tony, the blocks in Buster are covered--the bottom is covered with blocks,
five meters across. Besides the blocks seem to be in a preferred orientation,
northeast to southwest. They go all the way up the wall on those two sides
and on the other side you can barely see the outcropping at about 5%. 90% of
the bottom is covered with blocks that are 50cm and larger.
CAPCOM: Good show. Sounds like a secondary...
DUKE: Right out there...the blue one that I described from the lunar module
window is colored because it is glass-coated, but underneath the glass it is
crystaline...the same texture as the Genesis Rock...Dead on my mark.
YOUNG: Mark. It's open.
DUKE: I can't believe it!
YOUNG: And I put that beauty in dry!
CAPCOM: Dover. Dover. We'll start EVA-2 immediately.
DUKE: You'd better send a couple more guys up here. They'll have to try
(garble).
CAPCOM: Sounds familiar.
DUKE: Boy, I tell you, these EMUs and PLSSs are really superfantastic!
(OMSM)--Page 145
Apollo 17
SCHMITT: I see tracks--running right up the wall of the crater.
MISSION CONTROL (Gene Cernan): Your photopath runs directly between Pierce
and Pease. Pierce Brava, go to Bravo, Whiskey, Whiskey, Romeo.
"If this is not code what is it? And why switch to the use of strange
meaningless code words if NASA was not trying to cover up something
startling; something that needed to be hidden from the public? In fact,
science writer Joseph Goodavage maintains that 'whenever something was
discovered, the astronauts and CAPCOM apparently switched to a prearranged
code, sometimes even on an alternate PUBLICLY UNMONITORABLE channel.'
('SAGA'-March, 1974-p.36)."
Research Data on the Moon
"Secrets of our Spaceship Moon" (SOSM) --Page 18-19
"On the edge of the Sea of Storms is a strange opening that leads down into
the Moon. Dr. H.P. Wilkins, one of the world's leading lunar experts
before his untimely death a few years ago, was convinced that extensive
hollow areas did exist inside the Moon, perhaps in the form of caverns, and
that these were connected to the surface by huge holes or pits. He
discovered such an opening himself--a huge round hole inside the crater
Cassini A. This crater is one and a half miles across, and the opening
leading down into the Moon is over 600 feet across--more than two football
fields laid end to end. Wilkins writes in his definitive work, 'Our Moon':
'Its inside is as smooth as glass with a deep pit or plughole, about 200
yards across at the centre.' "
"...hundreds, in fact, thousands, of UFOs have been seen on or around the
surface of the Moon, and a concentration of them has been spotted in the Sea
of Storms. Could they be coming and going through this huge opening or one
like it?"
(SOSM)--Page 52
"It should be noted that the Apollo flights, about which there have been
rumors concerning UFOs, employ a different approach to communications between
the astronauts and the ground. The radio signals are sent directly back to
Houston and then rebroadcast with Houston having the option of deleting
whatever they choose to delete...During the earlier Gemini and Mercury
flights the talk was 'in the open'--readily monitored by Ham equipment."
NOTE: The method now used by NASA (as mentioned above) keeps the HAM
OPERATORS from monitoring the astronauts-to-ground transmissions, but people
with their own VHF/UHF transmitters/receivers (such as privately owned radio
and television stations) could (and reportedly DID) monitor these
conversations uncensored.
(SOSM)--Page 53
"...Mission Control from time to time gave orders to the astronauts in some
unusual terms, seemingly whenever an unusual sighting was taking place,
directing them to 'Go to Whiskey Whiskey' or 'Barbara Barbara' or 'Bravo
Bravo' or 'Kilo Kilo.' "
"Interestingly, there is an ICBM base in Montana by the name of KILO KILO.
Could NASA have used this base's radio equipment to filter out through this
prearranged private channel anything NASA did not want the public to know?
Shockingly, WHISKEY WHISKEY, BARBARA BARBARA, and BRAVO BRAVE are also bases
in the West."
(SOSM)--Page 86-87
"The disks of the Sun and the Moon appear to be just about equal as viewed
from Earth...The Moon is only 2,160 miles in diameter, while the Sun is
864,000 miles. That makes the Sun's diameter approximately 400 times
greater. To put it another way, the ratio of our Moon's disk to the Sun's is
1:400."
"However, our Sun is 93,000 miles away and the Moon is only about a quarter
of a million miles away. Strangely enough, this works out to about the same
ratio--approximately 1:400. So the distance just about cancels out the size,
and this is why the tiny Moon appears to the viewer on the Earth to be about
the same size as our gigantic Sun."
"This is shown remarkably during a total eclipse. Isaac Asimov makes an
observation about this truly amazing situation, which he calls
'coincidence'."
"In his book 'Space, Time and Other Things' (Doubleday, 1965) he notes:
'What makes a total eclipse so remarkable is the sheer astronomical reason
why the Moon and the Sun should fit so well. It is the sheerest of
coincidences, and only the Earth among all the planets is blessed in this
fashion.' "
(SOSM)--Page 92-93
"In his authoritative study 'Our Moon', H.P. Wilkins explains his
astounding conclusion: 'Long ago it was calculated that if the Moon had
contracted on cooling at the ame rate as granite, a drop of only 180 degrees
would create hollows in the interior amounting to no less than 14 millions of
cubic miles.' " NOTE: Would not the same apply to the cooling of the Earth?
This could have appliations to the Hollow Earth Theory, which proposes that,
not only the EARTH, but ALL planets are formed with interiors that are
essentially HOLLOW.
(SOSM)--Page 125
"The associated Press wire carried this brief but startling Soviet
announcement:"
" 'Emphasizing the importance of lunar soil samples, and article in
'Pravda' revealed that the first successful automatic mission in 1970 brought
back particles of iron that 'DOES NOT RUST.' Pure iron that does not rust is
unknown on Earth.* In fact, it cannot yet be even manufactured. Physicists
and scientific experts claim they cannot understand how this is at all
possible without some kind of manufacturing process being involved. They
also point out that it is beyond out present Earth technology.' " (Detroit
Free Press, August 24th, 1976.) *NOTE: There is a large obelisk in New
Delhi, India that is VERY ancient, and is composed of iron that does not
rust. See Erich von Daniken's books for reference.
(SOSM)--Page 130
" 'The Sea of Tranquility is covered with material that is considerably
more dense than the average density of the Moon...This is the reverse of what
one would expect. On Earth the lava that flows upwards and out onto the
surface is the lighter component--not the heavier fraction.' " (New York
Times--November 99th, 1969.)
(SOSM)--Page 158
"...Perhaps the most striking phenomenon of all regarding our strange Moon
is that the seismic recordings each month conform to nearly the same
identical pattern. The sequence of events, as Earth's gravity tugs at the
Moon, seems to be the same each month, rendering the same 'seismic
signature.' "
"Lunar seismic disturbances are assumed to be generated by stresses
building up and sliding or other movements of rock faces. In the case of the
Moon, lunar expert Gary Latham (NASA) explains, probably the tidal pull (of
the Earth on the Moon) builds up until the 'friction can no longer hold these
surfaces together and they just pop; they slide...' But of course they would
not slide each and every time in the same way at the same time. And yet they
appear to be doing just that!"
"Moonquakes occur at monthly intervals like clockwork. When the Moon is
closest (Perigee) the first pooping noises come. Actually, the very first
occur five days before the Moon reaches Perigee in its orbit, and then again
another event indicates something stirring in the Moon three days before
Perigee. The amaing thing is the clockwork precision with which this all
happens. Scientists find it absolutely astonsihing. 'You can set your watch
by it,' confesses Latham." (NASA Science Briefing, Houston, May 26th, 1971.)
"Our Mysterious Spaceship Moon" (OMSM)--Page 63-64
"Even before man journeyed to Luna, scientists like Isaac Asimov had
pointed out that the Moon is really a freak of celestial nature, for by all
cosmic laws SHE SHOULD NOT BE CIRCLING THE EARTH."
"The Moon is a whopping one-fourth of Earth's size. The next largest
satellite circling a planet that is anywhere NEAR that ratio is whirling
around Jupiter, and it is only one-EIGHTIETH the size of its master. Because
of the Moon's proportionally great size some scientists have even labeled the
Earth-Moon combination an actual double planetary system."
"Discussing the problems of 'having the Moon where it is,' Dr. Asimov
asks:
" '...Small planets, such as Earth, with weak gravitational fields, might
well lack satellites. Pluto has no known satellites, neither have Mercury
and Venus...Yet Earth, quite surprisingly, does have a satellite--the Moon.'
"
" '...It's not just having satellites. It's primarily the SIZE of those
satellites...In general, then, when a planet does have satellites, there
would be every reason to suspect...that at best it would be a tiny world,
perhaps 30 miles in diameter.' "
" 'But that is not so. Earth not only has a satellite, but it is a giant
satellite, 2,160 miles in diameter. Amazing.' " (Isaac Asimov--'Intelligent
Man's Guide to Science', p.108.)
(OMSM)--Page 74
"The Moon's orbit is too nearly circular and synchronized. Such a
gravitational capture should have produced a rather elongated, elliptical
orbit, instead of the nearly circular path the Moon now follows around the
Earth."
(OMSM)--Page 64
"The Moon is a celestial freak in several other respects. Almost all other
satellites in the solar system circle their respective planets in the same
plane of the orb's equator. But not out Moon. Its orbit instead lies
strangely closer to the Earth's orbit around the Sun. Puzzled scientists
wonder: Why is our Moon circling the Earth outside this usual equatorial
planetary orbit? They do not know. NOTE: The more scientists look at the
evidence brought back from the Moon, the more they are convinced that it was
formed at some remote corner of the Galaxy, and was captured by the Earth
several thousand years ago. The problem with the capture theory is that, for
one, the Moon is too BIG. Secondly, its orbit is too perfectly circular, and
too far out from the Earth. (If it HAD been captured by the Earth, it would
have an ELIPTICAL orbit, not a perfectly circular one.) These facts, combined
with the HOLLOW and seemingly ARTIFICIAL nature of the Moon, not to mention
the 'coincidental' positioning of the Moon--the positioning that makes Earth
the only planet in the solar system to experience total eclipses--all of
these discrepencies and coincidences are just too much to accept. As
outlandish as it may seem, the theory of 'Spaceship Moon' having been
'altered' and steered into Earth orbit by god-knows-who several thousand
years ago seems to be the only one that fits all of the evidence.
"Secrets of our Soaceship Moon" (SOSM)--Page 191
" 'A new moon rose,' Richard Lewis told us at the Fifth Lunar Conference in
1974. 'It was a planet in its own right...Such a planet had to be captured
to become the satellite of the Earth.' " NOTE: The fact that the Moon was
once, of necessity, a planet in its own right, along with fact that evidence
points to the Moon being hollow, could be aninteresting piece of evidence in
favor of the Hollow Earth Theory. (This thoery holds that, not only our
Earth, but ALL planets are formed hollow.) Therefore, the fact that the Moon
is hollow does not necessarily mean that it is a spaceship fashioned by
Aliens. It could simply mean that the Hollow Earth Theory is, indeed,
correct, and that all planets are, in fact, formed hollow; the Moon having
once been its own planet, until its relatively recent capture by the Earth.
(Interestingly enough, the impossible celestial mechanics required for the
Moon to be in its present orbit become much more porbable if one considers it
to be a hollow body. If, indeed, it was 'steered' into our orbit by 'aliens'
however long ago, this would certainly made their job a lot easier!).
Unfortunately, orthodox scientists have as much (if not MORE) trouble
accepting the Hollow Eart
Theory as they do the Spaceship Moon theory.
(SOSM)--Page 261
"Originally 10 flights to the Moon had been scheduled...In fact, Apollo 18
and 19 rockets were ALREADY PAID FOR and the astronauts TRAINED and raring to
go. Yet these last two scheduled Moon missions were cut. Why were they
slashed when, as one science reporter tells us, 'the hardware had already
been purchaased?' "
"Even CRITICS of manned space flights like Dr. Thomas Gold of Cornell
University screamed out against these nonsensical cuts: 'It's like buying a
Rolls-Royce, and then not driving it because you want to save a few bucks on
the gas.' "
Research Data on the Moon
"Somebody Else is on The Moon" (SEOM) --Page 42
"If you look at a complex thing long enough, you begin to understand it, or
at least its superficial aspects. The mind cannot assimilate everything in a
complex picture at once, so you see very little at first. Gradually you
master a detail, and then the mind can forget that detail and go on to
something else. The more details you master, the more you can see."
(SEOM)--Page 49
"On august 26, 1966, NASA's Lunar Orbiter I spacecraft took a picture of a
crater on the hidden side of the Moon. (NASA photo #66-H-1293)...It shows a
31 mile wide crater which HAS IMPINGED ON THE WALLS OF A SMALLER CRATER.
Both craters are clearly distinguishable as OCTAGONS. Is there a natural way
in which an octagon can be formed on the Moon--an octagon 31 miles in
diameter?"
(SEOM)--Page 95
"34 tracks in the Apollo 17 landing area were measured and investigated.
Length of the tracks ranges from .1 kilometer to 2.5 kilometers, with an
average length of about .75 kilometer. Track widths ranged up to 16 meters
(about 38 feet), with an average width of over 18 feet."
"20 men or more with long crowbars would be needed to dislodge even the
smallest of the boulders...When the boulders were dislodged, a fantastic
ADDITIONAL FORCE would have been required to KEEP them moving on a 25 degree
slope."
(SEOM)--Page 96
"NASA photo 67-H-1135 shows two long trails, 900 feet and 1200 feet long.
The objects obviously making the trails are light-splashed by the sun; no
real detail can be gleaned from studying them, but they do not look like
boulders."
"Do you know how much force it would take to set in motion a rock 75 feet
across? Volvanic action might do it, but we have NASA's word for the fact
that the Moon (on the SURFACE, at least) is seismically quiet."
"The smaller object in the photo--the one making the longer trail--came up
OUT OF THE CRATER before it cintinued down the hill. Repeat: it came up OUT
OF A CRATER."
"There is a fascinating TREAD MARK on the trail of one of the 'boulders.'
There is also a symmetrical design on the 'boulder' itself." (Again, see NASA
photo #67-H-1135.)
NOTE on the Moon's "RAYS": The so-called "rays" that extend from and
between many craters on the Moon were found by Apollo astronauts to be
composed of a fine, powdery chalk-like substance. (Much like the chalk-lines
laid down on sports fields.) What could be the cause of these rays? It is
interesting to note that the craters with the largest ray patterns are the
ones in which the most ACTIVITY has been noted. (Bright lights, 'artificial
constructions', and spraying.) The theory that these trails of dust are
caused by meteor impacts is ruled out immediately, because most craters
having rays have only one or two extending from them. (Only the 'busy'
craters have many of them.) A meteor impact causes derbis to be thrown in ALL
directions. Even meteors hitting at an oblique angle would throw derbis in a
complete arc along its forward direction. So what causes the rays? It seems
a strange coincidence that the bottoms of the "rayed" craters are heavily
coated with the same white, powdery substance of whih the rays are composed.
The "rays" are beginning to look like they were made by something "tracking"
the powder up outof the crater, and in a straight line to other craters. It
was found by the Apollo astronauts that this powder clings to EVERYTHING, and
was, in fact, a great nuissance to them, as it clung to their suits,
faceplates, camera lenses, cables, etc., and even found its way into the
Lunar Module, posing a bit of a housekeeping problem, as the powder lost its
adhesive quality upon entering the atmosphere of the Lunar Module.
Is it possible that spacecraft (UFOs?) landing on the bottom of the
craters, thereby having their undersides covered by this powder, could be
responsible for the tracking of this powder across the lunar surface? It
would take a great number of repetitions of these trips to track a line of
powder pronounced enough to be seen from many miles up. But, after all,
don't planes on Earth always follow certain flight patterns? Talk to an air
traffic controller, or anyone involved or interested in flying; they will
tell you that there are, in fact, 'invisible highways' in the sky that pilots
MUST follow. (Not only is this the law of the FAA, it is common sense: the
shortest distance between 2 points IS a straight line, and is thus the
quickest path to get where you're going.)
So it is entirely possible (and quite likely) that these "rays" are caused
by spacecraft on the Moon. (Scientists have been UNABLE to come up with a
NATURAL explanation, after all!) Now, whether these spacecraft belong to the
U.S., the Soviets, or Aliens is purely a matter of speculation. I'm sure
there are strong arguments in favor of each of these possibilities. The
facts are there; you are free to interpret them in any way you see fit.
(SEOM)--Page 191
Lagrangian Points: "All the planets revolving around the sun have them.
So does our Moon. You can stick something in one of these Lagrangian Points
and it might stay there forever--or as long as the planets do."
"...asteroids, all kinds of space junk and dust can collect in the
Lagrangian Points and not get swept up by the gravitational attraction of
bigger bodies." NOTE: Could a permanent space-station (such as the ill-fated
SkyLab) be placed into one of these Lagrangian Points? It would be much
safer than placing one in ORBIT, where there exists a chance that its orbit
will decay, and cause it to come crashing down to Earth.
(SEOM)--Page 195-196 Isaac Asimov: " 'It is a shame that one small thing
remains unaccounted for; one trifling thing I have ignored so far, but WHAT
IN BLAZES IS OUR MOON DOING WAY OUT THERE? It's too far out to be a true
satellite of Earth...It's too BIG to have been CAPTURED by the Earth. The
chances of such a capture having been effected and the Moon then having taken
up a nearly circular orbit about the Earth are too small to make such an
eventuality credible.' "
" 'But, then, if the Moon is neither a true satellite of the Earth nor a
captured one, what is it?' " ('Asimov on Astronomy'--Mercury Press, 1963.)
(SEOM)--Page 215
"...after the successful RANGER and SURVEYOR and ORBITER and APOLLO
flights, we dropped manned lunar exploration like a hot potato. Less than
20% of the data resulting from these probes has been studies. Less than 2%
has been reported on."
(SEOM)--Page 221
To order NASA Moon Photos:
SPACE PHOTOGRAPHS
P.O. Box 486
Bladensburg, Maryland
20710
The NASA number should be given in full. The cost for a single 8x10 B&W
photo is $1.75 (check current price); for color, $5.00 (check current price).
Postage & Handling fees are 15% of the total order ($2.00 minimum).
For special research needs not furnished by 'Space Photographs', or photos for use by the media, contact or visit NASA at:
National Aeronautics and Space Administration
Room 6035
400 Maryland Avenue, S.W.
Washington, D.C. 20546
"Moongate" (MGTE)--Page 24-25
"The funding of top-secret military projects can be easily camoflaged by
other unclassified projects. Components and parts needed for secret projects
can be ordered one at a time from different manufacturers and charged to a
dummy or decoy project. The parts can be assembled in secret and the
manufacturers never know what the end product is. An expensive decoy project
can be used to generate the funds and to develop the technology for highly
sophisticated secret projects at the same time. The NASA space program to
put men on the Moon provided the military with such a decoy project."
(MGTE)--Page 32
"The point where a spacecraft enters the predominant attractive zone of the
Moon's gravity is called the neutral point. It is the region in space where
the Earth's force of attraction equals the Moon's force of attraction. Since
the Moon is smaller and SUPPOSEDLY has a smaller surface gravity, the neutral
point should be quite close to the Moon. In fact, if it is assumed that the
Moon has one-sixth of the Earth's surface gravity (which is what we are all
taught in school), the neutral point is calculated to be about nine-tenths of
the distance between the Earth and the Moon. The average distance to the
Moon is about 239,000 miles, hence this places the neutral point
approximately 23,900 miles from the Moon's center."
(MGTE)--Page 45
"At a point 43,495 miles from the Moon, lunar gravity exerted a force equal
to the gravity of the Earth, then some 200,000 miles distant." ('Time'
magazine, July 25, 1969.)
(MGTE)--Page 45-46
"At a distance of 43,495 miles from the Moon, Apollo 11 passed the
so-called 'neutral' point, beyond which the lunar gravitational field
dominated that of Earth." ('History of Rocketry & Space'--1969.)
(MGTE)--Page 48-49
"...since the Earth's pull equals the Moon's at the neutral point, the
inverse-square law enables the pull of gravity at the Moon's surface to be
determined...The result is that the Moon's surface gravity is 64% of the
Earth's surface gravity, not the one-sixth (or 16.7%) value predicted by
Newton's Law of Universal Gravitation!"
(MGTE)--Page 61
"In one-sixth gravity everything would weigh one-sixth, or 16.7%, of its
Earth weight. A 180lb. man would weigh a mere 30lbs. Writers were
speculating on the athletic abilities of men on the Moon long before the
space program and Apollo. They based their calculations on one-sixth
gravity. The public was anticipating some of these spectacular athletic
feats when astronauts explored the Moon, but none were ever performed."
(MGTE)--Page 63
"...even with the astronaut gear, (spacesuit, etc.)...(Apollo astronaut
John Young)...should have been able to jump over six feet off the ground if
the Moon had one-sixth of the Earth's gravity. In actuality, his efforts
lifted him at most 18" off the ground. ...observations (of the NASA video
tapes, and television broadcasts) indicated that Young made several attempts
to jump as high as he could but with no success in achievein a height of more
than 18 inches."
(MGTE)--Page 67
"A photo appeared in the December 12, 1969 issue of 'Life' magazine showing
Apollo astronaut Alan Bean carrying a barbell-shaped package of instruments
whih allegedly weighed 190 Earth pounds. The accompanying statement that it
had a Moon weight of only 30 pounds does not seem consistent with the photo
which shows a noticeable bow in the approximately 1-inch bar. (NASA photo
69-HC1341)."
"The movie film of this event is even more revealing. As Bean carried the
instrument package across the lunar surface, the bar bent up and down,
strained by the heavy burden on each end. It was also apparent that the
instrument package was quite heavy from Bean's efforts and movements."
(MGTE)--Page 68
"Astronauts were sent to the Bend, Oregon area to get their 'Moon Legs.'
Walter Cunningham was the first to try out the Moon suit, backpack life
support system, and certain tools to be used by Armstrong and Aldrin on the
Moon excursion."
"That the astronauts were able to maneuver around at all in the Bend,
Oregon area with their gear on suggests that the gear weighed far less than
185 pounds. (The weight that we were all given.)"
(MGTE)--Page 72-73
"When Apollo 14 astronauts were in view of the south flank of Cone Crater,
Shephard went down on one knee to pick up a rock and required the aid of
Mitchell to stand up. About 2/3 of the way to their destination, their heart
rates were up to 120 beats per minute as they moved uphill."
"As they climbed, Shephard's rate reached 150 per minute and Mitchell's
went to 128."
"The astronauts never reached Cone Crater. They went back down hill toward
Weird Crater to collect rock samples, then on to triplet to dig trenches."
(MGTE)--Page 74
"The author observed one of the Apollo 14 astronauts in a movie film of the
mission. The astronaut was running in semislow-motion in an otherwise
perfectly normal manner. The discrepancy arises when it i considered that
the astronaut went no higher off the surface and went no farther with each
step than he would have on Earth. The slow-motion effects could not cover up
this fact. This suggests that the film speed was adjusted to slow down the
action to give the impression that the astronauts were lighter than they
actually were. With the slow-motion effects, objects would appear to fall
more slowly and the public would be convinced of the Moon's weak gravity."
(MGTE)--Page 75
"The Rover was supposedly designed for the Moon's one-sixth gravity, but
close examination indicates that it resembled a vehicle more suitable for
near-Earth gravity. It was approximately 10 feet long and 4 feet high, with
a 7.5 foot wheelbase and 6 foot tread width. The wheels were 32" in diameter
with chevron-shaped treads of Titanium, not much different looking than an
Earth tire."
(MGTE)--Page 76-77
"...a minimum-size vehicle (for use on the Moon) would need a wheelbase of
20 feet to give it speed capability over rough terrain...To keep the center
of gravity to within 6 feet of the surface, it would need a tread width of 20
feet"
(MGTE)--Page 77
"The Rover encountered mostly loose dust and rocks on the Moon. This type
of surface would have less traction than ordinary pavement. The Rover had a
loaded Earth weight of 1,540 lbs. Under one-sixth gravity, only 128 lbs. of
force would be required to make the vehicle slide. Therefore, in going the
maximum speed of 10.2 MPH, the vehicle would begin to slide if the wheels
were turned enough to make a radius of curvature of less than 84 feet. Even
at 5 MPH, the minimum curvature would be 20 feet. The operator would have to
be extremely careful not to make any abrupt changes in direction since a
sharp turn could tip it over." (See the tracks of the Rover in NASA photo
#71-HC-277--it shows the tracks of the Rover while being driven by one of the
astronauts. The driver was doing some 'sand-dune'-type reckless driving,
with wild swerves and curves all over the place. Doesn't sound like he had
much trouble with flipping over, does it? And considering that the Rover was
too SMALL for effective operation at one-sixth gravity, even at LOW speeds
and using EXTREME caution, something just doesn't fit here. All observations
indicate that the Moon has a much higher gravity than was previously
believed.)
(MGTE)--Page 79-80
"Charles Duke (Apollo 16) evidently had a difficult time on the Moon. He
fell a number of times and a series of photos appeared in many newspapers
whih showed him stumbling and falling...Since objects would take nearly 2-1/2
times longer to fall in one-sixth gravity, Duke should have had plenty of
time to catch himself. It is even more surprising that Duke fell as OFTEN as
he did considering that he was wearing the most advanced, updated Moon suit
which supposedly provided him more flexibility than any astronaut before
him."
(MGTE)--Page 93-94
"The author acquired the movie showing the Apollo 14 flag ceremony. Close
analysis of this film shows that the flag billowed and waved when the
astronauts were not touching it or even close to it. At the end of the flag
ceremony, as one of the astronauts moved away from the flag, it began to wave
back and forth. In an apparent attempt to mask any further display of an
atmospheric wind, both astronauts blocked the movie camera's view of the
flag. The astronaut nearest the flag began running toward and in front of
the camera while the other astronaut put his arm in front of the lens."
"The Apollo 14 film (above) was ordered (by the author) in 1980 from 'Movie
Newsreels', a company located in Hollywood, California."
(MGTE)--Page 104-105
"The most probable cause of a planet's magnetic field seems to be the
roatation of charges which are present in its atmosphere and on its surface.
These charges rotate with the planet; therefore, the instensity of the
magnetic field generated would be directly proportional to the planet's
rotational velocity. Since the Moon's rotational velocity is less than 1% of
Earth's, is also follows that the Moon's field is less than 1% of Earth's."
NOTE: The Apollo program DID discover that the Moon has a very feeble
magnetic field.
"A rotating planet can be compared to an electrical solenoid, which is a
coil of wire...When a current is sent through the coil, a magnetic field is
generated at right angles to the direction of the wire (the direction of the
current flow). Planets carry charges with them in their atmosphere and
surface and this generates electrical currents in the direction of rotation,
or east-west. The magnetic field is generated at right angles to this, or
the noth-south direction. Even though the charges are not necessarily moving
east-west relative to the surface which is traveling with them, the magnetic
field is still created beacuse the planet itself is rotating." NOTE: This is
very important when applied to the Hollow Earth Theory. One of the strongest
arguments of orthodox scientists against the Hollow Earth Theory has always
been that magnetic fields around planets are created by a rotating mass of
liquid iron, thus making the Hollow Earth Theory an impossibility. (Heaven
forbid they should consider an alternate theory as to the cause of the
Earth's magnetic field. After all, man has penetrated the crust of this
planet no deeper than 5 miles (and that's if you count SONAR...actual
PHYSICAL penetration is much less than this), so how do we know for certain
what is at the center?) In light of the new findings (above) concerning the
cause of planetary magnetic fields, the scientists' main objection to the
Hollow Earth Theory is removed, and the theory becomes possible; indeed, very
PROBABLE. (See the Hollow Earth papers for further reference.)
NASA photo 89-HC-431 shows the atmosphere around the Moon. (It is shown as
plate #11 in 'MOONGATE'.)
(MGTE)--Page 125
"It is probable that only a limited thickness of the Earth's crust
contributes to the majority of the Earth's surface gravity die to the
scattering of gravity radiation originating from masses below a certain
depth. (Much the same as a stack of magnets gets stronger as you add more
magnets, but only to a certain point, where the bottom magnet is not strong
enough to reach all the way through to the upper layers--Galt). This implies
that the Earth's mass cannot be accurately predicted using the conventional
method. If the planets had empty or hollow centers, the surface gravity
might not be much different than if they had iron cores, or even lead cores.
This seems to explain why the Moon has such a high gravity for its size.
Because of this effect, the conclusion is that Newton's Law of Universal
Gravitation overstated the mass of the Earth in the first place." NOTE:
While this argument is aimed at explaining the reason for the high gravity on
the Moon, one can immediately see its importance as applied to the Hollow
Earth Theory.
(MGTE)--Page 126-127
"It is not commonly known that the Earth displays the same bell-like
ringing or reverberation as the Moon...(Such a) ringing effect was recorded
recorded during the May 22, 1960 Chilean earthquake...The ringing continues
for a considerable length of time in a regular series of slow impulses which
were recorded at various independent seismic stations...The planet rang again
as a result of the Anchorage, Alaska earthquake of March 27, 1964." NOTE::
This points out, as I stated earlier, that the Moon is not necessarily a
'spaceship' just because of this ringing. It does seem to point to the fact
that ALL planets are, indeed, HOLLOW.
(MGTE)--Page 129
"A photograph of the Earth taken by the DODGE (Deaprtment Of Defense
Gravity Experiment) satellite. 18,100 miles above the equator, appeared in
the November 10, 1967 issue of 'Life' magazine...The author was not able to
obtain permission to reproduce this photo; however, it is available for
inspection at most libraries."
"The DODGE photo is interesting, but a view at a better angle is needed to
show more details. Such a picture, taken in 1967 by the Applications
Technology Satellite 111 (ATS-111) from its stationary position over the
equator above Brazil, is shown in NASA photo 67-HC723." NOTE: This last
photo also appeared in 'Secret of the Ages', by brinsley Le Poer Trench.
(This book was taken off the market by the U.S. Government shortly after its
release in 1977.)
Both of the above mentioned photos depict the Earth, and show the 'hole' at
the North Pole from different angles, giving depth to the phenomenon, and
allowing researchers to make quite accurate estimates as to the hole's width
and angle of descent into the Earth's interior.
These photos belong with the Hollow Earth research materials, but seeing as
how I ran across them amongst the MOONGATE research data, I decided to
include them here. After all, the more one researches ONE of these two
theories, the more light is shed on the other.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2013.ufo
+66
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
SUBJECT: A PERSONEL OBSERVATION ON AREA 51 FILE: UFO2013
IT IS NOT BY CHANCE THAT PLACES LIKE AREA 51
HAVE MILITARY BASES IN CLOSE PROXIMITY-BUT ALSO THEY ARE VERY
CLOSE TO INDIAN RESERVATION LAND IF NOT ON IT.
NYE COUNTY IN NEVADA IS THE NOT ONLY THE LOCATION OF AREA
51 BUT AS YOU KNOW IT ALSO CONTAINS THE NELLIS AIRFORCE RANGE
AND NUCLEAR TESTING SITE.
THE PROBLEM IS THE MILITARY BECOMING MORE AWARE OF THIS
AREA AS A MAIN ATTRACTION DRAWING THOSE WHO WOULD WISH AN
OPPORTUNITY TO VIEW OR CAPTURE ON FILM OBJECTS IN THIS AREA.
IT IS MY SUGGESTION THAT YOU MAY TURN YOUR ATTENTION TO THE
NORTHWEST CORNER OF THE GROOM LAKE AREA.
TWO SPOTS IN PARTICULAR ARE WALKER LAKE INDIAN RESERVATION
AREA AND PYRAMID LAKE INDIAN RESERVATION AREA.
ALMOST DIAGONIAL BETWEEN THESE TWO SECTIONS.... GUESS WHAT
IS IN THE MIDDLE? IT IS FALLON NAVAL AIR STATION.
FALLON NAVAL AIR STATION IS ONE OF THE MORE INCONSPICUOUS
STATIONS ANYWHERE. YET,IF YOU EVER SEE THAT TYPE OF HARDWARE
THAT TAKES OFF FROM THERE YOU REALIZE THERE IS MORE OF A
PURPOSE FOR IT BEING THERE.
ONE IT IS THE ONLY ESTABLISHED " FRIENDLY " IN THAT SECTOR
THAT COULD PROVIDE ASSISTANCE INCASE OF A PROBLEM FROM GROOM
LAKE. PLUS IT IS FAR ENOUGH WEST TO HAVE NO PROBLEM FROM THE
RENO AND CARSON CITY POPULATED AREAS. IN FACT ITS WESTERN
FRONT IS PERFECT FOR INCOMING OR OUTGOING BECAUSE OF IT BEING
SO REMOTE AND DESOLATE.
IN THE PYRAMID LAKE INDIAN RESERVATION AREA ON THE WEST
SIDE OF THE LAKE(YOU WILL NEED 4WHEEL VEHICLE). OR TRY AND
FIND A PULL OUT SOUTH OF GERLACH.
THE BEST AREAS ARE IN THE WALKER INDIAN RESERVATION AREA
BECAUSE IT IS SOUTHEAST OF FALLON NAS AND NORTHWEST OF
THE GROOM LAKE AREA. YOU MIGHT TRY OBSERVING FROM WALKER
INDIAN RESERVATION ON THE WEST PERIMETER TOWARDS ALKALI
FLAT. PLUS IT HAS THE NON-POPULATED QUALITY THAT MAKES
MILITARY MORE SECURED THAT THERE ARE NO OBSERVERS.
REMEMBER TO MAKE SURE YOU ARE PREPARED..... FOR ALOT OF THE
AREA IN NEVADA IS CONSIDERED CATTLE OR SHEEP RANGE AND OR
DESERT. IF YOU NEED HELP YOU MAY HAVE TO TRAVEL A BIT BEFORE
YOU CAN GET IT.
FINALLY, REMEMBER THE MOUNTAINS BETWEEN GROOM AND THAT
NORTHWESTERN SECTION ARE THE MONITOR AND SHOSHONE MOUNTAIN
RANGES. IN BETWEEN IS THE BIG SMOKY VALLEY.(SOMEDAY I WOULD
LIKE TO GET IN THERE AND LOOK.) THE MILITARY KNOWS THAT
NATURAL OBJECTS WILL MAKE IT MUCH HARDER FOR PEOPLE TO
OVERCOME. BUT WHEN YOU WANT A SHOT AT SOMETHING EXTRA
ORDINARY YOU MUST REMEMBER TO THINK TOPOGRAPHICAL.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2014.ufo
+122
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
SUBJECT: A GREEN FACED ENTITY FILE: UFO2014
UNUSUAL REPORT OF A UFO AND A GREEN-FACED ENTITY
SEEN NEAR AN OLD U.S.A.F. NIKE MISSLE BASE
DATE: June 24, 1988
TIME: Sometime between 12:30 and 2:00 A.M. Pacific Daylight Time
LOCATION: Redmond, Washington
DURATION: Estimates vary, around 7 minutes for sighting of UFO;
about 45 minutes total duration including sighting of
face, possibly longer
SOURCE OF SIGHTING: UFO Information Service (Goudie)
INVESTIGATORS: Donald A. Johnson, Ph.D., MUFON
Don Olson, MUFON
Rita Andreeva, MUFON
Four 11-year-old girls who had attended a private Christian
elementary school together were having a slumber party reunion at the
home of one of the girls on Education Hill in Redmond, Washington. At
a few minutes after either 12:30 AM or 1:30 AM they were looking out
the window to see if they could find the girl's dog. They were
downstairs in the TV room, while the parents and brother and sister of
the host were asleep upstairs. They witnessed a craft-like UFO,
described as either a domed-disc or two plates put together edge-to-
edge, hovering in the night sky. It had white and red lights and
possibly faint green lights around the rim of the object. Of the two
girls interviewed, both thought right away that it was a UFO (i.e.
"spacecraft"), and not an aircraft because it was similar to a picture
they had once seen in a book.
The UFO was hovering at about 30 degrees above the horizon when
first sighted. It was described as smaller than a house in size,
possibly 25 feet in diameter. The UFO moved to the right horizontally
about 10 degrees, reversed direction abruptly and moved back in a
straight line to the left 10 degrees, moved back to the right 5
degrees to a center position, and then moved really fast straight
down. It moved down behind some tall evergreen trees and the girls
thought that it probably came down in a clearing in Nike Park, about
3-4 blocks from the girl's home where they were staying. The UFO was
reported to be visible through the window of the TV room for a total
of between 2 and 7 minutes.
Some time later, within 15 minutes to a half an hour, two of the
girls witnessed a frightening face. The accounts of how the face
appeared to them varies. In one account the girls thought they saw
something like a shadow or a figure at the top of the stairs leading
up to the kitchen. The became scared and hid in their sleeping bags;
they zipped them over their heads and lay next to each other. They
conversed through the bags and agreed to look at the same time, so
that it would not be too scary. As they pulled the bags down from
over their heads they saw a dark, mossy green face only about arm's
length away. Really frightened, one of the girls pulled the sleeping
bag over her head, and when she looked out again in a few minutes, the
being was gone. The other girl's account said they were lying on
their backs trying to get to sleep and staring up at the ceiling when
all of a sudden they both saw this green face. She watched it for
about 45 seconds, "and then it just, went away". Asked if it just
vanished like it was a slide from a projector or something, she said,
no, it wasn't like that. It was just like a real face, but it was
green in color and it was looking at them. The second girl appears to
be unclear about how the face appeared because she also reports she
covered her head with the sleeping bag at one point but can't remember
when.
The face was described as greenish in hue, with red, glowing
eyes. Interviewed separately, both of the girls said there was
something like a dent in one of the cheeks. One girl said it looked
like the "face on Mars" photograph she saw in the newspaper about a
week later, while the other girl said it had pointy ears and bushy
eyebrows. When asked a direct question later about the pointed ears,
the second girl said she didn't remember any ears. If the face had
indeed been attached to a body, one girl figures that the being must
have been about 3 1/2 to 4 feet tall.
About 10 to 15 minutes later the second girl, who lived there,
saw a clump of rainbow colored lights slowly revolving in her kitchen
and flashing light all over the ceiling and refrigerator. The first
girl made a vague reference to lights in the kitchen but apparently
did not see the rainbow-colored clump of lights hovering in the
kitchen (the kitchen is partially visible from the TV room, up half a
flight of stairs).
The girls became noisy discussing what they had seen woke the
mother. The mother came down and ordered them to go to sleep.
Apparently nothing further happened that night.
Of the other two girls, they are certain that one saw what they
saw but would not consent to be interviewed by UFO investigators.
They are unsure what the fourth girl saw. The second girl, the one at
whose home the events occurred, reported that she had had a
precognitive experience during that previous day, recalling during a
croquet match that she had dreamed those exact events some weeks
before. She also reports that since the UFO incident she is no longer
subject to nose bleeds, which she reports have occurred to her
chronically throughout her life and also occur with her father. She
also said that a soccer injury to her knee no longer gave her any pain
after the encounter, and she attributes the healing to the event.
The neighborhood in which her home is located borders an old Air
Force Nike Missle base. Part of the property is now a Washington
State National Guard facility, part of it is deserted and belongs to
the local school district, and part of it has been converted to a
park. We talked to a staff sargent on the National Guard base who
reported that he was sleeping at the base on the night in question and
recalls nothing unusual. He reported that light aircraft tend to use
the base as a landmark and so overflights are frequent, and, during
the daytime hours, hot air balloons frequently come over the base from
the Sammamish River valley to land in some clearings to the east.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2016.ufo
+137
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
SUBJECT: 1975 B.GOLDWATER,REQ-INFO FILE: UFO2016
CUFON Computer UFO Network
Document #: 22
From: UFO INFO SERVICE
Date Sent: 07-12-1986
Subject: 1975 B.GOLDWATER,REQ-INFO
BARRY GOLDWATER Committees:
Arizona Aeronautical & Space Sci.
Armed Services
Preparedness Inv Subcommit
UNITED STATES SENATE Tactical Air Power Subcomm
Washington D.C. 20510 N. S. Naval Petroleum
Reserves Subcommittee
March 28, 1975
Mr.Shlomo Arnon
U.C.L.A. Experimental College
308 Westwood Plaza
Los Angeles, California 90024
Dear Mr.Arnon:
The subject of UFOs is one that has interested me for some time.
About ten or twelve years ago I made an effort to find out what was in
the building at Wright Patterson Air Force Base where the information
is stored that has been collected by the Air Force, and I was
understandably denied this request.
It is still classified above Top Secret. I have, however, heard that
there is a plan under way to release some, if not all, of this
material in the near future. I'm just as anxious to see this material
as you are, and I hope we will not have to wait too much longer.
Sincerely.
Barry Goldwater
CUFON Computer UFO Network
Document #: 23
From: UFO INFO SERVICE
Date Sent: 07-12-1986
Subject: 1981 GOLDWATER,LETTER # 2
BARRY GOLDWATER Committees:
Intelligence Chairman
Armed Services
Tactical Warfare.Chair
UNITED STATES SENATE Preparedness
Washington D.C. 20510 Strategic Nuclear Force
Communications Chairman
October 19,1981 Aviation
Science Technology and
Space
Indian Affairs
Mr. Lee M. Grahan:
526 West Maple
Monrovia, California 91016
Dear Mr.Graham:
First, let me tell you that I have long ago given up acquiring access
to the so-called Blue Room at Wright-Patterson, as I have had one long
string of denials from chief after chief, so I have given up.
In answer to your questions, "one is essentially correct." I don't
know of anyone who has access to the "Blue Room," nor am I aware of
its contents and I am not aware of anything having been relocated. I
can't answer your question six, in fact, I can't find anyone who would
answer it.
To tell you the truth, Mr Graham, "this thing has gotten so highly
classified," ecen though I will admit there is a lot of it that has
been released, "it is just impossible to get anything on it."
I am returning your papers because I know they are of value to you.
Sincerely,
Barry Goldwater
CUFON Computer UFO Network
Document #: 24
From: UFO INFO SERVICE
Date Sent: 07-12-1986
Subject: 1983 GOLDWATER,LETTER # 3
BARRY GOLDWATER Committees:
Intelligence Chairman
Armed Services
Tactical Warfare Chair
UNITED STATES SENATE Preparedness
Strategic Nuclear Forces
C. S. Transportation
June 20, 1983 Washington D.C. 20510 Communications Chairman
Aviation
Science Technology and
Space
Indian Affairs
Mr. William S. Steinman
15043 Rosalita Drive
La Mirada, California 90638
Dear Mr.Steinman:
To answer your questions, I have never gained access to the so-called
"Blue Room" at Wright Patterson, so I have no idea what is in it. I
have no idea of who controls the flow of "need-to-know" because,
frankly, I was told in such an emphatic way that it was none of my
business that I've never tried to made it my business since.
I wish you luck on your investigation. I'm one of those people who
believe that with some two billion planets scattered around our
universe, there has to be a couple of more that can support life on
it.
Sincerely,
Barry Goldwater
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2017.ufo
+19
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
SUBJECT: BURIED UFO BODIES & DATA FILE: UFO2017
New York Post, Monday, June 1, 1987
----------------------------------
.S. BURIED UFO BODIES & DATA: BOOK
LONDON (Reuters)- The U.S. held a top-secret investigation into Unidentified Flying Objects (UFOs) after World War II and found the bodies of four humanoids from a crashed flying saucer, according to Britain's leading UFO expert.
The Observer newpaper yesterday quoted UFO researcher Timothy Good as saying a U.S. Government committee code-named "Majestic-12" examined and then covered up news of UFO crashes in the late 1940's.
According to Good's book "Above Top Secret: The Worldwide UFO Cover-Up," to be published in July, the MJ-12 committee was set up by President Harry Truman to check reports of unidentified aircraft sighted in the U.S.
Following a report from a local farmer, the committee launched a search for a crashed UFO in a remote area of New Mexico in 1947.
They found the bodies of four humanoid creatures, Good said.
Good quoted from a briefing paper prepared by then-CIA head Roscoe Hillenkoeter for Truman's successor, President Dwight Eisenhower.
"Four small human-like beings had apparently ejected from the craft at some point before it exploded," the document said.
The Observer said it had seen the briefing paper but inquiries to several U.S. archives had failed to authenticate it.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2018.ufo
+95
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
SUBJECT: A CRITIQUE OF CARLOTTO'S FINDINGS ON FACE OF MARS FILE: UFO2018
.
Now that I've had a chance to take a close look at Mark Carlotto's article
("Digital Imagery Analysis of Unusual Martian Surface Features," Applied
Optics, Vol. 27, No. 10, 15 May 1988, pp. 1926-1933), I'd like to comment on
it.
.
In spite of his title, Carlotto makes the elementary mistake of assuming
what he is supposed to prove. Instead of discussing the "object, the
"anomaly," or whatever, he begins by talking about "the face." Later, he
identifies "teeth" in the "face."
.
There are not enough data for a conclusion as sweeping as the author makes
in this paper. It's a case of making meaning out of background noise. As
Martin Gardner notes, "If you search any kind of chaotic data, it is easy to
find combinations that seem remarkable."
.
There are only 4 images of the object from the Viking photos, and 2 of
those do not have sufficient resolution to be useful. Of the 2
high-resolution pictures, 35A72 and 70A13 are both in afternoon light with a
sun zenith angle difference of only 17 degrees. It's unfortunate that we
don't have hi-res photos of the area taken at other times of day. They would
undoubtedly settle this once and for all.
.
Figure 3 on p. 1928, a local contrast enhancement of the object by Carlotto
(from 70A13) is an interesting picture. Turn it upside down so that your mind
doesn't see a "face" so easily. Now you can see that the object looks more
like an unusual - but probably natural - geological formation. The tendency
for humans (even humans with Ph.D.'s) to find patterns where there are no
patterns is certainly powerful, particularly where faces are concerned.
Part 2
The author concludes that "the close proximity of unusual objects...to the
face increases the likelihood that this collection of objects is not
natural." I don't see anything terribly unusual in anything southwest of the
object at all. All I see are natural wind-sculpted formations. Typical
Martian terrain.
.
Even if one of the objects does turn out to be a pyramid, it proves
nothing. It looks much cruder than the many pyramids found in natural rock
formations in Arizona.
.
Finally, I was extremely surprised that Carlotto cites "The Face on Mars"
(Pozos) and "The Monuments of Mars" (Hoagland). Scientific papers don't
normally cite flim-flam. It's like finding a reference to a Shirley MacLaine
book in a scholarly paper on geology.
.
I find it significant that Carlotto cites none of the experts who actually
work with the Viking photos. Pietro and Molenaar, who Carlotto does cite,
have no expertise in Martian geology or in photo-interpretatio (according to
Conway Snyder who was a key figure in the Viking project at JPL).
.
I'd like to see the referees' report on this paper. Perhaps they were so
facinated by the computer enhancement techniques (which are state of the art)
that they ignored the ridiculousness of what was being enhanced. So far, in
the latest issues of Applied Optics I could find, there have been no
rebuttals.
.
I wish Dr. Carlotto would now use his image enhancement techniques on my
two other favorite Martian formations: the 5-mile wide Happy Face and the
Kermit the Frog formation.
---
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2019.ufo
+69
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
SUBJECT: A REPORT THAT MARS OBSERVER WAS LAUNCHED SECRETLY IN 1991!
FILE: UFO2019
On May 26th, our own Don Ecker was seen on Hard Copy, a
television news program, discussing the recent visit to the
United States by Marina Popovitch, a Russian Colonel who has
knowledge of the ill-fated Phobos II space probe sent to Mars to
send back information on the red planet and one of its moons,
Phobos. According to Popovitch, the probe was destroyed by a long
cigar-shaped object as it approached the orbiting satellite.
Although this information is speculative and not confirmed, a
recent article appearing in a science publication did confirm
that a strange shadow was seen prior to Phobos II spinning out of
control and breaking contact with earth. Obviously there is a
lot yet to be learned about what really happened up there.
ParaNet has received information that Richard C. Hoagland,
the noted author of The Monuments of Mars - a book detailing a
possible surface anomaly on the planet, that NASA has covertly
launched the Mars observer spacecraft to speed to Mars to find
out what is going on up there. Below is a reprint of that
article. Our members are encouraged to provide any information
that would substantiate or disavow these claims.
=================================================================
U.S. MARS MISSION?
[Extracted from SpaceNews, 5-13-91, a publication normally
concerned with amateur radio topics.]
WWCR's radio broadcast "For The People" on 03-May-91 carried a
report by Richard C. Hoagland, who believes the United States
might have a spacecraft on its way to the planet Mars in order to
investigate the "Cydonia Message" first discovered in photos
taken by Viking 1 in 1976. Hoagland believes the Mars observer
spacecraft was deployed by the Space Shuttle "Atlantis" on
mission STS-38. According to official records, STS-38 carried an
AFP-658 satellite into orbit. An AFP-658 satellite measures 65
feet long and 15 feet in diameter. Hoagland believes this
payload was actually a booster rocket for the Mars observer
spacecraft which was later mated with the Mars observer
spacecraft on a following STS mission.
Observers reported seeing Atlantis and its satellite deployment
during mission STS-38. Some observers reported seeing both
objects illuminated by a reddish glow, which has yet to be
explained. On later orbits, the deployed satellite appeared to
have vanished.
Hoagland feels that if such a spacecraft were on its way to Mars,
it should be transmitting on X-band using pseudo-random noise
encoding. Hoagland is trying to get in touch with scientists who
have deep space X-band receive capabilities to see if signals can
be detected coming from Mars. The reception of intelligent radio
signals from Mars could indicate that either the US or the Soviet
Union have Mars observers sending valuable data back to
scientists on Earth.
Cydonia is a Martian desert located in the northern hemisphere of
Mars. It contains a mile-long, 1500 foot humanoid "face" and a
system of five-sided pyramids. Through images taken by Viking 1,
the "face" was found to contain such detail as an eye socket,
eyeball and pupil, nose and mouth. The facial proportions are
those of early man.
An investigation into Cydonia could help to confirm these
findings and shed light into their meaning.
END
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2020.ufo
+77
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
SUBJECT: MJ12, MYTH OR REALITY ? FILE: UFO2020
PART 1
>>The following article is the first of two parts excerpted from "Just Cause",
the quarterly newsletter of CAUS, Citizens Against UFO Secrecy. Run by Barry
Greenwood and Lawrence Fawcett, this organization attempts to gain access to
government documents on UFOs through the Freedom of Information Act.
______________________
MJ12: MYTH OR REALITY?
______________________
Did a secret government panel once intensively study a crashed-UFO case with
compelling physical evidence at its disposal? Did this panel set the UFO
debunking policy for the government which persists to this day? These are
certainly questions which h ave echoed throughout UFOlogy for decades,
generating scores of wild rumors. Many of the rumors died a quick death
while others lingered, helped along mainly by a cadre of conspiracy
theorists/supporters. One such story was Frank Scully's Artec, New Mexic o
UFO crash, which formed the basis for the 1950 book "BEHIND THE FLYING
SAUCERS". In virtually all of theses cases, the substance necessary to the
credibility of the story was sorely lacking.
Recent revelations have shown that at least a small number of the surviving
rumors deserve a day in court, most notably the Roswell, NM incident of 1947,
involving the alleged crash of a UFO and the recovery and study of the debris
(and bodies) at Wri ght Field (now Wright-Patterson AFB, OH).
A relatively new rumor has surfaced which we would like to discuss in some
detail because it is new and it bears some interesting connections to old
stories. CAUS does not yet endorse this as fact. Our long-standing policy
of requiring conclusive gove rnment documentation still stands and will
always stand. We have yet to see such documentation in this instance.
Nevertheless, it is hoped that open discussion will elicit practical response
toward proving or burying this latest tale.
During the final stages of "CLEAR INTENT" [Greenwood and Fawcett, 1984], I had
collected documents related to multiple sightings of UFOs over Kirtland AFB,
NM in August, 1980. The story of this series of reports is in the Epilog of
CLEAR INTENT. What wasn't inserted in the book was a document, allegedly a
government document, which had made the rounds in the so-called UFO
grapevine. It told of an analysis performed of the "Dr. Bennewitz"
photographic data which had been part of the subject matter in t he confirmed
AFOSI [Air Force Office of Special Investigations] file release on Kirtland.
It concluded that some of the photos were "legitimate negatives of
unidentified aerial objects." The document went on to discuss, very briefly,
a top-secret "Project Aquarius" and something called "MJ 12". These terms
meant little to us at the time so inquiries were launched to determine the
origin of the terms and the document.
No government agency had any knowledge of the matter, and the alleged
originator, AFOSI, said that the document was a "fabrication". Since we had
no evidence to prove otherwise and since the document came from a source
other than the FOIA [Freedom Of Information Act], I chose not to use it in
CI. My copy of the Aquarius document contained several misspellings and
irregularities in format, further adding to my suspicions but I did not rule
out the possibility of this perhaps being a retyped version of an original,
legitimate document by a "mole" in the military. The piece was filed and
remained in limbo for a time.
This past summer the mysterious "MJ 12" portion of the Aquarius document
surfaced again when CAUS was advised by several members that California UFO
researcher Lee Graham was conducting inquiries into MJ 12, apparently based
on specific information fr om an unknown individual in the government. The
specifics were rather intriguing.
MJ 12, or Majestic 12, was a panel formed to investigate and report its
findings to the President of the United States on the matter of Unidentified
Flying Objects. It addressed in particular the Roswell, NM incident of July
2, 1947. The panel consist
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2021.ufo
+82
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
SUBJECT: MJ12, MYTH OR REALITY ? FILE: UFO2021
PART 2
>>Second of two-part excerpt from "Just Cause", newsletter of Citizens Against
UFO Secrecy, regarding the controversial "Aquarius" memo, and "MJ 12".
_______________
What about the data in the "MJ12" report? The date is immediately telling.
September 18, 1947, is the birthday of the CIA, the official first day of
their existence! Is it a coincidence or a tell-tale clue to the document
being phony? Or could this report have been one of the first orders of
business for the flegdling CIA?
The connection of the 1947 Roswell incident to this affair makes sense. Based
on the information unveiled by Bill Moore, Stan Friedman and others, the
Roswell crash was clearly a major topic in high government circles. It
strains credibility to think that piles of metallic debris would have been
sent to Wright-Patterson AFB in Ohio from New Mexico for analysis if the
material were simply parts of what should have been an easily-recognizable
radar reflector balloon to Army Air Force officers. After the arrival of the
material at Wright-Patterson and wherever else it may have gone, official
documentation ceases. No useful government files describing analysis of the
debris have been unearthed. Obviously analysis took place somewhere. Where
is the report? If the Roswell object were a strange device of some sort, then
involvement of the individuals listed as MJ 12 would make sense.
My first thoughts upon seeing this list of people is that if a UFO had crashed
and was recovered, this would be the kind of panel that I would want to put
together to investigate the matter. All of these individuals were at the top
in their respective areas of experience during the late 1940's and had the
added benefit of government experience behind them. The Majestic 12 indeed!
A number of them were later involved in the UFO phenomenon. In fact, fully
half of the panel would make a mark on UFO history during and after 1947:
o Hoyt Vandenberg - said to have read the now-famous 1948 "Estimate of the
Situation" and subsequently ordered it downgraded and destroyed for lack of
evidence that UFO's were interplanetary.
o Roscoe Hillenkoeter - Former board member of NICAP and proponent of UFO
reality.
o Vannevar Bush - Mentioned in the formelry top secret Canadian "Smith memo"
of November 21, 1950, as the head of a "concentrated effort" to study UFOs.
o Nathan Twining - Authored a well-known September 1947 Air Force memo
strongly endorsing the serious nature of UFOs.
o Donald Menzel - Author of 3 books debunking the UFO phenomenon.
o Lloyd Berkner - member of the CIA's "Robertson Panel" of 1953.
Panel members' background show that most had connections to either the
National Security Council or the Research and Development Board (R&DB). The
R&DB figures prominently in testimony given to us by Dr. Robert Sarbacher
and CAUS is convinced that UFO file material exists in the R&DB's holdings at
the National Archives.
Another curiousity. General Twining's pro-UFO "flying discs" memo (see CLEAR
INTENT, pp.213-214) dated September 23, 1947, comes only five days after the
MJ12 report. Could Twining's possible connection to an MJ12 panel have had
an influence on his wr iting of the 9/23/47 memo?
The listing of Vandenberg and particularly Donald Menzel as MJ12 members is a
major curiousity since both had later negative involvement in UFOs. If an
MJ12 Panel concluded that UFOs were real, Menzel's and Vandenberg's debunking
would seem illogical. Or would it?
If a singular incident of high national security importance occurred, like a
Roswell incident, such could be classified more highly even that the H-Bomb,
as the Smith memo so aptly put it. As study of the phenomenon progressed,
secrecy would be of the utmost importance and any effort to diffuse the
interest of the public and non-need-to-know personnel would be encouraged.
Therefore, General Vandenberg, by batting down Project Sign's "Estimate of
the Situation", would be preventing undue attention from
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2022.ufo
+378
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,378 @@
SUBJECT: MARCONI TALKS TO MARTIANS AT THE TURN OF THE CENTURY
FILE: UFO2022
(word processor parameters LM=1, RM=70, TM=2, BM=2)
Taken from KeelyNet BBS
Sponsored by Vangard Sciences
PO BOX 1031
Mesquite, TX 75150
April 4, 1990
Are we communicating with Mars or other planets?
correlated by Jerry W. Decker
for KeelyNet and the Plenum
(placed in the public domain with no restrictions on reproduction)
We of Vangard have found a series of interesting correlations
which became evident with the following article, found in a book
entitled "Other Tongues, Other Flesh", written by George Hunt
Williamson and published in 1965 in Great Britain.
------------------------------------------------------------------
Marconi and his secret Communication System
In 1921, Marconi, father of wireless communications, believed he
had intercepted signals from extra-terrestial intelligences,
either from Mars or some point in outer space.
The theory that the waves were produced by electrical disturbances
was disproved by the regularity of the impulses.
Marconi conducted highly secret experiments before 1921 and knew
beyond a shadow of a doubt that he was in direct contact with
beings of other worlds.
A woman in California writes:
"During World War I, I was teaching in Scotland. In 1918,
headquarters of the Y.W.C.A. in London wrote offering me the
position of head of their branch office in Chelmsford near
London.
The main station of the Marconi World-Wide Wireless was also
there. Many men from Britain died in World War I and it was
my job to look out for many young girls away from home.
I took room and board with a couple somewhat older than I.
The husband was a very intelligent person and had a
responsible position with the Marconi Wireless Company.
One day, he asked me if I would like to go through the Marconi
Station. I was delighted to go. During my tour through the
laboratories I was startled and almost petrified when we
arrived in front of a HUGE, TEN-FOOT SQUARE, TRANSPARENT CASE
inside of which seemed to be A FLAMING MASS...FLAMES REVOLVING
LIKE A WHEEL!
I asked my friend what this was and he said that they HAD BEEN
RECEIVING WIRELESS MESSAGES SOMEWHERE OUTSIDE THE EARTH!
Page 1
I asked him to be more specific. And he said: 'My dear girl,
we have stations all over the Earth, but CERTAIN CODE IS NOT
COMING FROM ANY OF THEM! WE ARE RECEIVING SIGNALS FROM
INTELLIGENT BEINGS ON OTHER INHABITED WORLDS!'
My friend then told me that Marconi at that moment was in
Australia conducting experiments and trying to discover more
about this momentous happening.
THEY BELIEVED THE SIGNALS WERE COMING FROM THE PLANET MARS.
I have never mentioned this experience before, and I believe
Marconi kept his work secret because he knew what the world
would say."
The lady who had the above experience lives in Santa Barbara,
California and is a respectable citizen of that city.
------------------------------------------------------------------
Tesla's Communication with Mars
In his famed Colorado Springs experiments, electrical genius
Nikola Tesla claimed he had received strange rhythmic sounds on
his receiver. Tesla supposed Venus or Mars to be the most likely
sources. No one at that time (1899-1900) had ever heard of such
phenomena as regular sounds from space.
In 1902, Lord Kelvin paid a visit to the United States. During
his visit, Kelvin proclaimed himself in complete agreement with
Tesla on two controversial issues : 1) that Mars was signalling
America and 2) that the conservation of nonrenewable resources was
of critical importance to the earth.
Not until the 1920's were such counting codes again picked up by
astronomers and given official credence. Nowadays, "listening" to
the stars is commonplace.
------------------------------------------------------------------
Mysterious Deaths of Marconi Affiliated Scientists
In March of 1988, 52 year old scientist Trevor Knight was found
slumped at the wheel of his car in his garage. Carbon monoxide
poisoning was listed as the cause of death.
Knight was working as a computer services manager in the guided
weapons division of Marconi, a high-tech British defense firm.
Marconi has led the field in weapons-technology research from its
first days as a developer of INTELLIGENCE-GATHERING DEVICES for
M15, the British FBI.
Trevor Knight was the latest in a series of 25 unsolved deaths
beginning in 1982 within the British defense industry, most were
either directly working for Marconi or doing contract work for
them.
Only superficial inquiries have been made into the very peculiar
circumstances involving many of the deaths. Several of the deaths
have been deemed suicide by local coroners while others were
listed as accidents, no matter how bizarre the situation.
Page 2
Yet no evidence has come to light showing an organized conspiracy,
either domestic or foreign. A U.S. intelligence expert concluded
it "probable" that "an enemy intelligence service" was involved.
No suicide notes were found after most of the deaths and the
victims appeared happy with both their families and work, most
looking forward to the future. This is directly opposite to the
classic suicide profile.
In all but one or two cases, no independent witnesses to the
deaths were found.
Although Defense research is a high-stress occupation, most of the
victims were not suffering from unusual stress.
Responding with indifference, evasion, contradiction and outright
disinformation, the British government, local law enforcement and
defense firms have ignored the profusion of these mysterious
deaths.
An Opposition member of Parliament called for an investigation by
the Defense Mystery two years ago. He recently reversed himself
and began stating the official ministry line....that the deaths
are coincidental and the true enemy is job related stress AND THAT
FURTHER INVESTIGATION MIGHT HARM THE NATIONAL INTEREST.
Marconi is now under investigation for $1.6 billion in alleged
fraud and contract padding. It therefore seems possible that
several of the dead scientists were either potential whistle-
blowers (and consequently murdered) or were implicated in the
inquiry (and killed themselves).
One of the victims had worked on a highly classified project
called COSMOS. This project involved underwater torpedo research
which had direct applications to the US "Star Wars" program.
In one month, April of 1987, five deaths occurred.
Shani Warren, working for a digital communications company called
MicroScope, was found drowned in 18 inches of lake water. Four
weeks later, GEC, Marconi's parent company, acquired MicroScope.
Warren was found gagged, with a noose around her neck, her feet
bound with rope and her hands tied behind her back. Police
estimated a "50/50" chance of suicide, as did the Home Office
pathologist. The coroner listed the case as still open.
George Kountis, a systems analyst at Bristol PolyTechnic, was
found dead in his upturned BMW in the Liverpool River.
A week earlier, Stuart Gooding, an employee at the Royal Military
College of Science, died in a car crash in Cyprus under mysterious
circumstances.
One week after the deaths of Warren and Kountis, Mark Wisner, a 24
year old software engineer, was found dead in his home. Around
his head was tied a plastic sack with nine feet of plastic wrap
around his face. The coroner concluded that death was caused by
asphyxiation brought on by a sexual experiment gone wrong.
Page 3
August 1986, 24 year old Vimal Dajibhai, computer programmer
working on the TigerFish torpedo project for Marconi, drove to a
240 foot high suspension bridge west of London. He apparently
walked along the edge and fell to his death. Police reports noted
a needle-sized puncture mark on his left buttock. Dajibhai was
anticipating a new career in London's financial district.
Two months later, another Marconi computer expert, Arshad Sharif
tied one end of a rope around a tree and the other around his
neck. Sharif then got in his Audi and stepped on the accelerator.
Again, the coroner deemed the death a suicide.
David Sands, another Marconi computer scientist was working on a
secret radar project when he died in an auto crash in March 1987.
He placed a can of gasoline in his car and drove at 80 miles an
hour, in clear daylight, into an abandoned cafe. His body was
burned beyond recognition.
John Whiteman, a computer expert for British Aerospace, was found
drowned in his bathtub. Around the tub were empty bottles of
whiskey and sleeping pills, although blood tests revealed no trace
of drugs and only a small amount of alcohol in his system.
John Ferry, senior Marconi employee chairing a NATO research
committee, was found dead with two electrodes taped to the
fillings in his molars and connected to a power line.
Jonathan Wash, a digital communications expert at GEC in November
1985, fell from his West Africa hotel room after expressing fear
for his life.
And finally, Peter Peapell, 52 year old metallurgist and lecturer
whose work had attracted a high security classification. Two
years ago, after returning home from an evening of playing
"Trivial Pursuit" with friends, Peapell's wife went to bed,
leaving him to put away the car. The next morning Peapell was
found in the garage, underneath the car and with his mouth neatly
aligned with the end of the exhaust pipe of the car, the motor
still running. According to police, the position was impossible
to get into with the garage door closed. The inquest recorded an
open verdict and the case remains unsolved.
------------------------------------------------------------------
Flame as a Plasma Transducer
It has long been known that flame can be modulated with a wide
range of frequencies by stimulating the flame with an
electrostatic field of sufficient intensity.
In the early 70's, a company developed a system of speakers which
used open flame to modulate the air to form audible waves. The
principle uses a flame, generated from a propane, butane or other
gas source which is influenced by an audio modulated electrostatic
field.
Flame has a frequency range up to and beyond that of visible
light. In addition, the reproduction of the original signal is
completely without distortion if properly controlled.
Page 4
Tesla created a flame which he described as "burning without
consuming material or even a chemical reaction".
This came about during research performed in 1900, when Tesla
created ball lightning in his lab. He mentioned the formation of
sparks into streamers which formed "fireballs".
Modern plasma physics holds the theory that the fireball receives
its energy from its surroundings by a naturally created
electromagnetic field and that the DIAMETER OF THE PLASMA SPHERE
DEPENDS ON THE FREQUENCY OF THE EXTERNAL FIELD SO THAT A RESONANCE
OCCURS.
John Keely, father of Sympathetic Vibratory Physics, also claimed
that OSCILLATIONS OCCUR across the DIAMETER OF THE MASS.
The term Plasma refers to a high-temperature, ionized gas that is
electrically neutral. The motion of the gas is dominated by
electromagnetic interactions and because it is an excellent
conductor, plasmas interact directly with electromagnetic fields.
The study of plasmas is called Hydromagnetics or
Magnetohydrodynamics.
Although modern researchers have yet to create fireballs (ball
lightning consisting of rotating plasmas) under controlled
conditions, Tesla maintained that he had learned to create the
phenomenon AT WILL (this in the very early 1900's).
Remember that the witness to the tour of the Marconi plant
described the communication device as ;
"A HUGE, TEN-FOOT SQUARE, TRANSPARENT CASE inside of which
seemed to be A FLAMING MASS...FLAMES REVOLVING LIKE A WHEEL!"
Revolving flames is an apt description for a plasma torus which
could be modulated electrostatically or electromagnetically (as
with the flame transducer) for the transmission/reception of
information.
The transparent case might well have contained deflection plates
which would not only modulate the torus but tilt it for
directional control of the communication beam.
In addition, the beam would most likely possess laser-like
properties in that the dispersion (inverse square spreading of a
beam when emitted from a source) over tremendous distances would
be minimal. This again would be conducive to inter-planetary or
inter-stellar communications.
The possibilities also exist for use as an earthly communication
system, especially if the nature of the signal is that of Hooper's
MOTIONAL (pure electric charge) FIELD which is invisible to
capacitive and inductive energy sappers.
The amplitude (flux density) of the torus is controlled much like
a standard fluorescent tube.
In such a tube, a gas or combination of gases is kindled by an
alternating current source which causes the gas to ionize and
essentially ignite. Once this occurs, the power is reduced to a
Page 5
much lower level sufficient to sustain the plasma.
The Marconi company is still a very prominent company with
worldwide connections and contracts. Marconi is also heavily
involved with defense, computer and communications projects.
From these many interesting correlations, we find reason to
believe that :
1) a fantastic communications systems has been developed and
utilized for equally fantastic purposes
2) a level of contact has been established with other
cultures not native to the earth
3) the probability of an exchange of scientific information
between diverse non-earth cultures would lead to radical
new observations and technologies
4) the probability of contact with non-earth cultures might
have led to a visit in a physical form for purposes
unknown (aka, UFO's)
5) government awareness of such activities and technologies
has led to suppression and death of those who threaten
exposure
The question generated from all this is WHY are we not being made
aware of such technologies, only discovering them by chance
investigation by admittedly "unorthodox" researchers?
If such a communication system existed in the 20's, what has it
evolved to by now, with the development of modern technology?
In the near future, with releases of information as in this paper,
we can expect to see companies with names like PLASMACOMM,
TELEPLASMA, PLASMAVID, etc.
------------------------------------------------------------------
We wish to thank Jack Veach for supplying the data
on the mysterious deaths of the scientists
------------------------------------------------------------------
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2023.ufo
+89
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
SUBJECT: MORE INFO/HISTORY OF THE PHOBOS/MARS OBSERVER STORY
FILE: UFO2023
NASA lost radio contact with its Mars Observer spacecraft on Saturday August
21, 1993, just days before it was expected to enter into a circular orbit 400
km above the surface of the planet. Orbit insertion was supposed to have
occured on Tuesday August 24th at about 1:30 PM Pacific Daylight Time.
The spacecraft was expected to begin global surface mapping of Mars on
December 16th that would have lasted an entire Martian year of 687 Earth
days. Various attempts were made to re-establish contact with the spacecraft,
but so far the Mars Observer has remained silent. NASA engineers believe a
transistor in the satellite's clock failed, rendering the Mars Observer
"brain-dead" and radio silent. It seems improbable that the spacecraft
automatically entered into orbit around Mars, and probably missed its
destination completely. The Mars Observer was launched on September 25, 1992
on a Titan III rocket from Cape Canveral Air Force Station, Florida.
On July 26, 1993 at 8:52 PM PDT, the Mars Observer returned its first image
of Mars when it was 5.8 million kilometers from the red planet. That image
was taken using the spacecraft's high resolution, narrow angle telescopic
camera. In 1976 an unmanned NASA Viking spacecraft sucessfully photographed
the surface of Mars from an altitude of approximately 1700 kilometers. The
objective of the Viking mission was to search for evidence of intelligent
life on Mars, either now or in the past. Image 35A72 taken by Viking-1 and
received by the Jet Propulsion Lab showed a mile-long, 1500 foot high
humanoid "face" staring into eternity on the surface of Mars. It was later
dismissed without investigation by NASA as a "trick of light and shadow" and
filed away. Frame 70A13 taken over the same area with a higher sun-angle
showed the same feature in addition to a pyramid-like structure approximately
16 kilometers southwest of the "face". In 1980, Vicent DiPietro and Gregory
Molenaar, imaging engineers under contract to NASA's Goddard Space Flight
Center on another project, stumbled across these Viking images. After
further investigation they discovered folds and horizontal stripes on the
"headpiece" or "helmet" of the face which resembled those of Egyptian
Pharaohs, symmetrical cheekbones, an eye socket, eyeball, and pupil, nose,
mouth, and teeth. The facial proportions were found to be similar to those
of early man. DiPietro and Molenaar published their findings and
conclusions in 1980 and were stonewalled by the planetary science community
for doing so. In a feature article in "Soviet Life" magazine published in
1984, the Russians revealed their own fascination with the Martian "sphinx"
and five-sided pyramids found in the Viking photos. In an effort to carry
out their own investigations, the former USSR launched Phobos I and Phobos
II, two unmanned satellites to the planet Mars on July 12, 1988. The reason
for launching two craft was for redundancy in case one malfunctioned. Phobos
I was lost after it received a bad command during its journey to Mars and
fell silent when controllers tried to re-acquire it on the way. Phobos II
arrived in January 1989 and entered an orbit around Mars as the first phase
towards its real destination, a small Martian moon called Phobos. The
mission was flawless until the craft aligned itself with Phobos. On March 28,
1989, an elliptical object was detected to be moving towards the satellite
seconds before it failed. All indications were that the elliptical object
had collided with the satellite which was now dead and left spinning out of
control. On March 28, 1989 Tass, the official Soviet news agency stated:
"Phobos II failed to communicate with Earth as scheduled after completing
an operation yesterday around the Martian moon Phobos. Scientists at
mission control have been unable to establish stable radio contact." The
next day a top official of the Soviet Space Agency (Glavkosmos) stated:
"Phobos II is 99% lost for good." It is important to note that he stated
the entire satellite was gone and not that just radio contact was lost with
it. On March 30, 1989 at 4:41 PM EST, the Associated Press released the
following statement: "Soviet research centers are now trying to interpret
so far 'unexplained optical phonomena' on the pictures of the Martian
surface. The pictures show an inigmatic strip 23-25 miles wide and a
large spindle-shaped formation." On March 31, 1989 headlines dispatched
by the Moscow correspondents of the European News Agency (EFE) stated:
"Phobos 2 Captured Strange Photos of Mars Before Losing Contact With It's
Base. Vremya revealed yesterday that the space probe Phobos II, which was
orbiting above Mars when Soviet scientists lost contact with it on Monday,
had photographed an unidentified object on the Martian surface seconds
before losing contact." Scientists described the unidentified object as
a thin ellipse 20 kilometers in length. It was further stated that the photos
could not be an illusion because they were captured by 2 different color
cameras as well as cameras taking infrared shots. One controller at the
Kaliningrad control center concluded that the Phobos II probe was left
spinning out of control, a result of being struck or shot. In the October
19, 1989 issue of Nature Magazine, Soviet scientists concluded that the craft
could be spinning because it was impacted. Not since the NASA Viking missions
in 1976 has there been a successful unmanned mission to Mars. NASA's Mars
Observer is simply the latest in a series of spacecraft destined for Mars
that failed unexpectedly just prior to reaching the planet. The mystery
continues.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2024.ufo
+20
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
SUBJECT: MORE ACTIVITY IN AUSTRALIA FILE: UFO2024
===============
The Mutual UFO Network is reporting several areas of increased UFO activity around the country and in Australia.
In the case Down Under, Walt Andrus reports that a lady and her two sons were driving from Perth to Melbourne at about 2:45AM Wednesday when they spotted a craft shaped like an "egg-cup" through their rear window. The object overtook the car, and according to the occupants, the entire vehicle was lifted into the air, shaken violently, then dropped back onto the road, causing damage and a blown tire. The claimants reported that their voices seemed oddly distorted and "slowed down" during the encounter. They also reported a residue of a powdery gray substance seemed to have been deposited on the car. There were several independent witnesses to a UFO in the same general area in the same time frame, including two men on a fishing trawler 50 miles away. Initial news dispatches have it that the fishermen experienced the same vocal distortion; however, Andrus was hesitant on that point, saying that its possible the news service was confusing its facts. He said that two MUFON investigators are on the case, Keith Basterfield and Bill Chalker. He confirmed that the grey powder is being analyzed. [Hot tip from Your Administrator: We will be very interested if the stuff turns out to be Magnesium Oxide.]
Back in this country, a UFO seems to be buzzing the town of Gulf Breezes in the Florida Panhandle. Andrus, who spent four days in the Pensacola suburb at the request of MUFON State Director Donald Ware, reports that a gentleman who wishes to remain anonymous has taken 16 "amazingly clear and detailed" polaroid photos of the object, as well as a Beta videotape. The object is reportedly of the classic disk variety. Adding to the mystery, another anonymous photographer sent his entire 35mm camera to a newspaper with undeveloped film inside. Whent developed, the film showed the same object. Andrus says that efforts are being made to coax the photographer out of the closet. He acknowledged that it could be the same chap as the one who took the polaroids, but adds that there are several other independent witnesses to the sightings.
Other hotspots which seem to be flaring up include the Texarkana, Arkansas, area, and parts of Michigan, Georgia, and (shades of NIGHT SIEGE), the Hudson Valley. No one is declaring a UFO flap at this stage, however, that may be partially due to caution by local MUFON investigators not to muddy the waters with "copycat" reports.
ParaNet will continue to keep you apprised of developments. Watch this column for further information and updates.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2025.ufo
+77
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
SUBJECT: SKYWATCHERS WAIT FOR UFOs FILE: UFO2025
BY JIM STEINBERG FOR MNW
FRESNO - The sky searchers carried binoculars, beach charis and a shared assu-
rance that they were not crazy.
Members and friends of the Mutual UFO Network had either seen strange flying
objects in Central Valley skies or talked to others who had. Now the MUFON sky
watchers scanned the starry night for further evidence.
The didn't think, they Kndw that they - and all earthlings - were not alone.
They sounded in turn scientific, religious, adventuresome. Some would say
goofy.
The MUFON expedition dedicated Tuesday and Wednesday nights to taking a long
look and waiting for whatever or whoever might show up.
The MUFON party traveled up Kings Canyon Road, parked over 4,000 feet high in
the Sierra along Highway 180 at a clearing called McKenzie Heliport, - and
waited.
Roy Yates, 64, MUFON's state section director for Fresno County, was there. A
retired Marin County teacher, he pursued his quest from conviction despite
never having observed an unidentified flying object.
Debra Flanders, 43, a MUFON spokeswoman and field investigator trainee, had
two sightings in her resume.
Use their names, they said. They would brook whatever doubt, laughter or deri-
sion ensued.
Not so the third explorer, a self-employed Fresno professional, 35. His life
changed upon seeing something very large hovering above Norseman Elementary
School at Weldon and Maple avenues one Sunday night in May 1975. Publication
of his name would kill my business, he said.
He and his parents were watching 60 Minutes on television, when he walked out-
side for cigarettes.
This thing was hovering, he said. It was huge, hovering over the school. I
could have thrown a rock and hit it.
It was round, he said, like a saucer, with white lights around its perimeter
and a turning light - similar to a disco sphere - spinning at its center.
I was not on drugs, not drinking, nothing, he said. It made no noise. I told
my parents. My stepfather ran out with my nother, and they got a glimpse of
the thing as it took off at the most incredible speed. It reached a point and
just disappeared.
I was soul-searching at the time of my experience, he said, looking for God.
MUFON investigates such reports, only a portion of which it verifies as being
truly unidentified flying objects. MUFON is a nonprofit international organi-
zation that announced in June that its Fresno branch was seeking more public
reports.
Some reports come from law enforcement officers, including two from Manuel
Amparano, 48, who is retired. He reported seeing things while working with
police departments in Orange Cove and Kerman.
He saw a red ball in 1973, spiraling down from the south east toward the hills
around Kings Canyon Road, he said last week. And at 3:32 a.m. on May 13, 1978
while on duty with Kerman police, he saw a fireball, an oval thing hovering
above Del Norte and California avenues.
He was alone for the sighting, Amparano said, but people back at the Kerman
police station told him later that his face had burned and blistered in the
last several hours.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2026.ufo
+182
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
SUBJECT: FARMER'S TALE WON'T FLY WITH UFO BUFFS FILE: UFO2026
THE SAN FRANCISCO EXAMINER
June 24th, 1987
________________________________________________________________________
FARMER'S TALES OF SPACE TRAVEL
WON'T FLY WITH MANY UFO BUFFS
by Keay Davidson
EXAMINER Science Writer
To Billy Meier's fans, he's a gentle Swiss farmer who has befriended
UFO pilots from the Pleiades, a powdery star cluster more than 2 quadril-
lion miles from Earth.
To Meier's foes, he's the biggest hoaxer since the UFO fad began
four decades ago.
Meier's tales of flying aboard UFOs with lovely spacewomen have
triggered civil war in the weird, wacky world of "Ufology," an interna-
tional movement whose members slog through swamps and forests, night and
day, to investigate sightings of unidentified flying objects or "flying
saucers."
Wednesday is the 40th anniversary of the first "modern" UFO sighting
June 24th, 1947 - when a private pilot sighted saucer-shaped objects zip-
ping past Mount Rainier in Washington State - and ufologists are celebrat-
ing with conferences from Burbank to New York City and Washington, DC.
Although few are trained scientists, they like to form clubs with
grandiose names such as "Intercontinental UFO Galactic Spacecraft Research
and Analytic Network, Inc." and "Aerial Phenomena Research Organization."
But in four decades they've gained little scientific respectability,
and some fear they'll lose even that because of the Meier controversy - a
steaming stew of bizarre claims, ugly accusations, crude fakery, financial
exploitation, "stolen" and "vanished" evidence, and alleged death threats
and assassination attempts.
"If you ever want to see a parallelism to Jim Bakker and PTL, you're
seeing it right here," snarled one anti-Meier ufologist, William Spaulding
of Phoenix. "I get emotional about (Meier) because I've just seen ufology
go down the drain...it just reeks of money, a slick way to make a buck."
He isn't alone. "The Meier case is probably one of the most obvious
hoaxes in the history of the subject," said ufologist Ronald Story of St.
Petersburg, FL, author of "The Encyclopedia of UFOs."
Meier is a "damned charlatan - I wouldn't touch his stuff with the
proverbial 10-foot pole," said Don Berliner, an official at the Maryland-
based Fund for UFO Research.
The Meier fad is part of a "credulity explosion" that is helping to
wreck ufologists' credibility, said one of the men ufologists fear most,
Robert Sheaffer of San Jose, author of "The UFO Verdict." Sheaffer has ex-
posed some famous saucer sightings as hoaxes and misidentifications of nat-
ural phenomena. Ufology "isn't dead yet, but it's dying," he said.
Ufologist Jim Speiser firmly disagrees and accuses Sheaffer of "wish-
ful thinking." But he acknowledges that trying to gain scientific respect
while Meier is in the news is "like trying to get a date when your little
brother who picks his nose is always hanging around."
Speiser, of Fountain Hills, AZ, runs an electronic "bulletin board"
that allows saucer buffs to rap via personal computers.
So why on Earth has Atlantic Monthly Press, one of the nation's most
respected publishers, just released a book - "Light Years" by Gary Kinder -
that suggests there may be something to Meier's claims after all? A book
whose sources include an imprisoned child molester and a San Jose chemist
who tells ghost stories to plants? A book that, some say, whitewashes what
has been called "the most infamous hoax in ufology"?
Its a strange story that began in the mid-1970's in the green hills
of Switzerland.
Eduard "Billy" Meier, a one-armed, bushy-bearded farmer, amazed lo-
cal residents by saying he had established psychic contact with saucer pi-
lots from the Pleiades.
He also said he had photographed and filmed UFOs that resembled hub-
caps; tape-recorded their noises, which resembled sound effects from old
science-fiction films; conversed with female UFOnauts, who taught him cos-
mic truths; flew aboard a UFO into space, where he photographed God's
"eye" and the Apollo-Soyuz docking of 1975; and traveled by saucer into
the future, where he saw the ruins of San Francisco after an earthquake.
But Meier's "evidence" dissolved under scrutiny, ufologists say.
Ufologist Spaulding used a computer to clarify blurry details in Meier's
photos and, he said, detected threads holding the "UFOs" aloft - evidence
that they were small models suspended near the camera. Also, critics said,
the photos of quake-ravaged San Francisco turned out to be copies of an
artist's rendering from the September 1977 issue of Geo magazine. And in
Meier's 8mm movies of UFOs, the objects sway back and forth as though they
were lightweight models bobbing in the breeze.
Yet the Meier story has survived partly because of the relentless
advocacy of his American backers, the Arizona ufologists Lt. Col. Wendelle
Stevens (US Air Force, retired), Tom Welch and Lee and Brit Elders. Years
ago, they obtained the legal rights to market Meier's photos and other mem-
orabilia, threatened to sue anyone who used the material without permis-
sion and built a small publishing industry, Genesis III. The publishing
arm sells books and videocassettes (for as much as $29 apiece) about
Meier's adventures.
Now they've landed a much bigger fish: royalties from Kinder's 206-
page book, published May 26th. They're sharing royalties in return for
giving Kinder access to Meier's photos and other documents.
Much money may be made by all: Kinder will take 50 percent of the
royalties, then the rest will be divided among Meier, Stevens, the
Elderses and Welch.
Sales have gone "extremely well," Kinder said. The best-seller list
is in sight, said the book's backer, New York publishing whiz-kid Morgan
Entrekin, who paid Kinder an advance of more than $100,000. Bay Area book-
store owners say its selling moderately.
The book has infuriated many ufologists who think it lends an unde-
served patina of respectability to a vulgar hoax, although Kinder doesn't
reach a specific conclusion about Meier's claims. "Face it, you're in it
for the money like the rest of the writers of superficial paranormal lit-
erature," Spaulding said in a bitter letter to Kinder.
"It's been a real ordeal trying to fend off the entire UFO communi-
ty," joked Kinder, 40. "There were times when I would look at Meier and
think, `He's nothing but a clever con man.' There were other times would I
would look at Meier and think, `Here is a sincere and warm individual who
has experienced something far above his understanding and intellectual cap-
abilities and is trying to deal with it.'"
The Elderses say they've received threatening letters and phone
calls and that Meier has been the target of several assassination at-
tempts. They're not disturbed by evidence that Meier faked photos of, for
example, the San Francisco earthquake; in fact, they haven't even dis-
cussed it with Meier, Lee Elders said. His wife insists that just because
Meier faked "one or two things" doesn't mean all his photos are phony.
To Lee Elders, the best evidence for Meier's contentions is an analy-
sis of metal samples from an alleged UFO. The analysis was conducted by
Marcel Vogel, formerly a chemist at an IBM research center in San Jose. In
the New York Times Book Review, a full page ad for "Light Years" quotes
Vogel as saying the metallic composition was one "we could not achieve...
on this planet."
However, the book doesn't mention that Vogel is a very, very imagina-
tive fellow. In fact, he also has claimed the ability to communicate psych-
ically with plants.
The 1937 best-selling "Secret Life of Plants" includes an entire
chapter on Vogel. In one scene, he attempts to determine whether plants
wired with electrodes show a physiological response to "spooky stories."
The book says that at "certain points in a story, such as...`Charles bent
down and raised the lid of the coffin,' the plant seemed to pay closer at-
tention."
Vogel, 70, said Meier's UFO movies convinced him the farmer had been
in contact with "some form of extraterrestrial intelligence" However,
Vogel doesn't regard the metal samples by themselves as proof of extra-
terrestrials because he didn't have a chance to consult with other experts
before the samples mysteriously disappeared. Vogel added that since his
plant work of the 1970's, he had founded a psychic research institute in
San Jose, employed his "mental energy" to bend spoons and studied the use
of crystals to cure illness.
"Light Years" also quotes authorities such as Robert Post, head of
the Jet Propulsion Laboratory in Pasadena, as saying: "From a photography
standpoint, you couldn't see anything that was fake about the Meier pho-
tos... I thought, God, if this is real, this is going to be really
something."
Or is it? In an interview with The Examiner, Post recalled that sev-
eral years ago, Wendelle Stevens visited him at JPL and requested an ex-
pert opinion on the pictures. Post acknowledges he was fascinated by the
images, but was unable to perform a scientific analysis for two reasons:
First, he isn't a photo analyst but rather the operator of a photo proces-
sing lab ("like you take your film to K-Mart", he said); and second, the
pictures weren't originals but rather copies of originals - perhaps even
copies of copies of copies. Such multiple copying tends to obscure deli-
cate details, making it hard to detect evidence of fraud - e.g., threads
supporting hubcaps.
In addition, when Post examined some images with a magnifying glass,
he realized "a lot of the pictures weren't really photographs at all -
they were lithographs," or high-resolution ink prints made from photos -
and, hence, were worthless for purposes of analysis. Furthermore, the
photos were " a lot fuzzier than the stuff on the lithographs, and I
thought that was a little strange."
For that and other reasons, Post began "to think, `Nuts, maybe this
guy is just a con man.' That's not the kind of guy I want to have anything
to do with."
In 1983, Stevens was convicted of child molestation in Pima County,
AZ. He is now serving time in the Arizona State Prison and declined to be
interviewed. But he did send The Examiner a cryptic letter in which he
said a "number of high officials...have taken a personal interest in some
of the things we were doing, but they could neither support nor tolerate
them officially."
Stevens' conviction triggered a wave of paranoia among Meier buffs.
Some phoned Vicki Cooper, editor of California UFO Magazine in Los Ange-
les, and said Stevens "was `set up,' that certain witnesses were being
killed," said Cooper, who is not unsympathetic to Meier's claims. "I was
discouraged and disgusted with the people I was talking to."
"Its a cesspool out there," she said. "Personality conflicts are
rabid in this field...There are hoaxers, there are fraudulent people who
are claiming outrageous things all throughout the UFO field.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2027.ufo
+193
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
SUBJECT: INVESTIGATORS SUSPECT NATIONAL SECURITY PINCH FILE: UFO2027
An article published on April 24, 1988 in the Flushing, Observer
(Flushing,MI) dealing with "black helicopter" harrassments of MUFON
investigators. (Reprinted with permission)
From The Flushing Observer (Flushing, Michigan), Sunday, April 24, 1988.
[Reprinted with permission]
UFO: INVESTIGATORS SUSPECT NATIONAL SECURITY PINCH
By Judith Karns, Observer Managing Editor
They say it isn't so: there ain't no such animal as a "flying saucer."
Even though our government spent a decade deeply enmeshed in
investigation, (Project Bluebook, Majestic 12), suddenly, one day, a
security lid was clamped so tight on the subjec t of extraterestrial
visitors (some even speculate them to be subterranean) that even the squeak
of a mouse couldn't get out. And with that lid came the "official" denial
of the phenomenon's existence.
Why, then, asks Flushing residents Shirley and George Coyne, state
directors of MUFON (Mutual UFO Network based in Seguin, Texas), should they
be singled out as subjects of what they call "intimidation", by what they
suspect might be the National Se curity Administration (NSA), one of our
country's more covert intelligence operations?
The Coynes had long been aware that their delving into the touchy
subject of UFO investigations could bring on some governmental attention;
they'd long heard stories from others who had been involved with the
subject for far more lengthy periods of time than they. But it wasn't
until Sunday, Jan. 10 of this year, at approximately 11:30 a.m., that they
were certain they were targets of some considerable curiosity.
The Coynes were in the bedroom of their two-bedroom mobile home.
Shirley was seated on the floor, George in a nearby chair. Reclined on the
bed was a woman deeply entranced by hypnotic suggestions brought on by
hypnotherapist Virginia Tilly who sat in another chair near the bed.
The scene wasn't an unusual one. The Coynes, through the course of
their investigations, often come in contact with subjects who have strong
suspicions that their UFO sightings amount to more than just an eyeball
perspective. And when this happens, "Ginny", a school teacher and
hypnotherapist from St. Joseph, is called in to assist in getting to the
bottom of the murky puddle of speculation.
According to Shirley, this particular regression session had been
arranged by two telephone calls, one to the subject and one to Ginny Tilly.
As Ginny questioned the regressed subject, in the far distance could
be heard the approach of a helicopter. From her vantage point on the floor,
Shirley had been entranced in her own way by the sequential flickers of
small, voice-activated red light s on Ginny's tape recorder.
At about the same time they became aware that the helicopter was not
simply passing by, Shirley became aware that the red lights on the recorder
had stopped. And not wishing to disturb the progression of the hypnosis,
she ran to an adjacent room to get her own recorder, which she activated.
It is on this recorder that the helicopter's approach to a hovering
position above their mobile home is recorded.
According to Ginny, the contents of her tape, before it was "shut off",
contained the subject's comments about the "hiders" who were at that very
minute approaching in "that helicopter", and she also provided a
description of the helicopter even tho ugh her eyes were closed and the
drapes were drawn. It was learned later that the subject had previous
experiences with such vehicles near her home in another part of the state.
And, "she named a time, a date, and a beach in Virginia where,
supposedly, aliens gave the U.S. government the technology to be able to
listen in (on private conversations)", said Ginny.
Meanwhile, George had gone to his car to retrieve his camera from the
trunk just as the helicopter hovered. Shirley joined him in time to see the
helicopter "tipped" down as it maneuvered away from them. Because of its
speedy exit, George was unable
to get a picture.
It is the Coynes' estimate that, though it did not directly hover again,
the vehicle circled the mobile home community during the duration of the
hypnotic regression, for approximately one to one and on half hours.
They described it as dull black, and large--at least four to six
passenger. (Other descriptions withheld at request of George and Shirley.)
The windows were tinted dark. George noted a "wire" which was visibly
draped from the rear of the helicopter to the front, and it was his
impression that it was some type of antenna.
Indeed, the hypnotized subject telephoned the Coynes some time later to
tell them she had forgotten one detail of the helicopter--what appeared to
be a wire connected from back to front.
"I was going to tell you something, but I don't think I'd better," said
Wright. And he went on to tell them that just prior to his call ringing
through, a man's voice came over the line, "as if someone had picked up an
extension in my own home. It w as a male voice--40ish--that said, "Just a
minute; I have to handle this,", as if he were somewhere tapping into their
line and was talking to someone else."
Wright says his initial impression was that the Coyne's line was tapped,
however he says, "It could have been my line rather than theirs. Their
phone had not rung yet."
Ginny Tilly, though she's certain her actions are monitored through such
means as telephone tapping, feels the situation is more one of curiosity
and information seeking rather than one of intimidation.
The Coynes have their own ideas on phone tapping, and take into strong
consideration their frequent (several each week) one-ring calls which
illicit nothing more than a dial tone on answering, and they have given
consideration to a bit of informatio n they've received regarding the
possibility that those rings are designed to activate a 'bug" (a hidden
listening device) in their home.
On March 29, the Coynes were ready to leave on a short trip of several
days duration. Before their departure, they made a telephone call to the
friend they were about to visit, to indicate that they were on their way.
They then proceeded to dirive s outhwest toward the state border.
As they neared Bancroft, on their way toward Lansing, Shirley suddenly
noticed a familiar sight--a black helicopter. It was hovering beyond an
overpass under which they had just driven.
At first, speculation was that coincidence had befallen them. However,
their concern mounted as they continued to drive and the helicopter
continued to stay in their sight, but too far away to be photographed.
George decided he wanted a closer look, and stopped the vehicle under an
overpass to remove his binoculars from the trunk.
The helicopter, which had continued on its way, suddently turned and came
back to pace them for a total of approximately 90 miles. It was the
helicopter's return that convinced them they were the subjects of no
coincidence.
On Tuedsday, April 5, the Coynes witnessed an unmarked black plane
circle their mobile home community, the incident possibly having some
connection to a disturbance with their microwave oven clock, which stopped,
and blinked constant at the time of the Coynes' sighting of the plane.
The Coynes' recording of the helicopter's initial visit to the
Flushing area has received some scrutiny from both an FAA (Federal Aviation
Administration) representative, and a member of the military.
Chuck Pine, an FAA aviation safety inspector out of Kent County
Airport, had occasion to hear the recording. He said, "It has a definite
'whoomp'....to me it sounded like a Huey." Pine was hesitant to be adamant
in his statement, but did concede th at the "Huey" type of air vehicle does
have a distinctive sound to it, and the recording did seem to contain that
sound. Pine is also a commercial pilot and former air traffic controller.
"I took the tape and drawing (Shirley's artistic rendition) to a fella
who's highly placed in the military," said Dan Wright. "He said, 'There's
no question in my mind; I'd stake my life on it being a Huey.'" Wright
said the information he obtained on the "Huey" (made by the Bell
Corporation) suggests that it is formilitary or intelligence use only, and
is not provided to the private orcorporate sector.
Wright's had some problems of his own lately. He has had reason to believe
the FBI was keeping a file on himself, and had requested, through the
Freedom of Information Act, a copy of that file.
However, before he received their response that they found nothing on him,
he experienced a nine-day period in which he received no mail. Wright
purposely waited an extended period of time before contacting the post
office, feeling that more credence could be lent to the situation if the
period of time exceeded one week.
Upon contacting the post office, he was told that he apparently had
gone on vacation, and that the letter carrier probably noticed that lhis
mailbox was full and simply held the mail back.
Wright's response to this was a confession that he had gone on vacation.
However, the mail delivery had stopped after his return. He did not have a
mailbox, but he did have a slot in his door, and the letter carrier could
not have determined how much mail had been stuffed into it. The mail was
promptly delivered.
This--what is happening to the Coynes--is very intimidating," said Wright.
"They want the Coynes to know they are being monitored. To me, it begins
and ends with all of the documents we have requested, and they don't want
an open discussion of the UFO issue.
"Whoever is doing this,....if they want to rattle cages, we are not
totally defenseless."
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2028.ufo
+93
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
SUBJECT: SHO ME UFO CONFERENCE FILE: UFO2028
The No-Show - "Sho Me" Conference
The first "Sho Me" UFO Conference was held on October 21, 1989 at the
Harley Hotel, Earth City, Missouri. It was sponsored by the UFO Study Group
of Greater St. Louis and the Missouri Chapter of the Texas based Mutual UFO
Network. The "Sho Me" Conference should have been called the "No-Show" con-
ference.
For months, Bruce Widaman, MUFON State Director for Missouri, had been
teasing the people who attend the monthly meeting with the conference schedule.
He kept saying that there would be two "Mystery Guests", in addition to the
already known, publicized, speakers; one would remain un-named, the other
would be called "Snowbird". During this period he also stated that there
would be "new information never before released" disclosed at this conference.
I didn't really give any of this much thought at the time, one gets used to
games in Ufology, but in retrospect I see this as more than a little "idio-
syncrasy" on Widaman's part.
The first session was to begin at 8:45 AM with a little intro and then
go right into the "Mystery Guest Speaker". Well, the first "Mystery Speaker"
turned out to be Bill Moore of "maybe I am a disinformation agent or maybe I'm
not" fame; who also couldn't decide if he was coming or not...and didn't.
Seems his "car broke down" in Salt Lake City, Utah. But the word in the "inner
circle" is that he is angry with certain people in St. Louis regarding an
imagined insult published in the UFOSG newsletter, The Enigma (Oct. 89).
(Personally, I think the only mystery here is why anyone would ever invite
him to speak!) Luckily, Friedman stepped in and saved the morning; un-
fortunately he was unable to present his slides.
The afternoon session was a cliffhanger too. The first speaker was to
be Ted Phillips followed by Bob Oeschler. It became obvious there was a prob-
lem when Oeschler took Phillips' time slot. Oeschler's presentation was excel-
lent. He was enthusiastic and well prepared. He discussed the recent Russian
sighting, subliminal messages regarding ETs in the media and of course, Gulf
Breeze. He spoke for about two hours until abruptly booted from the stage at
4:35P to accomodate the now, 2 1/2 hour late, Ted Phillips. Phillips spent the
first five minutes apologizing and the remaining 20 (till the 5PM dinner break),
nostalgically reliving the early days of Ufology. He did manage to mention
that he now has a catalog of 4127 physical trace cases - not one of which did
he discuss - nor did he present one single slide. Not very impressive coming
from a man who deals in "hard" evidence and just happens to be a professional
photographer. Mercifully, his lack-luster, unprepared, uninformative talk
was short.
In keeping with the rest of the day, the evening session started late.
The audience was becoming more and more restless, anticipating the arrival of
"Snowbird" the second "mystery speaker". Widaman stepped to the podium, greeted
the audience (apologetically thanking them for attending yet another session of
the conference) and introduced the next speaker, John Schuessler. "But that
can't be `Snowbird'!", I heard a woman sitting in front of me say, "Who's this
guy?". There was absolutely no association made between Schuessler and Snow-
bird for the audience. Many came thinking that "Snowbird" was one of the no-
torious informant "birdmen" of UFO-LIVE fame...and I can't help but think that
that is exactly what the promoters of this conference wanted. There was con-
fusion in the audience and I sensed displeasure at what appeared to be another
switch in the program. But as Mr. Schuessler began his talk the audience
settled down and listened intently. Those of us who have been in the UFO
field for years are familiar with the Cash/Landrum case but to the new people
this was an aspect of UFOlogy they had never been exposed to. As he spoke and
showed slides of the victims the true horror of the case became evident. There
seemed to be a sadness in his voice as he spoke of the family and I thought
how lucky they were to have him on their side. Friedman finished up the
evening with essentially the same talk he gave in the morning...and on a local
radio program on Friday...and at the 1985 MUFON Symposium...and...and...
So we were again subjected to another MJ-12 rehash, but it was lively.
The evening ended with a panel discussion. Walt Andrus and all speakers
were present. Two non-speaker/attendees were included as well: Larry Bryant
and Len Stringfield.
Accolades should go to the members of the UFOSG, John and Peggy Ropollo,
Ken and Helen Hanke, Walter and Myrtle Palmer and Spenser Wolling who diligent-
ly staffed the sale and registration tables throughout the entire day. It was
through their efforts that the registration went smoothly and visitors had
books and other memorabilia to take home.
Hand slaps should go to MUFON State Director, Bruce Widaman and his PR
man Alex Horvat, (a.k.a. Alex "Bond"...that's right, as in "James") for the
misleading advertising used to promote this conference and to MUFON's Interna-
tional Director, Walt Andrus for sanctioning the charade.
To my knowledge, there was no "new" material presented as promised. This
conference was rehash, pure and simple. It would have been fine for people
who have NEVER been exposed to the subject before, but to deliberately mis-
lead seasoned Ufologists with the promise of "new information"; knowing who
your speakers are and what they will be speaking about borders on fraud. Per-
sonally, had I known the first speaker was to have been Moore, had I known
Phillips was going to be late, basically not there, had I known "Snowbird"
was Schuessler, I would not have gone and wasted my money. A little honesty
would have gone a LONG way. Maybe its time to start treating Ufology and
these conferences like the business they have become. If you don't get what
you pay for...demand your money back.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2029.ufo
+53
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
SUBJECT: REAGAN-SPACE INVADERS FILE: UFO2029
09-May-88 09:09 EDT
Sb: APn 05/05 0214 Reagan-Space Invaders
Copyright, 1988. The Associated Press. All rights reserved.
By TERENCE HUNT AP White House Correspondent
WASHINGTON (AP) -- President Reagan says he wonders what would happen if the
Earth were invaded by "a power from outer space," and imagines that it would
unite all nations of the world in a common defense.
He made the comment Wednesday in Chicago during a question-and-answer
session after a speech about human rights and the Soviet Union.
His telling of the story followed one day after the disclosure that Nancy
Reagan has consulted an astrologer about the president's schedule and travel
plans. Several members of Congress chided Reagan about the use of astrology and
a group of scientists complained that it was a discredited practice.
Reagan, asked what he felt was the most vital factor in international
relations, spoke of the importance of frankness and about a desire for peaceful
solutions.
He went on to say that there had been "about 114 wars" since World War II,
including conflicts between smaller nations.
"But I've often wondered, what if all of us in the world discovered that we
were threatened by an outer -- a power from outer space, from another planet,"
Reagan said.
"Wouldn't we all of a sudden find that we didn't have any differences
between us at all, we were all human beings, citizens of the world, and
wouldn't we come together to fight that particular threat?" the president
asked.
The president found an analogy in the threat of nuclear destruction.
"In a way, we have something of that kind today, mentioning nuclear power
again. We now have a weapon that can destroy the world, and why don't we
recognize that threat more clearly and then come together with one aim in mind,
how safely, sanely and quickly can we rid the world of this threat to our
civilization and our existence?"
The comment drew applause from the audience, a nonpartisan group that
specializes in foreign policy and national security issues, the National
Strategy Forum.
As his next summit with Soviet leader Mikhail S. Gorbachev approaches,
Reagan has been emphasizing the need for arms control in particular and for
cooperation among nations in general.
In light of his past anti-Soviet rhetoric, he offered startling praise for
Gorbachev during his speech Wednesday, saying the Soviet leader's reform
programs are "of tremendous significance."
"It is my belief that there is hope for further change, hope that in the
days ahead the Soviets will grant further recognition to the fundamental civil
and political rights of all," Reagan said.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2031.ufo
+348
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,348 @@
SUBJECT: ROBERT SWAN FILE: UFO2031
===========================================================================
The following file contains selected excerpts from phone
conversations I had with Robert Swan during the month of December.
Bill Cooper both supplied me with his name, whereabouts, and "code"
by which Robert Swan was to know that it was okay to divulge information
to me regarding his knowledge of what Bill Cooper had discussed with him.
As Bill Cooper did not have Swan's phone number, I had to find
that out for myself. Additionally, Bill has asked that I not print Swan's address, as he does not want this individual "harassed". For those who
are serious about getting to the truth of the matter, they will know how
to find this individual.
There will be no commentary from myself, as the file should
speak for itself. Anything in [ ] brackets will represent clarification
of speech where necessary. Although several calls were made to Robert
Swan, I have only included the most revelant material from 2 of them here.
The purpose of my communicating with Robert Swan was to verify
whether or not Bill Cooper had indeed shown him certain UFO-related
documents (ie. Project Aquarius papers) back in 1972.
-Tom Mickus 1/22/89
Note: "........" indicates conversation not reproduced here.
Selected Excerpts from Phone Conversation (A) (WITHOUT KNOWING "CODE")
----------------------------------------------------------------------
........
<MICKUS> "Of course you don't know me. I've been speaking with
Bill Cooper".
<SWAN> "Un-huh."
<MICKUS> "And you knew him from a while back?"
<SWAN> "Yes."
........
<MICKUS> "There's one thing I wanted to ask you. Bill has decided to
go public with all he knows, and has been getting from his
sources; about what he knows about the U.S. gov't cover-up..."
<SWAN> "Un-huh."
<MICKUS> "...with UFOs, that type of thing..."
<SWAN> "Un-huh."
<MICKUS> "...and as one of the coroborating sources, he had mentioned
your name to myself, and one other person as far as I know,
about both of you seeing an Aquarius telex document back in
'72. And I just wanted to find out, get confirmation from
youf that that was true, that the content in there was what
Bill has reproduced."
<SWAN> "You know I can't um...I can't verify that. I don't recall
that."
<MICKUS> "So you don't remember ever seeing anything like that?"
<SWAN> "No. I may have. But off the top [of my head], you know thats
been years and years. And I don't, I don't at the present time
remember...you know if I remember the circumstances or
something...if you could let me know what the circumstances
were, then I could piece it back together. To all of a
sudden to try and remember something like that... I mean,
there's all kinds of discussions that we've had in the past,
lengthy...and so on."
<MICKUS> "You mean related to this?"
<SWAN> "Ahh, well there was a lot of stuff just as far as the carriers
[aircraft] and stuff like that. But..."
<MICKUS> "Just dealing with the military though?"
<SWAN> "Yeah. ...but not anything that... He was always very above-board
with stuff. As far as classified stuff, when I was on the...I
think he was on the Enterprise...I don't remember, but I was on
board one time, and we were going through...he was showing me
around and stuff, and there was areas that he had access to that
naturally I wouldn't. I know his knowledge is definitely there."
<MICKUS> "So you can attest to that he has, or did have this, high
security rating that would give him access to..."
<SWAN> "Oh yeah. Sh*t yeah.
<MICKUS> "...cause he's come out and said that he's got 4 different
military intelligence sources."
<SWAN> "Right. Well he was in the Air Force, the Navy... anyway,
right now I can't really recall the...if I remember the
circumstances maybe I could piece it back together...I'll
think about it...but as far as the UFO stuff, that...that
was pretty much hearsay from what was going on on the
carriers and stuff."
<MICKUS> "You mean from Bill, or from other people?"
<SWAN> "From Bill, yeah."
<MICKUS> "Okay, this is the one thing he mentioned. The year was 1972
and it was an Aquarius-telex. Now I imagine if you did see
this thing, it would probably stick in your mind..."
<SWAN> "Yeah..."
<MICKUS> "you know, about exchange of technology between Alien groups,
Project Plato, then there was a Project Sigma about establishing
communications, Project Redlight to test fly Alien aircraft,
then there was the Project Snowbird to cover that up, and that
was about all that was in the Aquarius document."
<SWAN> "Yeah."
<MICKUS> "But that doesn't ring a bell?"
<SWAN> "No it doesn't."
........
<MICKUS> "But you say it could be true though?"
<SWAN> "Oh yeah, it could be true, sure. He was really into that.
You know, I mean as far as... yeah he was really interested
in that kind of sh*t. But I don't recall seeing that. And
like you said, if I had, it probably would stick in my mind.
However, if I remember the circumstances, like I said, maybe
I could piece it back together, but right now..."
<MICKUS> "About Bill's involvement, would you say that he's pretty
level-headed about it? Was he talking about it all the time?"
<SWAN> "No, I'd say he was pretty level headed about it."
........
<SWAN> "Well he certainly had access to a lot of information. I'm
aware of that."
........
<SWAN> "Basically what I had gathered from him is on the space shots
and so on, from tracking and so on...the sightings that have
been seen from astronauts in space, you know, communications
on board...just the sightings and so on. And I think thats
what got his interest going on the thing. Navigation, he was
a navigator I believe, and so he had all that front-line
communication stuff going."
<MICKUS> "I'm just curious, but is he bound by any,...I know there
are various regulations and this type of thing. But
conceivably could he be in any hot water over..."
<SWAN> "I would say so. Right off the top [of my head]". He's no
longer in the military is he?
<MICKUS> "No..."
........
=====================================================================
Selected Excerpts from Phone Conversation (B) (WITH "CODE" THIS TIME)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
........
<MICKUS> "The reason why Bill doesn't want you to get in touch with
him in the immediate interim, is because he has to get
independent verification that he did see these particular
documents so many years ago. Now you personally haven't
spoken with him, or corresponded for how long would you
say?"
<SWAN> "Twelve, thirteen years."
........
<MICKUS> "...the night before he was to get married, he apparently
told you "on the eve of his wedding", that was to be the
code or whatever,...that you originally weren't supposed
to tell anyone about this because it was just confidential
between both of you. But he was telling me about when he
had his house up on Aeia Heights Dr....[Bill Said] " I
lived only a few houses below him, it was at night, we
had a few drinks, I showed him the documents and gave him
a copy of it. And we talked for about an hour about it.
I asked him to never to discuss it with anyone as it was
Top Secret. And then we never discussed it again after
that."
<SWAN> "Right."
<MICKUS> "So do you remember that?"
<SWAN> "I remember something to that effect, yup."
<MICKUS> "And he said in the document, the coversheet said Majesty,
it had Sigma, Redlight, Snowbird, Luna, Delta, NRO, Pluto,
Plato, Pounce and a description of the aliens and other
info in it..."
.......
<SWAN> "There's been lots of discussion and stuff, but as far as
anything other than like you just said...really minor
momentarily talking about...that's all well and good. But
as far as going into depth and knowing exactly what all that
stuff is, I don't."
<MICKUS> "He said he did give you a copy of something."
<SWAN> "You know, I don't recall that. He possibly could have. The
instance [of the meeting] I remember that occuring. But I
don't remember him giving me a copy of anything because of
his involvement with...he was with CINCPACFLT then, and I
don't really... He might have shown me that, but I don't...
he never gave me a copy of it that I recall. If he had of,
I would have definitely had it stashed some place, and
probably would have lost it by now anyway."
<MICKUS> "But theoretically it could be buried away somewhere in
your old records?"
<SWAN> "I've been through stuff over the last ten - fifteen years,
and I a haven't come across it. But there's been stuff that
Bill's shown me on UFO stuff so..."
........
<MICKUS> "...is there anything that you can specifically remember
that can be shown... Basically what I'm trying to determine
is; Yes, you did see this particular document. Now I want
to know that besides the fact that; Yes, you and Bill were
talking about the subject of...and..., this type of thing."
<SWAN> "We were talking about the subject of UFOs quite a bit, and
his interest in them and all that. As far as all of the stuff
that was Top Secret, whatever, there was stuff that he had
told me and that he couldn't say anything about, and so...
And as far as getting a copy of some document, I don't
really recall that, I may have seen it...but... And that
period right before his wedding and all that, I remember
that quite well."
<MICKUS> "So if I take you back to that specific evening on Aeia
Heights, and you are both talking over drinks, and Bill
comes out and shows you this one set of documents. Do
you not specifically recall that? Because that is
important."
<SWAN> "I specifically recall him showing me something, but as
far as him giving me a copy, I don't recall."
<MICKUS> "Well, forget about the copy part..."
<SWAN> "As far as the exact Project and all of that, I can't
really...if there was something in court or something
and they would say, 'positively do you remember reading
blah blah blah', and honestly I cannot."
<MICKUS> "So how would you characterize those documents? If you
were to put it into your own sentence as to what he
showed you, what would you say?"
<SWAN> "Right off the top,\ 'He showed me some papers with a
bunch of stuff on it.' But as far as what it was, as
far as what the Projects and stuff that you were
talking about...that doesn't ring a bell to me."
<MICKUS> "Like I said before, I don't want to involve you..."
<SWAN> "Hey I'll tell you something, if I remembered, and if
I had a copy of it, I wouldn't hesitate to get involved.
I could careless about...where a person hangs out. I'm
not squeamish in any ways, about what you're talking
about, all kinds of supernatural stuff. If I had some
knowledge of it, and I saw it...hell yeah man, I would
get right into it."
<MICKUS> "Actually, I was thinking more of the...you know
theoretically what some intelligence service could do
to a person who... I thought that maybe you might not
want to talk for that reason."
<SWAN> "No no. After I talked with you the other time, I kinda
gone back and re-lived conversations and stuff. As far
as the contents of the document you are talking about...
I know that we discussed a bunch of stuff as far as
different things, but I don't know anything about the
documents."
<MICKUS> "Do you remember discussing events connected with...
Now, some of those Project names do they ring a bell
at all? Or discussion of UFOs? Do you remember that
as being central to what you were discussing, as
opposed to just military..."
<SWAN> "Well, if I got into the particulars of the different
operations or something, I would probably remember what
was said. As far as the code names and all of that kind
of stuff, they really don't mean anything to me. As far
as some of the things that were going on, I recall
discussions on that. Its trying to piece together stuff
that far back, and at that point in time it was fascinating
to what was going on, but I didn't have any extreme
interest in it."
<MICKUS> "Would you say, thinking back to that time...that Yes, the
impression left is that this stuff that you saw dealt with
UFOs. Was that..."
<SWAN> "Oh yeah."
<MICKUS> "That's clear then, right?"
<SWAN> "Oh yeah."
<MICKUS> "You're just talking specifics now. And although you may
not remember what was on the pages, whatever, can you
think back in your mind, and actually see Bill passing
something over for you to look at...or referring to
something in front of him, specific documents."
<SWAN> "Yeah, I remember that. I remember that, but its like I said,
as far as the contents and so on, that was just discussed.
As far as a copy, I don't recall getting one."
.......
========================================================================
[ - End of File - ]
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2032.ufo
+111
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
SUBJECT: THE HOLLOW EARTH FILE: UFO2032
THE HOLLOW EARTH: A MADDENING THEORY THAT CAN'T BE DISPROVED
From OMNI Magazine (October 1983), Games section (p. 128)
If there were a hall of fame for pseudoscientists, surely Cyrus Teed
would deserve a place of honor. It was shortly after the Civil War that
Teed had his vision: The earth is a hollow sphere, and WE LIVE INSIDE
IT. Everything else in the universe is in here with us -- planets,
comets, stars -- everything. What's outside the sphere? Nothing.
Teed's cosmology had a particular appeal to religious
fundamentalists. It made the earth important again, rather than an
insignifigant speck in the cosmos. And it eliminted the difficult
concepts of infinite space and aimlessly scattered worlds. We're all
right here together in this safe, spherical womb.
In 1870 Teed changed his name to Koresh (ancient Hebrew for Cyrus)
and started a cult. At its peak in the Nineties the Koreshan
(pronounced ker-ESH-an) Unity movement had some 4,000 followers. Teed
established a religious/scientific community a few miles south of Fort
Myers, Florida, and there founded the town of Estero. He was determined
to prove his theory scientifically and launched his own geodetic survey
in 1897 to do just that. Using his "rectilineator," a set of double-T
squares made of large logs, he projected a horizontal line until his
calculations indicated that it would plunge into the Gulf of Mexico,
four miles from its starting point. This was Teed's proof that the
earth's surface is concave and that his rectilineator line had
intersected the earth's upward curve.
The scientists had gotten everything backward: It is centrifugal
force, not gravity, that keeps our feet planted on the ground. The
sphere *is* about 25,000 miles around, just as the scientists say.
China is about 8,000 miles away, through the earth's center -- straight
up.
The Nazis entertained many occult theories in their quest for world
domination, and Teed's was one of them. At one point a Nazi expedition
went to the Isle of Man. Its mission: to get secret photographs of the
United States by pointing its powerful telescopes *up*.
...
What's most infuriating is that a little mathematical fiddling turns
this crazy theory into a proposition that is virtually impossible to
refute. The trick is done by *inversion*, a purely geometric
transformation that lets a methemetician turn shapes inside-out. When a
sphere is inverted, ever point outside is mapped to a corresponding
point inside, and vice versa.
The goemetry is quite simple. If a sphere's center is "C" and its
radius is "r," then every outside point "P" maps to an inside point "P'"
such that "CP x CP' = r2" {that's "r squared" - Foxx}.
{My apologies for not being able to include the accompanying
illustration. - Foxx}
Here's a good way to visualize it: For any outside point "P" (on
the sun, or Pluto, or Cygnus X, for example), draw a circle that has
"CP" as its diameter. From one of the two points where this circle
intersects the earth, draw a line perpendicular to "CP." The
intersection point {of this perpendicular and "CP"} is the location of
"P'".
By far the largest body in our inverted Earth is the moon; a bit
over half a mile in diameter and some 3,933 miles over our heads. The
sun's sphere is only eight feet across. The stars ar microscopic spots
clustered around the center, which is, of course, infinity.
Is there any way to prove we *aren't* inside a hollow earth? We
asked H.S.M. Coxeter, mathematics professor at the University of
Toronto and an expert on inversion geometry. "I can't think of any," he
said. "A rocket flight, an eclipse, a Foucault pendulum, a Coriolis
effect -- any observation we can makeon the outside of the earth has an
exact duplicate version inside. There would be no way to tell which was
the truth."
Just as the geometry of space inverts, so do all the laws of
physics. Toward the center of a hollow Earth, light slows down and
everything shrinks -- atoms, astronauts, spaceships, and measuring rods.
Light travels in circular paths, producing some weird (but lawful)
optical effects. Astronauts on the moon looked back on what they
thought was a blue sphere in the distance. Actually it was the inside
of the earth's shell, throught sight lines that flared like the bell of
a trumpet, producing the *illusion* of a sphere. The optical distortion
is something like the wide angle view through a fisheye lens.
As we look to the sky and the horizons, our visual field is filled
with a sphere some 4,000 miles in diameter. Celestial bodies that
revolve around the earth's center appear to "rise" and "set" as they
enter or leave that sphere.
Cyrus Teed said that the moon is an illusion, that gravity is really
centrifugal force, and that a horizontal line on the earth's surface
eventually intersects the earth's upward curvature. We like to think
that if he were alive today he would junk some of his earlier
predictions to conform to inverse geometry, thereby keeping his theory
irrefutable.
The centrifugal-force idea is demonstrably false. If it were so,
there would be two points on the earth's surface where the force
disappeared -- along the axis of spin. It is gravity of a peculiar kind
that pulls us all to the outside. Teed's rectilineator experiment must
have been in error. A line that appears horizontal actually curves in
toward the center and so gets farther and farther "above" the surface.
Teed would have embraced Einstein's view of a finite, bounded
universe in which light travels in circles and eventually returns to its
starting point. An infinitely powered telescope aimed straight up,
Einstein said, will eventually produce a view of the other side of the
earth. That idea might seem paradoxical to most of us, but it would
have been intuitively obvious to Cyrus Teed.
... the Australian Journal _Speculations in Science and Technology_
has published an article by Mostafa A Abdelkader, of Alexandria, Egypt,
that considers in all seriousness the proposal that we really *are* in a
hollow Earth. Abdelkader says that the only way to test the theory's
validity is to drill a tunnel straight through the earth. Until such an
experiment is performed, he writes, "it seems ... that the odds are
strongly in favor of [a hollow Earth] being our actual universe."
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2033.ufo
+27
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
SUBJECT: TID-BITS OF TRASH: FILE: UFO2033
Non-subscriber William Steinman has come out with a book called "UFO
Crash at Aztec (New Mexico)", co-authored by Col. Wendelle Stevens from the
depths of his prison cell. This tome is about the alleged saucer crash of May
25th, 1948, in which the remains of sixteen dead aliens were allegedly found.
The book is available from UFO Contact Newsline, 8721 Santa Monica Blvd.,
Suite 600, Los Angeles, CA 90069. Price: a very hefty $18.95!
Pete Mazzola, co-founder of the Scientific Bureau of Investigation
(SBI), died of brain cancer on June 10th of this year. With his passing, the
SBI, which had several hundred members at its peak, is now defunct. We knew
Peter slightly...
An organizational meeting of the New York Fortean Society was held in
what appeared to be a very large closet in midtown New York City, on Sept.
19th. Almost fifty people attended, including your humble editor, and the
audience was practically sitting on each other's laps. Predictably, John Keel
was elected president of the organization, and all of us who attended are
considered founders. Wheeee!....
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2034.ufo
+161
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
SUBJECT: NEW INTEREST IN U.F.O.s FILE: UFO2034
Item: New York Times, Science Times Section, June 16, 1986
'Urge to Investigate and Believe'
Sparks New Interest in U.F.O.'s
By William J. Broad
The aliens are here again, at least in terms of popular culture, if not in
fact.
Three books about alien visits are selling briskly; one of them has topped
the nonfiction best seller list for weeks. clubs, newsletters, movies and
lectures about unidentified flying objects are generating revenues at a
pace exceeded only in the 1950's, during the first wave of U.F.O.
sightings.
Enthusiasts are now even charging that for 40 years the Federal Government
has harbored physical evidence of an earthly encounter with
extraterrestrial creatures, including their lifeless bodies and damaged
spacecraft. That startling report, dismissed by skeptics and Government
officials as a laughable hoax, is contained in what purport to be
top-secret Government papers from the Eisenhower era.
Why the fascination with aliens, despite repeated failures over the decades
to document their earthly arrival?
In interviews, psychologists, historians, philosophers and writers of
science fiction said belief in alien encounters was rooted in such things
as the need for secular messiahs and the search for explanations for
terrestrial troubles.
"The urge to investigate and believe in the stuff is almost religious,"
said Ben Bova, former editor of Omni magazine and a writer of science
fiction. "We used to have gods. Now we want to feel we're not alone,
watched over by protective forces far beyond us."
But others, often sober, respectable scientists who have studied U.F.O.
reports for years, said the skeptics were missing the biggest story of the
age.
"People who haven't been paying attention to this stuff are in for shock,"
said Dr. Bruce Maccabee, a full-time Navy physicist in Washington, D.C.,
and a part-time U.F.O. researcher. "Some sort of things have been flying
around for decades, and they aren't ours."
The current U.F.O. flurry is led by new books: "Communion" by Whitley
Streiber (Morrow), "Intruders" by Budd Hopkins (Random House), and "Light
Years" by Gary Kinder (Atlantic Monthly Press). "Communion" has been on
the New York Times best seller list for 16 weeks.
All three tell of personal encounters with aliens. In this they differ
from the last great period of U.F.O. enthusiasm, in the 1950's, said David
M. Jacobs, author of "The U.F.O. Controversy in America," and a historian
at Temple University in Philadelph ia. In the 1950's U.F.O. sightings
were in vogue. Now, he said, we are in a "new era" in which aliens are
taken as fact and attention had turned to "people's experiences" with them.
Indeed, the hottest topic among U.F.O. enthusiasts is what they describe
as the Federal Government's experience with aliens, especially the "Roswell
Incident," one of the oldest U.F.O. episodes on the books. Timothy Good,
a British U.F.O. researcher, and a group of U.F.O. investigators in the
United States say they have documentary evidence that the Government hid
its knowledge that a "flying saucer" crashed in 1947 near Roswell, N.M.,
killing its crew of extraterrestrial creatures. The charges are contained
in Mr. Good's book "Above Top Secret: The Worldwide U.F.O. Cover-Up," to
be published in Britain in July. The Roswell Incident The Government's
position is that the 1947 incident was nothing more than the sighting of a
weather balloon. But the U.F.O. researchers cite a newly discovered
document, dated Nov. 18, 1952, purportedly a top-secret briefing paper for
President-elect Dwi ght D. Eisenhower. It discusses a secret Federal team
known as Majestic-12, or MJ-12, established by President Truman on Sept.
24, 1947 to investigate the of the spacecraft and its crew [sic].
"It appears to be genuine," said William L. Moore, who wrote a book about
the incident and who investigated the document for more than two years
after a colleague received it anonymously in the mail. But he said there
is nothing in the records "that show s it's a fraud."
"Nonsense," replied Philip J. Klass, a leading U.F.O. debunker and
chairman of the U.F.O. subcommittee of the committee for the Scientific
Investigation of Claims of the Paranormal, a respected group of scientists.
Mr. Klass said he had seen the document and considered it "an outright
hoax."
The document purportedly recounts a secret briefing to President-elect
Eisenhower by Read Adm. Roscoe H. Hillenkoetter, the first director of
the Central Intelligence Agency, who is now dead. According to the
document, Admiral Hillenkoetter was a member of Majestic-12. It begins
with a chronology of crash near Roswell [sic].
"On 07 July 1947," it says, "a secret operation was begun to assure
recovery of the wreckage of this object for scientific study. During the
course of this operation, aerial reconnaissance discovered that four small
human-like beings had apparently eject ed from the craft at some point
before it exploded. These had fallen to earth about two miles east of the
wreckage site. all four were dead and badly decomposed due to action
predators and exposure to the elements during the approximately one week
time period which had elapsed before their discovery."
"A special scientific team took charge of removing these bodies for study.
The wreckage of the craft was also removed to several different locations.
Civilian and military witnesses in the area were debriefed, and news
reporters were given the effective cover story that the object had been a
misguided weather research balloon."
By November 1947, the briefing continued, a Federal team of scientists had
concluded "that although these creatures are human-like in appearance, the
biological and evolutionary processes responsible for their development has
been quite different from tho se observed or postulated in homo-sapiens."
Stanton T. Friedman, a nuclear physicist in Frederickton, New Brunswick,
Canada, who is investigating the document with Mr. Moore and who lectures
widely on U.F.O.'s, acknowledged that interest it generated would raise
lecture fees but said their goal was to get at the truth.
"We're dealing with something of extraordinary importance," he said. "What
this means is that we humans are not the big shots we think we are." He
said the landing was concealed because "no Government wants people to have
their allegiance to the planet rather than themselves."
Reflecting on the scope and intensity of the current flurry of interest,
Jerome Clark, vice president of the J. Allen Hynek Center for U.F.O.
Studies in Chicago and editor of "International U.F.O. Reporter," said:
"What's interesting is that all this is happening in the absence of a
sighting wave. There hasn't really been anything sighted since the 1970's.
If I were paranoid, I'd say it's quiet, too quiet."
Frederik Pohl, a science fiction writer, said belief in U.F.O.'s is
flourishing now because the nation's political leaders are seen as
floundering. "We're told by our leadership to be resolute against
terrorism, yet they make deals," he said. "We're tol d 'Star Wars' is the
future, but no one other than Ronald Reagan believes it. People have lost
trust in reality and they're looking for something else."
Michael Wertheimer, a psychologist at the University of Colorado who has
participated in studies that debunked U.F.O. reports, agreed that feelings
of helplessness tended to reinforce the urge to believe in the
extraterrestrial.
Paul Kurtz, a philosopher at the State University of New York at Buffalo
and chairman of the Committee for the Scientific Investigation of Claims of
the Paranormal, said the current U.F.O. wave was "part of a bizarre trend
in where there is no sense of standards of evidence."
Dr. Maccabee, the Navy physicist, conceded that skeptics often made valid
points. "But the simple fact is that there are unexplained sightings," he
added. "Over the past 40 years there have been 100,000 sightings with 10
to 20 percent that are hard to explain."
In the case of the purposed [sic] Eisenhower documents, he said, "maybe
somebody's been clever, but I think there's a good chance they are
authentic."
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2035.ufo
+97
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
SUBJECT: MILITARY UFO WITNESSES FILE: UFO2035
>> The question is often asked, why don't more military UFO
witnesses come forward publicly, and provide names, dates
and places? Surely they aren't REALLY intimidated by such
empty threats as JANAP 146-E, which provides for hefty fines
and jail sentences for breaking silence on a military UFO
sighting. Surely they realize the scien- tific import of
their sighting transcends any nationalist or mili- tary
considerations. If more military witnesses don't come forth
publicly, isn't it possible that there aren't really as many
as hardcore ufologists would have us believe? Its a question
I've often asked myself.
ParaNet is deeply indebted to, and a little honored by, user Bill
Cooper of Fullerton, California, for this, the first known report
of a multiple military witness sighting that occurred onboard the
submarine USS Tiru in 1966.
--Jim Speiser
-------------------------------------------------------------
In 1966 during the month of the Rose Festival in the Pacific
Northwest United States, the USS Tiru SS-416 left Pearl
Harbor bound for Seattle Washington. The sub moored to a
civilian pier near the downtown Seattle area and thousands
of people toured the sub during its stay in Seattle. After
its duty as "showboat" it proceeded to a back bay area
where it underwent torpedo trials. I believe the area was
called dabob bay [pronounced day-bob] but I am not sure of
the spelling. I include the above information because it
should be easy to research. During the cruise from Pearl
to Seattle five of the crew had a very unusual experience.
During one late afternoon the sub was cruising on the
surface at approx. 10 knots when the port lookout reported
a strange contact at a range of 2 miles bearing 315 degrees
relative. The lookout refused to tell the OOD what it was
that he had seen and instead insisted that the starboard
lookout and the OOD both look at that area. The three men
looked through their binoculars toward the area reported
and were astounded to see a metal craft larger than a
football field tumble from the clouds into the ocean. It
actually tumbled end over end and when it hit the water and
sank beneath the ocean huge geysers of water rose into the
air. When the port lookout was sure that the others had
seen it he then told the OOD that he had seen it tumble
from the ocean up into the clouds. The OOD and the
starboard lookout were speechless. Within a few minutes,
however, they all became excited when it again rose from
the water and tumbled up into the cloud layer. At about
the same time a crew member below queried the bridge about
a radar contact at the same range and bearing. Sonar also
reported strange echos. The OOD called for the Captain to
come to the bridge at that time. He also called for the
camera to be sent to the bridge. The Captain arrived on
the bridge within 2 minutes and the Chief Quartermaster was
right behind him with the camera. At about the same time
the object emerged from the clouds and fell down into the
ocean. All five men witnessed this. The QMC took pictures
as it rose up into the clouds and then back down into the
ocean once again. The five men watched for quite a while
longer but nothing else happened. Soon the sub had moved
out of visual range and the Captain told all witnesses that
they were never to discuss what they had seen with anyone
under any circumstances. He stated that the incident was
classified information. The Captain then went below and
sent a radio msg. There was no doubt as to what we had
seen. It was a metal craft with machinery on and around
the outside of it. It appeared to have windows or lenses
placed around its perimeter. It made no noise that we
could hear. It did not disturb the subs electrical systems
nor did it affect the gyro compass. It looked very much
like a round flying "ship" as in sea going ship. It had
the shape and form of a saucer with a bowl inverted in the
saucer and it was huge. I will never forget it as long as
I live. When I first saw this craft I believe that my heart
literally stopped beating and I was terrified. The name of
the OOD was Ensign Ball. The starboard lookout was an
American Indian seaman that the crew called Geronimo. The
port lookout was a new man who left the sub soon after the
return to Pearl Harbor and his name was Cooper. I do not
remember the Captain's name nor the Chief Quartermaster's
name. This is the first time I have ever mentioned it
since the moment that the Captain told me that it was
classified. As far as I know it has never been reported to
the public before this instant. It should be easy to
verify the facts if you can get a copy of the log and/or
contact the other witnesses. The names should not be too
hard to find in the ships records/logs. I was the port
lookout. I must say that I feel a great uneasyness in
posting this, much like the way I felt in Vietnam when my
life was in great danger.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2036.ufo
+82
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
SUBJECT: SCIENCE VS. SPIRIT: LET'S CALL A TRUCE FILE: UFO2036
The following article is reprinted from California UFO Magazine, Vol. 2
Issue 3.
-------------------------
SCIENCE VS. SPIRIT:
LET'S CALL A TRUCE
by Jim Speiser
Let's get one thing straight: I don't believe in channeling, crystal
power, pyramid power, Space Brothers, or Semjase. I don't have an Akashic
Record (or cassette, for that matter). I put no stock in Shirley MacLaine.
As a so-called secular humanist, I don't even believe in God. My belief in
the possibility that UFOs represent an extraordinary potential leap in our
knowledge is based on a plethora of highly compelling evidence, and on the
lack of cohesive logical arguments to the contrary.
This belief basis places me squarely in the empirical "nuts-and-
bolts" camp of Ufology. I am, of course, aware that there are others whose
belief is more spiritually oriented, who seem to have mystically achieved
certainty of various aspects of the phenomenon, where I have achieved mere-
ly excited interest.
Since the very early days of contactees and credible professionals
tackling the UFO issue, it seems these two camps have been at odds with
one another, but never more so than now, in an era that sports both Bill
Moore and Billy Meier. Those of us in the empirical camp have in the past
regarded "spiritual" Ufology as something of a nuisance, and have strug-
gled to separate ourselves from it in the eyes of the public, the media,
and the academic community. Our attempts at gaining recognition within the
scientific establishment have been thwarted by our inability to fully a-
chieve this perceptual schism. It's been rather like trying to get a date
while your little brother who picks his nose is hanging around.
Recently, however, it appears that some of our attempts at dicho-
tomizing have taken on a more vitriolic tone, as characterized by cor-
respondence that has appeared in CALIFORNIA UFO. One writer representing a
major organization claimed that the magazine would never sell as long as
it included "unfounded 'contactee' garbage." An ad appearing in the back
of the same issue was printed without the group's name, for fear of "guilt
by association."
It seems to me that such entities as this magazine and the National
UFO Conference are appropriate forums for many different points of view,
and have stated so from the outset. Whether we like it or not, contactees,
channelers, etc. are part and parcel of the larger sociological phenomenon
we lump under "UFOs." Certainly, there are elements of fraud and huckster-
ism in both camps, and it is our responsibility to make every attempt to
weed these out and point them out as such. But there are many on the
"spiritual side" who are sincere, honest individuals merely guided in
their search for the truth by _internal_, rather than _external_, evidence
-- and regardless of whether their professions of faith are products of
self-delusion or wishful thinking, they are entitled to fair treatment in
any publication that assays to cover the gamut of thinking and theorizing
in the areas of UFOs and extraterrestrials.
This attempt at total burial of our spiritual side puts me in mind
of one of the more reprehensible activities in modern society, known as
"fag-bashing," wherein a certain element of Cro-Magnon knuckledraggers
feels compelled to beat the daylights out of homosexuals, in order to
reinforce (mainly to themselves) their own masculinity.
I should think scientific Ufology would have matured to the point
where we can be comfortable enough with our own ufological "machismo" that
we can at least tolerate the existence of those whose epistemology is more
mystically derived than our own. While still decrying their credulity, we
can at least acknowledge their rights to freedom of speech. Continuing to
bash them, in order to reinforce (mainly to ourselves) our own legitimacy,
is to engage in the same sort of witch-hunting we accuse our skeptical
detractors of committing.
Further, much as we left-brainers are loath to admit, there is a
strong possibility that some of the answers to the UFO question lie in the
metaphysical realm. The problem arises when such theorizing is represented
to the public as legitimate, evidence-based Ufology. It then becomes more
be plenty of room in
that sucker for all of us.
--------------------------
To subscribe to California UFO, write them at:
1800 S. Robertson Blvd.
Los Angeles, CA 90035
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2038.ufo:SUBJECT
View File
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2039.ufo
+2848
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2040.ufo
+42
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
SUBJECT: ABC JOINS LOCAL UFO SKY WATCH FILE: UFO2040
From the Gulf Breeze Sentinel, by Bruce Morrison.
The Los Angeles based production company, Ohlmeyer Productions, working on
the ABC special, "America's Best-Kept Secrets," joined a local UFO sky watch on
Friday night, January 11, 1991, and filmed the frequently-seen "red light" over
Gulf Breeze.
The cameraman, Ron Ladd, said, "It was a long distance away illuminating the
clouds and traveling very slowly to the east. It just appeared from within the
clouds and after a minute or so it disappeared. I caught it on film. It was
sometimes very bright and then would fade, maybe because of the clouds."
An earlier witness Jeff Lawrence said, "What we saw on November 11, 1990
looked like the UFO that Ed Walters photographed three years ago. I know what
we saw."
Eight local area residents were also present during the sighting along with
the production company's producer, Jeff Androski, and former NASA systems
specialist Robert Oechsler. Mr. Oechsler was the first to see the glow of the
UFO as it appeared beneath the clouds.
Mr. Oechsler is here on assignment from Washington and is an expert in remote
controlled mechanics and photo analysis. He was equipped with infrared film to
photograph the unidentified red object and said, "I have tried to consider all
the options to this Gulf Breeze mystery. I would like to explain it away as a
military aircraft, balloons, flares, temperature inversions, or hoax, but none
of these options hold up under scientific study. Balloons don't travel opposite
the wind, flares don't change color or hover motionless and I can assure you
that what I saw and filmed over Gulf Breeze was not an airplane of helicopter.
I have designed some very sophisiticated remote control systems but duplication
the soundless flight and brightness of this unknown object would be next to
impossible. I can only say that I don't know what it is."
The ABC special will air in Februare. One segment will present information
about the mysterious grass circles in Gulf Breeze Shoreline Park along with the
unidentified flying red object that dozens of local residents continue to
photograph.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2041.ufo
+227
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
SUBJECT: CONFESSIONS OF A CROP CIRCLE SYY ! FILE: UFO2041
The following is a response from Dr Armen Victorian to the James
Schnabel
"Confessions of a Crop Circle Spy!" article in the MUFON UFO
Journal No.295 November 1992:
---------------------------------------------------------------------
-
DISINFORMERS, DECEIVERS AND THEIR LEGITIMATE SUPPORTERS
By Dr Armen Victorian
The November 1992 issue of the MUFON Journal published an
extraordinary account written by Jim Schnabel titled, "Confessions
of a Crop Circle Spy!" introduced by Dennis Stacy, the MUFON
Editor. On December 5, 1992, I received a letter from Dennis Stacy
together with a copy of the article concerned. Before this, my
fellow colleague, Mr George Wingfield, had contacted me earlier on
and briefed me about the article. I was utterly surprised that
MUFON had decided to go ahead without checking the accuracy of
Schnabel's material. I was later told that Walt Andrus had hiterto
sanctioned the publication of the article. Andrus' interference in
this instance was the result of a longstanding difference that
exists between myself and his management of MUFON. He and the
editor of the MUFON Journal are fully aware of my forthcoming
paper, concerning MUFON, which portrays in detail a modern version
of NICAP in its dying days. Equally condemning is his bluder in the
Gulf Breeze fake case and the current Mr Hopkins abduction case
that Mr Stacy coins the "case of the centry." MUFON's philosophy
and attitude is reflective of how easily it acts as a mouthpiece,
readily and in accordance with what is precisely the official line
and has been for decades; deceit, dis-information and the high
level publicity and support given to these accounts. Several State
Directors of MUFON, that I have talked to, are also highly critical
of the autocratic manner in which a few run the organisation. In
one instance, in the course of our recent correspondence with Mr
Stacy, the MUFON Editor, when he had faxed a ridiculous letter to
Mr Wingfield he wrote back with the excuse that he was drunk when
he wrote the letter, therefore apologising for its contents.
Equally condemning is the attitude and supportive platform MUFON
provides for self confessed tricksters like Jim Schnabel and Robert
Irving, who boast about what they have done and still do. Which, in
a sense, is very much reminiscent of what OSI did through Bill
Moore, for a decade, to the field.
But who are Jim Schnabel and Robert Irving and what did
actually happen? It is known by everyone in crop circle research
that Irving-Schnabel's joint covert activities have caused enormous
damage to both the farmers, who are desperately seeking for legal
means to prosecute the two, and the crop circle researchers
themselves, whose research has suffered irreparable damage.
Schnabel, a graduate of Duke University in Electronic
Engineering, later applied for a place in the Lincoln College,
Oxford, to study Politics. This was rejected. During the period
when his application was under Oxford's consideration, he made
several contacts with leading crop circle researcehrs, with the
excuse that he is trying to collect information for his Ph.D.
thesis in Sociology. In reality he was neither a student nor was
his applied subject in Lincoln College that of Sociology. Senior
researchers believed that he was a genuine student and they trusted
him and shared with him the results of some of their findings.
Then Schnabel published the most damning article in the Independent
Magazine in December 1991 about crop circles and their researchers,
and his true quest emerged. It became immediately clear that
Schnabel, by deploying outright deceitful tacts, had fooled
everyone about his genuine intentions. In fact, in a letter dated
December 4, 1991, to a leading crop circle researcher, he very
diplomaticlaly confessed what he was all about:
"I am writing to you to apologize. A week or so ago I decided,
unwisely, to write an article about Doug and Dave and the reaction
to them by the crop circle groups. Everything I report in the
article is true, and personally I believe that crop circle research
could use a general house cleaning, but house cleaning is not my
proper role, and I am afraid that the article unnecessarily hurt
some people. In any case, by the time I regretted writing the
piece it was too late. I understand that the story will appear in
the Independent Magazine on December 7.
"Naturally, you and others will be concerned that my mingling
of sociological and journalistic roles is inappropriate. I agree,
and can only reiterate my apology. Something that I report I might
not have learned if I had not seemed like a harmless sociological
researcher. In particular, some questions I have asked `for my
thesis' may now seem to have been intended all along for a magazine
article. Although I emphasize that this is not the case,
nevertheless I admit that I was wrong to write the article in the
first place, and I assure you that information you have given me
will be treated with all due respect. In any case I have finished
my sociological field work, and although I still have a personal
interest in the circles phenomenon, I am more or less retiring from
the case."
Quite the contrary, this was the beginning of an intensified campaign
of disinformation by Schnabel and his colleague Robert Irving. In
the following months they published more similar articles.
Together with Robert Irving, they donned camouflage clothing and,
with the help of the night, they created utter havoc in the farmers
fields and, thereby, further confusion amongst the crop circle
researchers about the number of hoaxed formations in existence.
Ken Brown, who is currently writing a book about the Doug and Dave
affair, told me that several meetings had taken place between
Schnabel/Irving and Doug and Dave, the former keen to further his
knowledge on how to advance hoaxing techniques. In fact, Jim
Schnabel was proud of winning the second prize in a circle faking
competition in the summer of 1992. Gill Freeman, the producer of
the Equinox TV program, did tell me that Schnabel and Irving had
admitted to faking several crop formations by illegally entering
into farm land and thereby causing damage crops.
Robert Irving, Schnabel's colleague, claims to be a
photographer. He spends his entire time on the farm lands during
the crop circle season each year. He lived in Los Angeles for
eight years prior to returning to England. He was allegedly a
member of the Second Church of Satan in the USA, or Friends of
Hecarte in England, and his views on black magic are widely known
in England through a number of anonymous Statanic letters he has
written to a number of crop circle researchers. When he was
questioned about who pays for him to spend his full time in the
field, he answered, as he did to me, "Man does not live on bread
alone, a Foundation pays me handsomely for my work," but would not
divulge the name of the foundation. He is also known for his
provocative manner of taking photographs of everyone without
seeking their consent as a matter of courtesy. He carries a very
large knife with him at all times. In a letter from a couple of
American crop cirlce researchers, they related the impression made
upon them by Schnabel and Irving, during their visit to England:
"Many thanks for meeting up with Suzie and I during summer.
Wasn't it bloody marvellous? I felt that I had to write and tell
you about a nasty close encounter which happened over the 3rd to
4th August, just outside of Marlborough. Suzie and I had left the
Merlin Hotel, at 1.30am, to go and drive around for a bit. We
ended up on a small dirt track, we parked the car and with camera
in tow, walked along a footpath. After about 30 min., we saw
lights in a field ahead of us. Thinking we had discovered some
little green men at play, we hurriedly moved forward. Imagine our
surprise, when we came face to face with four men, all dressed in
black. Two of them, were rather burly characters wearing peaked
caps. One was tall and thin and had long, dirty looking straggly
hair.
"They were each carrying certain bits and pieces - the one with
the hair had a video camera in his hand and a fancy looking camera
hanging from his shoulder. We asked them what they were doing.
One of them said, that they were taking a short cut through the
field. But I didn't like the look of them at all. Suzie and I
walked back to the car and availed ourselves of the black coffee
that the hotel had provided. The men were ahead of us. Two of
them got into a small van, the others into a dark coupe type of
car. They then drove off.
"We did not think much about it until the following morning,
when a guy at the hotel told us about a new crop circle at a place
called Froxfield (?) When we went there, later that day, imagine
our further surprise when it turned out to be the field we had
visited the night before. I have no doubt that those guys were the
makers of that circle. What is your feeling about this?
"That isn't the end of the story. We ended up at the Wagon and
Horses for a drink. Just as we were finishing, a guy came in, with
a big built American chap - who was brandishing a video camera. I
was sure that it was two of the men that we had seen the night
before. Out of curiosity, I started up a conversation about the
corn circles. I wished I hadn't.
"The guy with the hair (dressed black) name was Bob (maybe Rob)
Irvine (Bob Irving - author). He was a psychopath. Suzie wanted
us to leave, because he was becoming very annoyed with my
questions. I am of the opinion that this guy had something very
wrong with him, in a psychological way. A nutter.
"I don't know whether this means anything to you but I would
stay well away from this idiot, he seems dangerous to me. Have you
heard of him? As to the crop circle, I hope no-one said it was
genuine!!!"
We were aware for a long time that some elements, with certain
connections, were determined to put an end to the crop circle
research. In fact, this is all too clear in Schnabel's telephone
conversation with me, where he states that the aim is to terminate
the research and media interest in this phenomena. Although, he
admits that the phenomena is genuine.
It was in the course of my telephone conversation with Jim
Schnabel in August 30 and 31, 1992, when a clearer picture emerged.
His use of certain worlds left no doubt in my mind about the length
and the depth of the problem we were faced with. Some of the
vocabulary he used is used only by Intelligence officers or their
recruits. In the course of over two decades that I have been
engaged as a researcher within Intelligence, only those who have
had an intelligence or related career used terms such as "Burnt
out" in the context of their conversations: "It's extremely
strenuous work and, you know, sometimes people become BURNED OUT
after only a few years but usually they've made enough money that
they are able to retire, you know, after a few years anyway... it's
very generous." How would a young student know about all these
professional details of the espionage world, whilst none of his
previous few articles were about the world of spooks? Perhaps one
should not forget that Edward Hunter, a formidable CIA agent, also
claimed to be a Journalist, as Jim Schnabel now claims. We are
also aware that Jim Schnabel belongs to a Catholic far-right group.
The result of the voice-stress analysis carried out by an
official government body in the U.S. has proved beyond any shadow
of doubt that he spoke the truth in his telephone conversations
with me. Two further independent analyses have provided the same
results. What is more hilarious is that Jim Schnabel is now
investigating Budd Hopkins' latest abduction case, which was coined
"the case of the century" by Dennis Stacy. I have no doubts about
his future writing on the case as he has expanded his scope and is
about to write a book on abductions. Or, is there something else
that the researchers are missing. I wonder will they ever wake up
and smell the coffee, or will they prefer to leave the decision
making in the hands of punch-drunk editors and sleazy directors,
whilst the Schnabels and Irvings slaughter what is left of the field.
THE END
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2042.ufo
+128
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
SUBJECT: CIRCLES BEGINNING TO APPEAR IN EUROPE FILE: UFO2042
From Troy Spencer....
For the Circles beginning to appear in Europe, George Wingfield has passed the
following message on to me:
"The month of June has seen the appearance of more Circles and Pictograms in
various parts of this country. In particular we have two new pictograms, one
at Chilcomb Down near Cheesefoot Head at Hampshire, and one about four miles
south of this. Each is about 80 yards long and asymmetric unlike the very
precise symmetrical designs in Hampshire in 1990."
"The Chilcomb Down pictogram consists of a large ring divided by a central
'pathway' along a diameter. At each end of this pathway, outside of the ring,
is a circle of about half the diameter of the ring. Emerging from the top
circle are what look like two antannae, each consisting of narrow pathways
leading to small circles. These pathways are at an angle of about 30 deg. and
both lead out on the right side of the pictogram's central axis. At the other
end of the pictogram there is a further asymmetric 'unit' angled to the right."
The 1990 pictograms consisted of various 'units', such as plain circles, ringed
circles, and circles with a claw, fitted together almost like a child's toy in
various combinations. No two pictograms were ever the same. This new unit
looks like a comb, in that it is a half ring with many parallel rectangular
'teeth' in the concave part. Thare are 15 such teeth, each swept alnong its
length alternatively one way and then the other."
My description of this pictogram is the best I can do and is based on a diagram
by Steve Paskay of Hollywood, CA., (Producer of 'America's Funniest Home
Movies', known as 'You've been Framed' in the U.K.) who crept into it with two
friends at a late hour since the farmer had explicitly forbidden anyone to
enter the field. ... This and the other pictogram both have antenna-like
features and look distinctly like an insect or a snail. Although this might
sound fanciful, it is not, and the twin-antennae feature was seen once last
year at Westbury, Wilts."
"A plain bumb-bell pictogram has appeared near Prestwick Airport, Scotland.
Various simple circles are reported in Leicestershire and the Isle of Wight.
Many of this year's formations are being labelled fakes since they exhibit
unfamiliar features or because they do not show a dowsable pattern. After last
year's fiasco at Bratton many of the researchers are being ultra-cautious, but
labelling circles fake just because they are unlike what one anticipated is a
foolish approach."
"... Dr. Meaden and Yoshi-Hiko Ohtsuki are claiming once more that 'the mystery
of the Circles is solved" since the Japanese has produced an alleged 'plasma
vortex' less than a centimetre wide in his laboratory. What this has to do
with the Circles and 140-metre-long Pictograms is unclear. Such unconvincing
claims have been made many times before. Bristol University ... cancelled my
lecture (that hey had requested) ... on the grounds that it was 'too
controversial'. Maybe orthodox scientists will shortly convene an inquisition
with powers to discipline or gag people guilty of scientific heresy."
"Crop circles are popping up all over despite the fact that this is the coldest
and rainiest June in Britain since 1659 (I'm told). Following a pair of
insect-like pictograms near Cheesefoot Head, previously described, the first to
show in Wiltshire was an extended dumb-bell near Beckhampton on the night of
June 8/9. This is a triple in line with equal circles at each end and a larger
circle in the middle, all connected by a narrow pathway and each equi-distant
from the centre circle and the respective end-circles. This is identical to a
formation which appeared opposite Silbury Hill last August and was harvested
immediately. Usually pictograms are never identical, but maybe this was a
repeat just in case we missed that one in 1990.
Five days later another large dumb-bell with single boxes on either side of the
connecting pathway appeared in the same field just 3000 yards away from the
earlier one. This particular large field æ*near Windmill Hill was the site of
26 circles in 1989. The first circles of that year were loosely associated
pairs of quincunxes and such pairs occurred in about six locations in Wiltshire
including this field. In 1988 we had seen a similar number of single
quincunxes in the same area.
Likewise in 19…/U91 we seem to be getting pairs of loosely associated
pictograms whereas we were getting singles in 1990. The impression is, of
course, that we are seeing something not unlike cell division. The pair do not
necessarily arrive on the same night and in the case of those near Cheesefoot
Head were as much as four miles apart; they wre however very similar.
Last Friday an immense pictogram appeared near Lockeridge (SU138666) three
miles from Silbury Hill. This is about 180 yards long and is of simple design
without asymmetric features like last year's Wiltshire pictograms. It consists
of a hugeÿringed circle ÿûþòwith a lÿûong narrow avenue extending on either
side into a large ring one way, and a plain circle in the other direction. In
rapidly-growing green wheat, much of the crop has come up again which mÿûeans
that it does not have the neat appearance of last yeaòû's pictograms in more
mature wheat, but the outline is nevertheless precise. I hesitate to call this
the Mother of Pictograms since no doubt we could soon get something larger.
On visiting this in pouring rain on Sunday, I found large numbers of Jÿûapanese
there including camera team from Nippon TV. Also cerealogists in droves,
despite the weather, including several welÿûl-known faces such as Colinþò
Andrews and Busty Taylor. Only the Japanese carried on filming under plastic
ÿûcanopies; ÿûothers feared getting their cameras waterlogged. I suspect the
pictogram points directly at Silbury Hill but ÿûomitted to take compass
bearings in the downpourÿû. A fourth dumb-bell piÿûcÿûtogram near Beckhampton
can be seen to point directly at Silbury. ÿûThis ÿûis actually in the field
where CCCS is setting up ÿûits surveillanceÿÿÿoperation, but it arrived just 48
hoursbefore the watchers, almost as if it knew our intentionsÿû. We wonder if
this and the giant will soon be joined by similar pictograms each making up a
pair.
"The three chief cerealogical research groups (CCCS, CPR, and CERES) have all
set up their surveillance projects in the same vicinity and at the same time.
The projects are respectively known as Sirius, Nightingale, and Blue Hill.
CERES is aided by more than twenty Japanese scientists and CPR by a large team
from Nippon TV. Nearby Devizes is teeming with Japanese and it is not possible
to get a room for love or money in the town. Meanwhile large numbers of circle
watchers stalk the surrounding Wiltshire downs by day and night, peering at
each other through zoom lenses and telescopes, utterly bedraggled in the
ceaseless rain. To date no one has ever seen a pictogram form and if the rain
and low clouds persist it is probable that no one ever will.
We have a report of a large circle which appeared beside the busy A379 road at
Alphington near Exeter between the hours of 2:00 pm (when it wasn't there) and
4:00 pm (when it was). No one saw a thing. Daylight formation is something
new as far as we know. Another report just in is of a pair of strangely shaped
pictograms half a mile from this IBM office. Peter Breingan and I are off
shortly to investigate these, which embody squares and diamonds according to
our informant. We will endeavor to keep you posted...."
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2043.ufo
+1020
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2044.ufo
+546
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,546 @@
SUBJECT: TWO MUFON UFO INVESTIGATORS IN THE GULF BREEZES FILE: UFO2044
[Transcript of an Online Conference with Carol and Rex Salisberry. Two MUFON
UFO investigators in the Gulf Breezes, Florida case. Terry Ecker acts as a
local host. Sunday, Septmeber 2, 1990]
User User ID Nod Area Name
---- ------------- --- -------- -------------------
1 76146,2631 HLV Rm 5 Vince
2 76703,266 DUK Rm 5 G-WIZ
3 76012,3361 BMD Rm 5 Ted
4 71450,3504 ANN Rm 5 Bert
5 71207,1165 PSF Rm 5 Rex & Carol
6 76004,340 QGD Rm 5 Jack
7 70431,3543 PRI Rm 5 Paula
8 72540,1652 DWC Rm 5 Tom
15 74270,3360 SIF Rm 5 DON
(5-3,Ted) Tonights special guests are Carol and Rex Salisberry MUFON
investigators on the Gulf Breezes UFO case. Carol and Rex wil discuss and
answer questions about the numerous sighting in the area. Because the case
is still on going and also because of all the senstionalist press the Ed
Walters case is NOT one they wish to debate. Many thanks to Terry Ecker
foracting as the local host in Florida. With that behind us, Carol? Rex? Do
you have any opening remarks? ga
(5-5,Rex & Carol) We just want o thank you for having us as guests. ga
(5-1,Vince) ?
(Bert) ?
(5-6,Jack) ?
(5-3,Ted) I will open the floor to ? and !. Please type a "?" or a "!" if you
have a question or comment and I will take your name down and flag you when
it is your turn. GA Vince
(5-1,Vince) Rex would like to know your background and how you became
interested in ufo's?
(5-5,Rex & Carol) Retired Air Force 31 years rasnk colonel, pilot for 20
plus, R&D last 15 years. POresently teach college parttime. Have always
been interested in UFOs, just been more active past couple of years Carol and
a friend saw three daylight disks in spring of 88, Pardon Terry's typing. ga
(5-3,Ted) Bert is next GA
(Bert) ok...
Rex and Carol, one of the more significant signtings by multiple
witnesses seems to have been the one on Sept. 12, 1989 involving
about 35 witnesses including 12 MUFON investigators. The recent
in the Sentinel (9/21/89) suggested that this was a
"type II" object (i.e. like photos 20 and 22 in the "book").
I understand that Bruce Maccabee analyzed photographs of this event
Have the results of this analysis been completed and was the object
indeed a "type II'? Also have your own investigations involved this
particular event or related events? Thanks. GA
(5-5,Rex & Carol) First, we doubt that there were 35 witnesses. Anyway, fewer than half saw it, and not all of
the MUFON investigators saw it. It was just aq red dot kin the sky. One photo was taken, not nalyzed to our knowledge.
We don't consider that a significant sighting by any means. ga
(5-3,Ted) Jack is next. GA
(5-6,Jack) Rex and Carol , I am most interested in any physical evidence that may be associated
with the GB sightings. Has any been found or is the bulk of the evidence
primarily photos and sightings ? ga
(5-5,Rex & Carol) Many persons have mysterious physical marks
on their bodies, such as puncture wounds, new scars with no previous wound,
etc. Not many photos, and few of them show much. We have a few small pieces
of metal which were gathered from inside the car after the driver was struck
by something on the left shoulder; metal not yet analyzed. ga
(5-10,Steve) ?
(5-3,Ted) GA Steve
(5-10,Steve) Rex, As a retired military officer. What is your opinion as to
the extent of official government cover up and/or involvment at GB and at
other UFO sites, ga
(5-5,Rex & Carol) We think it's obvious the government has always covered up
to someextent. We have no evidence to indicate government involvement in
the cases here. ga
(Bert)?
(5-3,Ted) While we are waiting for the next round of ?s and !s I have a ?
Carol or Rex, just how many people have sighted the GB UFO and how many have
shown body markings? ga
(5-5,Rex & Carol) Gulf Breeze UFO is misleading. Many different types have been
seen, all shapes, all sizes some with markings, some with windows.
Triangular shapes transparent UFOs, arrow head shapes, cigar shaped and disks.
The GB (Walters) UFO not seen by many. ga
(5-11,CosmicThAng/Philly) ?
(5-3,Ted) GA Bert
(Bert) Could you describe one or two of what you feel are your most significant
cases. Particularly involving on of the skin wounds if possible. ga
(5-3,Ted) Good ? Bert GA C&R
(5-5,Rex & Carol) Two witnesses, mother and daughter, are with us tonight.
One has wounds on her arm in the shape of the object she saw, delta shaped.
They wer standing in their driveway; the object covered their yard and the
yard next door - about 150 feet. Had a bright white light on front, a red
light on each corner. It was followed by a cigar shaped object with a white
light on the left and a red light on the right; both were followed by a very
small red light that appeared to be trying to catch up. There was no sound.
We just held hands as they went over us at treetop level. We jumped in our
car and tried to follow it, lost sight, but seen again six miles to the east
in reverse order. ga
(5-3,Ted) Any missing time? ga
(Bert) ?follow
(5-5,Rex & Carol) Not that either is aware of. They were disoriented and
lethargic for a few days. Hypnosis has been attempted with no conclusive
results so far. Body markings are as yet unexplained. ga
(5-3,Ted) Bert has a follow up ? Then it's Matt's turn. GA Bert
(5-5,Rex & Carol) Hi Don.
(Bert) Have the two witnesses had any further sightings and/or is this a
one-time thing? ga
(5-15,DON) Hello all.
(5-5,Rex & Carol) Yes, many times beginning in 1958 and some since. On one
occasion we followed one to their house and all four of us saw it. ga
Same object shape etc.?ga
(5-6,Jack) ?
(5-1,Vince) ?
(5-5,Rex & Carol) They have seen several sizes and shapes. The one we
followed to their house was just a round white ball. ga
(5-3,Ted) Matt GA
(5-3,Ted) Matt are you still with us? ga
(5-11,CosmicThAng/Philly) Not on the list.
(5-5,Rex & Carol) !
(5-3,Ted) Ok Matt, I had you down for a ? my mistake. GA R&C
[NOTE: Ted was having problems with his CIM Software and CosmicThAng/Philly
was showing up as Matt on his computer. Hence, a LOT of confusion!]
(5-5,Rex & Carol) We have one long term case dating back 16 years to the
abduction of the mother in Germany. Through hypnosis she has total recall of
the event and has povided detailed descriptions of the craft and the
entities. Th craft was a 40 foot disk with a crew of six. One had died nd a
second ship was bringing a replacement crew member. Entities looked like
greys in silver suits. They seemed capable of emotion such as anger,
compassion, etc. The family has had more than 20 sightings here during the
past year. ga
(5-11,CosmicThAng/Philly) ?
(5-3,Ted) Ok GA MATT
(Bert) Looks like only Ted can see Matt the phantom.ga
(5-3,Ted) Ok Jack is next GA Jack
(5-5,Rex & Carol) No Matt on the list here.
(5-6,Jack) Ok...
(Bert) Hmmmm, not here.ga
(5-11,CosmicThAng/Philly) Wait a second. Ted says I'm Matt. I'm CosmisThAng
and I'm next. ga
(5-6,Jack) Regarding the pieces of metal when is the completed analysis
expected? ga
(5-5,Rex & Carol) Analysis will *begin* when we find someone who can do it.
(cheap). ga
(Bert) ?
(5-11,CosmicThAng/Philly) ?
(5-3,Ted) GA Vince
(5-1,Vince) Is there any local concern by citizens in the area is there any
local govt concern for citizens safety or is there not concern?
(5-5,Rex & Carol) Well, we would say that spreading interest is more descriptive
than concern, although some do have concerns. Local government seems to have
no official position but are very cooperative with us on investigastions. We
know of no one who has been physically harmed by the phenomena, except for
the small wounds we have mentioned. ga
(5-7,Paula) ?
(5-3,Ted) Folks Css is next. For some reason (probably a CIM bug) he is
showing up as Matt on my list. Oh, well, GA Cosmic
(5-11,CosmicThAng/Philly) My questions also deal with bodily marks.
Is there an repeated pattern as to mark type or location?? To re-ask Ted's ?,
how many GB folks have marks? Also is there any history or occu4rance of
migraine headache disorders among the potential abductees? ga
(5-5,Rex & Carol) No identifiable pattern of marks locally, butt call-ins
from other areas have triangular marks mainly. Don't know how many Pensacola
area folks have marks. (We say Pensacola area since most events happen
outside of GB. There are many folks with migraine headaches, buzzing in the
ears. There is possible correlation with contactees. ga
(Bert) ?
(5-3,Ted) GA Bert
(Bert) Actually I think Paula is next. ga
(5-3,Ted) GA Paula
(5-7,Paula) If not, any theories? Thanks ga
(5-9,Russ) ?
(5-5,Rex & Carol) No, but for what it's worth, one name we were given
was Zorcon. We have another contactee with us tonight whose experience goes
back at least 16 years and has written a book on the subject. ga
(5-3,Ted) I want to hear more about that after Bert"s ? ga Bert
(Bert) Rex, can you describe the metal object (poss. alien artifact) that
you mentioned earlier? ga
(5-5,Rex & Carol) Very small, BB size, rough ut shiny, like little metl
pebbles. ga
(5-3,Ted) ANy follow Bert?
(Bert) Yes, does it break appart easily? And have you looked at it under a
microscope? ga
(5-5,Rex & Carol) No, we can't break it. It hasn't yet been examined under
microscope.
(5-3,Ted) Since I have obviously been have a problem with CIM software
tonight I want to be sure that i have not missed anybody...
(5-3,Ted) Is there anyone out there that has been skipped over? ga
(5-9,Russ) ?
(5-3,Ted) GA Russ
(5-1,Vince) ?
(5-9,Russ) I was wondering if you have noticed any change in the frequency
of sightings in Florida since 1958? ga
(5-5,Rex & Carol) Can't say since 58. Frequence has been relatively constant
the last three years. Before that we weren't here or involved. There are
reports of considerable activity on Eglin AFB in 1976-77-78-79. ga
(5-3,Ted) Vince is next. Ga
(5-9,Russ) ?
(Bert) ?
(5-1,Vince) Rex, when did you retire and did you have any military related
sightings?
(5-5,Rex & Carol) 1983. Sighting in early 60s hih over KC. Mo. We were at
33,000 and UFO up around 40,000. K.C. paper next day reported a landing in
Kansas. ga
(5-7,Paula) ?
(5-1,Vince) ?
(5-3,Ted) GA Russ
(5-9,Russ) Have thre been any reports of the infamous "Men In Black"?
(5-5,Rex & Carol) No. Carol had one Man in Black reporting and nother
witness claims to have seen alien at the MUFON Symposium in July. ga
(5-3,Ted) GA Bert
(Bert) Your mentioning of a "buzzing in the ear" of a number of witnesses
is this the same type of buzzing involved in the Walters' case? Also
is the support group still meeting -- i.e. in the absence of Overlaid?
And if so, how many people attending. Thanks. ga
(5-10,CosmicThAng/Philly) ?
(5-5,Rex & Carol) No on the Walters hum, other have hih pitched ringing while
others have moderate hum, sometimes with sightings. Support group dissolved
before Overlade died. ga
(5-3,Ted) Paula is next GA
(5-7,Paula) Excuse my ignorance (I'm new to this topic), but what does MUFON
stand for? Also tell us about the book you mentioned earlier. Thanks ga
(5-5,Rex & Carol) MUFON = Mutual UFO Network. The book is *Star Bright, Star
White* by Norman Hill of Pensacola. I don't know whether it's permitted to
talk about the book, price of how to get it. Will let Ted say. ga
(5-3,Ted) Plug away! ga
(5-5,Rex & Carol) P.O. Box 16040, Warrington FL 32507. $10 plus $2
shipping & handling this is a self published hardcover book by a man who has
had many sightings east of here, near Tallahassee, and numerous contacts with
several different entity groups. Normn has spent many nights camping at the
site where he has seen UFOS tkoff and land - the same site where. The site is
on St. Joe Paper Co. land. ga
(5-3,Ted) GA Vince (then Cosmic)
(5-1,Vince) ok...
(5-1,Vince) Are we any closer to solving the mystery and does there appear to
be any govt interest in the GB area sightings.ga
(5-5,Rex & Carol) We see no signs of government interest here, nor that we are
close to solving the mystery. Sorry. ga
(Bert) ?
(5-10,CosmicThAng/Philly) Got a follow up, Vince? ga
(5-1,Vince) no
(5-3,Ted) GA Cos
(5-10,CosmicThAng/Philly) R&C: You said earlier that the hum sound
correlated with sightings. Did you mean to indicate that all sounds
correlated (thusly)?..or just the hum sound. Any correlation with the high
pitched sound? I've heard that for years and years since childhood. ga
(5-5,Rex & Carol) The hum, etc. and sightings are seldom simultaneous,
apparently.Correlation is only possible, not established. ga
(5-3,Ted) GA Bert
(Bert) Regarding the metal pieces recovered
did I understand correctly that there are several pieces that all
appeared during the same event and that they are all BB sized hard
objects? ga
(5-5,Rex & Carol) Yes, three of them. ga
(Bert) ?follow
(5-3,Ted) GA Bert
(5-1,Vince) ?
(Bert) Where were they found? i.e. on the floor of the car or
"stuck" to something in the car? thanks. ga
(5-5,Rex & Carol) On the floor. ga
(5-3,Ted) GA Vince
(5-1,Vince) Have you had any other military flyers relate ufo incidents to
you and was yours reported?ga
(5-5,Rex & Carol) Other flyiers yes, but not for the record. Ours not
reported. ga
(Bert) ?
(5-3,Ted) GA Bert
(Bert) Anything new on the AWOL group? And what do you think of this strange
scenario? ga
(5-6,Bruce G) ?
(5-1,Vince) ?
(5-5,Rex & Carol) We talked to four of them three or four weeks ago. They
said they know nothing of "Rapture" or finding the anti-Christ. They repeated
they felt they had to leave Germany but not U.S. Army. Claimed they liked
their work. They had been reading the Bible, mostly. Revelations. Possible
they may have experienced paranormal things in Germany. These paranormal
events continued after they left. They consider themselves as being a simple
AWOL case. They had hoped to meet Bill Cooper since one of his papers bears
similarity to their reading of the Bible. They intend to release details of
their experience to the media soon. ga
(5-10,CosmicThAng/Philly) ?
(5-3,Ted) GA Vince
(5-1,Vince) Pretty serious offense (AWOL) did the army just let them go and
what were their motives?ga
(5-5,Rex & Carol) AWOL is not too serious. Most go back. Reportedly Army has
600 AWOLs a month. Army granted general discharges to these six. Their
motives were to leave Germany, which they have not yet explained. ga
(5-3,Ted) GA Cosmic!
(5-1,Vince) ?
(5-10,CosmicThAng/Philly) Dealing strictly with pure, unsubstantiated
instinct. Dis you feel that the GB6 were speaking with total candor. Did they
seem afraid of saying the wrong thing? ga
(5-5,Rex & Carol) Yes, we thought they were speaking with candor, and they
were not afraid. We had been aware of their interest in the writings of
Bill Cooper for several months before their arrival in GB....
(5-5,Rex & Carol) We are also aware of their interest in psychic studies. ga
(5-10,CosmicThAng/Philly) follow up?
(5-3,Ted) Follow Cos?
(5-10,CosmicThAng/Philly) So the GB & UFO connections are pure coincidence???
Bill Cooper and GB, BOTH?? ga
(5-5,Rex & Carol) It appears to be coincidence at this time. They came to GB
to visit a friend. They think their AWOL case has been blown out of
proportion as well as their "involvement" with UFOs. ga
(Bert) ? Ted got dumped. Rex with all the sightings by multiple witnesses
I think there are 290 plus now, if I remember correctly,. has there been any
thought of having an organized ffort to request (or perhaps DEMAND) an
official investigation i.e. by government officials. I would think there
would be enough people to sign something that would give it a little weight.
But of course we know what the gov. position would probably be. ga
(5-1,Vince) ?
(5-5,Rex & Carol) Most witnesses are reluctant to have their names divulged,
such as the signing a petition. Any demand would have to be made at
presidential level since decision to withhold UFO information is also made
at that level. We locally lack clout to demand anything. We consider
ourselves fortunate that so many witnesses/contactees have the guts to share
their experiences with us. We would hate to dry up that source. ga
(5-8,Ted ) Sorry folks I got dumped. Who is next? ga
(Bert) I think Vince is up.
(5-1,Vince) I agree AWOL as such is not that serious but most are just guys
that oversleep. It doesn't appear that they had any intention of returning
and what or where is it stated that the release of UFO information is made at
presedential level?ga
(5-5,Rex & Carol) At the time of their arrest the six were debasting their
futures turn themselves in to the Army, hide out in the hills or what. They
repeated several times that their intuition was to leave Germany and not the
Army. If you believe the MJ-12 documents and the President Carter statements
regarding UFOs, one could form the conclusion that such decisions are indeed
made at presidential level. The one case with which I am familiar involving a
foreign country, the disclosure decisions were made by the president. ga
(5-1,Vince) follow
(5-8,Ted ) GA Vince
(5-6,Bruce G) ?
(5-1,Vince) If you believe in the MJ-12 documents there has to be a large
scale coverup and a large infrastructure in not only the military but other
agencies to manage the wealth of information, sightings etc that continue to
be reported. This appears to be too well hidden.ga
(5-5,Rex & Carol) It is hard to know how large the infrastructure might be,
however in personal contact with former Bluebook workers and others, they
relate that considerable UFO related information was systematically withheld
from the public. ga
(5-8,Ted ) GA Bruce
(5-6,Bruce G) This may sound silly, but is there a viable alternative to the
gov't as far as the public is concerned, to report incidental contacts or
sightings...
(5-6,Bruce G) like a 1-900-SAW-AUFO? ga
(5-8,Ted ) $25 for the first 30 seconds! <g>
(5-5,Rex & Carol) There is MUFON, n international reporting and investigative
organization independent of the government. ga
(5-8,Ted ) Anyone else with a ? or ! ga
(Bert)
?
(5-8,Ted ) GA Bert
(Bert) Rex and Carol, is there anything going on in the area there that we
may not have touched on that should be considered of major significance? i.e.
anything new on the "circles" or with animals etc. thx. ga
(5-1,Vince) !
(5-5,Rex & Carol) Nothin new on the circles. Many people are heaing strange
knockings on their doors, windows and aroun the house lately. Several
sightings have been seen over electrical power substations, which mkes one
think maybe they are stealing electricity. About half of our sightings
have aircraft flying in the immediate vicinity. We are investigating a new
case of an event of Christmas 1989 where a lady and her car were abducted for
about 30 minutes. She recalls being 30 or so feet in the air with the car,
descending toward the road. She remembers seeing two types of entities; two
entities were about six feet tall with a lot of hair on their faces which
appeared like animal hair. These two were dressed in white gowns like
doctors. Four other entities were about three nd half feet tall and about as
wide. She couldn't see their features. Fat greys? ga
(5-8,Ted ) GA Vince
(5-1,Vince) Oh Rex btw before I forget, FLY NAVY!ga
(5-8,Ted ) Any other ?s GA
(5-8,Ted ) I want to thank Rex and Carol Salisberry for sharing their evening
with us. Also special thanks to Anne Ecker for putting up with Terry on
this CO. Anne, Carol, Rex and Terry thanks for a wonderful and informative
evening. GA
(5-5,Rex & Carol) Thank you all. We've enjoyed it.
(5-5,Terry) Nite gang.
(5-6,Bruce G) Thx and Bye!
(5-7,Paula) Thanks all! Bye!
(5-1,Vince) Nite all
(Bert) Thanks Rex and Carol.
(5-8,Ted ) Matt? Where are you Matt?
(5-1,Vince) Excellent co
(Bert) Night all.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2045.ufo
+319
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,319 @@
SUBJECT: Goverment Coverup of a Classic UFO Case? FILE: UFO2045
By Philip J. Imbrogno
What ever UFOs are they do exist and the phenomenon is world wide! Over
the past thirty-five years most un-biased UFO research that has been made
available to the general public has been by civilan organizations and
individual investigators. A question often asked by members of the media to
UFO researchers is"After all these years what have you found out?" The
answer to this question is we found out plenty. We have proven by the great
number of case studies,video tapes, and Goverment documents that UFOs are
real! A recent Gallop pole showed that most Americans believe that UFOs
exist. It has also been shown, due to the great efforts of Citizens Against
UFO Secrecy(CAUS) that when it comes to UFOS, our Goverment knows more than
it's telling.This is apparent in the multitude of documents that CAUS was
able to obtain under the Freedom Of Information Act. Still, quite a few
documents were witheld because of reasons of National Security.
During September of 1987,just before the publication of my book NIGHT
SIEGE THE HUDSON VALLEY UFO SIGHTINGS,I received a certified letter from
the Federal Aviation Administration(FAA). The letter stated that I would be
contacted very shorty by an officer of the Airforce in regards to my
investigations into the UFO phenomenon in the Hudson Valley.The letter went
on to say that I would be contacted by a Lt. Col. Bennet whose official
title was the officer in charge to the Airforce's represenative branch to
the Federal Avaiation Administration.
About one week later I received a call from a Major Andrews of the
Airforce from Burlington Mass. He told me that the Airforce was well aware
of the sightings in the Hudson Valley and that they have been collecting
reports over the past ten years. He said that there was no official
investigation into the sightings,but still they do check out reports of
unkown aircraft reported by the FAA. I talked with Major Andrews for over
forty minutes and the main concern of the Airforce seemed to be that the
publication of NIGHT SIEGE might cause a UFO panic in the Hudson Valley and
nearby area.Major Andrews informed me that there were secret military
flights over the area,the purpose of these missions he did not know.He then
agreed to send me information that he had in his files about UFO reports in
the area. He then asked if I would keep him updated on the locations of new
sightings.His interest, he said was just personal. This seemed a little
strange to me,since when does the Airforce call a UFO investigator
regarding a UFO case.I believe that I was one of the first civilians in a
very long time that was contacted by the Airforce via telephone in the past
twenty years. This must mean that what ever the Hudson Valley UFO was,the
Airforce was very interested in it.
About five days later I received the packet of UFO material from Major
Andrews. In it were some documents from local bases and the FAA regarding
UFO sightings. There were also quite a few letters sent to the FAA and the
Airforce from residents in the New York, Connecticut and Massachussetts
area who have had UFO sightings. The oldest of these reports dated back to
1972. What was puzzling was the fact that some of the letters were
addressed to local newspapers,several of the national tabloids and a well
known author on the UFO phenomena,but how did they get into the hands of
the Airforce? I contacted this well known author who informed me that he
never got the letter.
There was one curious memo dated August of 1983 from the FAA at Kennedy
Airport asking where they should send a UFO report. The bottom of the memo
indicated that the report was sent to the Department of the Airforce in
Washington D.C.I called them and was told that reports of "UNKOWNS" are
channeled to other"concerned agencies" and that procedure is protected
under National Security. Then the woman who I was talking to after taking
my name and address politely hung up on me.
Was there a connection between our Goverment and the UFO sightings in the
New York area? If so what was the connection? Was there an experimental
craft belonging to the Airforce being tested in the area,or was the UFO
that has been now spotted over most of New England the product of an alien
intelligence? I was not sure,but it was quite clear there was some type of
Goverment involvement. This was to be more evident as the months went on.
There have been literly thousands of UFO sightings in the Northeast since
1982.The center of concentration of the sightings seems to be around the
Hudson Valley of New York. Here my research team and I centered our
investigation.We have been researching these sightings since 1982 and by
1987 we had hundreds of reports entered on our computer's floppy disks.We
found out that the majority of reports took place on a Tuesday, Thursday
and Saturday night from 8-11 PM. The center of activity within the high
concentration of reports in the Hudson Valley was around the Kent New York
area. Interesting enough,highway I-84 was right in the middle of this area.
This information was made avaialble by use of the computer, without it,this
would have taken months to fiqure out.
For the past several years the UFO sightings seemed to have taken
somewhat of a pattern. On certain days of the month it would appear in an
area at a certain time,then disappear in another location. We thought we
did indeed spot some type of pattern and with the help of our computer
predicted the next sighting date to be on October 29 1987 at about 8:20 Pm
around the Kent-Brewster New York area. This information was obtained on
October 15th,plently of time to prepare and check our data.
We prepared four cars,all equiped with CB radios and decided to use
highway I-84 as the center of our operations. We also had one car with a
police scanner so that we can listen in to police in the area.In the past
local and State police were the first to get reports of the UFO.
We then started driving on Highway I-84 West bound at about 8:10 pm. Each
car was spaced about two miles apart. I was in the second car and at 8:20
PM I lost communication with our lead car. As I approached a rest stop just
before the Taconic Parkway turn off I saw our lead car pulled over to the
side of the road. The driver was Chris Clark and he was already out of the
car looking at a group of lights in the northern section of the sky. I
stopped the car and got on my radio to inform the others "That we had
something strange here" I then instructed the other cars to pull off to the
side of the road since the lights seemed as if they were going to head
east,in their direction.
I then got out of the car and saw a formation of about eight yellowish
white lights,very bright heading straight for our location. Chris said that
he had been observing them for five minutes and they did a kind of "dance"
in the sky before they took on the present shape.The lights appeared now
like a straight line,Much brighter than the landing lights of a plane. They
were about forty degrees above the horizon and moving very slow in our
direction.
As we watched the lights we heard no sound at all.It was then I realized
that this was the Hudson Valley UFO, the one I had been tracking for the
past five years. The lights continued to approach,then they moved
sideways,then began heading east. At no time did I see a physical structure
connecting the lights,but they moved so smoothly and in such perfect order
that I could not imagine them being separate objects. At this point I could
see the back of it and it appeared to be in a boomerang shape.,I then saw
about eighteen other lights of various colors, The purest reds, Greens and
ambers that I ever saw. The back seemed to be made up of red lights
only,while the middle had red lights,green and amber and blue. The front
was composed of these very bright yellowish-white lights.
I then called on the radio to Fred Dennis who was about two miles east of
my position on I-84. There was also another car between Fred and myself. I
Said"Fred, Its heading in your direction" At that time I lost the object
over a hill. Fred then got out of the car with his binoculars looking all
around for something. He said to himself" What are they seeing,there's
nothing here" He radioed back to inform us that he saw nothing in the sky.
Then his voice went silent. About forty seconds later Fred got back on the
radio and yelled," I SEE IT, IT's HUGE". It seems as Fred was scanning the
skies the UFO came out from behind a hill that was blocking the North west.
Fred then observed it with his binoculars. The object was so huge,he said
that it spilled out of the field of view. This would make it an enormous
object since the field of view with those binoculars is 500 feet at a
thousand yards.
The object was observed by every member of our team. One of our
researchers also had it in binoculars as it passed right over his car. He
reported a series of multicolored lights attached to some type of dark grey
structure. The object was so colorful against the clear night sky that it
looked like a Christmas Tree.
The UFO continued to head toward the east,to Danbury Connecticut. We were
still all heading West,so we had to get off the exit and get back on the
other side of I-84 and head east. We did this and started heading east. The
time was now 8:55 pm. We drove for about five minutes and then saw the
object again,this time it was going west! We stopped our cars and watched
it drift slowly ,just above the hills at an estimated distance of three
miles from the highway. We watched it for about five more minutes. We saw a
multitude of red lights which made up the back of the object. As we watched
it all the lights went out and the UFO simply vanished before our eyes.
We were all quite excited by what we saw. At the time of the sighting
there were also other cars pulling over to the shoulder of the highway also
observing the object. We could also hear the Truck drivers talking about it
over the CB radio.We learned later that the object was seen in the Danbury
Connecticut area nd hovered above a main road for several minutes. Most of
the people who saw it in Danbury indicate it was at least the size of a 747
and was no more than 1,000 feet in the air. One couple in Danbury
Connecticut reported that as it hovered above their car,the UFO began to
descend, this really upset them. As they watched it,the UFO then slowly
gained altitude then it moved away to the west.A for our team we did have a
video camera and still cameras,but were disappointed the way the pictures
came out.
It is not common for UFO investigators to see the UFO that they are
researching. With all the sightings in the Hudson Valley and the entire
northeast it was only a matter of time before we got a real good look at
the UFO,and we did! We had thought we had found a real pattern to the
appearance of the Hudson Valley UFO,but when we tried to predict later
sightings we saw nothing. Therefore we must assume that our sighting was a
coincidence and if there was a real pattern to the UFO we had not yet found
it.
In the days to follow we received dozens of letters and many phone calls
from people in the area who also saw it that same night.We got one report
that was to provide a lead to a possible coverup of the UFO sightings. This
report indicated that after the UFO disappeared about twenty minutes later
a formation of planes was seen tracing the exact same route that the UFO
took.
Coverup
---------
Make no mistake about it,there is a real unkown object in New York's
Hudson Valley. Since the publication of NIGHT SIEGE there has been a
regular appearance of a formation of planes over New York and Connecticut.
Members of our research team have spotted them on numerous occasions. These
planes were also observed in binoculars by several independent witnesses.
We had these people draw the outline of the shapes of the planes that they
saw. The drawings were all very similar,so we sent them to two pilots that
we know. One is a ex-military pilot,the other a ex-commercial pilot who
used to fly missions for the CIA.All of our aircraft experts and our two
pilots agree that the desgin was that of an O-2 type aircraft. The O-2 is a
medium duty aircraft with a single engine. It is made by Cessna Aircraft.
It is capable of long range and is used by the CIA for surveillance
missions. It has a very quiet "souped up" engine and the newer models have
on board flight computers in them for greater stability in the air.We have
reports that as many as eight planes were seen flying together in a tight
formation with the winds gusting up to twenty-five miles an hour!
They seem to be trying to fake a UFO and many people feel that it is an
attempt to discredit the sightings and to try to convince everyone that all
they saw was a bunch of planes. These planes have been seen only on a
Thursday night,the official night the Airforce flies night manuvers. They
have been seen all over Southern New York and most of Connecticut.
They fly for about two hours and then they land,but where? They have been
seen circling Stormville Airport in Stormville, New York giving the
impression that they are going to land there. They then break formation and
head West(One plane has been reported landing at Stormville then taking off
again). On more than one occasion they have been tracked to Stewart
International airport(an old airforce SAC base) in Newburgh New York.
Stewart is located West of the Hudson River not far from I-84. The base is
official operated by the Air National Guard and the Marine Corps. The
planes then land,one at a time over a period of one hour,but not on the
main part of the base. They seem to lad on a isolated section of Stewart
which is a very large airport.
Our resaerch team visted Steward airport and found an isolated fenced off
large airfield away from the main landing area marked "RESTRICTED" The
Restricted area had a well kept flight line and grounds. On the grounds
were several buildings which looked like hangers large enough to harbor
several planes of medium size. For the several hours that we were there we
saw no activity at all.
We filed a Freedom Of Information Act request(FOIA) with the CIA to find
out if the CIA was in fact using this area for some type of operation using
small aircraft.We received an answer several weeks later from the CIA. In a
lenthly double talking letter the CIA denied our request for information
about their activities at Stewart. The reason they gave was National
Security. This denial in our eyes is an admission that the planes do in
fact belong to the CIA. It is also apparent that the pilots who fly these
planes are expert military type pilots with years of experience in
formation flying.
What was going on in this restricted area? I was contacted by a member of
the local Newburgh New York media. This person told me that about six
months before our visit to Stewart he found the restricted area on the
base,became curious and started to walk toward the inside perimeter. Out of
no where a jeep came screaming to a halt and three military
police(Airforce) got out of the jeep and took him by force to a building
just inside the gate. He was placed in a room that was dimly lite with just
a table and chair. After about fifteen minutes two men entered the room
dresssed in dark suits and began to question him. They had a computer print
out in their hands and it had his name on it. He told me that they knew
everything about him.
After about one hour of questions,they then called his supervisor at his
Job to pick him up. They then placed him in a jeep and took him to the
public area of Stewart Airfield. This member of the media is a newsperson
in the Newburgh area and does not want his name used at all in regards to
the experience he had at the restricted area at Stewart. He is still
fearful that who ever they were that questioned him might be keeping an eye
on him. He told me that he felt they were with the CIA and they meant
business.
During our investigation concerning this restricted area at Stewart we
found out that the base now harbors several C-5A's the largest transport
jet that our Airforce has. We also found out from personnel at the base
that these C-5A's landed on the restricted airfield several years ago and
cargo was unloaded. We also found out through a document search that the
Ait National Guard is no longer officialy running the un-restricted area of
the base. It is now under the command of the Navy and the Marines are
running it and have been since 1973! This was strange since when we visted
Stewart we saw Airforce personnel there and even had a talk with a Master
Sergent.
We also found out that the Department of Agriculture was also using a
section of the restricted area. After a great deal of getting the run
around we found out that they are using the area for a holding place for
animals. We found out that a great deal of cattle and other animals were
flown in to this area. We are still waiting for documents from the USDA
explaining where the animals are coming from,why cattle and where are they
going from there. Of course when we found out that cattle were being flown
into this area the thought of cattle mutilations crossed our minds. What
was the strange conection with the mutilations and the UFOS. What was the
connection between the restricted area at Stewart, the CIA, the mystery
planes and the USDA and the cattle.
North Putnam County and parts of Westchester county are the site of many
old abandoned iron ore mines. Most of the mines have been closed down with
the openings sealed.Many of these openings are located in miles of thick
woods overgrown with brush, almost impossible to find. I received a phone
call from a well known UFO investigator who suggested that these old mines
might be the location of an alien base and that the CIA as well as other
agencies were operating out of Stewart to keep "an eye" on their
operations. I don't know about this theory,but can only relate the facts.
There are and have been thousands of UFO reports in the Hudson Valley and
Connecticut since 1982. Aircraft have been seen on a regular basis since
the publication of NIGHT SIEGE. These Air craft are without a doubt trying
to discredit the sightings. These aircraft have been tracked to Stewart
Airfield where they land in a restricted area. These aircraft are of the
O-2 type used by the CIA. The CIA will not provide any information about
their activities at Stewart because of reasons of National Security.
In September of 1988 I did a number of TV shows ,newspaper and radio
interviews I talked about the possibility that the CIA was trying to
coverup the UFO sightings by flying special aircraft with non-regulation
lighting. In the days to follow the mystery aircraft were no longer
reported in the skies over the Hudson Valley and have not been seen since.
Our investigation still continues.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2046.ufo
+323
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,323 @@
SUBJECT: WHAT'S REALLY GOING ON? FILE: UFO2046
By Richard C. Hoagland
Copyright (C) 1989
We are living in extraordinary times . . .
Concepts like "freedom," "democracy," and "self-determination" are
sweeping from the East like rising wind -- from the heartland of the Union of
Soviet Socialist Republics, across the steppes of Hungary and Poland, through
the streets of Prague, then Westward . . . to the very structure that has come
to stand for a divided Europe -- if not a divided Humankind -- for almost
thirty years: the Berlin Wall.
A hundred nasty little wars -- yesterday, euphemistically termed "regional
conflicts" by one side, and "wars of liberation" by the other -- are,
strangely, winding down. Many of the bloodiest, from the ten-year Iran-Iraq War
to the fifteen-year War of Angolan Liberation, have now actually ended --
almost overnight. Superpower defense budgets, monies that for over forty years
have stockpiled megatons of obscene weapons systems -- weapons that could, in
thirty minutes, end the future of Humanity itself -- are suddenly, almost
inexplicably, beginning sharply to decline; one expert recom- mendation to the
American Department of Defense suggests cutting half a trillion dollars in the
next ten years.
Critics, who for decades have railed against the waste of critical
resources represented by these massive weapons budgets, are almost dizzy with
the prospect of suddenly freed billions -- billions they can now realistically
envision being spent on other problems underfunded for too long, if not on
those not even currently addressed -- such as rescuing the planet.
And behind it all, a rising call -- from millions in the East and West, be
it for "A common European Home," or for recognition that "We are all One Human
Family . . . on one Earth" -- echoing around the world on global television.
What's happening? What the hell is really going on . . . ?
* * *
President Ronald Reagan, shortly after his first Soviet Summit, described
to a Baltimore high school class his first private meeting with then-Secretary
Gorbachev in a small cottage by historic Lake Geneva. According to the
President,
"I couldn't help but say to him, just think how easy his task and mine
might be in these meetings that we held, if suddenly there was a threat to this
world from some other species . . . from another planet . . . outside in the
universe."
The President concluded,
"Such an event would force us to forget all the little local differences
that we have between our countries, and allow us to find out that we really are
all human beings here on this Earth together."
That was in November, 1985.
* * *
Thirteen years ago, four unmanned spacecraft -- Viking Orbiters 1 and 2,
and their respective Landers -- made an odyssey . . . to Mars.
In the summer of 1976 -- the Bicentennial of the American Experiment --
while the Orbiters took up their preprogrammed orbits, and snapped an estimated
60,000 television pictures, the two Landers descended to the cold, red Martian
deserts to scoop up soil samples, sniff the air . . . and look for signs of
Life.
Contrary to what you might have heard from NASA, the U.S. space agency
which launched the Viking mission -- that Viking found no evidence of Life on
Mars, either past or present -- new, state-of- the-art analysis of some of
those 60,000 images, conducted by several teams of independent scientists
operating outside of NASA both in the Soviet Union and in the United States,
now strongly indicates that Viking may have, in fact, photographed an awesome
set of ancient ruins on the planet. The Viking images, when analyzed by new
computer and systems analysis techniques (unavailable when NASA first secured
the images), reveal what many are now coming to regard as a bonafide, vast,
"architectural complex" -- located in a Northern desert of the planet. A
"complex," the evidence suggests, that may have been built and inhabited by
prior intelligent visitors to Mars -- perhaps hundreds of thousands of years
before the appearance of intelligence on this planet.
Extraordinary? Yes. Inconceivable, within the framework of even present
science? No.
* * *
The "artifacts," discovered by myself and others in a region called
"Cydonia," consist of one gargantuan central feature -- a mile-long, 1500
foot-high, eerily accurate, bilateral resemblance to a humanoid "face" --
around which are grouped a series of similar- scaled "pyramids" and other
remarkably "architectural-looking" structures. The features are linked by an
exquisite, redundant system of fundamental mathematics and geometrical
relationships, which seem to be encoded even in the geodetic latitude of the
"Cydonia complex" on the planet.
The thirteen-year history of this unique investigation, and the names of a
legion of dedicated scientists and institutions -- from the U.S. to the
U.S.S.R. -- who have pursued the truth regarding these intriguing photographs,
are related in my book, The Monuments of Mars: A City on the Edge of Forever
(North Atlantic, Berkeley, CA, 1987). More recent developments -- including our
first, tentative decoding of a potential "message," found in the "Cydonia
mathematics" -- are available on a new audio-tape "docudrama" inspired by the
book, also called The Monuments of Mars: Evidence of a Lost City? (Enhanced
Audio Systems, Emeryville, CA, 1989). The tape concludes with a
Russian-language re-creation of one of my firm hopes: a U.S - Soviet landing at
Cydonia -- for cooperative exploration and resolution of this exquisite mystery
on behalf of all Mankind.
* * *
Because of continuing publicity surrounding the on-going investigation in
the United States, a wave of public and political sentiment has recently
developed to hasten verification of this unprecedented scientific prospect.
Efforts have been mounted in recent months to force NASA to reverse its 13-year
position on "the artifacts" -- consistently demeaned by the space agency as
"tricks of light and shadow"; specifically, the initiative has focused on
getting NASA, during the upcoming 1993 Mars Observer mission (the next unmanned
NASA spacecraft going back), to take new, high- resolution images of the
"enigmatic landforms" in Cydonia -- with 50 times Viking's resolution. These
would convincingly support or refute our "intelligence hypothesis," put forth
as a result of our in-depth, six-year analyses of these key Viking frames.
But, according to NASA correspondence dated as late as March, 1989, ". . .
there are no plans to make specific studies of the so-called 'Mars Face' during
the Mars Observer Mission. The 'Mars Face' is generally believed [by NASA
scientists] to be a natural erosion formation, and is therefore not regarded as
a high scientific priority in comparison with other Mars Observer mission goals
. . ."
In direct contradiction of this statement, then, and in direct support of
the extraordinary possibility that there may indeed be NASA evidence of
"ancient artifacts on Mars" -- which NASA inexplicably ignored for thirteen
years -- is the following statement by Chairman Robert A. Roe (D-New Jersey),
head of the pivotal House Committee (of the U.S. Congress) on Science, Space
and Technology.
Said Chairman Roe, in direct response to a constituent's inquiry, dated
September 26:
"It is my understanding that NASA does intend to try to capture, with the
narrow-angle camera, the Cydonia region, including the unique features you have
referred to as the "Monuments of Mars." NASA will attempt to locate and focus
on this region both because it has interesting geological features and
[because] it has attracted wide popular interest."
In a radio interview conducted earlier, the Chairman of this key
Congressional Committee -- which oversees all federal funding for science in
America -- went even further:
"I have seen the pictures . . . and they [the "Monuments"] don't appear
natural. It would be stupid not to look!"
If this observation, made by one of the most powerful and knowledgeable
representatives in the field of science in the U.S. government, is upheld by
Mars Observer, these discoveries will undoubtedly, radically, change the future
course of history on Earth . . .
If they haven't accomplished that already . . . and what we are now seeing
nightly on our television screens, is merely a foreshadowing of what's to come
. . .
* * *
Mr. Reagan repeated his scenario -- that, if we were suddenly confronted
by some "unmistakable evidence of extraterrestrial intelligence," we would
rapidly come together as one "human family" -- on at least four separate
occasions during the course of his final term as President: the first, during
his first Summit in Geneva, in late 1985; the second, when he returned and
publicly related these private "ET musings," between himself and Mr. Gorbachev,
to that Maryland high-school class; the third, during a live,
globally-televised address to the United Nations, in August, 1987; and the
fourth, before a prestigious world-affairs conference in Chicago, in early
1988, where he specifically used the term "one human family."
Remarkably, no political observer seems to have put these repeated,
enigmatic statements -- by none other than a President of the United States --
together with the staggering, world-wide "unification" of the "human family"
now heralded by the shattering political events that have engulfed us . . . or
to have connected them to what is, now almost certainly, waiting for the "human
family" on the surface of the planet Mars . . .
* * *
When our initial "Independent Mars Investigation Team" completed the first
phase of its analyses of the "enigmatic landforms" on the Viking photographs,
and had published in 1984 a preliminary paper at a Boulder scientific
conference at the University of Colorado, we also began a serious effort to
alert our government to the data and their enormous implications: a potential
set of extraterrestrial artifacts -- and right "next door," on Mars.
We presented copies of our computer-enhanced Viking photographs and
preliminary papers to colleagues of President Reagan's Science Advisor, Dr.
George Keyworth; to staff members of the President's Office of Science and
Technology Policy; and to a close friend, and member of the President's
newly-appointed Space Commission, Dr. David Webb.
Simultaneously, in view of the enormous geopolitical implications, and the
need for the earliest verification of our hypothesis, we relayed copies of our
research, through "second track" diplomatic channels, to the Institute for
Space Research, in Moscow; the Institute had just announced an ambitious
unmanned return mission to the Red Planet in 1988, termed "Phobos," designed to
carry out new imagery of Mars in addition to close-up composition studies of
the inner Martian moon, the namesake of the mission. If the Cydonia objects
were truly artificial, and their "creators" truly visitors to Mars, there was a
significant probability in our opinion of discovering additional "artifacts"
waiting on the Martian moons . . .
Later, at the National Academy of Sciences, in Washington, D.C., I met
personally with Dr. Roald Sagdeev, then head of the Institute for Space
Research, and handed him a copy of our papers, even as I invited him to
participate in helping us discover what we'd found.
That was in January, 1985.
It was a few months later, after we had briefed high-level members of both
governments on the staggering possibility that Viking may indeed have
photographed the first hard evidence of extraterrestrial intelligence --
"artifacts" lying on a near-by planet . . . that President Reagan, at the first
U.S.-- U.S.S.R. Summit of his presidency, posed for the first time his
extraordinary "extraterrestrial scenario" to Mr. Gorbachev. And, according to
the President, Mr. Gorbachev agreed.
Coincidence?
* * *
In January, 1987, one of our team associates, a former
scientist-astronaut, Dr. Brian O'Leary, met in Moscow with members of the
Institute for Space Research, including its director, Dr. Sagdeev. During the
discussions, O'Leary specifically reissued our request that the Phobos planners
consider new Cydonia photography as part of their own mission. And he left
copies of our latest Cydonia computer-enhanced photographs of the "enigmatic
landforms."
In January, 1989, the one surviving Phobos spacecraft (of the two that had
initially been launched) successfully arrived in Martian orbit. For two
exciting months, Phobos 2 took hundreds of new close-up photographs of Mars,
observed magnetic fields and radiation, and tracked the orbit of its eventual
destination: Phobos. Then, without any advance warning or impending difficulty,
according to official Soviet news sources, the spacecraft suddenly "expired" --
just prior to initiation of the third, most crucial phase of its intended
mission: a close-up rendezvous with Phobos, and "tree-top" examination of its
surface.
Western space observers listening to Radio Moscow that night were both
puzzled and amazed to hear the news reports, describing the inexplicable
"failure of the mission," interspersed with stories of "orthodox Russian
priests invited to the Moscow Phobos 2 Control Center . . . to be shown
photographs of Mars . . . and to discuss the Creation . . ."
Curious, to say the least.
In April, less than a month after the unfortunate demise of the Soviet
Mars mission, and the dashing of our hopes that we might get additional
information on Cydonia or Phobos from the Russian spacecraft, a group of us met
in Washington with the head of the key U.S. Congressional Committee which could
direct that NASA take new images of the "anomalies" with Mars Observer,
Chairman Robert Roe. There in his Capitol Hill office, three of us -- imaging
team expert, Dr. Mark Carlotto, a member of the Defense Mapping Agency (working
unofficially with our research), Mr. Erol Torun, and myself -- showed the
Congressman the best computer-enhanced Cydonia images we had, presented
geometric maps demonstrating the inexplicable mathematical relationships
between the "Cydonia anomalies" -- and discussed the extraordinary global
implications of our data.
Months passed . . .
Then, in mid-September, came Chairman Roe's announcement: that, in direct
contravention of their previous "position," NASA does indeed intend to take
new, high-resolution images of the "Monuments of Mars," with Mars Observer . .
. now guaranteed -- by no less than the Chairman of the House Committee on
Science, Space and Technology himself. Thus, in less than four years -- 48
months -- the world will finally Know . . .
* * *
That there are extraordinary, unprecedented changes sweeping the whole
world is undeniable at this point. But for what reasons? And why now? And why
with such acceleration?
Standard political analysts cite abysmal economic conditions in the Soviet
Union and in Eastern Europe, the general need for radical political and
economic institutional reform, and the basic human drive for freedom,
democracy, and the right of self-determination, long-repressed and overdue.
Release this pent-up energy, these analysts insist, and the world will rapidly
resemble what we're seeing on our television screens.
These "explanations," in the face of ten thousand years of extinct
civilizations -- gone, because their leaders couldn't change to meet the
people's changing needs -- seem strangely lacking in perspective; naive, in
fact, and almost myopically surreal. So, what alternative for what we have been
witnessing could possibly be stronger?
What if Mr. Reagan, through the constant repetition of his
"extraterrestrial scenario," was obliquely telling us the truth?!
What if, unknown to all but a handful "at the top," the world is on the
brink of finally Finding Out That We Are Not Alone -- that the Martian
"artifacts," if not their builders, are very, very Real . . . ?
* * *
Shortly after he returned to Washington from the successful Moscow Summit
(his third face-to-face meeting with Mr. Gorbachev -- of what would eventually
become an unprecedented four times, in less than three years), Mr. Reagan was
asked by a reporter for The Washington Post how he was going to respond to Mr.
Gorbachev's curious public invitation, just before the Summit, "to go to Mars
together." The President responded,
"I've seen the photographs [of Mars]. And I'll be darned if I can see why
anyone would want to live there!"
* * *
What if Mr. Bush has inherited the awesome potentials . . . and the grave
responsibilities . . . the imminent reality of confirming the "Monuments of
Mars" will force upon the "human family" in the next few years; and, along with
Mr. Gorbachev, knows with absolutely certainty tonight that this Reality is
coming . . . because Phobos 2 did find something on the moons! -- behind a
carefully fabricated cover story?
Suppose that these few people -- who hold in their hands the literal
destiny of the entire world -- know that there exist tonight awesome, ancient
ruins on the surface of a nearby world that we will visit shortly . . . ruins
filled with unknown wonders, spectacular technologies, and perhaps, secrets of
our own beginnings . . . which someone built and occupied . . . and
mysteriously abandoned . . . when the human race was new. Ruins whose
centerpiece is a mile-long "monument to us" . . . and, perhaps, to what we
would become, in several hundred thousand years . . . ?
How would they -- could they! -- tell a world that story, a world held
hostage for ten thousand tragic years by a thousand animosities and hatreds, a
world not yet ready for a vastly different future, unless . . . ?
Would not the dynamic, almost inconceivable political changes which have
suddenly been thrust upon us -- glimmerings of sudden, real new hope, not just
in Eastern Europe, but for age-old conflicts all around the globe, from South
Africa to Central America to the Middle East itself -- resemble, in appearance
if not in conformance with the repeated "warnings" of a former President of the
United States, what is now happening with increasing and dizzying acceleration:
the long sought End of Childhood, the first hesitating steps toward realization
of our vast, too-long delayed potential -- as "one human family . . . on one
Earth?" And behind it all . . . waiting . . . an almost timeless Monument --
lying on a near-by planet, foreshadowing this ancient Truth?
* * *
Which brings us to the stormy Malta Summit . . .
First of all, why "Malta?"
Was it only sheer "convenience" -- close to Rome, where the leader of the
Communist world had just completed an unprecedented audience with Pope
John-Paul -- or was a deeper symbolism also subtly intended . . . including, a
meeting in the only bay on Earth called "Marsaxlokk" -- "the Bay of Mars!"
And why the almost dogged insistence on meeting on those ships -- to the
point where the most severe Mediterranean storm in over twenty years was
allowed (in peacetime!) to threaten the life of the President of the United
States -- and then, the meetings merely shifted to another ship, but still
within the Bay -- instead of (as common sense would strongly seem to indicate),
a stable location on the island? More symbolism -- to reinforce the
"importance" of the Bay -- or that . . . coupled with someone's overriding
interest in "security?" But security from whom -- the press?; what could
possibly have been that "secret?"
Which brings us to one of the few results, coming from this quite
extraordinary meeting, that we've been told about so far: the announcement of
an accelerated timetable on the complex, but globally-important Strategic Arms
Reduction Talks. Which raises an additional important question: why a sudden
decision to come to an agreement by next June? Just so a treaty (on weapons
whose likelihood of use is rapidly diminishing) can formally be ratified at the
next Summit? Or . . . is Something Else urging now an even greater acceleration
of events . . . beyond the dizzying rate at which they've been occurring (such
as the GDR Party coming apart for the second time, and just as the Malta Summit
was concluding . . .)?
These are only some of the nagging questions left hanging in the air by a
suddenly-called Summit, in a bay called "Mars" at Malta . . . as Something lies
waiting for us on the planet Mars itself . . . something Big Enough to be
shaping all of this . . . if we could only see the evidence before us.
Mr. Gorbachev . . . Mr. Bush . . . under any definition of "glasnost" or
"self-determination" -- as we now enter your self- proclaimed "New Era" -- we
have a right to know.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2047.ufo
+35
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
SUBJECT: UFO REPORTS DECEMBER 1989 FILE: UFO2047
12/XX CARMEL, IN. 2:00 AM CE2 2 wit. No sound XXXX
Object like "space shuttle" maneuvered over car, fuses blown.
12/01 INDIANAPOLIS, IN. 9:00 PM NL 3 wit. No sound XXXX
Copters prompted a looksee outside, "boomerang" UFO observed outside.
12/13 GLEN RIDGE, N.J. 11:10 PM NL 2 wot. No sound 5 min.
Speckely thing, like half-tone negative darted around.
12/14 CHIMAYO, N.M. 8:30 PM NL MW No sound 30 min.
Several reports. One of a stealth surrounded by 7-8 lights.
12/15 MT. VERNON, IN. 6:03 PM NU MADAR XXXX XXXX
Detection of magnetic anomaly. Sensor never returned to north.
12/17 MT. VERNON, IN. 9:14 AM NU MADAR XXXX XXXX
Detection of magnetic anomaly. No return to north.
12/19 SIERRA CO., N.M. 11:00 PM RV MW No sound Hours.
UFOs tracked on Radar near Socorro & Magdalena.
12/21 PENNSACOLE, FL. 12:30 AM NL 1 wit. No sound 5 min.
Man saw object 200' over water. Bright beam from front.
12/21 MARTINSVILLE, IN. 1:00 AM CE2 2 wit. No sound 7 min.
Rectangular object big as football field. Witnesses felt "pulsing".
12/21 INDIANAPOLIS, IN. Night CE2 2 wit. No sound 7 min.
Rect. object, big as football field. Possibly 12/22. See next entry.
12/22 MT. VERNON, IN. 10:49 AM NU MADAR XXXX XXXX
Detection of magnetic anomoly. No auto return.
12/28 MT. VERNON, IN. 8:10 PM NL 6 wit. No sound 3 min.
UFO Filter Ctr. observed object while remote car (toy) had mind of own.
12/28 WEST COAST OF U.S. Night NL MW No sound XXXX
Fireball observed from Grand Canyon to San Diego.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2048.ufo
+2952
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2049.ufo
+1565
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2050.ufo
+675
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,675 @@
SUBJECT: UNIDENTIFIED FLYING OBJECTS FILE: UFO2050
CUFON - UFO Information Service Seattle, Washington
_______________________________________________________________
INTRODUCTORY SPACE SCIENCE - VOLUME II - DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS - USAF
Edited by:
Major Donald G. Carpenter
Co-Editor:
Lt. Colonel Edward R. Therkelson
CHAPTER XIII
UNIDENTIFIED FLYING OBJECTS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
What is an Unidentified Flying Object (UFO)? Well, according to United
States Air Force Regulation 80-17 (dated 19 September 1966), a UFO is "Any"
aerial Phenomenon or object which is unknown or appears to be out of the
ordinary to the observer." This is a very broad definition which applies
equally well to one individual seeing his first noctilucent cloud at
twilight as it does to another individual seeing his first helicopter.
However, at present most people consider the term UFO to mean an object
which behaves in a strange or erratic manner while moving through the
Earth's atmosphere. That strange phenomenon has evoked strong emotions
and great curiosity among a large segment of our world's population. The
average person is interested because he loves a mystery, the professional
military man is involved because of the possible threat to national
security, and some scientists are interested because of the basic curiosity
that led them into becoming researchers.
The literature on UFO's is so vast, and the stories so many and varied,
that we can only present a sketchy outline of the subject in this chapter.
That outline includes description classifications, operational domains
(temporal and spatial), some theories as to the nature of the UFO
phenomenon, human reactions, attempts to attack the problem scientifically,
and some tentative conclusions. If you wish to read further in this area,
the references provide an excellent starting point.
33.1 DESCRIPTIONS
One of the greatest problems you encounter when attempting to catalog
UFO sightings, is selection of a system for cataloging. No effective
system has yet been devised, although a number of different systems have
been proposed. The net result is that almost all UFO data are either
treated in the form of individual cases, or in the forms of inadequate
classification systems. However, these systems do tend to have some common
factors, and a collection of these factors is as follows:
a. Size
b. Shape (disc, ellipse, football, etc.)
c. Luminosity
d. Color
e. Number of UFO's
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
( Page Two )
CUFON - UFO Information Service Seattle, Washington
________________________________________________________________
Behavior:
a. Location (altitude, direction, etc.)
b. Patterns of paths (straight line, climbing, zig-zagging, etc.)
c. Flight Characteristics (wobbling, fluttering, etc.)
d. Periodicity of sightings
e. Time duration
f. Curiosity or inquisitiveness
g. Avoidance
h. Hostility
Associated Effects:
a. Electro-Magnetic (compass, radio, ignition systems, etc.)
b. Radiation (burns, induced radioactivity, etc.)
c. Ground disturbance (dust stirred up, leaves moved, standing wave
d. Sound (none, hissing, humming, roaring, thunderclaps, etc.)
e. Vibration (weak, strong, slow, fast)
f. Smell (ozone or other odor)
g. Flame (how much, where, when, color)
h. Smoke or cloud (amount, color, persistence)
i. Debris (type, amount, color, persistence)
j. Inhibition of voluntary movement by observers
k. Sighting of "creatures" or "beings"
After Effects:
a. Burned areas or animals
b. Depressed or flattened areas
c. Dead or missing animals
d. Mentally disturbed people
e. Missing items
We make no attempt here to present available data in terms of the foregoing
descriptors.
( Page Three )
CUFON - UFO Information Service Seattle, Washington
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
33.2 OPERATIONAL DOMAINS - TEMPORAL AND SPATIAL
What we will do here is to present evidence that UFO's are a global
phenomenon which may have persisted for many thousands of years. During
this discussion, please remember that the more ancient the reports the less
sophisticated the observer. Not only were the ancient observers lacking
the terminology necessary to describe complex devices (such as present day
helicopters) but they were also lacking the concepts necessary to
understand the true nature of such things as television, spaceships,
rockets, nuclear weapons and radiation effects. To some, the most
advanced technological concept was a war chariot with knife blades attached
to the wheels. By the same token, the very lack of accurate terminology
and descriptions leaves the more ancient reports open to considerable
misinterpretation, and it may well be that present evaluations of
individual reports are completely wrong. Nevertheless, let us start with
an intriguing story in one of the oldest chronicles of India...the Book of
Dzyan.
The book is a group of "story-teller" legends which were finally
gathered in manuscript form when man learned to write. One of the stories
is of a small group of beings who supposedly came to Earth many thousands
of years ago in a metal craft which orbited the Earth several times before
landing. As told in the Book "These beings lived to themselves and were
revered by the humans among whom they had settled. But eventually
differences arose among them and they divided their numbers, several of the
men and women and some children settled in another city, where they were
promptly installed as rulers by the awe-stricken populace.
"Separation did not bring peace to these people and finally their
anger reached a point where the ruler of the original city took with him
a small number of his warriors and they rose into the air in a huge shining
metal vessel. While they were many leagues from the city of their enemies,
they launched a great shining lance that rode on a beam of light. It burst
apart in the city of their enemies with a great ball of flame that shot up
to the heavens, almost to the stars. All those who were in the city were
horribly burned and even those who were not in the city - but nearby - were
burned also. Those who looked upon the lance and the ball of fire were
blinded forever afterward. Those who entered the city on foot became ill
and died. Even the dust of the city was poisoned, as were the rivers that
flowed through it. Men dared not go near it, and it gradually crumbled
into dust and was forgotten by men."
"When the leader saw what he had done to his own people he retired to
his palace and refused to see anyone. Then he gathered about him those
warriors who remained, and their wives and children, and they entered their
vessels and rose one by one into the sky and sailed away. Nor did they
return."
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Continued -
( Page Four )
CUFON - UFO Information Service Seattle, Washington
________________________________________________________________
Could this foregoing legend really be an account of an extraterrestrial
colonization, complete with guided missle, nuclear warhead and radiation
effects? It is difficult to assess the validity of that explanation...
just as it is difficult to explain why Greek, Roman and Nordic Mythology
all discuss wars and contacts among their "Gods." (Even the Bible records
conflict between the legions of God and Satan.) Could it be that each
group recorded their parochial view of what was actually a global conflict
among alien colonists or visitors? Or is it that man has led such a
violent existence that he tends to expect conflict and violence among even
his gods?
Evidence of perhaps an even earlier possible contact was uncovered by
Tschi Pen Lao of the University of Peking. He discovered astonishing
carvings in granite on a mountain in Hunan Province and on an island in
Lake Tungting. These carvings have been evaluated as 47,000 years old, and
they show people with large trunks (breathing apparatus?...or "elephant"
heads shown on human bodies? Remember, the Egyptians often represented
their gods as animal heads on human bodies.)
Only 8,000 years ago, rocks were sculpted in the Tassili plateau of
Sahara, depicting what appeared to be human beings but with strange round
heads (helmets? or "sun" heads on human bodies?) And even more recently,
in the Bible, Genesis (6:4) tells of angels from the sky mating with women
of Earth, who bore them children. Genesis 19:3 tells of Lot meeting two
angels in the desert and his later feeding them at his house. The Bible
also tells a rather unusual story of Ezekiel who witnessed what has been
interpreted by some to have been a spacecraft or aircraft landing near the
Chebar River in Chaldea (593 B.C.).
Even the Irish have recorded strange visitations. In the Speculum
Regali in Konungs Skuggsa (and other accounts of the era about 956 A.D.)
are numerous stories of "demonships" in the skies. In one case a rope from
one such ship became entangled with part of a church. A man from the ship
climbed down the rope to free it, but was seized by the townspeople. The
bishop made the people release the man, who climbed back to the ship,
where the crew cut the rope and the ship rose and sailed out of sight.
In all of his actions, the climbing man appeared as if he were swimming
in water. Stories such as this makes one wonder if the legends of the
"little people" of Ireland were based upon imagination alone.
About the same time, in Lyons (France) three men and a women supposedly
descended from an airship or spaceship and were captured by a mob. These
foreigners admitted to being wizards, and were killed. (No mention is
made of the methods employed to extract the admissions.) Many documented
UFO sightings occurred throughout the Middle Ages, including an especially
startling one of a UFO over London on 16 December 1742. However, we do
not have room to include any more of the Middle Ages sightings. Instead,
two "more-recent" sightings are contained in this section to bring us up to
modern times.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Continued -
( Page Five )
CUFON - UFO Information Service Seattle, Washington
________________________________________________________________
In a sworn statement dated 21 April 1897, a prosperous and prominent
farmer named Alexander Hamilton (Le Roy, Kansas, U.S.A.) told of an attack
upon his cattle at about 10:30 p.m. the previous Monday. He, his son, and
his tenant grabbed axes and ran some 700 feet from the house to the cow
lot where a great cigar-shaped ship about 300 feet long floated some 30
feet above the cattle. It had a carriage underneath which was brightly
lighted within (dirigible and gondola?) and which had numerous windows.
Inside were six strange looking beings jabbering in a foreign language.
These beings suddenly became aware of Hamilton and the others. They
immediately turned a searchlight on the farmer, and also turned on some
power which sped up a turbine wheel (about 30 ft diameter) located under
the craft. The ship rose, taking with it a two-year old heifer which was
roped about the neck by a cable of one-half inch thick, red material. The
next day a neighbor, Link Thomas, found the animal's hide, legs and head
in his field. He was mystified at how the remains got to where they were
because of the lack of tracks in the soft soil. Alexander Hamilton's sworn
statement was accompanied by an affidavit as to his veracity. The
affidavit was signed by ten of the local leading citizens.
On the evening of 4 November 1957 at Fort Itaipu, Brazil, two sentries
noted a "new star" in the sky. The "star" grew in size and within seconds
stopped over the fort. It drifted slowly downward, was as large as a big
aircraft, and was surround by a strong orange glow. A distinct humming
sound was heard, and then the heat struck. One sentry collapsed almost
immediately, the other managed to slide to shelter under the heavy cannons
where his loud cries awoke the garrison. While the troops were scrambling
towards their battle stations, complete electrical failure occurred.
There was panic until the lights came back on but a number of men still
managed to see an orange glow leaving the area at high speed. Both
sentries were found badly burned...one unconscious and the other incoherent,
suffering from deep shock.
Thus, UFO sightings not only appear to extend back to 47,000 years
through time but also are global in nature. One has the feeling that
this phenomenon deserves some sort of valid scientific investigation, even
if it is a low level effort.
33.3 SOME THEORIES AS TO THE NATURE OF THE UFO PHENOMENON
There are very few cohesive theories as to the nature of UFO's. Those
theories that have been advanced can be collected in five groups:
a. Mysticism
b. Hoaxes, and rantings due to unstable personalities
c. Secret Weapons
d. Natural Phenomena
e. Alien visitors
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Continued -
PAGE SIX
________________________________________________________________
Mysticism
It is believed by some cults that the mission of UFO's and their crews
is a spiritual one, and that all materialistic efforts to determine the
UFO's nature are doomed to failure.
Hoaxes and Rantings due to Unstable Personalities
Some have suggested that all UFO reports were the results of pranks
and hoaxes, or were made by people with unstable personalities. This
attitude was particularly prevalent during the time period when the Air
Force investigation was being operated under the code name of Project
Grudge. A few airlines even went as far as to ground every pilot who
reported seeing a "flying saucer." The only way for the pilot to regain
flight status was to undergo a psychiatric examination. There was a
noticeable decline in pilot reports during this time interval, and a few
interpreted this decline to prove that UFO's were either hoaxes or the
result of unstable personalities. It is of interest that NICAP (The
National Investigations Committee on Aerial Phenomena) even today still
receives reports from commercial pilots who neglect to notify either the
Air Force or their own airline.
There are a number of cases which indicate that not all reports fall
in the hoax category. We will examine one such case now. It is the
Socorro, New Mexico sighting made by police Sergeant Lonnie Zamora.
Sergeant Zamora was patrolling the streets of Socorro on 24 April 1964
when he saw a shiny object drift down into an area of gullies on the edge
of town. He also heard a loud roaring noise which sounded as if an old
dynamite shed located out that way had exploded. He immediately radioed
police headquarters, and drove out toward the shed. Zamora was forced to
stop about 150 yards away from a deep gully in which there appeared to be
an overturned car. He radioed that he was investigating a possible wreck,
and then worked his car up onto the mesa and over toward the edge of the
gully. He parked short, and when he walked the final few feet to the edge,
he was amazed to see that it was not a car but instead was a weird
eggshaped object about fifteen feet long, white in color and resting on
short, metal legs. Beside it, unaware of his presence were two humanoids
dressed in silvery coveralls. They seemed to be working on a portion of
the underside of the object. Zamora was still standing there, surprised,
when they suddenly noticed him and dove out of sight around the object.
Zamora also headed the other way, back toward his car. He glanced back at
the object just as a bright blue flame shot down from the underside.
Within seconds the eggshaped thing rose out of the gully with "an ear-
-splitting roar." The object was out of sight over the nearby mountains
almost immediately, and Sergeant Zamora was moving the opposite direction
almost as fast when he met Sergeant Sam Chavez who was responding to Zamora'
s
earlier radio calls. Together they investigated the gully and found the
bushes charred and still smoking where the blue flame had jetted down on
them. About the charred area were four deep marks where the metal legs
had been. Each mark was three and one half inches deep, and was circular
in shape. The sand in the gully was very hard packed so no sign of the
humanoids' footprints could be found. An official investigation was
launched that same day, and all data obtained supported the stories of
Zamora and Chavez. It is rather difficult to label this episode a hoax,
and it is also doubtful that both Zamora and Chavez shared portions of the
same hallucination.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGE SEVEN
________________________________________________________________
Secret Weapons
A few individuals have proposed that UFO's are actually advanced weapon
systems, and that their natures must not be revealed. Very few people
accept this as a credible suggestion.
Natural Phenomena
It has also been suggested that at least some, and possibly all, of the
UFO cases were just mis-interpreted manifestations of natural phenomena.
Undoubtedly this suggestion has some merit. People have reported, as UFO's,
objects which were conclusively proven to be balloons (weather and skyhook),
the planet Venus, man-made artificial satellites, normal aircraft, unusual
cloud formations, and lights from ceilometers (equipment projecting light
beams on cloud bases to determine the height of the aircraft visual ceiling)
.
It is also suspected that people have reported mirages, optical illusions,
swamp gas and ball lightning (a poorly-understood discharge of electrical
energy in a spheroidal or ellipsoidal shape...some charges have lasted for
up to fifteen minutes but the ball is usually no bigger than a large orange.
)
But it is difficult to tell a swamp dweller that the strange, fast-moving
light he saw in the sky was swamp gas; and it is just as difficult to tell
a farmer that a bright UFO in the sky is the same ball lightning that he
has seen rolling along his fence wires in dry weather. Thus accidental
mis-identification of what might well be natural phenomena breeds mistrust
and disbelief; it leads to the hasty conclusion that the truth is
deliberatly not being told. One last suggestion of interest has been made,
that the UFO's were plasmoids from space...concentrated blobs of solar wind
that succeeded in reaching the surface of the Earth. Somehow this last
suggestion does not seem to be very plausible; perhaps because it ignores
such things as penetration of Earth's magnetic field.
Alien Visitors
The most stimulating theory for us is that the UFO's are material
objects which are either "Manned" or remote-controlled by beings who are
alien to this planet. There is some evidence supporting this viewpoint.
In addition to police Sergeant Lonnie Zamora's experience, let us consider
the case of Barney and Betty Hill. On a trip through New England they
lost two hours on the night of 19 September 1961 without even realizing it.
However, after that night both Barney and Betty began developing
psychological problems which eventually grew sufficienty severe that they
submitted themselves to psychiatric examination and treatment. During the
course of treatment hypnotherapy was used, and it yielded remarkably
detailed and similar stories from both Barney and Betty. Essentially
they had been hypnotically kidnapped, taken aboard a UFO, submitted to
two-hour physicals, and released with posthypnotic suggestions to forget
the entire incident. The evidence is rather strong that this is what the
Hills, even in their subconscious, believe happened to them. And it is of
particular importance that after the "posthypnotic block" was removed, both
of the Hills ceased having their psychological problems.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGE EIGHT
________________________________________________________________
The Hill's description of the aliens was similar to descriptions
provided in other cases, but this particular type of alien appears to be
in the minority. The most commonly described alien is about three and one-
half feet tall, has a round head (helmet?), arms reaching to or below his
knees, and is wearing a silvery space suit or coveralls. Other aliens
appear to be essentially the same as Earthmen, while still others have
particularily wide (wrap around) eyes and mouths with very thin lips. And
there is a rare group reported as about four feet tall, weight of around
35 pounds, and covered with thick hair or fur (clothing?). Members of this
last group are described as being extremely strong. If such beings are
visiting Earth, two questions arise: 1) why haven't there been any accidents
which have revealed their presence, and 2) why haven't they attempted to
contact us officially? The answer to the first question may exist partially
in Sergeant Lonnie Zamora's experience, and may exist partially in the
Tunguska meteor discussed in Chapter XXIX. In that chapter it was suggested
that the Tonguska meteor was actually a comet which exploded in the
atmosphere, the ices melted and the dust spread out. Hence, no debris!
However, it has also been suggested that the Tunguska meteor was actually
an alien spacecraft that entered the atmosphere to rapidly, suffered
mechanical failure, and lost its power supply and/or weapons in a nuclear
explosion. While that hypothesis may seem far fetched, sample of tree
rings from around the world reveal that, immediately after the Tunguska
meteor explosion, the level of radioactivity in the world rose sharply for
a short period of time. It is difficult to find a natural explanation for
that increase in radioactivity, although the suggestion has been advanced
that enough of the meteor's great kinetic energy was converted into heat
(by atmospheric friction) that a fusion reaction occurred. This still
leaves us with no answer to the second question: why no contact? That
question is very easy to answer in several ways: 1) we may be the object
of intensive sociological and psychological study. In such studies you
usually avoid disturbing the test subjects' environment; 2) you do not
"contact" a colony of ants, and humans may seem that way to any aliens
(variation: a zoo is fun to visit, but you don't "contact" the lizards);
3) such contact may have already taken place secretly; and 4) such contact
may have already taken place on a different plane of awareness and we are
not yet sensitive to communications on such a plane. These are just a few
of the reasons. You may add to the list as you desire.
33.4 HUMAN FEAR AND HOSTILITY
Besides the foregoing reasons, contacting humans is downright dangerous.
Think about that for a moment! On the microscopic level our bodies reject
and fight (through production antibodies) any alien material; this process
helps us fight off disease but it also sometimes results in allergic
reactions to innocuous materials. On the macroscopic (psychological and
sociological) level we are antagonistic to beings that are "different".
For proof of that, just watch how an odd child is treated by other children,
or how a minority group is socially deprived, or how the Arabs feel about
the Israelis (Chinese vs Japanese, Turks vs Greeks, etc.) In case you are
hesitant to extend that concept to the treatment of aliens let me point
out that in very ancient times, possible extraterrestrials may have been
treated as Gods but in the last two thousand years, the evidence is that
any possible aliens have been ripped apart by mobs, shot and shot at,
physically assaulted, and in general treated with fear and aggression.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGE NINE
________________________________________________________________
In Ireland about 1,000 A.D., supposed airships were treated as "demon-
ships." In Lyons, France, "admitted" space travellers were killed. More
recently, on 24 July 1957 Russian anti-aircraft batteries on the Kouril
Islands opened fire on UFO's. Although all Soviet anti-aircraft batteries
on the Islands were in action, no hits were made. The UFO's were luminous
and moved very fast. We too have fired on UFO's. About ten o'clock one
morning, a radar site near a fighter base picked up a UFO doing 700 mph.
The UFO then slowed to 100 mph, and two F-86's were scrambled to intercept.
Eventually one F-86 closed on the UFO at about 3,000 feet altitude. The
UFO began to accelerate away but the pilot still managed to get within 500
yards of the target for a short period of time. It was definately saucer-
shaped. As the pilot pushed the F-86 at top speed, the UFO began to pull
away. When the range reached 1,000 yards, the pilot armed his guns and
fired in an attempt to down the saucer. He failed, and the UFO pulled away
rapidly, vanishing in the distance. This same basic situation may have
happened on a more personal level. On Sunday evening 21 August 1955, eight
adults and three children were on the Sutton Farm (one-half mile from Kelly,
Kentucky) when, according to them, one of the children saw a brightly
glowing UFO settle behind the barn, out of sight from where he stood.
Other witnesses on nearby farms also saw the object. However, the Suttons
dismissed it as a "shooting star," and did not investigate. Approximately
thirty minutes later (at 8 p.m.), the family dogs began barking so two of
the men went to the back door and looked out. Approximately 50 feet away
and coming toward them was a creature wearing a glowing silvery suit. It
was about three and one-half feet tall with a large round head and very
long arms. It had large webbed hands which were equipped with claws. The
two Suttons grabbed a twelve guage shotgun and a 22 caliber pistol, and
fired at close range. They could hear the pellets and bullet ricochet as
if off of metal. The creature was knocked down, but jumped up and
scrambled away. The Suttons retreated into the house, turned off all
inside lights, and turned on the porch-light. At that moment, one of the
women who was peeking out of the dining room window discovered that a
creature with some sort of helmet and wide slit eyes was peeking back at
her. She screamed, the men rushed in and started shooting. The creature
was knocked backwards but again scrambled away without apparent harm. More
shooting occurred (a total of about 50 rounds) over the next 20 minutes and
the creatures finally left (perhaps feeling unwelcome?) After about a two
hour wait (for safety), the Suttons left too. By the time the police got
there, the aliens were gone but the Suttons would not move back to the farm.
They sold it and departed. This reported incident does bear out the
contention though that humans are dangerous. At no time in the story did
the supposed aliens shoot back, although one is left with the impression
that the described creatures were having fun scaring humans.
33.5 ATTEMPTS AT SCIENTIFIC APPROACHES
In any scientific endeavor, the first step is to aquire data, the
second step to clasify the data, and the third step to form hypothesis.
The hypothesis are tested by repeating the entire process, with each cycle
resulting in an increase in understanding (we hope). The UFO phenomenon
does not yield readily to this approach because the data taken so far
exhibits both excessive variety and vagueness. The vagueness is caused
in part by the lack of preparation of the observer...very few people leave
their house knowing that they are going to see a UFO that evening.
Photographs are overexposed or underexposed, and rarely in color. Hardly
anyone carries around a radiation counter or magnetometer. And, in addition
to this, there is a very high level of "noise" in the data.
PAGE TEN
________________________________________________________________
The noise consists of mistaken reports of known natural phenomena,
hoaxes, reports by unstable individuals and mistaken removal of data
regarding possible unnatural or unknown natural phenomena (by overzealous
individuals who are trying to eliminate all data due to known natural
phenomena). In addition, those data, which do appear to be valid, exhibit
an excessive amount of variety relative to the statistical samples which
are available. This has led to very clumsy classification systems, which
in turn provide quite unfertile ground for formulation of hypothesis.
One hypothesis which looked promising for a time was that of ORTHOTENY
(i.e., UFO sightings fall on "great circle" routes). At first, plots of
sightings seemed to verify the concept of orthoteny but recent use of
computers has revealed that even random numbers yield "great circle" plots
as neatly as do UFO sightings.
There is one solid advance that has been made though. Jacques and
Janine Vallee have taken a particular type of UFO - namely those that are
lower than tree-top level when sighted - and plotted the UFO's estimated
diameter versus the estimated distance from the observer. The result
yields an average diameter of 5 meters with a very characteristic drop for
short viewing distances, and rise for long viewing distances. This
behavior at the extremes of the curve is well known to astronomers and
psychologists as the "moon illusion." The illusion only occurs when the
object being viewed is a real, physical object. Because this implies that
the observers have viewed a real object, it permits us to accept also their
statement that these particular UFO's had a rotational axis of symmetry.
Another, less solid, advance made by the Vallee's was their plotting
of the total number of sightings per week versus the date. They did this
for the time span from 1947 to 1962, and then attempted to match the peaks
of the curve (every 2 years 2 months) to the times of Earth-Mars conjuction
(every 2 years 1.4 months). The match was very good between 1950 and 1956
but was poor outside those limits. Also, the peaks were not only at the
times of Earth-Mars conjunction but also roughly at the first harmonic
(very loosely, every 13 months). This raises the question why should UFO's
only visit Earth when Mars is in conjunction and when it is on the opposite
side of the sun. Obviously, the conjunction periodicity of Mars is not the
final answer. As it happens, there is an interesting possibility to
consider. Suppose Jupiter's conjunctions were used; they are every 13.1
months. That would satisfy the observed periods nicely, except for every
even data peak being of different magnitude from every odd data peak.
Perhaps a combination of Martian, Jovian, and Saturnian (and even other
planetary) conjunctions will be necessary to match the frequency plot...
if it can be matched.
Further data correlation is quite difficult. There are a large number
of different saucer shapes but this may mean little. For example, look at
the number of different types of aircraft which are in use in the U.S. Air
Force alone.
It is obvious that intensive scientific study is needed in this area;
no such study has yet been undertaken at the necessary levels of intensity
and support. One thing that must be guarded against in any such study is
the trap of implicity assuming that our knowledge of Physics (or any other
branch of science) is complete. An example of one such trap is selecting
a group of physical laws which we now accept as valid, and assume that they
will never be superceded.
PAGE ELEVEN
________________________________________________________________
Five such laws might be:
1) Every action must have an opposite and equal reaction.
2) Every particle in the univers attracts every other particle with a
force proportional to the product of the masses and inversely as the
square of the distance.
3) Energy, mass and momentum are conserved.
4) No material body can have a speed as great as c, the speed of light
in free space.
5) The maximum energy, E, which can be obtained from a body at rest is
E=mc2, where m is the rest mass of the body.
Laws numbered 1 and 3 seem fairly safe, but let us hesitate and take
another look. Actually, law number 3 is only valid (now) from a relativisti
c
viewpoint; and for that matter so are laws 4 and 5. But relativity
completely revised these physical concepts after 1915, before then Newtonian
mechanics were supreme. We should also note that general relativity has
not yet been verified. Thus we have the peculiar situation of five laws
which appear to deny the possibility of intelligent alien control of UFO's,
yet three of the laws are recent in concept and may not even be valid.
Also, law number 2 has not yet been tested under conditions of large relativ
e
speeds or accelerations. We should not deny the possibility of alien
control of UFO's on the basis of preconceived notions not established as
related or relevant to the UFO's.
33.6 CONCLUSION
From available information, the UFO phenomenon appears to have been
global in nature for almost 50,000 years. The majority of known witnesses
have been reliable people who have seen easily-explained natural phenomena,
and there appears to be no overall positive correlation with population
density. The entire phenomenon could be psychological in nature but that
is quite doubtful. However, psychological factors probably do enter the
data picture as "noise." The phenomenon could also be entirely due to
known and unknown phenomena (with some psychological "noise" added in) but
that too is questionable in view of some of the available data.
This leaves us with the unpleasant possibility of alien visitors to
our planet, or at least of alien controlled UFO's. However, the data are
not well correlated, and what questionable data there are suggest the
existence of at least three and maybe four different groups of aliens
(possibly at different stages of development). This too is difficult to
accept. It implies the existence of intelligent life on a majority of the
planets in our solar system, or a surprisingly strong interest in Earth by
members of other solar systems.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGE TWELVE
________________________________________________________________
A solution to the UFO problem may be obtained by the long and diligent
effort of a large group of well financed and competant scientists,
unfortunately there is no evidence suggesting that such an effort is going
to be made. However, even if such an effort were made, there is no
guarantee of success because of the isolated and sporatic nature of the
sightings. Also, there may be nothing to find, and that would mean a long
search with no proff at the end. The best thing to do is to keep an open
and skeptical mind, and not take an extreme position on any side of the
question.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
This document is available through the Ufo Info Service.
For more information write to:
CUFON C/O UFO INFORMATION SERVICE
P.O. Box 832
MERCER ISLAND, WA 98040 - 0219
OR CALL (206) 721-5035
This is the original Air Force Document.
Thank You
NOTE: Although obviously well written and comphrensive in its treatment
of the UFO phenomenon, it is the opinion of ParaNet Pi that this repute
d
U.S.A.F. Chapter is in fact a cleverly planted hoax, and did not appear
in any Air Force Training Manual as claimed. However, we do not have
any hard proof to support this assessment of its authenticity.
-Tom Mickus 04/24/88
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2051.ufo
+72
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
SUBJECT: USS FORRESTAL HAS SPOOK'S FILE: UFO2051
06-Aug-88 06:39 MST
Sb: APn 08/05 0731 Forrestal Ghost
Copyright, 1988. The Associated Press. All rights reserved.
MAYPORT NAVAL STATION, Fla. (AP) -- Ghosts are fine, traditional things to
have around ancient English castles, but the Navy says rumors of one stalking
the depths of the aircraft carrier USS Forrestal have spooked a few sailors.
Flickering lights. Bumps in the night. Locked doors opening. Voices on
disconnected telephones. And a vanishing figure in a khaki uniform. The
figure's even got a nickname: George.
At least that's what some of the men say aboard the Forrestal, in its fourth
month of a six-month deployment in the Indian Ocean and the North Arabian Sea.
They were interviewed by Lt. James E. Brooks, who detailed the story of the
ghost in a 12-page news release issued last month.
The report about George hasn't ruffled any Navy feathers, Mayport Navy
spokesman Lt. Park Balevre said Thursday. "I thought it was cute. I think most
people did."
"What Lt. Brooks had in mind was a fluff piece to show the lighter side of
the Navy," said Balevre.
But according to Brooks, some sailors don't think the ghost story is at all
cute.
George lurks in two of the ship's below-the-waterline storage areas, one of
them a former morgue, spooked sailors claim.
"I've got one guy working for me now who refuses to go down there alone. Our
last chief petty officer in charge, who has since transferred, refused to go
down there at all," says Petty Officer Daniel Balboa, in charge of the
officers' mess.
"I've never seen any ghosts but you can hear weird things down there," said
Balboa.
"I was taking inventory one night and heard a noise like deck grating being
picked up and dropped," he recalled. "I'd turn around and look but didn't see
anything. When I turned around to begin my work again, the noise started
again."
One night, Balboa said, he was checking temperatures in food-storage
freezers and kept finding open doors he had shut behind him.
"It is impossible for anyone to open the reefer (refrigerator) doors from
the outside, behind me. To open them from the outside requires a key since the
doors lock automatically.
"I had the only key with me. That incident puts me on the verge of
believing," he said.
Some say the ghost is a chief killed during a 1967 flight deck fire that
killed 137 sailors in the Gulf of Tonkin off the coast of North Vietnam, Brooks
wrote. Others guess he's a pilot whose body was once stored on the ship.
Petty Officer James Hillard hasn't ventured into the haunted areas since he
saw George last year while checking out odd footsteps.
"He was wearing a khaki uniform, like an officer or chief would wear," he
says. He followed the apparition into a compartment but "there was nobody in
there, and I swear that is where he went," Hillard said.
Mess Specialist 2nd Class Gary Weiss saw a khaki-clad ghost go down a ladder
to pump room No. 1. Whoever went down into the pump room never came out and the
ladder is the only access, he said.
Hillard said he once was helping move supplies when a telephone that was
reportedly disconnected kept ringing.
"The phone rang and I answered it. This time there was a faint voice
calling, `Help! Help! I'm on the sixth deck!' Rumor had it that a crew member
was killed down there. I'm very scared to go down there alone. If I do, I get
out of there as fast as I can," Hillard said.
Others are dubious.
"I think it's the guys' imagination," said Senior Chief Petty Officer James
Williams. "I'm not superstitious but when I go down there by myself, I find it
uneasy. When that happens, your imagination is going to play tricks on you."
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2052.ufo
+1230
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2053.ufo
+220
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
SUBJECT: WARNING: THE NEW PROJECT BLUE BOOK FILE: UFO2053
From: Bill Cooper
To: All Serious UFO Researchers
Subject: WARNING: The new PROJECT BLUE BOOK
*************************************************************
WARNING....WARNING....WARNING....WARNING....WARNING...WARNING
*************************************************************
First let me give you my background so that you can evaluate this
communication as any good investigator should always do.
United States Air Force 61-65 1) Strategic Air Command
United States Navy 65-75 1) USS Tiru (SS-416),
2) USS Tombigbee (AOG-11)
3) Naval Security & Intelligence Group, Camp Carter, RVN (Vietnam
4) (Operational Investigation)
Uss Charles Berry (DE-1035)
Reported to ONI
5) Staff, CINCPACFLT (Member Intelligence Briefing Team)
(POIC Pacific Fleet Command Center) Reported to ONI
NOTE! During my stint at CINCPACFLT (Commander in Chief Pacific Fleet) I held
a TOP SECRET SI security clearance (the highest at that time I thought until I
saw the highest). I saw and handled every message and or communication which
was sent or received during my watch. As a member of the briefing team it was
my job to compile information and help brief the top brass including
CINCPACFLT every morning on all events which happened during the last 24
hours. I can safely say that I know things that you cannot even imagine. If
you think that the government and or the military is honest with you then you
are without any doubt a fool. They could never be completely honest even if
they wanted. I really wish I could explain but I cannot ever do it.
Since leaving the military I have worked with several civilian
organizations which are connected with the Defense Intelligence Network. It
would not be smart for me to divulge their names or function. Suffice it to
say that they exist and I worked for them.
I left the Intelligence community in 1980. I attended college in Long
Beach, California where I obtained a Degree in Photography. For 3 years I
owned and operated ABSOLUTE IMAGE, a gallery and studio of Fine Art
Photography. I sold this business and joined the Education Business.
Airco Technical Institute Admissions Representative
Adelphi Business College Executive Director
UES Corporate Marketing Executive
Pacific Coast Tech Executive Director
NOTE! Just recently I was visited by Intelligence Officers and accused of
attempting to make known information concerning UFOs that had come into my
hands during my military ser vice and specifically concerning MJ-12, Majic,
Aquarius, UFO, Bluefly, Moondust, Snowbird, and others. Allegations which I
(of course) flatly denied. This took place the day after a lengthy phone
conversation with Stanton Freidman. Other things happened which made me decide
not to play with these people and from my military experience I knew I could
not win. I cannot ever divorce myself from the Intelligence co mmunity or my
obligations to them. Th e consequences would be very grave indeed for me and
those who rely upon me. I wish to make it very clear that I am absolutely
loyal to the United States and do not desire to do anything which would
endanger the National security. I also have an obligation to mankind and the
earth and will try in every LEGAL way that I can find to expose what I know to
be a cover-up of the true facts by the U.S. Government and Military
establishment.
*************************************************************
WARNING....WARNING....WARNING....WARNING....WARNING...WARNING
*************************************************************
When I read the introductory letter from The New Project Blue Book several
things leapt out from the page. The first was "Inspired, and name-approved,
by the United States Air Force". The Air Force has no interest in
investigating any UFOs except for the ones the y have under lock and key and
the only purpose the New Project Blue Book could have is to function as a GREY
DISINFORMATION OPERATION. It can only be a PSYOP (psychological operation)
aimed at the whole population. The second thing, after I recovered from the
first shock was the name "Project Blue Book". This term is already familiar
to the American people and is commonly accepted as "the official UFO
investigative arm of the United States Air Force" (Government). The third was
"are sworn to uphold any secret, or sensitive, information, which comes to our
attention in the search for the UFO information, and to with-hold any
information which could be considered to be detrimental to the security of our
country". Secrecy is the whole reason that nothing every comes to light and
every trail leads to a dead end. The fourth was "Therefore, any source may
feel free to offer information to this office and know that the information
will be confidential, and reporter -anonymous". Thes is guaranteed to prevent
anyone from c hecking the facts behind and Blue Book finding. The fi fth
striking revelation was "The new Project Blue Book is not an Air Force-funded
agency, but is, by design, a civilian agency-of former military personnel". I
have worked for several civilian agencys-of former military personnel and in
every instance they were an extension of the Defense intelligence network.
(Did any of you listen to the Iran- Contra hearings, for example?) All of this
was in the introductory letter.
The release held even more surprises. The first paragraph alludes that it is
not only "name approved" but is "the United States Air Force Investigative Arm
for Unidentified Flying Objects (UFO's)" which has been "reorganized". This
is a blatent attemp to mislead the American people into thinking that the New
Project Blue Book is in fact the original PBB which has only been reorganized.
The last part of the sentence includes a statement that must be a Freudian
slip of colossal nature and reads "comprised of (but not limited to), present
and former, Air Force and other U. S. government AGENC Y personnel".
(Emphasis mine) The term Agency personnel is almost exclusively reserved to
mean Intelligence community or Intelligence agents and is similar to the CIA
use of the word Company. The last sentence states that they "will study
future UFO sighting reports, but devote further indepth studies of the older,
classic, sighting reports". Otherwise termed diversionary tactics.
Paragraph 2 seems to be innocent enough but continues on a diversionary note.
Paragraph 3 is revealing also. "will be directed by industrialist Bill Pitts,
a veteran investigator for all (all?) civilian UFO organizations and various
government agencies". What Government agencys were investigating UFOs and why
does the Government denie it if Mr. Pitts does not? Again a deversionary
statement "team will re-evaluate the older reports" etc.
Paragraph 4 continues with "earlier sarcer-era sighting reports". Why the
obsession with the old stuff when the most grea test flap in history is taking
place right now?
Paragraph 5 is potentialy the most dangerous and could result in the loss of
hard evidence and exposure to the Intelligence community of anyone who wished
to step forward and reveal info from government service. The appeal to those
type people seems to be designed to accomplish just that end. For example the
loss of metal samples taken from the Zamorra- Soccoro landing site.
Bryon Smith's ending letter also has some nice tidbits. "Bill.......has
decided to make Paranet his Comput er Link information system." With Jim
Spiese r's permission I hope. Paranet is now an official disinformation
disemination facility and AFOSI and NSA are laughing their heads off.
Also in this ending letter is the statement, "I will not quote his words here
concerning a subject that is all ready sensational and highly controversial",
which is a direct reference to the MJ-12 and or Lear (which is 50%
corroboration of MJ-12) material and divulges the entire mission of the new
Project Blue Book.
With the Air Force approved name Project Blue Book, Ai r Force cooperation,
investigation of the old classic cases, appeal for hard evidence and release
of the "gag restriction" but only with PBB, and ridicule of the MJ-12
investigation along with who knows what else, AFOSI and NSA has pulled off a
coup of monumental proportions. In the public's eye They will now become the
official Air Force spokesman (meaning for the government) and the rest of us
will be fringe loonies. If you doubt this then you do not know the Ame rican
people. They will listen only to th e constituted authority which is Project
Blue Book.
The Intelligence Officer who dreamed this up and made it a reality is a genius
and should receive a promotion (he/she probably will). If Ufologists fall for
it they are dead and so is our only hope of ever solving this phenomenon.
Going after MJ-12 is the answer. I know this to be true but I cannot reveal
to you what I know or how I know. I checked with my contacts within the
Intelligence Community and my assesment of the new Project Blue Book is right
on. Those of you who also have Intelligence contacts are encouraged to
verify.
I encourage you to read my background again now before reading the next
paragraph then I encourage you to read the next paragraph very carefully.
I firmly believe that the U.S. Government has in its possession several craft
which are commonly described as UFOs or Flying Saucers. I firmly believe that
The U.S. Government has in its possession several bodies of Alien beings
called EBE's. I firmly believe that one of these craft along with the
bodies was recovered from a small Island off the Norwegian coast during the
70's. I firmly believe that the first ones were recovered in this country
from New Mexico and that this incident resulted in the establishment of MJ-12
to oversee the proper usage of the discovery and to maintain absolute secrecy.
I firmly believe that attempts were made in New Mexico to fly recovered discs
and may have been successful. I firmly believe that other craft have been
recovered in the United States and in other countries. I firmly believe that
the MJ-12 material contained in the Lear text is correct. I have no knowledge
whatsoever of the other material contained in the Lear text but believe that
in light of the MJ-12 documents and the reputation of Mr. Lear that it should
be investigated and not dismissed out of hand. I firmly believe that the
original Project Blue Book was a diversionary tactic to passify the
population. I firmly believe that the condon report was a setup to justify
the demise of the original Project Blue Book and lay the issue to rest. I
firmly believe that the issue did not die as planned. I firmly believe that
part of the Intelligence Community would like to expose MJ-12 but the majority
does not. I firmly believe that the research and ultimate release of the
MJ-12 documents by the research team of Moore, Shandera, and Freidman hit the
target dead center and the Intelligence Network is seriously concerned. I
firmly believe that the new Project Blue Book is a brilliant scheme
implemented as a diversionary tactic to again pacify the population and
relegate everyone else to the unofficial or fringe loonie catagory. I have
great admiration for the person or persons who created the concept. All of
the above constitutes my personal and private belief in the matter of UFOs and
Flying Saucers. Any response to, or questions regarding this document should
be posted on the message board of Paranet Alpha or Compuserve E-mail.
Bill Cooper
They do me wrong who say I come no more When once I knock and fail
to find you in; For every day I stand outside your door And bid you
wake, and rise to fight and win.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2054.ufo
+54
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
SUBJECT: Stop the presses! It wasn't me! FILE: UFO2054
By John White
The following is excerpted from an essay entitled "UFOs and the Search for Higher Consciousness" to appear in my forthcoming book, The Meeting of Science and Spirit. I offer it as a response to Jim Speiser, who asks in his April 1988 Paranet essay (JSUFO.NEW), "Éis it possible that EBEs are members of an advanced evolutionary level of life who are tending this planet as a garden? Might they be cultivating human life, not as a food source, but to give humans the opportunity to become, through their choices, potential members and contributors to the EBE's advanced level?ÉMaybe we should be asking: Are we growing in the right way? How should we conduct ourselves in the presence of these individuals and how should we conduct ourselves with each other? What do we have to gain by treating EBEs as hostile invaders? What is the real purpose of these visitations? Since we seem to be far less advanced, maybe the only way we can gain is by concluding they are here for our benefit."
My briefest response to Speiser would be to acknowledge the legitimacy of his questions but to disagree with his conclusions. "By their fruits ye shall know them." Judging from what abductees report as the "fruits" of alien abduction, the EBEs are here for anything but our benefit. I see nothing--absolutely nothing--about the abductions which is positive, which provides new and useful knowledge or which is growth-inducing for humans and which can be attributed to the EBEs' intentions. Yes, abductees do report long-term growth as a result of being terrorized, traumatized, emotionally and physically raped--but that is in no way to the credit of the EBEs. It is due solely to the resilience of the human psyche--its self-reparative quality and its inherent urge toward health, wholeness and self-transcendence. Some people survived the Holocaust, but it does not then follow that their survival and consequent gain in strength, understanding and even compassion [see Viktor Frankl's Man's Search for Meaning] was due to the good intentions of their captors. Speiser is leaping to a premature conclusion, and a very dangerous one at that. But the danger is spiritual as much as it is physical, and I think his position typifies a widespread attitude which needs to be recognized and corrected. This excerpt explains what it is and why it is dangerous to adopt the perspective Speiser advocates.
_________________________
The term "metaterrestrial" was coined by J. Allen Hynek to denote something that originates outside the familiar space-time framework in which we ordinarily function. Also called extradimensional, interdimensional, ultraterrestrial and ultraphysical, this category provides evidence that some UFO experiences are due to nonphysical but real entities that come not from other locations in our universe but from other sets of dimensions that interpenetrate our space-time. Materialization/dematerialization and some other psychic or paranormal phenomena are best accounted for this way, and are theoretically possible within modern physics' view of reality. In short, many UFO incidents appear to be contemporary versions of what was recorded long ago in mythology, religious scripture and spiritual traditions as encounters with angels, demons and the various inhabitants of other planes of existence. These metaterrestrial (MT) beings materialize into our space-time from other levels of reality--traditionally called heaven and hell in the Judeo-Christian world view, but modernly understood as hyperspatial dimensions or supersensible space-time frameworks with a wide range of beings native to them, just as ours has creatures ranging from viruses to whales.
Thus, the UFO phenomenon suggests that other life forms are present in the universe--the evidence from exobiology supports this idea, quite apart from the UFO data--and that they have contacted the human race throughout history and are still interacting with us in various ways. The interactions range from benevolent, such as warnings from Space Brothers and Galactic Confederation emissaries about the threat of nuclear war, to malevolent, such as the abduction of Whitley Strieber, who told in his bestseller, Communion, of being captured, brain-probed with needles, anally examined with a rough instrument and having his memory altered.
What is the meaning of all this for humanity? In a comprehensive and recent two-volume bibliography entitled UFOs and the Extraterrestrial Contact Movement, George M. Eberhart surveys the literature on UFOs and alleged contacts with ETs. It is significant that Eberhart describes the extraterrestrial contact phenomenon as a "movement." That movement is widespread, albeit unorganized. It goes far beyond mere public interest in flying saucers. In its deepest aspect, it represents a flowering of the human quest for God and growth to higher consciousness. There are many groups founded on the ET/MT-contact premise, often centering around a charismatic figure who claims to be in contact with UFO occupants and to have regular telepathic links with space or hyperspace. These groups range from membership societies such as the Unarius Society (Escondido, California) and Mark-Age of Miami, (Florida) to communal/extended family situations such as that around David Michael the Cosmic Messiah (Berkeley, California) and "The Two" who preached a gospel called Human Individual Metamorphosis that promised followers would be removed from the planet by a flying saucer. All these groups extol the virtue of their unseen communicators and claim they have a mighty revelation to offer for the benefit of humanity. Many of them regard extraterrestrials and metaterrestrials as "gods from outer space." And many of them, such as "The Two," offer a program or prescription for higher human development and extension of human consciousness to godlike conditions if we will submit to "the gods."
But while their appeals to join the movement may be intriguing and enticing, remember that fools rush in where at least one form of ET/MT life--angels--fears to tread. The movement's appeal needs close and careful consideration. My purpose in the rest of this essay, therefore, is to offer a cautionary comment about the proper attitude toward UFOs and ET/MT contact.
FROM OUTER SPACE TO INNER SPACE
First, consider the most intriguing aspect of the UFO experience: the convergence of psychology and physics. As the study of inner and outer space merges, consciousness becomes the key to understanding the situation. The UFO phenomenon actually leads us to still-larger questions. It is not enough to ask what are they, where they come from and what they want. Our ultimate questions concern cosmology and ontology: what is reality and how can we know it?
These questions bring us slowly but surely to the realization that only by understanding the essence of ourselves can we understand the nature and structure of the cosmos, including the UFO phenomenon. It is a paradox recognized in all major religions, psychotechnologies and sacred lifeways that the deeper you look inside yourself, the more universal you become. Scientific and spiritual traditions--the objective and subjective aspects of our attempt to know reality--converge to reveal levels of consciousness far beyond what we ordinarily take for the limits of our awareness.
Conceptualizing these higher dimensions is difficult. Recent models of the cosmos by physicists, paraphysicists and parapsychologists are resorting more and more to the esoteric, heremetic, metaphysical and occult traditions, which claim to have long been aware of other aspects of reality other than the physical-material. These traditions use terms such as the astral plane, the etheric plane, the plane of Mind and so forth to denote hyperspaces--other space-time frameworks, other sets of dimensions-- interpenetrating our own.
Where are these hyperspaces? All sources agree: they are within us, even while they seem to be outside; and at the same time, they are outside (our physical bodies), even though we arrive there by going within.
The cosmos, then, may be conceived as having different but interpentrating planes of existence which are space-time frameworks in their own right. The higher planes are the native realms of angels, spirit guides, ascended masters and other evolutionarily advanced beings reported throughout history as interacting with humanity to guide and protect us.
Protect us from what? Malevolent inhabitants of other planes. Outside the physical plane we humans inhabit is not all sweetness and light, according to these traditions. There are said to be objectively real but invisible intelligences that seek to penetrate human psyches in order to stop our evolution and enslave us to their will. It is said that these malign entities can and do sometimes materialize into our plane of existence in various alluring ways to entice us off the spiritual path.
As a person evolves in consciousness and expands awareness, he passes through these different levels enroute to the highest state of consciousness, cosmic consciousness. Those levels, in Christian theology, are termed "the heavens." In Hindu and Buddhist thought, they are called "lokas." Though the terminology differs from culture to culture, the underlying unity of experience cannot be mistaken. Each level is said to have beings--presumably organized into some social structure--capable of materializing into other levels. As a person moves into those spaces through whatever spiritual discipline he practices to purify his consciousness and develop organs of higher perception, the boundary between "inner" and "outer" events dissolves and a single, unified view of reality is perceived. This is why there has been unanimity of reports from "soul travelers" to the highest regions.
And what they report is this: we humans are confused about ultimate reality and our true identity. Both are something far greater than we ordinarily think and both are actually one.
Next consider what this means for human happiness and understanding. First, there is a core truth to which we can penetrate--an Ultimate Answer which alone gives purpose, meaning and direction to our lives and our search. Second, that truth is accessible to each of us on the basis of direct experience, without need for intermediaries. Third, in order to attain that truth, we must ascend in consciousness; we must personally evolve through our own efforts. And, finally, if many individuals evolve, the result could well be a collective change of society, a transformation of the species, a radical change in human nature.
EVOLUTION BEYOND MAN
As I see things, precisely such a change is now occurring. Evolution has not stopped. A new race--a higher form of humanity--is now emerging on the planet. My reason, research and personal experience lead me to this conclusion. And certainly it is not my conclusion alone. Nietzsche, Bergson, Teilhard de Chardin, Sri Aurobindo, Gopi Krishna, Oliver Reiser, R. M. Bucke, L. L. Whyte, Jean Houston and others have proposed the same idea before me: human beings are also human becomings.
The grand theme of history is the evolution of consciousness--a story of ever-more complex forms of life coming into physical being in order to express more fully the consciousness behind existence itself. As this applies to the current world scene, I maintain, the many threats to life on this planet created by Homo sapiens' intellect-gone-wild have caused such pressure on nature that the life force--the intelligence governing creation--is mobilizing to resist the irrationality of Man.
How will it resist? Simply by bringing a higher form of life onto the planet--a form which will recognize the laws governing nature and live in accordance with them. The human race as we know it, in all its combative, divisive, exploitative, self-centered inhumanity-to-man, will go the way of the dinosaur. The widespread signs of world unrest and cultural collapse around us indicate that an historical epoch, a world age, is ending.
Simultaneously, a great awakening is going on around the globe. It isn't merely a generation gap or a communications gap. A new species is awakening to its cosmic calling and is asserting--in the face of the threatening dominant species--its right to live. The planetwide uneasiness and societal upheaval being seen today is fundamentally an expression of people straddling old and new worlds as they try to find out what species they belong to. The dominant species is ego-oriented, technology-mad and unconsciously bent on self-destruction through its materialistic addictions and their unforeseen effects on the biosphere. The emerging species, on the other hand, is life-embracing. It seeks to live in harmony, create a unified planetary culture founded on love and wisdom and, as Native Americans say, walk in balance on the Earth Mother.
In the course of people's effort to find their true identity, many errors and excesses will occur. The "gods from outer space" concept is a notable example.
Now, there is nothing inherently implausible about the notion that more highly evolved life forms exist and have contacted us. Exobiology suggests that life will arise wherever conditions are not simply favorable but merely a little better than totally hostile. Since our sun is a relatively young star, there may be older star systems where organisms developed earlier than here and have become the more highly evolved inhabitants of supertechnological civilizations capable of space travel. They may even have come to Earth in UFOs.
THE DANGER OF "GODS FROM OUTER SPACE"
The immediate allure of contact with such civilizations is the possibility of learning from them. Imagine, for example, being given the means to build power sources such as those that propel UFOs. Some alien communications speak of "free energy devices" that tap space itself and could do away with the need for oil, coal, gas and nuclear fuels. This is an exciting visita, promising--on the surface, at least--a new era of peace and prosperity such as people have dreamed of for millennia. Beneath the surface, however, this is more of the same narrow vision--the unquestioned faith in the power of science and technology to secure human happiness--that is endangering our species at this time.
Thus, inherent in the possibility of ET/MT encounters is a danger we must recognize beyond the mere idea of ferocious killers as expressed in Aliens. We must recognize this danger if we are ever to truly build a "heaven on earth." For such knowledge as we might obtain from extraterrestrial contact still does not give us the most important type of cosmic connection--the type we need to deal with the problems of daily living. Our endless accumulation of scientific facts simply does not add up to wisdom and understanding of the human situation in its cosmic aspect. Every new bit of information, every new answer we get raises a dozen new questions. Gathering scientific data is an endless process, and unless we are properly grounded in the moral foundations of the universe, we will continue to find new ways of misusing science so that knowledge only leads to greater unhappiness, as we see most strongly in our present historically unprecedented threat to all life on the planet. As Krishnamurti, speaking of our faustian quest, says, "Knowledge is only a part of life, not the totality, and when that part assumes all-consuming importance, as it is threatening to do now, then life becomes superficialÉ More knowledge, however wide and cunningly put together, will not resolve our human problems; to assume that it will is to invite frustration and misery. Something much more profound is needed."
What is needed? A change of consciousness. Only a change in the state of human consciousness will allow us to find the knowledge and wisdom necessary to survive the threats facing Homo sapiens. For there is a type of knowledge beyond science--beyond even the science of supertechnological extraterrestrial civilizations--that is nevertheless democratically available to every one of us. It is the core truth, the eternal message of all the world's sacred traditions. It is knowledge that anyone can obtain directly from the cosmos, without intermediaries, without being dependent upon benevolent superior beings, whether they are angelic messengers, Space Brothers, spirit guides, ascended masters, walk-ins, EBEs or whatever. Call it God-knowledge, mystical union, attaining yoga, finding the Tao or achieving enlightenment. These terms all refer to the same thing: the fundamental apprehension of Cosmic Wholeness transcending any and all parts of creation and its creatures. This is the knowledge that gives purpose, direction and fulfillment to our lives by answering the ultimate questions which spiritual traditions and science alike have tried to answer: Who am I and what is existence all about?
That is not to depreciate the value of whatever wise counsel or technical information humanity may be offered by extraterrestrials or metaterrestrials in the matter of evolving to higher states of being. But in the last analysis, it is up to us to take responsibility for our own growth into higher consciousness. Nobody can do that for us--not through neurosurgery, genetic engineering, chemical implants, hypnosis, EBE "gardeners" or any other forms of outside intervention such as various theorists are hypothesizing today. What is "out there" cannot save us. The impulse to grow must come from within as an organic expression of a person's total being.
THE MEANING OF 2001
That is the unanimous advice from sages around the globe throughout history. Deep inside us, not far out in physical space, is the channel by which we can make the cosmic connection--the one that really counts. A powerful illustration of this is seen at the end of 2001: A Space Odyssey. The film is a classic for many reasons, but the chief one is its insightful treatment of the grandest theme of all history: the evolution of consciousness and the growth of humanity to a godlike state. 2001's "hero" is the astronaut Bowman. His technology-denoting name symbolizes an intermediate stage of human evolution that is still relatively crude but nevertheless well beyond the ape-man stage with which the film begins. At the end of the film, we see Bowman traveling on the (symbolically sperm-shaped) spaceship (symbolically) named Discovery through the atmosphere of Jupiter, preparing to land and begin searching for the advanced life forms who created the mysterious black obelisk. This is the famous psychedelic scene in which the audience goes through the streaming colors representing the atmosphere and surface of the planet. During the passage, an image of a human eye appears briefly now and then, filling the entire screen so that only the pupil and iris are seen. This is director-producer Stanley Kubrick's way of saying that the film's explicit journey to outer space is implicitly a journey to inner space, to the center of the mind. Because as the audience passes through Jupiter's atmosphere, it also passes through the giant eye into the brain-mind behind it.
And there, in the center of the mind, is an amazing discovery, a startling revelation: we ourselves are the real extraterrestrials for whom Bowman has been searching. Humanity has gotten so "spaced out," so far from home, so out of touch with the Earth that we have forgotten our origins and lost our roots. We've become alienated--aliens--to ourselves and the planet. And because of that, we are in danger of destroying life on the planet, and perhaps even the planet itself, just as some purported messages from space beings warn us.
In that alienated state of consciousness, we are searching for advanced life in the universe--searching for higher consciousness--in outer space. Now, there undoubtedly are such life forms out there. But it is deep within ourselves, not out in astrophysical space, that the true cosmic connection exists. So long as we have not discovered our own potential for growth and further evolution, we have become terminal--the dying old man that Bowman is at the film's end. So long as we look for gods from outer space or any kind of saviors "out there," we are lost and alienated from Truth. But when we "look within" and find the power of consciousness directing our destiny and the destiny of all creatures, no matter how highly evolved, then we realize paradoxically that we are one with that consciousness, that cosmic intelligence, that transcendental reality.
The basic situation facing us today is a crisis of consciousness. Human consciousness is in a disturbed, unstable state and through what could be called "extraterrestrial materialism," many people are making idols of UFOs and extraterrestrial life--false gods from outer space. But if we are ever to build paradise here, we must first heal ourselves, not rely on surrogate parents from the sky or wish for saviors from beyond the planet.
Depth psychology has shown that a child's parents are his first gods. But growing up, maturing, requires relinquishing that illusion, along with hopes and dreams of invoking magical powers and omnipotent forces to give us our desires and answer all our questions. Instead, we must do the slow, difficult and often painful work of taking responsibility for our own actions and recognizing that if we are presently the real aliens, we are also potentially the gods we seek.
As the author of 2001, Arthur Clarke, put it in his profound 1953 novel, humanity is near childhood's end. We stand ready to become what Carl Sagan calls starfolk. We stand ready to join galactic society--through the mature form of the human race, the higher humanity I've designated Homo noeticus. And that is the meaning of the Star Child floating in space at the end of 2001, silently contemplating the Earth. 2001 is a mighty cinematic saga of human evolution from an apelike condition to a new stage of transhuman development. Star Child is Kubrick's visual symbol of the emergence of a new state of evolution: the development of the coming race--or, as Jesus and the Judaic tradition put it, the Son of Man, the offspring of humanity. Star Child is a citizen of the cosmos, no longer ego-centered or even Earth-centered, but rather is universally centered and cosmically conscious.
That godlike state beckons to us through many manifestations today. Although the manifestations are most often occulted, vague and uncertain, the principal one has long been clearly recognized--and revered. I refer to the true spiritual teachers of history--Jesus, Buddha, Krishna, Lao Tse, Mohammed, Moses, Zoroaster, Guru Nanak, St. Teresa and other more recent figures such as Sri Aurobindo, The Mother and Da Love-Ananda. These illuminati, these godmen and godwomen are the people who most clearly demonstrate the future of human evolution. These enlightened ones are forerunners of the "new breed," specimens of an advanced humanity. Their lives have been dedicated to showing those lower on the ladder of evolution that they have within themselves the potential for self-directed growth to a higher state of being. And none of them have claimed to be extraterrestrial. They have, however, claimed to be universal, and have said that all others can be also. How? To quote the Buddha's dying words, ". . . by relying upon themselves only, and not relying upon any external help. . . not looking for assistance to anyone besides themselves." Or as Jesus put it, by seeking first the Kingdom of God.
That is why I caution against deluding ourselves with the glamour and mystery of UFOs and ET/MT contact. The two principal reasons for this can be stated thus:
First, the promise of such contact is tantalizing yet beyond our control. We are wholly at the mercy of whoever or whatever is out there, subject to their whims, unable to communicate except when they want to allow it, and unable the verify the information they give us about themselves. We may theorize and hypothesize all we want, but until we have tangible, testable, sufficient data, it is all mere speculation. And when we do have such data, we may find that some of the nonhuman life forms are truly hostile to human well-being, rather than benevolent, just as many abductees' experiences already indicate. The guidance and warnings of sacred traditions and spiritual teachers about this matter should not be lightly disregarded. Remember that the Bible describes demons as fallen angels. We must beware of false gods.
The second reason is this: the greatest enemy and the greatest ally we have are still to be found in the depths of our own psyche. The proper attitude toward meetings with starfolk can only be that which we have for human teachers and helpers. We should not disregard whatever information, guidance and counsel seems to be offered by starfolk for our growth and well-being, but we should always test it carefully rather than accept it on blind faith or authoritarian command. When our attitude assumes the character of a master-servant relation or a deity-worshipper relation, our own evolutionary potential is discarded and our cosmic calling is unheard. Properly understood, however, ET/MT contact has value in the manner that the signs and wonders of Jesus had for the first Christians. They pointed to a still-higher source which is the creator of us all, and they demonstrated the reality of our own latent ability to become as Jesus was--and even more, as he himself acknowledged. The UFO experience can do the same thing for our time. We must be aware of True God.
We are rapidly entering the next phase of evolution. But evolution is essentially transcendence, and the source of all transcendence is the Transcendental. That is the source of our being, as well as our becoming. Whether our meetings with advanced life forms seem to come from outer space or inner space, we must recognize that they principally reflect to us that which we ourselves shall eventually become, and that all time and space, all worlds and their inhabitants arise from the Transcendental Source whose traditional name is God. Therefore, it is God alone to whom we should aspire in our search, recognizing that the distant goal of our evolutionary journey is also the fountainhead of our existence moment-to-moment along the path, and that what is working itself out in cosmic space and eonic time is, beyond space and time, already so right now.
Paradoxically, our ultimate condition is a present fact: in Reality, there is only God. And rightly understood, EBE stands for "everybody become enlightened."
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2055.ufo
+116
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
SUBJECT: THE HUDSON VALLEY ABDUCTION'S FILE: UFO2055
PART 1
June 1 1988
[Editors description: This abduction in the Hudson Valley area of New York,
is unique in that it describes the use, by the aliens, of a force
field in the home, along with a special hand held tool that gives off a
green light, which enables them to open up the field and pass through. It
also contains a description of a classic case of a nose implant, and also
the involvement of members of a family.]
By. Philip J. Imbrogno
Over the past five years the New York, New Jersey and Connecticut area
have been the scene of a massive number of UFO sightings. The numbers of
reports are so great that I believe this area has the highest number of raw
UFO sighting reports in the entire world. These reports are documented in
my book NIGHT SIEGE THE HUDSON VALLEY UFO SIGHTS which I co-authored with
the late Dr. J. Allen Hynek and Mr. Bob Pratt.
I have been asked over the years by many UFO researchers if there have
been any close encounter-abduction type cases in the Hudson Valley. My
answer to most was no. Only to few did I admit that there were abduction
cases and plenty of them. This denial of such cases was at the request of
Dr. Hynek since he wanted NIGHT SIEGE to be a documentation of the many UFO
reports in the Hudson Valley.D. Hynek also wanted to keep these cases quiet
until we had more data about the sightings in the area.
With so many reports over the years and with the sighting still
continuing it was only a matter of time before the growing number of
abduction cases in the Hudson Valley had to be dealt with.
To this date I have been contacted by at least 75 people who feel as
if they had more than a sighting. Of the 75 there are 25 that would be
suitable for further study. Of these twenty five ten come from professional
backrounds. All do not want any type of publicity. I will explore two of
these cases in this article. At the witnesses request, I have changed their
names to protect them. I would also like to inform the reader that Whitley
Strieber, author of the best selling book COMMUNION experiences took place
in the Hudson Valley area. Since the publication of his book many people
have come forward with incredible stories,people who would otherwise would
have kept silent.
On July 2 1987 I received a call from a 36 year old woman from Toms
River New Jersey who I shall call Gail. Gail was very troubled on the phone
and insisted that she talk to me about a UFO related experience that she
had. During the last part of June (1987) as she was lying down on her bed,
she felt some what uneasy as if someone was watching her. The time was Ten
PM. She then heard a voice say "We have come for you..You will not be
hurt." She then realized that her entire body was paralyzed and that she
could only move her eyes. Gail was lying on her back and noticed that three
beings stood in the doorway to her bedroom. She was alone in the house at
the time, but does live there with her seventeen year old daughter who was
away visiting her father in Croton Falls N.Y. Gail is divorced.
Three beings were dressed in something that looked like tightly
fitting jumpsuits and stood in a single row, one behind the other. The
light in the hall was dim, and she could not see their features. She
noticed they were about five feet tall with very long arms. The
leader,according to Gail seemed to have a problem getting into the room. It
was as if sometype of invisible sheild was blocking his way. He lifted up
his hand and pressed them against the invisible sheild. The leader then
took some type of rod out from a side pocket and turned the bottom of it.
The rod then glowed with a green light and he passed it over the doorway
area. They then walked into the room without any effort. As they entered
the room still in a single file she noticed that they had large heads and
eyes that looked like a cats which wrapped around their heads. She never
heard them talk but heard all kinds on buzzing noises in her head when the
leader communicated with the others.
Gail tried to scream but could not,she could only move her eyes.The
leader placed himself on her right side and then one of them went to the
foot of the bed and the other on the left side of the bed. The beings on
each side of her then placed their hands under her head and raised it up.
She then noticed that the one on her left took a tube of what like like a
narrow roll of white cotton and started pushing it up her left nostril. At
that moment she felt extreme pain in her head and then started to lose
consciousness. She felt as if she was falling from a great height,then she
does not remeber anymore.
The next thing she recalls is waking up at 8am with a very bad
headache. As she walked to the bathroom her nose (both nostrils started to
bleed. She felt as if something was stuck up her nose,but nothing was
there. She looked in the bathroom mirror and noticed her nose was swollen
and puffy.She she noticed a rash on her neck, legs and slightly on her
arms.
She had hoped that the experience from that last night was a dream and
tried to block it out of her head. When her daughter arrived home that
night she told her about what happened. Gail told me that before she even
finsihed with her story her daughter started shaking and then told her that
on the same night, about the same time she and her father were followed by
a UFO on route 116 near Croton Falls New York. She described to her mother
a large dark craft triangular in shape that paced the car for five minutes
above tree top level.
I found this report very interesting since Croton falls is near the
border of Westchester and Putnam Counties in New York and that loney route
has been the site of more than one Close Encounter over the past five
years. I also found it interesting that both mother and daughter had a
experience with the paranormal at the same time.
There is more to this case than meets the eye. The daughter and father
accrording to my findings may have had as much as thirty minutes missing
time. If this is so and if both were abducted then the experience happened
to father, mother and daughter at the same time!.
Gail's rash and headaches continued for a few days then disappeared.
I plan to have Gail undergo hypnosis in the near future by a certified
psychologist. The story does not end here. Several weeks latter I received
a call from Gail telling me that it happened again. She said "Those
creatures came back the same time and they did the same thing". She
continued: "It was as if I was watching a movie of the first time they
came, they did exactly the same thing. Including having trouble getting
into the doorway to the bedroom. My daughter was once again away visiting
her father."
This case is still under study, but intial findings indicate that both
Gail and her daughter may have a history of interactions with the
intelligence behind the UFO phenomenon.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2056.ufo
+182
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
SUBJECT: THE HUDSON VALLEY ABDUCTION'S FILE: UFO2056
PART 2
6/1/88 Phil Imbrogno
[Editors note: This abduction describes the use of an instrument to find
what is presumably an implant. Its use right on the subjects head, suggests
they might need to be that close to detect it. The aliens say they come
from a place that is ugly compared to Earth, and that they would like to
live here but can't. They say they will see the abductee again. They also
reveal that they know that our government will attempt to keep the UFOs
secret. A UFO hotline number 1(914)739-6830is given, which is still in
operation as of 9/4/88, with an answering machine to receive reports; and
also a PO Box number for Phil Imbrogno.]
The second case I would like to cover took place on July 19th 1984
during the peak of activity in the Hudson Valley. The sighting involved a
Close Encounter, Missing time and abduction. If this was a real expereince
then the implications are fantastic. In all the cases that I chose to
study all the witnesses related the truth,or what they thought was the
truth. There is no doubt in my mind that their stories are not hoaxes
since none would have nothing to gain by going public with their
experiences.
Bill (as we shall refer to him) is a thirty two year old computer
programmer for a major scientific-engineering corportation that helped
design the major componets for the new NASA Hubble space telescope. On July
19th 1984, at about ten-thirty pm, Bill was leaving work and heading west
on Highway I-84. As he approached the Taconic Parkway ramp in Dutchess
county New York he noticed a very bright almost circular object off to the
north. The object seemed to be just sitting there in the sky and the lights
were very bright white. As he watched the object it began to move and it
was at that time he noticed a dark mass behind it which blocked out the
brighter light-polluted night sky. He continued to drive on 84 and soon
lost sight of the object. He then brushed the entire incident off his mind
and thought "Oh it must have been those guys from Stormville flying those
planes faking a UFO" He then drove on listening to his radio.
He then turned off the route 52 exit near Stormville New York and
began traveling north. The time now was close to eleven PM and the roads
were quite desolate. He came to a clearing where there was a large field
and noticed a large dark mass sitting in the field about 200 yards from
the road. At first he thought that it was a new home, but then he knew
there was no house there since he went this way just last night and the
field was empty. As a matter of fact Bill drove this way home and passed
the field everynight and never saw a house there.
Bill slowed down the car "This thing was huge and dark", he said.The
strange thing was it was almost the same shape as a big barn, but it seemed
more tapered toward the sides and very smooth. As he watched, the dark
object rose into the air without a sound. This really upset Bill since he
was the only car on the road. The object then rose higher and higher. All
that Bill could see was the dark mass slowly rising into the air. It was
now about twice as high as the trees and it moved slowly towards Bill who
was still in the car. Bills radio then started to sound "funny" he said
that the music on the radio sounded like a tape recorder with very low
batteries.
Bill put the car into gear and sped away from the object. His heart
was racing as he drove up the road at about fifty miles and hour. Bill then
lost sight of the object and continued to drive at a slower rate of speed.
After several minutes he noticed a glow up ahead over a hill. As he
approached the crest of the hill there the object was! It was about 300
feet above the trees and was all lit up with rows of white and yellow
lights. He then stopped his car and turned off the engine and the lights.
He was hoping that who ever was in the thing would not see him. The object
then turned off its lights and he could see this huge dark mass slowly
drifting toward him. The object passed right over his car, he could now see
its shape, it was triangular. Bill told me "I don't want to make light of
this, but the ship looked like one of the destroyers in Star Wars" The
underside was the same shape, although I did not see the top.
The object passed over Bill, as he looked up he saw circular areas
underneath the UFO. These circular areas seemed to be like tunnels leading
into the object. Inside these circular tunnels there was a white flashing,
similar to the flashing of a white strobe light (we had several reports of
this white flashing effect from past CE cases in the Hudson Valley, also
the circular areas have been reported numerous times before). Bill told me
there was no sound. He estimated its size to be at least 300 feet from
end to end.
Then something strange took place. The last thing Bill remembers is
watching it go over his car, he did not see it leave. The next thing he
knows he is at the bottom of the hill 600 feet from the position he was
when the UFO passed over his parked car. The object itself was gone. He was
not sure what time it was when he watched the object passed over his car,
but he feels it was most likely about eleven-thirty PM. The time was now
tweleve-fifteen. He started his drive home upset and with a very stiff
neck.
When he arrived home he told his wife about his sighting. She was
worried to begin with since he was almost and hour late. That night Bill
woke up yelling in the night saying, "get away from me!" His wife said that
the nightmares continued for a while at least twice a week . Bill told to
me that the he was not sure of what the nightmare was, but he knew
something was after him. As time went on Bill was afriad to drive at night
alone. He even had to insist to his boss not to put him on the evening or
night shift at his job. Finally Bill wanted to find out more since the
experience of the UFO and the fearful dreams tormented him. It wasen't
until 1987 that Bill contacted me and told me his story. Bill Had seen Budd
Hopkins (author of the book INTRUDERS) on a number of shows and asked me if
would be possible for him to be hypnotized.
Hearing Budd on TV talk about the abductions made him fearful and he
wanted to make sure that this did not happen to him. I arranged to have
Bill meet with a certified psychologist that I occasionally use to perform
hypnosis. The following is a brief transcript of Bills encounter under
hypnosis. He first related seeing the object on 84 and then the object in
the field and then in the sky over the hill, it is then that his voice
become s fearful.
Bill "I see it now its that thing! Its coming in my
direction!. I am going to turn off my car lights. maybe
then wont see me and go away. Its huge......Oh my God
what is it!. Theres someone standing in the road he is
now walking toward the car. Who are you!...... He's
saying something to me "don't be fearful we need
you...you have been selected". Selected for what, get
away!. I feel strange like I am floating in the air,its
all dark. I am now on this table and these guys are all
around me,six of them. Two are at my head and two on
the sides (two on each side). My legs and arms are like
dead weights I can't move them.
(Bill is then asked to describe them)
"These guys are small, large heads with round eyes,the
eyes are all black I can see no pupils in them, they
remind me of sharks eyes. They are dressed in sometype
of black and white skin type suits. I can't see their
hands. The one at my head is moving so me type of
device that looks like a portable car vacuum cleaner up
and down the left side of my head. It vibrates my
entire head,it feels like a drill going through my
head... STOP! it hurts.. He tells me that they are
looking for something and found it.
I now can feel my legs and arms they are allowing me to
get up. They are very small only up to the bottom part
of my chest (Bill is six foot one inch) The others are
now over some type of pannel. Two of them are leading
me by the arms. I asked them where they were from. The
one on my right leading said "We are from here" I
didn't understand the answer. I asked him if they
planned to let me go. he replied "Yes but we will see
you again" He told me that they need us because they
have trouble living in our world. He said they come
from a place which is very ugly when compared to our
world and they would rather live here, but can't. I
told him that I would remember and tell every one about
this. He said I would remember in time but there are
forces in your own(?) which will stop you from telling
anyone about this experience." Bill then found himself
back in the car. Bill now recalls every aspect of the
experience. It was a very real experience to him.
There are about a dozen other cases similar to Bill's and Gail's. In
the Hudson Valley area. Can all of these people who have had UFO
abductions and sightings in this part of the country be experiencing
sometype of mass hysteria? I don't think so. The evidence indicates that
there is some type of non-human intelligence at work. If the case histories
of the total experiences are true then we all better work together to get
to the bottom of this.
In 1987 Peter Gersten a Peekskill New York attorney put together a new
organization called CONTACT. Peter who is known for his work in obtaining
UFO related documents from goverment agencies organized CONTACT in response
to the great number of Close Encounter cases in the New York area. Peter
had some of the top UFologist flown in from all over the country to meet at
his Peekskill home. Among them were Tracy Torme, Budd Hopkins, Jim
McCambell and this author. On September 27 CONTACT organized a free UFO
public conference in Brewster New York. The theme of the conference was to
explore the adbuction phenomena and the possibility that some people have
been in contact with a non-human intelligence. Speakers at the conference
included John Keel, Whitley Strieber and Budd Hopkins. Over 900 people
attended the 12 hour conference and 200 filled out forms who felt they had
a contact experience.
Then during the first several months of 1988 Peter Gersten dissolved
CONTACT and as of the date of this publication CONTACT is no longer in
existence. The reasons for this are not clear but Peter still maintains a
UFO Hotline where callers can get up to date information about UFO
sightings. The caller can also leave their name and report their own
sighting on a tape. The UFO hotline number is 914-739-6830.
If the reader would like to reach me to report a sighting or encounter
I can be reached at PO Box 4218 Greenwich, Ct 06830.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2057.ufo
+193
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
SUBJECT: CLOSE ENCOUNTER ON INTERSTATE 84 FILE: UFO2057
By:Philip J. Imbrogno
In the past, the state of Connecticut has always been an area of few UFO
reports, however this is no longer true. Since 1985 the counties of
Fairfield and Litchfield and Hartford has seen a dramatic rise in the
number of UFO reports. This UFO is described as being a semi circle or
boomerang with multi-colored lights. Even more incredible the size of this
UFO has been reported to be the length of a football field!. This UFO that
has been seen recently in Connecticut is without a doubt the Hudson valley
UFO which is described in my book NIGHT SIEGE THE HUDSON VALLEY UFO
SIGHTINGS (Ballantine Books 1987).
For some reason unkown to this researcher the giant boomerang UFO has
shifted it's activities from New York to Nearby Connecticut. The most
recent sightings took place on May 26 of this year around interstate 84 one
of the most heavily traveled highways in the northeast.
Between 9;30 and 10;15 PM more than 200 people phoned local and state
police to report a huge object with bright lights flying low over the
highway near the towns of Newtown and Southbury in Connecticut. Those
witnesses that called state police in Southbury were told that it was
nothing more than a group of Ultralight aircraft from Candlewood airport
flying in close formation and hanging colored lanterns from the bottom of
the plane. The police also told witnesses that the aircraft were painted
black so that all that can be seen is the lights. Many of the witnesses to
the phenomenon found it very hard to believe the offical explanation.
One witnesses to the UFO was Mrs. Betty Proulx of Middlebury who said that
the object hovered over her house without a sound for over two minutes.
There was no doubt in her mind that what she was looking at was one solid
object.When Mr. Proulx heard about the explanation he could not accept it
since he was in the air division of the Navy. "It was one craft and like no
aircraft that I have ever seen in my life".
Another witnesses was Mr. Randy Etting a commercial airline pilot with over
thirty years of experience. Mr. Etting said that the idea of the ultralight
theory "is the prattling of idiots" Mr. Etting observed the lights from his
home in Newtown Connecticut at about 9:45 pm. He said that there were at
least eight lights of different colors flying very close together and
without a sound. As the object passed his home he observed it in a pair of
7X35 binoculars. Mr. Etting told me that the UFO was one object and he saw
some type of heat waves coming from the object which distorted the area
around the lights. Mr. Etting watched the object with neighbors and his son
for over ten minutes as it slowly drifted to the north west. All the
witnesses agree that the UFO was one solid object and round in appearance.
The Etting party was observing the UFO while it was passing close to I-84.
At this time over a dozen cars pulled over to view the UFO as it passed
overhead. One witness a Charlie Tuperman described what happened that
night.
"It was about 9:30 or so and I was driving East on 84 around the Southbury
area when I noticed these lights ahead of me. They were low and it looked
like a 747 was going to land on the highway.This thing had about ten lights
in kind of a half circle and the lights were yellow, green, blue, white and
red. This thing was going very slow and moving from the east to the west.
All of a sudden every one on both sides of the road began slamming on their
brakes and pulling over to the side. It was a dangerous thing to do since
there were several trucks apparently trying the same thing. I pulled over
and watched this thing pass directly over the west bound lanes. I saw a
dark mass behind the lights and there was no sound. I saw the lights of a
state tropper just ahead of me and I fiqured he was called to see what was
going on. Then all of a sudden this thing gets real bright, I mean all the
lights just got ten times brighter for about ten seconds or so, then they
faded to where they were before and that is about as bright as a planes
wing lights. That really scared me. I wanted to get going because I thought
there was some type of invasion or something,I just wanted to get home.
Besides I was afraid of some trucker plowing into my car. I watched it head
west and lost it . I turnd on the radio for news, but didn't hear anything
about any UFOs on any of the local stations".
Close Encounter in New Milford
At about 10:00 after the series of sightings in the I-84 area. The UFO was
seen heading to the west. It was then seen in the New Milford Connecticut
area by a Robert Nellis his friend Jeff and Mr. Nellis dog. They were all
in Nellis car off a side road off Route 7 in the northern area of New
Milford. They were driving home after a long day of boating upstate along
the Connecticut river.The dog began to bark and cry and at that point Jeff
looked over to the northeast to see a number of bright lights hovering over
a stand of pine trees less than a quarter mile away. They stopped the car
and at that time their car radio began to sound "funny" with all types of
strange sounding static that interfered with the station that they were
listening to.
They stopped the car and continued to watch the lights. At this moment the
lights began to move slowly towards them. They were amazed at the size of
the object, "larger than a football field". The dog continued to bark as
the object passed over their car . Neil looked up and saw a very dark
structure connecting the lights that extended toward the rear of the
object. He said it was teardrop in shape and the lights in the front were
in a half circle.The object was so large he said that" it covered the sky
and blocked out everything overhead" The object he said was made of some
type of "dark grey material with very little reflectability". There was no
sound and they estimated that the giant UFO was no more than 500 feet above
their car. The UFO then passed over their car and then shifted towards the
north. They both noticed some type of flashing lights under the object that
gave the impression as if something was moving. They watched the UFO slowly
move away. The total duration of the sighting was ten minutes, however both
men arrived home forty minutes later. This is could be a case of missing
time, or the witnesses observed the object longer than they thought. Neil
would call me for several days after my interview with him since he felt
"uneasy and upset" about his Close Encounter. My research team and I are
still investigating this case and it seems that it may be another of the
many missing time cases that are escalating in the area.
Photographic Proof
This UFO was so bright and large that it was only a matter of time before
someone would come forward with a photograph. To our surprise we were
contacted by a person of high standing in the Southbury area who took a
picture of the object as it moved very slowly over I-84 at about 9:30 PM.
The photographer wishes to remain anonymous since his position is very
sensitive. He his a very highly trained college educated man who fears that
the publicity surrounding the photograph could hurt his career. He gave us
full rights to the photograph and his sighting account providing we do not
use his real name. We will refer to him as David.
David was on I-84 on Official busines when he saw the lights. The lights
were in the northwest and heading east. As he watched, the object tilted
and all the lights got much brighter.He was pulled off the road at the time
and had his camera ready. The UFO was about 45 degrees above the horizon.
Due to traffic he had time to take only one picture. His camera was a 35mm
with a 50mm lens at 1.8, the film type was Kodacolor asa 400 and the
exposure was 1/60th of a second, or 1/125. He was not sure of the setting,
but feels it was 1/60th of a second. The object then moved toward the east
without a sound. During an interview with this researcher, David told me
that the he was sure there was a solid object behind the lights. He also
said that when the object turned it looked like the lights on the sides
were pulling out from the main mass, but he realized that this effect was
due to the object changing posistion from his point of view.
What about the Photo:
Several photo-analysis experts are now looking at the photograph. Our
initial study showed that the image is without a doubt hanging in the sky
above the ground. Also the photograph was looked at by Dr. Willy Smith a
scientists and UFO researcher of some repute. Dr. Smith's initial
calculations show the object to be anywhere from 650-1600 across!
We believe that this photograph is one of the best nightime UFO pictures
taken in the past twenty years. There were quite a few witnesses to the
sighting over a twenty-five mile radius, all reporting the same thing. A
close examination of the original negative shows that the lights are
reflecting off of some type of structure in the central part of the
object.Also the lights are in a perfect half circle. There is no doubt that
what ever the UFO photograph represents it is one solid object. We hope to
get more data on the photograph and the sightings in the weeks to come. I
have taken an add in the local papers asking for videos and photographs and
sighting accounts from that night.
A Rational Explanation?
What about the theory that the UFO is nothing more than Ultralights from
Candlewood airport. We questioned state police on this theory. An officer
stated that they made a mistake about the airport, it wasen't Candlewood
but Stormville airport. A flight instructor at Stormville later told us
that there is only one Ultralight at Stormville and it only flys in the day
since it is illegal for them to fly at night.
The UFO sightings in the Northeast continue. In the days to follow I
received several calls from witnesses who saw formations of military
helecopters in the sighting area. One witnesses took a pictue of this
formation. Is the goverment involved in the mysterious happenings over the
Connecticut area? Many of the residents feel that the goverment is well
aware of the UFO and is doing its best to play down the sightings by
explaining them away. I called nearby Bradley international airport to find
out if they had any information about the sightings. I was informed by air
traffic control that no formations or large aircraft were tracked on radar
at that location and time. I was also told that unless the "aircraft" have
transponders (a device placed in aircraft that help identify them on radar)
in them they would not be picked up at that location at an altitude of less
than 2,000 feet. I have enough witnesses in different locations at the same
time observing the UFO to determine that the approximate altitude was
between 1,000 and 1300 feet. Based on this information my calculations
indicate that the span of lights was at least 900 feet! Its apparent size
in the sky was quite large,this is evident by the image on the 35mm frame
that takes up almost half the negative. It is obvious from the photograph
and by the witneses statments that something more than ultralight aircraft
was in the sky over Connecticut that night.
If any of my readers would like to contact me concerning this series of UFO
sightings I can be reached at PO Box 4218 Greenwich, Ct 06830.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2058.ufo
+169
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
SUBJECT: MORE ON HUDSON VALLELY UFO FILE: UFO2058
#: 132781 S10/Paranormal Issues
25-Jan-88 18:24:17
Sb: #132678-hudson valley ufo
Fm: DBC 71450,3504
To: phil 76636,44 (X)
Phil: I enjoyed reading your book Night Siege and from my rather naive
perspective feel it probably represents the most extensive focused
collection of information on UFO sightings ever put together in one volume.
Your chapter 14, which tallies up the computerized data, is important and
quite significant. (Scott, you should read that.) It's hard to imagine
that anyone can read the book without concluding something indeed very
strange is going on. I assume, from earlier remarks you made here, you are
working up an update on the Hudson Valley story for uploading into DL10 and
look forword to that (Am I wrong?). However, I'd like to ask a couple of
questions if you are willing. 1) Is there still an unexplained power drain
at Indian Point Nuclear complex? and 2) Were any of the nuclear complex
personnel "abducted" during the encounters? Regards, DBC
#: 132835 S10/Paranormal Issues
26-Jan-88 16:48:47
Sb: #hudson valleyuufo
Fm: phil 76666,44
To: dbc
thanks for the response. I am working (slowly) on an update since there is
quite a bit of new info, and recently found out info concerning past
reports.
There is still a power drain at the indian point complex. they have
installed some type of high-tech wquipment on the roof of the main security
bldg. The place has been crawling with military. I made a contact insid the
plant who works in security. This contact has been telling me some pretty
heavy stuff that I hope to release in months to follow. I am awaiting
documentation. As far as I know, no one experienced any abduction or
related incidents at the plant, but a number of key officers later had
sightings near and around their homes. Thanks fortthe feedback on night
siege. We tried to keep it as scientific as possible as a tribute to allen
hynek.
* Reply: 132886
#: 132886 S10/Paranormal Issues
27-Jan-88 22:28:15
Sb: #132835-hudson valley ufo
Fm: DBC 71450,3504
To: phil 76636,44 (X)
Phil: Sounds like things are really hot at Indian Point. Will be staying
tuned with great interest. Can you comment on the recent sightings in
Virginia, especially as to how they compare to the Hudson Valley sightings?
Are the descriptions essentially the same? DBC
#: 132836 S10/Paranormal Issues
26-Jan-88 17:00:17
Sb: #Hudson Valley UFO
Fm: phil 76636,44
To: Michelle & Charles
Whitley Strieber uses the Hudson Valley sightings to give credability to
his own experiences, since they did take place in the general area. I am
mentioned on page 35(I think) along with a key witness hho had a sighting
along the Taconic parkway on March 24 1983 There is more going on up here
that was not covered in the book Most people who did see the UFO were
skeptics in the past,not any more! Could be some type of conditioning,don't
know. I read John Lears info and talked on the phone with him several
times. I have heard some parts of his theory from other people in the past.
I really don't know for sure,but its something we should consider I feel we
should listen to all researchers. With all the different thoories being
presented pieces of each have to be correct and maybe we can find out what
is going on best
* Replies: 132847, 132884
#: 132847 S10/Paranormal Issues
26-Jan-88 19:31:32
Sb: #132836-Hudson Valley UFO
Fm: Michelle & Charles 76701,11
To: phil 76636,44 (X)
Phil,
You mention that there still is a power drain going on at Indian Point, and
that some of the people assigned there are seeing UFOs over their homes.
Are there any other sightings, from people unconnected from Indian Point,
going on currently? Since a theme of your book seems that each
"visitation" causes a large number of sightings,iit would beoodd if, all of
a sudden, just one sighting occured from time to time.
-- charles
#: 132884 S10/Paranormal Issues
27-Jan-88 21:18:40
Sb: #132836-Hudson Valley UFO
Fm: Michelle & Charles 76701,11
To: phil 76636,44 (X)
Phil,
I've just finished reading your book, so pardon the sudden barrage of
questions!
First, let me make this observation (not necessarily a criticism): your
book is a study of the sightings as such, not a study of what was sighted.
By this I mean your book reports in a clinical fashion what people
reported.
Naturally, this leads to some desire to learn more about what was sighted,
as opposed to more about what people had to say. So ....
(a) The sound eeems to range from a low hum to nothing Several of your
observers reported that the UFO accelerated at an extreme rate. Did they
report any change in the sound with that change in speed? Sonic booms?
etc.?
(b) I assume that you folks were not content to passively wait for reports
to come in, and were out trying to see the beast yourself. When you went
out, what equipment did you take? Did you take a nightvision scope? A
spectrometer (or some other means of getting a spectrum reading of the
lights? (For those wondering what I'm talking about, if you take the light
from any source, break it out into its spectrum (e.g., through a prism),
you can determine what material is used to make the light.) Radar guns?
(c) You give some statistics in the book about the sgghtings. There are
som additional stats I was wondering if you generated. Specifically, do
you have a plot showing time vs. # of sightings? It would be interesting to
see if there was any detectable pattern to the sightings or some way to
predict a "visitation"!
(d) In your book, you dismiss the theory that the UFOs are some sort of top
secret project, claiming that the government cannot be that far ahead of
commercial technology. Do you still hold to this view?
Well, enough badgering for now. Let me just add that I really was
impressed by your book and found it to be probably the most convincing
evidence that something of interest is going on. And, like everyone else,
I'm eager t hear what you'v been working on since publication.
-- charles
#: 133013 S10/Paranormal Issues
29-Jan-88 16:18:55
Sb: Hudson Valley UFO
Fm: phil 76636,44
To: Michelle & Charles
NIGHT SIEGE documents the sightings that took place from 1982-1986. There
was quite a bit going on,bu Allen Hynek wanted it as low key as possible.
To answer your questions: There was no reported change in the sound in the
few cases we found of rapid acceleration.
****************************** At the time we were a low budget research
team.
All we took were telescopes(wide angle type) binoculars,police scanners,
high intensity flashlights ect. There is a pattern(or was) we were able to
make two fairly accurate predications. Peter Gersten feels its a goverment
craft. I don't know but something strange is going on till this day. Maybe
it is aliens and the goverment as stated in the lear text. All i know its
real and its an unkown. Did you read the letter from jpl concerning the
video of the HVUFO? its in Paranet. contact jim at paranet alpha. I am
continuing my research. I am now concentrating on the many ce cases. and
missing time cases I am also getting additional info on indian point, and
the govt connection here.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2059.ufo
+270
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
SUBJECT: UFO'S OVER CENTRAL CONNECTICUT. FILE: UFO2059
By: Philip J. Imbrogno
Since the begining of 1983 the residents of the Hudson Valley area of New
York and nearby Connecticut have seen something very strange in the night
sky. The UFO has been described as being larger than a football field with
multicolored flashing lights. The object seems to take on a Boomerang
shape, but at times it also has appeared circular. Most witnesses report
that it is a solid object made up of some type of very dark, gun-grey
material. The object has been seen by at least five thousand witnesses
which include police officers, scientists, and people from all walks of
life. All indicate that the silent slow moving UFO was something that they
had never seen before and could not identify.
These early sightings from 1983-1985 were documented in my book "NIGHT
SIEGE: The Hudson Valley UFO sightings(Ballantine books 1987) which I
coauthored with the late Dr.J. Allen Hynek and Mr. Bob Pratt. Since the
publication of Night Siege I have often been asked if there has been any
more reports from the point where the book leaves off. The last reported
sightings in Night Siege took place late in 1985, since then there has been
continued activity in the Hudson Valley area, also most of Connecticut is
now involved. Hundreds of people in the Connecticut area have now gone on
record as seeing the strange boomerang shaped UFO.
On January 9 1986 the UFO was reported over the skies in the greater
Hartford Connecticut area. At about 9:00 PM the police in Hartford and
neighboring towns atarted to receive numerous calls of a low flying large
object with many lights. At first they dismissed the calls but got
concerned when the calls continued. At about 9:15 the police telephone
lines were jammed from people calling in reporting the UFO. At that time
police officers were sent to investigate the reports and noticed as they
approached High way I-84 in Hartford that traffic was backed up. They
noticed that many people were getting out of their cars and were looking up
at the sky. The officers arrived just in time to see a large boomerang
pattern of lights slowly drift toward the south-west.
One witness who saw the UFO at that time was a Mrs. Diane Duont age 40 and
a resident of West Hartford.. Mrs. Duont was in the area of Hartford where
highway 84 runs into 91, right in the heart of town. Mrs. Duont's sighting
account is related below:
"I was driving north on 84 through the Hartford area, I was
heading toward the I-91 North cut off when I noticed a formation
of brillant white lights approaching from the east. I thought
that it looked quite unusual and although I have seen large
aircraft low over this area, I thought this was unusually large.
It continued to approach and I thought at first that it was a
large jet going to crash into the city. I pulled over to an exit
and stopped the car and got out. I Looked back toward the highway
because I heard the sound of brakes squealing. The cars along the
highway had slowed down, some had even stopped.
This was dangerous since that part of the highway is hectic and
under normal circumstances there are fender benders all the time.
I watched as these lights approached and I was surprised that I
heard no sound at all.
They seemed to be in a boomerang shape, and all white.
As it continued to approach I noticed red, blue and green lights
in between and very close to the white lights.
In all I would say there were about twenty lights. The object
passed almost directly over my car and as I looked up I saw a
dark mass against the brighter night sky. I could not see any
structure, but this thing just blocked out the sky. I estimated
its size to be about that of a 747,but it's shape was
strange...It looked like a flying wing. The object then continued
to move to the south, at this time it stopped and hovered for
fifteen seconds, then continued to the south west. It was a
fantastic sight and no matter how much you tell yourself that
these things can't be real I could find no answer as to what that
thing could have been. It was not from this world!"
Most of the reports from that area at that time seem to support the idea
that this thing was very large, silent and very low. Most of the estimates
place it around 500-800 feet above the ground. Bradley international
airport is close by, so how can an object this large come into a populated
area and go undetected by radar? Local police were baffled by the
sightings. State police told them that the sightings were caused by nothing
more than a group of stunt planes flying in formation. The FAA official at
Bradley would not confirm or deny if they had anything on radar but
insisted that the entire sighting over the Hartford area was most likely a
hoax with a hot air ballon. However many people who saw the object that
night say that the explanations don't fit. As one building inspector in the
Hartford area said: "This thing about ballons and aircraft is a lot of
crap".
The UFO did not disappear, it continued to head south and was seen over New
Britain. Here many people ran out of their homes to see the giant UFO pass
overhead. The time was about 9:15 pm. One witness told us that he stood and
watched it pass over his street. He reported that the underside was a dark
grey like structure with all kinds of tubes and grids connecting the
bottom. He said that the lights were flashing and were all white with a red
one in the middle. He also said that the lights were in a boomerang shape
but he could also make out a dark structure that extended toward the rear
that made it look kite shaped. He and his neighbors just stood in awe as it
passed over their homes without a sound.
The UFO was seen then heading north-west and at about 9;30 pm it was
reported over Torrington Connecticut which is about 15 miles west of
Hartford. At this time dozens of calls were made to police headquaters in
Torrington. Scores of calls were also made to local radio station WSNG. One
woman who lives in the surrounding area of the city of Torrington told
police that she looked out the window and saw these lights approaching her
home. At first she thought it was a jet going to crash. She then alerted
the entire family who all watched the UFO approach. As it approached she
said it seemed to be losing altitude and started to slow down. The UFO then
hovered directly over their home and engulfed the entire house in a beam of
white light. The entire family ran down to the basement to seek protection
since they were not sure what they were dealing with. The object then
continued to move towards downtown Torrington. Despite all the calls to the
local Torrington police they were helpless and could do nothing. This was
a familar scenario that was once again repeating itself. In 1984 a UFO flew
over the towns of Yorktown, New Castle and Mt. Kisco in Westchester county
New York. Local police were helpless and only stood in amazement as they
observed the object. As New Castle police Lt. Herbert Petersen put it"If
this thing can come in here and do this I want to know where the HELL are
our country's defenses". "artford and Torrington police were now
experiencing the same frustration as had been experienced several years
before in Westchester. Federal spokesmen and state police were providing no
real answers.
As the object continued to move to the west it was witnesses by a Mr.
Arnold Springster his wife and their friends near Whist pond just off of
Route 4 about ten miles west of Torrington. Below is Mr. Springster's
sighting account as related to me.
"I was driving with my wife and two friends west on Route 4 near
Whist pond. As we were approaching the pond area I noticed a
series of very bright white lights approaching from the south. I
called the lights to everyones attention and my friend said" It
looks like a squadron of helecopters". The lights continued to
approach, very slow. I stopped the car and rolled down the
windows. , off to my right was the pond and it was frozen at the
time. We looked at the lights and I knew this was something
strange. My wife told me not to be silly that it will probably
turn out to be a plane or something like that. As it approached
I could see a group of red lights mixed in with the white. I
became somewhat concerned because this thing was low and was
still heading straight for us. I would estimate it's altitude at
this time to be no more than 500 feet high. My friend's wife
said" What the hell is it?" It was almost overhead and there was
no sound. The UFO then started to get lower and it continued to
approach. It was moving very slow. I knew that no aircraft could
possibily keep that altitude and go so slow, plus it was dead
quiet. I opened the door and got out of the car and looked up as
the thing passed over the car. It was so huge it seemed like it
took a long time to pass over. Everyone at this time started to
get a little worried, I mean here we were on this road with no
other traffic, it could have easily did what ever it wanted to do
to us. I looked up at it, it was directly overhead and about two
hundred feet above the car. At that point all the white lights
went out and I saw ten red lights very small surrounding a
triangular shaped object with one red light in the middle. This
was weird since when the white lights were on and it was
approaching the object looked like a boomerang or half circle. I
looked up and saw this structure. There were parts that looked
like they were soldered together, but very smoothly. It was made
up of some type of dark greyish material that had a very low
reflectability. This was no type of an aircraft. I have an
enginering background and have flown all types of small aircraft
and I know there was no was this was anything man made. I saw
this large object that blacked out the entire sky above me, it
was easily as large as a football field. I noticed that the
underside was criss-crossed by a network of tubes and grill like
work. It looked like some type of modern art. At that point the
circular red light in the middle of this thing detached itself
and flew ahead of the thing at great speed. The red light then
circled the objct three times then went back to its original
position in the middle of the underside. It just reattached
itself to the same place. By this time the UFO or what ever it
was passed over the car and made a very sharp turn toward the
south. My wife and friends were yelling for us to get out of
there and I just stood outside the car and watched the thing
until I lost it behind some trees. My wife and friends stayed in
the car all the time. The entire sighting was about ten minutes
long. The next day the papers carried a story and said that
hundreds of people had seen it. The papers went on to quote a
spokesman from Bradley International airport who said that it was
a hoax created by five small aircraft in tight formation. I saw
this thing with my friends and I can tell you this was no plane.
My wife never believed in UFOS, but after that night we are both
convinced that these things are real!"
There were many accounts reported to this researcher that January 9th from
stable, credible people. However when these people tried to find out more
they were told by State police that the sightings were caused by nothing
more than a group of stunt fliers from some airport in Dutchess county New
York.
The UFO was then seen heading south and by 9:45 pm it was seen in the
Thomaston area which lies 15 miles south of Torrington. The two towns are
connected by Route 8 a major Connecticut road. There were several reports
from motorists along that area who saw the huge object drift overhead
moving in a southward direction. Closer towards the town of Thomaston along
Route 8 several people stopped their cars and got out to watch the strange
object pass above. At about 9:45 the Thomaston Police Department said it
got several calls of an elliptical formation of lights. It seems the UFO
turned on more lights as it approached Thomaston. It now resembled what was
video taped on July 24 1984 at 10:30 pm in Brewster New York. Moments after
the UFO was reported to them, Thomaston Police received a call from state
police telling them that the lights were a formation of planes from Hudson
New York. When this information came to my attention I was puzzled since
there is no airport in the area of that town.
But residents who watched the UFO over Thomaston were not convinced that
airplanes were the answer. Mr. Paul Tracy observed the UFO as it hovered
above his home "It was big and moved very slowly. It made no noise and
that's what bugged me" he said. David Marcoux was driving home from
downtown Thomaston when he and his wife saw the UFO. "I thought at first it
was a plane. It had rows of seven bright red lights with a big bright red
one that looked as bright as a beacon in the middle."
Marcoux said that when they got home, his wife went inside to grab a
camera. The lights were too far away at this time but they did manage to
snap twenty frames. To my knowledge at the time of publication of this
article not one of them came out. Marcoux summed up his feelings about the
sighting this way "I would sure like to know what's going on," he said.
His feelings are echoed with many in the Hudson Valley area who saw the UFO
from 1983-1984..As one witness in the Hudson Valley stated "We want
answers, not explanations".
Stranger still the lights were once again reported in the Thomaston area on
Monday the 13th of January. Once again quite a few people saw what they
thought was an object the size of a football field hovering in the area and
slowly drifting overhead from 10:00-10:30 PM. Most of the reports seemed to
have come from the less populated areas and only from the Thomaston area!
This was strange, why did the UFO come back and why did it only appear in
that one particular area. There were no other reports from any of the
surrounding towns that night. If that wasn't enough a more baffling
occurrence was to take place the next day.
When the people of Thomaston woke up on Tuesday morning they noticed that
all the electric clocks in the town had gained ten minutes. When middle
school principal Douglas Harlow arrived at his desk Tuesday morning he
discovered that all the school's clocks were ten minutes fast. "I couldn't
fiqure it out" Harlow said.
Mr. Harlow was not the only one who couldn't fiqure it out. The Connecticut
Light and Power Company speculated that sometime in the night there was a
power surge that somehow caused the clocks to move ahead. Philip Gervais a
shift supervisor for the utility said that he never heard of such a thing
happening because of a power surge. He did say that there was no record of
a power surge, but there was a power loss in the area of Hummiston Court
where 109 homes were without electricity for several hours. This is very
close to the area that the UFO was seen, but no reports came to me from
that particular street.
What ever caused the blackout and power surge may never be known. Many
people speculated that the fast clocks had something to do with the
sighting of the UFO the previous night and several days before. We know
that UFOs have caused such electromagnetic effects as power surges and
power blackouts, but was it responsible? What ever caused the clocks of
Thomaston to speed ahead caused enough trouble to upset the morning routine
of many people.
This update covered UFO reports that took place in the Connecticut area.
The activity in the northeast continues. In the months to come I will be
relating more information on UFO reports in and around the Hudson Valley
area of New York.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2060.ufo
+41
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
SUBJECT: MORE BELGIAN UFO SIGHTINGS FILE: UFO2060
PART 1
(2067) Tue 17 Apr 90 6:49p
By: David Stager
To: Michael Corbin
Re: Belgian UFO Sightings
St:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
@EID:2f6c 14919620
In light of the recent UFO sightings in Belgium, I'm posting a 12-9-89 newpaper
story on the same subject:
BRUSSELS, Belgium - The air force and police are investigating numerous UFO
sightings near the border with the Netherlands and West Germany, officials said
yesterday.
Since Nov. 29, dozens of people and police officials in the northeastern Liege
province said they've seen luminous objects in the sky, with some of them
describing a flying platform scanning the surface with three huge searchlights,
while others talk of dancing lights.
During the same period, air traffic controllers "found radar blips on the
screens that could not be immediately explained," said Defense Ministry
spokesman Col. Michael Mandel.
At the time of the sightings there were no authorized low-level filghts in the
region. "We are looking for a rational explanation," he said.
Although Mandel cast doubts on several witness accounts, the Belgian Society
for the Study of Space Phenomenon said yesterday it would send members to the
German-speaking region in Liege and across the border in the Netherlands and
West Germany this weekend. AP (89/12/9) DCS
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2061.ufo
+367
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,367 @@
SUBJECT: MORE BELGIUM UFO SIGHTINGS FILE: UFO2061
PART 2
(9272) Wed 17 Apr 91 6:13p
By: ParaNet(sm) Information Service
To: All
Re: Belgium Information
St:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
@MSGID: 1:104/428 48923a02
This file was provided by ParaNet(sm) Information Service
and its network of international affiliates.
You may freely distribute this file as long as this header
remains intact.
Date Prepared: April 17, 1991
Contributed by: Antonio Huneeus
============================================================
For further information on ParaNet(sm), contact:
Michael Corbin
ParaNet Information Service
P.O. Box 172
Wheatridge, CO 80034-0172
or
FidoNet 1:104/422
Internet mcorbin@scicom.alphacdc.com
===========================================================
Article as it appeared in UFO Universe, June/July 1991.
BREAKING DOWN "THE WALL" OF UFO SILENCE
FOR THE LAST SIX MONTHS, ALMOST THE ENTIRE EUROPEAN CONTINENT HAS
BEEN PLAGUED BY A WAVE OF UFO SIGHTINGS UNSURPASSED IN HISTORY,
PERHAPS MOST PUZZLING HAVE BEEN THOSE OF A GIGANTIC "FLYING
PLATFORM" SIGHTED NEAR THE GERMAN BORDER IN BELGIUM.
By Antonio Huneeus
(c) 1991 by A. Huneeus. All Rights Reserved Reprinted with
permission to ParaNet(sm) Information Service No further
reproduction is allowed without written permission from the
author.
In a totally unprecedented move in the history of ufology, the
Belgian Air Force and government has not only carefully
documented the great UFO wave over Wallonia, but shared its
results with civilian investigators and the public, in effect
literally breaking down "The Wall" of UFO Silence that still
stands in the western world.
* * *
For the past year, citizens in the French-speaking region of
Wallonia in Belgium have experienced an extraordinary UFO wave.
Thousands of witnesses, including dozens of gendarmes (national
police) and officers of the Belgian Air Force, have described
triangular-shaped vehicles flying slowly over rooftops, hovering,
shooting searchlights and performing incredible maneuvers. The
objects have been captured on some 25 videotapes and tracked on
both ground and airborne radar by the military.
Few, if any, will doubt that the triangular UFOs have been seen
all over Wallonia since November of 1989. According to a front
page story in The Wall Street Journal published on October 10,
1990 and entitled "Belgium Scientists Seriously Pursue A
Triangular UFO," "since the rash of sightings here began almost a
year ago, more than ]2,600 have been reported of a triangular
object with three huge lights hovering in the night sky over
Wallonia." The question that some are asking is whether these
objects could be explained by the testing of a new top secret
military aircraft. Remotely Piloted Vehicles (RPVs), AWACS, the
F-117 Stealth Fighter, and a modified version of the B-2 Stealth
Bomber, are some of the options that have been suggested.
Besides the large amount of well documented data gathered by
the Gendarmerie, the Air Force and civilian scientists from the
Belgian Society for the Study of Space Phenomena (SOBEPS), the
Belgian Map has broken another record. For the first time ever in
the controversial history of UFOs anywhere in the world, the
Belgian Minister of Defense, Guy Coeme, has authorized the Air
Force to fully cooperate with SOBEPS, forwarding their reports,
and even putting at their disposal a Hawker Sideley aircraft
equipped with infrared cameras and sophisticated electronic
sensors.
As the well known French physicist, Jean Pierre Petit, explained
to Paris Match magazine, "we are living in a time that is the
beginning of a period of openness. First the Berlin Wall
crumbled, now the wall of silence about UFOs is falling.
Concerning the UFOs, we are entering a phase completely different
from the earlier ones. It is the end of commercialism and fakery.
The true scientists are finally making their appearance." Dr.
Petit is a senior physicist and director of research with the
National Center for Scientific Research of France. An iconoclast
and a world class expert on magnetohydrodynamcs (MHD), Dr. Petit
has also conducted some rather interesting UFO research of his
own, publishing recently his results in the book, INVESTIGATION
OF UFOS.
Unlike many other UFO groups around the world, the SOBEPS
has a team of respected scientists, including Leon Brenig, a
nonlinear dynamics theorist at the Free University in Brussels,
and Professor August Meessen, a physicist from the Catholic
University at Louvain. Among the numerous UFO witnesses, in fact,
were Lucien Clerebaut, Secretary General of SOBEPS, Patrick
Ferryn, a film producer and founding member, and Jose Fernandez,
another SOBEPS investigator. "Here is an opportunity where we can
apply the scientific method," remarked Professor Brenig.
SOBEPS files show that the first sightings occurred on the
night of November 7, 1989, when two gendarmes from Esneux
observed a silent huge craft "with two very powerful white lights
directed downwards and 'a sort of green and red garland.'" The
flap, however, gained momentum and notoriety on the evening of
November 29 when 41 witnesses, including six gendarmes, observed
the huge triangle - sometimes referred as "a stationary platform
" - in Eupen, Verviers, and several other locations in Wallonia
near the border with Germany. As the press speculated with AWACS
and Stealth aircraft on the following days, the Defense Minister
Guy Coeme dismissed these rumors, stating that "all hypotheses
involving the presence of military aircraft in our air space are
definitely to be ruled out. "
It is perhaps because the objects are so far unidentified, that
the Belgian Air Force has undertaken the task of chasing and
investigating the intruders. As Col. Wilfried de Brouwer, the
Chief of Operations of the Belgian Air Force who is coordinating
the UFO investigation, told The Wall Street Journal, "Our
approach is that it's our job to see what's going on." Indeed,
the UFO flap climaxed on the night of March 30-31 of 1990, when
unknown targets were tracked by two radar installations. The one
at Glons, located southeast of Brussels, belongs to the NATO
defense group - NATO Headquarters is in Brussels - while that at
Semmerzake, west of Brussels, is in charge of controlling all
military and civilian traffic in the entire Belgian territory. At
that point, the master-controller at Glons ordered the scramble
of two F-16 interceptors, which also locked the UFO on their
onboard radars.
We have obtained, courtesy of French researcher Jean-Luc
Rivera, a copy of the complete report of this incident, which was
prepared by Air Force Major P. Lambrechts, from the Air Force
General Staff in Brussels, and which was forwarded to the SOBEPS
following the instructions of full cooperation with that group.
The "Report Concerning the Observation of UFOs During the Night
of March 30 to 31, 1990," includes a full chronology of the
events, as well as a thick dossier of enclosures with eyewitness'
descriptions from several gendarmes and maps of where the
sightings took place.
Major P. Lambrechts explains at the inception that, "the
observations both visual and by radar were of such nature, that
it was decided to order the scramble of two F-16 aircraft with
the goal of identifying these UFOs." The report also indicates
that "the presence or testing of B2 or F117 (Stealth Bomber),
RPVs (Remotely Piloted Vehicles), ULMs (Ultra Light Motorized)
and AWACS at the moment of these events in the Belgian airspace,
can be excluded. "
According to the Chronology, the Sequence of events began at
22.50 hours, when the "master controller at Glons " received a
telephone call from gendarme Renquin, who reported he was seeing
from his house in Ramillies, "three unusual lights. . . forming
an equilateral triangle, and with changing colors of red, green
and yellow." At 23.05, the Gendarmerie at Wavre sent a patrol,
which confirmed the observation. At 23.15, Renquin called again
to inform that he was seeing a new set of three lights, while the
radar screens at Glons detected " an unidentified contact moving
at a speed of around 25 knots." (A knot is equivalent to one
nautical mile - 6,080 feet - per hour. )
For the next two and a half hours, an increasing number of
gendarmes and other witnesses continued to observe the strange
maneuvers of up to three sets of triangular lights in the
outskirts of Brussels. By 23.49 hours, the radar screens at
Semmerzake confirmed the targets and the order to scramble two F-
16s was given at 23.56 hours, taking off at 00.05 on March 31.
According to the report, "the aircraft had brief radar contacts
on several occasions." However, each time that "the pilots were
able to secure a lock on one of the targets for a few seconds,
this resulted each time in a drastic change in the behavior of
the UFOs."
During the first lock on at 00.13, continues the report, "the
speed of the target changed in a minimum of time from 150 to 970
knots and from 9,000 to 5,000 feet, returning then to 11,000
feet, in order to change again to close to ground level; this
resulted in a 'break lock' in a few seconds and the pilots lost
the radar contact." In another lock on at 00.30 hours, the "break
lock" was achieved by what the report calls "a jamming signal on
the screen."
Col. de Brouwer explained to Paris Match reporter Marie-Therese
de Brosses, that the change of velocity from 280 KPM to 1,800 KPH
while descending from 3,000 meters to 1,000 meters in one second,
was a fantastic acceleration equivalent to 40 Gs. This would
exclude any human pilot onboard the UFO, since humans can only
withstand 8 Gs. (A "G " is a unit of acceleration equivalent to
the gravitational pull of the earth, 9.81 m/sec/sec.) When the
UFO approached the ground level, continued Col. de Brouwer, "it
was out of the question for the F-16 to catch up with the object
at this low altitude, where the density of the air limits the
speed to 1,300 KMP. Above that speed, the temperature in the
compressors of the jet turbines would cause the engines to burst.
There was a logic behind the motions of the object," added the
Colonel.
In any case, the cat and mouse game went on until shortly after 1
am, when the F-16s were ordered to return to their base. On the
ground, however, Captain Pinson and other gendarmes continued to
observe "four white luminous spots forming a square" until around
1.30, when "the four UFOs lost their luminosity and seemed to
disappear in four different directions." Significantly, the
weather conditions on that night were very clear, allowing ground
witnesses to observe the objects in detail, as well as the
pursuit by the F-16s. The pilots, however, did not observe the
objects visually.
Major Lambrechts finally excludes a number of alternative
hypotheses for the UFOs, such as "optical illusions, confusion
with planets or other meteorological phenomena... weather
balloons. . . or meteorological inversions. . . holographic
projections," etc. More importantly, he writes that "the speeds
measured at he moment of the change of altitudes, exclude the
hypothesis that the UFOs observed could be confused with
aircraft. " Still more puzzling was the fact that, "despite that
on several occasions high speeds above the speed of the sound
barrier were measured, the shock wave was never observed. Here,
no explanation can be given." The French physicist Jean Pierre
Petit concurred: "In reality," he told Paris Match, "there is no
machine made by man, either an airplane or a missile, that is
capable of such performance. Specifically, flying at the speed of
sound without making a sonic boom."
Although the Belgian military authorities have insisted that
the UFOs in Wallonia are no secret aircraft, the similarities
between the triangular craft seen in Belgium with the boomerang-
shaped objects reported throughout the last decade in the Hudson
Valley in New York and Western Connecticut, as well as other
triangular UFOs observed in Wytheville, Virginia, Fyffe, Alabama,
and Puerto Rico, among other places, have led some researchers to
suggest that the technology behind all these observations is
terrestrial and not extraterrestrial.
The similarity between the Belgian and Hudson Valley flaps was
noted by SOBEPS investigator Patrick Ferryn. Commenting on the
book Night Siege by the late Dr. Allen Hynek, investigator
Phillip Imbrogno and reporter Bob Pratt, which documented the
Hudson Valley cases, Ferryn wrote that "changing only a few
words, exactly the same could be written to give an account of
the position of affairs here! [in Belgium] The same goes for many
entire pages and excerpts elsewhere in the book."
While nobody doubts that people have been seeing something in
both upstate New York and Wallonia in Belgium, the big question
is whether these sightings are caused by true UFOs or by some
kind of new revolutionary secret military aircraft. Foremost
among the proponents of the secret weapon theory is Tony
Gonsalves, a researcher from East Providence, Rhode Island, who
served as a jet mechanic and plane captain for the U.S. Navy on
three aircraft carriers between 1959 and 1963.
In a number of papers written during the last two years,
Gonsalves has developed his theory of "The American made UFO" -
that the boomerangs of Westchester and Duchess counties, as well
as the triangular UFOs of Belgium, Virginia and Puerto Rico, are
actually a modified covert version of the B-2 Stealth Bomber.
Gonsalves believes this craft has been fully operational since
the early 80s, while the official B-2 bomber that was unveiled in
1988 is a "decoy" to deceive the American public, the media and
the Congress. Furthermore, Tony Gonsalves and a few other
ufologists speculate that this secret aircraft may even
incorporate some alien technology obtained from UFO crashes
decades ago.
Gonsalves' theory seemed to gain some credibility when Aviation
Week & Space Technology magazine reported in its October 1, 1990
edition that, "large, triangular wing-Shaped aircraft" are indeed
being tested out of the Nellis Air Force range in Nevada and the
Tehachapi Mountains near Edwards AFB in California. The well
known aerospace magazine mentioned several sightings by engineers
of "triangular-shaped aircraft, " possibly prototypes for the A-
12, the Navy's new Stealth attack plane, and one or several
versions for reconnaissance aircraft cloaked under the top secret
code of Aurora, to replace the old Lockheed SR-71 "Blackbird"
which was recently mothballed. Aviation Week (sometimes referred
by the nickname of "Aviation Leak") also quoted Air Force sources
who "acknowledged that diamond and triangular-shaped vehicles are
'the trend now,'" as well as unconfirmed reports that some of
these aircraft "were designed to operate at speeds around Mach 10
or higher."
Because he worked for over 30 years as senior editor of
Aviation Week, where he is still a contributing editor, we sought
the opinion of well known UFO debunker Phillip Klass as to
whether there could be any validity to explain the Hudson Valley
and Belgian flaps with Secret military aircraft, Stealth or
otherwise. "In my opinion the answer is absolutely not,"
responded Klass, adding that only those sightings "in the
vicinity of Nellis Air Force Base" in Nevada could be caused by
military aircraft tests. "If there were a secret airplane,"
continued Klass, "for goodness' sake, the last place in the world
you'd want to fly it is in Duchess County, where people have been
alerted to look for objects."
Although they certainly disagree on the final cause of the
sightings, Klass and Phillip Imbrogno seem to be in full
agreement in their rejection of Tony Gonsalves' Stealth theory.
"l can't see the government testing a top secret device in an
area like this, " said Imbrogno. "Number one, what if they have a
problem, what if they crash?" Imbrogno said he had considered
this possibility when he first looked into the boomerang
sightings, but that "I am convinced right now that the Hudson
Valley UFO is not an aircraft, Stealth or otherwise. Number two,
I am not totally convinced that it's from outerspace. Number
three, I don't know what the hell it is."
Meanwhile, sightings continue to pile up in Europe. The latest
case before we go to press was reported in early November, when
"mystery shapes in the sky, variously described as orange balls,
triangles and points of light," were reported in France, Belgium,
Germany, Switzerland and Italy, according to a newswire report
from the Reuter's news agency. Police phone lines were flooded
across the continent with calls about unidentified flying
objects. Experts in Munich speculated the sightings could have
been triggered by the explosion of a meteorite. However, this
explanation could hardly satisfy the familiar sightings in
Belgium, where "dozens of people reported a triangular object
with three lights flying slowly and soundlessly to the
southwest," according to the Reuter report.
The Belgian Air Force was studying once again the case, and so
was France's Service for the Investigation of Re-entry Phenomena
(SEPRA), which is attached to the French National Space Agency in
Toulouse and was formerly known as GEPAN. One Air France pilot
told a radio interviewer: "We were on a flight to Barcelona
(Spain) at about 33,000 feet at about 7 pm when we first saw the
shape. It couldn't have been a satellite because it was there for
three or four minutes."
If the sightings in Belgium and elsewhere turn out to be secret
aircraft, the mystery will become pubic sooner or later, but if
they are indeed caused by true UFOs, then we may be debating them
for a long time to come. Perhaps a summary of the whole Belgian
flap and its meaning was best expressed by SOBEPS Scientist
August Meessen, Professor of Physics at the Catholic University
at Louvain. He told the French magazine Paris Match: "There are
too many independent eyewitness reports to ignore. Too many of
the reports describe coherent physical effects, and there is an
agreement among the accounts concerning what was observed. If all
of these witnesses are lying, then it is a mental disease of such
novelty and proportions that it must be studied."
"But of course," continued Prof. Meessen, "there are also
physical effects. The Air Force report allows us to approach the
problem in a rational and scientific way. The simplest hypothesis
is that the reports are caused by extraterrestrial visitors, but
that hypothesis carries with it other problems. We are not in a
rush to form a conclusion, but continue to study the mystery."
The last word about the UFO flap that has brought down "The Wall"
of UFO Silence has yet to be uttered.
ABOUT THE AUTHOR Chilean-American journalist Antonio Huneeus
was born in New York in 1950, the son of a Chilean diplomat and
United States official. After studying French at the Sarbonne
University in Paris in 1970 and journalism at the University of
Chile, he worked as science editor for a weekly magazine in
Santiago and was a contributor for a number of newspapers.
Huneeus' UFO investigation began in 1977 with the bizarre "time
warp" incident of Chilean Army Corporal Armando Valdes. Since
then, he has written hundreds of articles on UFOs and related
subjects for such publications as Omni, UFO Report, and the MUFON
JOURNAL in the U.S., as well as for magazines throughout South
America and Europe. Last year he won the UFOlogists of the Year
Award given by the National UFO Conference. The photographs and
art that accompany this article are part of Antonio's UFO
CHRONICLE lecture and slide presentation. Readers may reach the
author directly at Box 1989, New York, NY 10159.
END
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2062.ufo
+102
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
SUBJECT: REPORT ON OBSERVATIONS 30-31 MARCH 1990 FILE: UFO2062
From Bill Chalker in Australia - A ParaNet(sm) special correspondent.
Mike, Re the Document received from the Belgian Defence Department, the full
document follows:
SUMMARY REPORT ON OBSERVATIONS 30-31 MARCH 1990
BACKGROUND
1. Starting early Dec 89 the BAF has been contacted on several occasions by
eyewitnesses who observed strange phenomena in the Belgian airspace. On some
occassions they described the phenomena as a triangle-shaped platform up to 200
feet wide with 3 downward beaming projectors, hovering at +- 100 m above the
ground and making only a very light humming noise. Some witnesses saw the
object departing at very high speed after a very fast acceleration. All
observations were made in the evening or during the night. 2. The radar
stations which had been alerted by eyewitnesses could not definitely determine
a correlation between the visual observations and their detections on radar.
On two occasions the BAF scrambled 2 F16 during the evening hours. a.On the
first occasion the F16 arrived +- 1 hour after the visual detection. Nothing
was observed. b. On the second occassion, pilots could identify a laser-beam
projector on the ground. After investigation it appeared however that the
description of the observations totally differed from previously described
phenomena. 3. Consequently the Belgian Airforce, anxious to identify the origin
of the phenomena, authorised F16 scrambles if following conditions were met: a.
Visual observations on the ground confirmed by the local police. b. Detection
on radar.
EVENTS
4. On 30 Mar 1990 at 23.00 Hr the Master Controller (MC) of the Air Defence
radar station of Glons received a phone call from a person who declared to
observe three independant blinking lights in the sky, changing colours, with a
much higher intensity than the lights of the stars and forming a triangle.
Meteo conditions were clear sky, no clouds, light wind and a minor temperature
inversion at 3000 Ft. 5. The MC in turn notified the police of WAVRE which
confirmed the sighting at +- 23 30 Hr. Meanwhile the MC had identified a radar
contact at about 8 NM North of the ground observation. The contact moved
slowely to the West at a speed of =- 25kts and an altitude of 10.000 Ft. 6. The
ground observers reported 3 additional light spots which moved gradually, with
irregular speeds, towards the first set of lights and forming a second
triangle. 7. At 23.50 a second radar station, situated at +- 100 NM from the
first, confirmed an identical contact at the same place of the radar contact of
Glons. 8. At 00.05 Hr 2 F16 were scrambled from BEAUVECHAIN airbase and guided
towards the radar contacts. A total of 9 interception attempts have been made.
At 6 occasions the pilots could establish a lock-on with their air interception
radar. Lock-on distances varried between 5 and 8 NM. On all occasions targets
varied speed and altitude very quickly and break-locks occured after 10 to 60
seconds. Speeds varied between 150 and 1010 kts. At 3 occasions both F16
registered simultaneous lock-ons with the same parameters. The 2 F16 were
flying +- 2 NM apart. No visual contact could be established by either of the
F16 pilots. 9. The F16 flew 3 times through the observation field of the ground
observers. At the third passage the ground observers notified a change in the
behaviour of the light spots. The most luminous started to blink very
intensively while the other disappeared. Consequently, the most luminous spot
started to dim gradually. 10. Meanwhile the head of the police of WAVRE had
alerted 4 other police stations in the area. All four, seperated +- 10 NM from
each other, confirmed the visual observations. 11. The aircraft landed at 01.10
Hrs. The last visual observation was recorded at +- 01.30 Hrs.
CONCLUSIONS
12. The BELGIAN Airforce was unable to identify neither the nature nor the
origin of the phenomena. However, it had sufficient elements to exclude
following assumptions: a. Balloons. Impossible due to the highly variable
speeds (confirmed visually and by radar). b. ULM. Same as for balloons. c. RPV.
Impossible due to the hovering characteristics. d. Aircraft (including
Stealth). Same as for RPV. No noise. e. Laser projections or Mirages.
Unlikely due to lack of projection surface (no clouds). Light spots have been
observed from different locations. Light spots moved over distance of more
than 15 NM. Form of inlighted part of spots has been observed with spectacles.
Laser projections or mirages can not be detected by radar.
{signed}
W. DE BROUWER
Kol Vl SBH
VS3
THAT REPRESENTS THE WHOLE DOCUMENT AS RECEIVED. It was described by E. Lamin,
Colonel Brevete d'Etat-Major Chef de la Section Politique de Defense ad interim
as "Veuillez trover, ci-joint, un resume de la declaration faite a la presse,
le 11 juillet 1990, par le Colonel Aviateur Brevete d'Etat-Major DE BROUWER,
Chef de la Section Operations de l'Etat-Major de la Force Aerienne Belge,
relative aux observations en objet." The Summary was the the basis of the press
briefing given on 11 July, 1990 by De Brouwer. The copy as above was sent to
me in English albeit a little in error. All in all an interesting official
summary of the pertinent events. Mike, as Richard Haines specialises in
aircraft cases could you please pass on a copy of this via the fax arrangement
you have set up, with my compliments and warm regards. He may have already
secured this info but in case he hasn't he get this version. Could you also
ask him to advise on his knowledge and position on the affair particular the
photography and a/c RV events. He could do this via Paranet and/or my postal
address: P.O. Box W42, West Pennant Hills, NSW, AUSTRALIA, 2125. Trust you all
all the Paranet researchers find this of interest. Regards from down under. I
look forward to any further info you have on the Belgian affair. - Bill Chalker
--- ZMailQ 1.10 @1:207/110.0
* Origin: ParaNet(sm)--Leading UFO and ParaNormal Research Network (1:207/110)
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2063.ufo
+397
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,397 @@
SUBJECT: THE BELGIUM GOV. FILE: UFO2063
This file was provided by ParaNet(sm) Information Service
and its network of international affiliates.
You may freely distribute this file as long as this header
remains intact.
============================================================
For further information on ParaNet(sm), contact:
Michael Corbin
ParaNet Information Service
P.O. Box 928
Wheatridge, CO 80034-0928
or
Netmail 1:104/422
============================================================
The following was given to me by Mark Rodeghier / Center for UFO
Studies, 2457 W. Peterson Ave., Chicago, IL. 60659. Any comment
in brackets [] is mine. BB
*******************
EYES ONLY VOL. 1, No. 1
The Ufological wit and wisdom of Bob Durant or, the material I
prepared for the New Jersey MUFON Newsletter but they wouldn't
print.
* * *
PARIS MATCH is a slick French weekly something like a classy
cross between TIME and PEOPLE MAGAZINE. It is very widely read
and something of a journalistic institution. Although the reader
can count on the latest gossip concerning Charles and Lady Di,
each issue also contains serious coverage of political and
scientific issues.
Thanks to the linguistic abilities of my wife, I have
translated an astonishing article that appeared in the July 5,
1990 issue. This recounts a series of sightings of a UFO over
Belgium. There were thousands of witnesses, and the object was
tracked simultaneously by two ground radar installations and by
the airborne intercept radars of two F-16 fighters sent to chase
it.
But by far the most significant aspect of this case is that
the Belgium government released all the data and worked in close
cooperation with a civilian UFO research organization. To the
best of my knowledge, this is unique in the history of ufology.
Indeed it is the "political" aspect that prodded me to take
the considerable time and effort to make this translation
available to ufologists in the U.S. Please "network" this
document as you see fit, remembering that the article (but not my
translation) is copyrighted.
Sincerely,
BOB (signed)
R.J. Durant
* * *
AN UNIDENTIFIED FLYING OBJECT ON THE RADAR OF AN F-16
by Marie-Theresa De Brosses
The Belgium Defense Minister authorized us to publish this
report. It is the "scoop of the sky." These two screens (see
photos) [The article is referring to two photos of the radar
screens in the F-16 which are derived from an internal recording
device in the plane. Photo one shows the UFO as a diamond on the
screen framed by short vertical lines indicating that the pilot
has instructed the computer to follow the target. The comparison
of the two photos supports statements by the pilots that the UFO
dove from 2,000 meters (7,000 ft) to 00, indicating that it was
below the 200 meter limit on the radar. This occurred in ONE
second.] are the incontestable witnesses of a meeting of science
& fiction. In an unprecedented action, the Belgium Air Force has
released pictures of the radar images of UFOs intercepted by the
pilots of their F-16 fighters. It was the precision and clarity
of the pictures that convinced the Defense Minister to order full
resources deployed in the gigantic chase of the UFO during the
Easter weekend. PARIS MATCH takes you behind the symbols and
numbers of these exceptional pictures to discover the incredible
performance of those flying objects which are very real but
nonetheless unidentified. We may not be the only ones in the
universe.
There are people in the military services who are normally
silent on this subject but who now say: the UFOs are not a myth.
On June 22nd, for the first time in history, an Air Force
revealed an important piece of this story which is not science
fiction.
On this day, after going through a meticulous security
screening, I find myself in the headquarters of the Belgium Air
Force near Brussels. In a small room, Colonel DeBrouwer, Chief of
Operations of the Belgium Air Force, started a video tape
recorder. On the screen appeared the film that was brought back
in the "black box" of the F-16 that was launched to chase the
UFO. This, it turned out, was not really the important chase,
which would happen two weeks later, when practically all of
Belgium tried to capture the UFO. But until now we were not told
about the one Colonel DeBrouwer was about to describe.
The Belgium military had been on alert since November 1989,
when numerous reports by the Gendarmerie (National police force)
began pouring in daily telling of observations of UFOs above
Belgium territory. It had started on the crazy night of November
29, 1989, during which 30 groups of witnesses, among them three
police patrols, scattered over 800 square kilometers of territory
between Liege and the German/Netherlands border, reported UFOs.
All of the witnesses observed for hours a strange triangular
object nearly silent, maneuvering at low speed and very low
altitude, without creating the least amount of turbulence.
As do the world's Air Forces, the Belgian military have at
their disposal supersonic interceptor airplanes ready 24 hours a
day to take off with five minutes notice. In this case we are
talking about two F-16 single pilot fighters, armed with
missiles. Headquarters was prudent and conservative. During the
previous month the two planes have twice been sent in response to
sightings but without results. The first time they saw nothing.
The second instance was attributed to an advertising searchlight
for a night club.
On the night of March 30th, one of the callers reporting a UFO
was a Captain of the national police at Pinson, and Headquarters
decided to make a serious effort to verify the reports. In
addition to the visual sightings, two radar installations also
saw the UFO. One radar is at Glons, southeast of Brussels, which
is part of the NATO defense group, and one at Semmerzake, west of
the Capitol, which controls the military and civilian traffic of
the entire Belgian territory. The range of the two radars is 300
KM, which is more than enough to cover the area where the reports
took place. In this region the land is fairly flat, rolling
country without any prominent hills. The radar has a perfect
view of all flying objects with an altitude above 200 meters over
the ground. Nevertheless, Headquarters determined to do some very
precise studies during the next 55 minutes to eliminate the
possibility of prosaic explanations for the radar images.
Excellent atmospheric conditions prevailed, and there was no
possibility of false echoes due to temperature inversions.
All military and civilian airplanes are equipped with a device
called a transponder which permits their immediate identification
on the radar screen in the form of a coded signal. The radar echo
received on that night was like that of an airplane that was
moving at very low speed, about 50 KPH, and frequently changing
direction and altitude. But it did not send any identifying
transponder signal.
Naturally, the Belgian Air Force can't permit an unidentified
object to fly over its territory. So at 0005 hours the order was
given to the F-16s to take off and to find the intruder. The lead
pilot concentrated on his radar screen, which at night is his
best organ of vision. The F-16 is equipped with very
sophisticated equipment, including chase radar, which is not
fixed directly ahead of the airplane, but makes a wide search in
an arc of 90 degrees left and right of the nose. Slightly behind
the lead fighter, the wingman in the second F-16 followed the
movements of the first jet, concentrating on maintaining contact
with the center of coordination of the search.
Suddenly the two fighters spotted the intruder on their radar
screens, appearing like a little bee dancing on the scope. Using
their joy sticks like a video game, the pilots ordered the
onboard computers to pursue the target. As soon as lock-on was
achieved, the target appeared on the screen as a diamond shape,
telling the pilots that from that moment on the F-16s will remain
tracking the object automatically. On the screen is indicated the
object's position, distance and speed. The object was very close
to the fighters.
On this portion of the video tape that Col. DeBrouwer has, in
such an exceptional manner, allowed us to see, we can hear the
radio exchange of the two pilots. The emotions of the pilots are
clearly perceptible. "Look," the Colonel tells me stopping the
VCR, and showing me the diamond shape on the screen, "At this
stage in the chase in our military jargon it means a successful
interception."
Then I said, in layman's terms, what does a "successful
interception" mean? He answered, "Our fighter planes are armed
with automatically self-directed missiles. Once they are launched
internal computers in the missiles intelligently guide the
missiles to the target by themselves. Of course, in this case of
the UFO there was no question of doing that. We only wanted to
identify the intruder."
The pilot did not even have time to start this procedure,
which requires the fighter's radar to stay locked on for at least
six seconds. But the object had speeded up from an initial
velocity of 280 KPH to 1,800 KPH, while descending from 3,000
meters to 1,700 meters...in one second! This fantastic
acceleration corresponds to 40 Gs. [A "G" is a unit of
acceleration. One G is equivalent to the gravitational pull of
the earth, 9.81 m/sec/sec.] It would cause immediate death to a
human on board. The limit of what a pilot can take is about 8 Gs.
And the trajectory of the object was extremely disconcerting. It
arrived at 1,700 meters altitude, then it dove rapidly toward the
ground at an altitude under 200 meters, and in doing so escaped
from the radars of the fighters and ground units at Glons and
Semmerzake. This maneuver took place over the suburbs of
Brussels, which are so full of man-made lights that the pilots
lost sight of the object beneath them.
"In any event, it was out of the question for the F-16 to
catch up with the object at this low altitude, where the density
of the air limits the speed to 1,300 KPH. Above that speed, the
temperature in the compressors of the jet turbines would cause
the engines to burst," said Col. DeBrouwer. "There was a logic
behind the motions of the object."
Everything indicates that this object was intelligently
directed to escape from the pursuing planes. During the next
hours the scenario repeated twice. The Commander of the Belgian
Air Force gave me a detailed report which had been produced by
the Belgian Society For The Study of Special Phenomena (Sobeps)
in cooperation with the Air Force. The report states: "In three
cases the pilots managed to get their radar locked on the object,
with the immediate result that the object's behavior drastically
changed. The object literally played hide and seek with the
fighters. It dived toward the ground to evade the airborne and
ground radars. Then it climbed back into radar range in a
leisurely manner, thus initiating a new chase.
This fantastic game of hide and seek was observed from the
ground by a great number of witnesses, among them 20 national
policemen who saw both the object and the F-16s. The encounter
lasted 75 minutes, but nobody heard the supersonic boom which
should have been present when the object flew through the sonic
barrier. No physical damage was reported. Given the low altitude
and the speed of the object, many windows should have been
broken.
So, for the first time in history, a newspaper reporter was
allowed to see a document which established proof of an
interception of a UFO by a military fighter. I have seen on the
video screen the flight maneuvers and the extraordinary changes
in speed of the UFO.
All the details of this affair are related in the report which
has just been released by Sobeps. This collaboration between the
Air Force of a nation and a private research group is without
precedent and must be taken very seriously. Also, the competence
of the civilian researchers is worthy of trust. This group
includes several scientists with excellent credentials such as
physicist Leo Brenig, Professor at the University of Brussels and
August Meesen, Professor at the Catholic University of Louvain,
who has belonged to Sobeps since its creation 18 years ago. On a
television interview, Mr. Guy Coeme the Minister of Defense,
declared that he had authorized the AIr Force to release all
information at their disposal to Sobep.
After having seen this dramatic sequence, I posed a number of
questions to Col. DeBrouwer. First, could the object have been a
radiosonde balloon?
"No, the object acted as if it was totally independent of the
winds, and we have done, among other things, a complete review of
meteorological conditions. This is why we did not publish the
report until now. We wanted to do a complete study to verify all
aspects of the case. Our military defense system is not prepared
for this sort of thing. We had to analyze and interpret the data
from the recording inside the fighters."
Is it a natural phenomenon, or perhaps the debris from rockets
or satellites or space junk? "No, a meteorite or a fragment of a
rocket does not enter the atmosphere in a zig zag fashion. The
analysis of the radar traces showed numerous changes in
direction, and the atmospheric conditions that prevailed
precluded any electromagnetic phenomenon as the cause."
But I asked how about the famous F-117 the American Stealth
airplane, which many people think may be responsible? "This
airplane is absolutely designed for penetration at low altitude.
On the other hand it has a minimum speed of 278 KPH and the UFOs
speed went down to 40 KPH. The F-117 does not have engines that
can be tilted down for very slow speed flight. Also no airplane
is capable of flying at 1,800 KPH or so low to the ground without
creating a sonic boom."
Then he gave me a telex sent by the Military Attache of the
U.S. Ambassador to the Commander of the Belgian Air Force
confirming that the Stealth airplane was never stationed on
European territory nor did it ever fly over that territory.
Professor Jean Pierre Petit accompanied me in my visit to the
Belgian Air Force Headquarters. He once served as a controller
for jet interception exercises. Petit is a senior physicist and a
director of research with the National Center for Scientific
Research of France. He has recently published a book entitled
"Investigation of UFOs," published by Editions Albin Michel, and
makes this strong statement:
"In reality, there is no machine made by man either an
airplane or a missile that is capable of such performance.
Specifically, flying at the speed of sound without making a sonic
boom. What degree of confidence can we place on this statement?
The same as that in Astrophysics connected with the first
detection of a Supernova in 1987 in the Magellanic Clouds
galactic group. Proof of the existence of this stellar cataclysm
we call a Supernova relies on this single unique observation. I
am completely convinced that this type of UFO observation by
radar has already happened many times over the past 30 years
either by means of the sophisticated radar of the F-16 which is
typical of that used by the world's air forces for the past ten
years or before that by conventional radar. And those countries
who have had radar contacts have kept the fact in strict secrecy
to avoid public panic."
But what is happening right now, what is the reason for this
sudden revelation of the truth?
"We are living in a time that is the beginning of a period of
openness. First the Berlin Wall Crumbled, now the wall of silence
about UFOs is falling. Concerning the UFOs we are entering a
phase completely different from the earlier ones. It is the end
of commercialism and fakery. The true scientists are finally
making their appearance. Look at the work of Professor Meesen."
"Sobeps has collected more than one thousand eyewitness
reports from the UFO wave over Belgium. One report is especially
interesting. On the night of March 31, at a location 30 KM
southeast of Brussels, three completely reliable witnesses had a
sighting. They were Lucien Clerebaut, Secretary General of
Sobeps, Patrick Ferrym, a Moving Picture Producer, and Jose
Fernandez. They observed a bright luminous light low on the
horizon. The light got bigger and closer, and was seen to be an
object of triangular form with rounded angles. It was carrying
four spotlights and the periphery of the object had numerous
smaller lights around it. As it passed over their heads at an
altitude which they estimated to be 300 to 400 meters, the object
had a diameter six times that of a full moon. Mr. Ferrym took
four pictures of the object with a very high sensitivity film
with an ASA of 1,600. As a control he photographed an ordinary
airplane several minutes later, using the same shutter opening
and speed."
"When the film was developed he got a surprise. The position
lights of the airplane were clearly shown on the pictures. But
the `spotlights' on the UFO, which to the naked eye had been much
stronger than the lights on the airplane, were hardly
discernible. The general form of the UFO, which had also been
clearly visible, was lost on the film. It should be noted that
the UFO was also much closer to the observers than the airplane."
Recalling that a simple infrared ray can prevent some films
from being exposed, Professor Meesen performed an experiment in
his laboratory. Using a prism, he projected directly on unexposed
film a spectrum of light, going from red to purple, superimposing
an infrared ray on the lower part of the negative. When the film
was developed, the spectrum of light is perfectly visible in the
portion of the film untouched by the infrared ray but
considerably attenuated, though not completely annihilated, where
the infrared light struck the film."
The Professor continued, "If the UFOs are really a physical
object, and if they propagate infrared light, it would be quite
normal that photographs would contain some surprises when they
were developed. This could include the total disappearance of the
object that had been observed visually. This would explain the
very low number of pictures that we have received in this UFO
wave as well as the failure to get close up pictures.
Professor Meesen remained very conservative. As a good
disciple of the famous scientist Claude Bernard, he is faithful
to the Scientific Method, which consists of observing facts, then
proposing hypotheses to explain the facts and finally
accomplishing experimental verification of the hypotheses. To him
it is absolutely essential to study this enigmatic file of UFO
reports: "There are too many independent eyewitness reports to
ignore. Too many of the reports describe coherent physical
effects and there is an agreement among the accounts concerning
what was observed. If all of these witnesses are lying, then it
is a mental disease of such novelty and proportions that it must
be studied. But of course there are also physical effects. The
Air Force report allows us to approach the problem in a rational
and scientific way. The simplest hypothesis is that the reports
are caused by extraterrestrial visitors, but that hypothesis
carries with it other problems. We are not in a rush to form a
conclusion, but also to study the mystery."
When I first met Prof. Meesen, he had not yet seen the
document that was shown to me by Col. DeBrouwer. This was the
Belgian Air Force report on the successful interceptions of March
30, which allowed us to understand why the military had placed at
the disposal of Sobep such facilities as the F-16 interceptors
and a twin engine Hawker airplane. The Hawker could carry a large
number of researchers and many measuring devices, including an
enormous infrared camera. During this eventful weekend, which
drew in tens of thousands of witnesses, the military had put top
priority on the UFO, but was remaining silent. They wanted to
know more before speaking.
The press was astonished by the "unsuccessful" hunt on this
Easter weekend. But it is all clear now. We could not say that
the UFO did not actually meet us, because there were many
observations from the ground. But if the device had stayed under
200 meters in altitude, it would have been undetectable by radar.
Now the sightings have dribbled off, the witnesses rarer and
rarer. But the questions still remain. How disconcerting this
wave of UFO sightings over Belgium! First of all, why Belgium?
Why these thousands of witnesses in a six month period? In
previous decades witnesses often described landings, but why were
there no landing reports? Why the triangular shape of the UFO,
reported by more than 90% of the witnesses? At the moment, all of
these are questions without an answer.
"For us, the release of this report by the Belgian Air Force
and the confidence in us that it bespeaks is the reward for 18
years of work," concluded Lucien Clerebaut of Sobeps.
Regardless of the frustrating irregularity of this phenomenon
(waves of sightings mixed with long periods of absence), and
regardless of the sarcasms of those scientists who are violently
hostile to this kind of investigation which they consider to be a
sort of scientific disease, a few eminent scientists such as
Professors Meesen, Brenig and Petit continue their methodical
work.
Now is the time to help them.
END
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2064.ufo
+145
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
SUBJECT: OCT./91 & NOV./91 UFO SIGHTINGS IN THE GULF BREEZE FILE: UFO2064
The following articles appeared recently in the
The Islander (Pensacola, FL) and the Gulf Breeze
Sentinel. They deal with October and November 1991 UFO
sightings in the Gulf Breeze, Florida area and point out the
resemblance of the observed craft to that photographed
by Ed and Frances Walters back in late 87 and early 88.
-------------------------------------------------
Gulf Breeze Sentinel (November 14, 1991)
(letter to the editor by Donald Ware)
I am one of the many people living outside of your
community who subscribe to the Gulf Breeze Sentinel
because of its excellent record on reporting the significant
local UFO activity. I am concerned about the lack of
such reporting since the paper was purchased over a month
ago. Significant sightings continue to be witnessed by
many people in Gulf Breeze and photographed on film and
video. I believe 10 November was the 103rd sighting
recorded there in the past year.
As a primary investigator on the Gulf Breeze, FL UFO
encounters, I am convinced Ed and Frances and others
were ALLOWED (author's emphasis) such good photographic
opportunities four years ago because the occupants wanted
people to see the pictures. Now, I think they want the
people with a desire to do so to see their vehicles. The
recent photographic evidence indicates the UFOs frequenting
Gulf Breeze now are Gulf Breeze type-2 craft as photographed
most clearly by Frances Walters on 26 Jan. 88.
I have studied all I could find about these alien vehicles
since I saw seven over Washington, DC in 1952. I know well
60 people who have been on board. I know several credible
people in our area who report frequent telepathic contact
with the supposed occupants. For those who seek the truth,
many answeres to what puzzles us are there to be found. I
hope the new owners of the Sentinel hold the same level of
journalistic morality that we appreciated so much from the
past editor, Duane Cook.
Donald M. Ware
Lt. Colonel, USAF(Ret)
Ft. Walton Beach
------------------------------------------------------
The Islander (Pensacola, FL) October 25, 1991
UFO SIGHTINGS CONTINUE
by Gary Watson
October 5, for three and a half minutes an unidentified
flying object appeared over Gulf Breeze and on that night
this brilliant red UFO, so often seen by scores of witnesses
at the south end of the Pensacola Bay Bridge, suddenly
displayed a bright ring of lights that outlined its pulsating
"power light."
"Look, there it is!" sue Jones yelled for others to look
in the direction she pointed. The crowd echoed her words.
"There it is!" "To the south, look everybody!" Bruce Morrison
scrambled to his video camera. Greg Liss focused his 500mm
lens camera. "Professor" Pugh, Ray Polluck and dozens of
others also began taking photgraphs.
The red UFO has been witnessed, video recorded and
photographed over eighty times since January 1991. The
witnesses number in the hundreds. Dr. Radomski was one
of the witnesses and he said, "I just can't explain what I saw.
It was red and then was surrounded by white lights for over
three minutes before simply vanishing."
On this night, thirty local residents and a MUFON Research
Team witnessed and documented the UFO sighting. The
object suddenly appeared in the sky over Gulf Breeze at
30 degrees elevation and 230 degrees compass bearing,
relative to the witnesses. It remained in one spot before
moving to the west, into the wind. MUFON investigator
Morrison said, "The fact that the object flew into the
wind shows that it is a powered craft, not to mention the
distinct ring of lights that suddenly surrounded the
blazing bottom red light."
----------------------------------------------------
The Islander (Pensacola, FL) November 15, 1991
UFO INVESTIGATORS PHOTOGRAPH UNIDENTIFIED OBJECT
OVER BEACH
by Gary Watson
On November 5, an unidentified object was seen and
photographed as it hovered over Gulf Breeze. A dozen
witnesses and several MUFON (Mutual UFO Network)
investigators saw the UFO from the south end of the Bay
Bridge.
Photographs were taken by Patti Weatherford and Anne
Morrison who used a 440mm lens and fast action 3200 ASA
film to capture the image of the "crown" shaped object.
The object seen on this night is believed to be the same
type UFO first reported by Ed Walters and scores of other
witnesses in 1987. The configuration of "portholes" and the
very bright bottom "power" light resembles the outline of the
UFO that Ed Walters described in his best selling book "The
Gulf Breeze Sightings."
The UFO sightings in Gulf Breeze have been occuring at a
record pace since the first of the ear, but recently the UFOs
have displayed a variety of effects. Before the eyes of
scores of people who gathered nightly at the Bay Bridge,
spectacular rings of lights have appeared from "out of thin
air." These rings of light are made up of separate points of
light that hover making no sound and then suddenly vanish
in a clear sky. Often the witnesses can see the structural
shape of the object as it travels across the sky and blocks
out the stars as it passes. This was the case with the latest
sighting when one very skeptical witness looked through his
binoculars and said, "Hold on here, I can see something black
around it." Another witness, Bland Pugh said, "I could see a
definite curved structural shape above the blazing red light
at its bottom."
(A photograph connected with the article shows an object
that looks very mujch like the "bottom" of an "Ed-craft" with
lights above it making it look "crown-like.")
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2065.ufo
+63
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
SUBJECT: APRIL/90 GULF BREEZE SIGHTINGS FILE: UFO2065
The following two articles appeared in the Gulf Breeze Sentinel
on April 26, 1990. They relate to the continuing UFO sightings
that have been occurring in the Gulf Breeze, FL area over the
past few years. A photograph showing a large "light" in the sky
was also presented.
-----------------------------------------------------------------
SCIENTIST STUDIES SIZE AND DISTANCE OF UFO
Multiple sightings and photographs help scientists locate the
size and distance of the red glowing object that flew over Gulf
Breeze on Wednesday, April 18, 1990. Several of the thirty-plus
witnesses who saw the object also video taped the sighting
which further aids the investigation. Using the 35 mm photos
of the object, the angle of elevation and distance to the object
was calculated to be approximately 3.4 miles when first seen
to approximately 1.7 miles when the object disappeared.
An optical study is now being conducted by a leading expert
from Washington, D.C., Dr. Bruce Maccabee. If, upon further
study, the image on the 35 mm negatives proves to be .0625 mm,
then the object was about 15 feet wide. The brilliant red glow of
the object was also witnessed by officers John Rhodes and Don
Stevens who said, "It was not an airplane or helicopter, it was
a very bright red light at least several miles away. We don't
know what it was."
Doug Wilkes witnessed the object and later reported to Police
Chief Brown, "I'm ex-military and an expert on helicopter profile;
this was no helicopter or flare or anything that I could identify."
From April 11 to April 18, there were five multiple witness
sightings involving as many as 60 people, four videotapes and
dozens of photos.
------------------------------------------------------------------
WITNESS DESCRIBES UFO SIGHTING
Andy O'Daniel came to the Sentinel last week to share his
UFO sighting of Wednesday evening, April 11th.
Andy said he was just stepping out of the dugout about 9:00 p.m.
when he saw a bright red/orange light rise from the trees
behind left field.
It went straight up, stopped, then came over the ball park and
stopped again "as if it was checking things out," said Andy.
Then it moved south out of sight. "I don't know what it was,"
said Andy. "But I know what it wasn't and it wasn't a plane,
helicopter, or balloon."
==============================================================================
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2066.ufo
+3220
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2067.ufo
+42
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
SUBJECT: EC on lookout for UFO's. FILE: UFO2067
From Sunday Post 2:1:94
Is it a bird? Is it a plane? No it's the latest
extra-terrestrial idea beamed up from the European Community.
The EC has put forward a new plan to spend money on the
creation of a Euro center for the observation of Unidentified
Flying Objects.
The Trade and Technology Committee of the European
Parliament (TTCEP) is proposing it should be located somewhere in
France.
It also proposes the center should have the status of a
European Institution and a management board with representatives
of each Euro nation on it.
The European Parliament is to consider the proposition
this month.
MP Sir Teddy Taylor, who describes the project as a
horrendous waste of funds, says, "A study has already been done by
the TTCEP on whether aliens from other planets have been operating
in the extra-terrestrial environment".
This issue is being left just now as the committee
concluded that while there might be a real prospect these aliens
are all around us, there is no great urgency as no proof of their
existence can be discovered.
"It doesn't seem to be the most urgent task facing Europe
when it has 17 million unemployed"
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2068.ufo
+60
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
SUBJECT: UFO's !!(Mailing List) FILE: UFO2068
rumor has it...THE RN NAVY INVOLVED IN 'GREY ALIEN' ATTACK
BETWEEN SCOTLAND AND N.IRELAND ICELAND TRIANGLE.
GREYS SITED IN FJORDS IN ICELAND...ACCORDING TO ROYAL
NAVY PERSONNEL......RN SURFACE 'VESSELS' SITED 'LARGE ROUND DISC'
AIRCRAFT WHICH ENTERED THE OCEAN ..... AS LARGE AS 'WEMBLEY
STADIUM'..PERSUED BY RN NUCLEAR SUBS IN ATTACK MODE...SURFACE VESSELS
RETURNED TO BASE WHEN US NAVY TOOK OVER...IGNOR BOGUS PRESS RELEASES
IN BRITISH PRESS USING ROGUE RUSSIAN VESSELS...PART OF ARMAGEDDON
WAR IN PROGRESS!!???!!!!
THIS HAS BEEN DICTACTED BY MILES T JOHNSTON A MEMBER OF
THE UFO RESEARCH SOCIETY IN N.IRELAND...AND HAS JUST RETURNED FROM
A UFO CONVENTION IN 'LAS VEGAS' NEVADA.....ANY CONTACTS TO ME AT
BELOW...FOR FURTHER DETAILS ON THIS AND OTHER REPORTS AND GET ON THE
MAILING LIST SEND A SAE TO:::
BLUE MILES.....JOHNSTON
39 ANTRIM RD
LURGAN
CO ARMAGH
N.IRELAND
BT67 9BW
OR VIA Se n GI0NOX@GB7WRI
* * * * *
Another opinion:-
UFO's ????
Well fancy that, just after we get over the shock of the UFO
crashing into a Mesa (in the saga of the Alien Baby), we now
have a Wembley stadium size object diving into the sea. Not
just any sea but the famous Scotland-N.Ireland-Iceland
Triangle (Berlitze all is forgiven).
To top it all, apart from being sighted and chased by the good
old Royal Navy, we then turn the all operation over to the
American Navy (so they do prefer America, and perhaps got
detoured). Well the world has got to be safe now, and thanks
Sean (GI0NOX) for letting the world know this information
before the papers get swamped with dis-information denying the
whole incident. I for one feel relieved that such good
reliable stories get out on Packet first, as the people must
be told the truth.
Can anybody else corroborate this story? Has the Clive
Database included the report?
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2069.ufo
+37
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
SUBJECT: A Bumper UFO year for the UK. FILE: UFO2069
UFO activity over Britain is at a all time high,say experts.
Ufologists recorded more sightings than at any time sense records
began, 70 in Jan alone. Last year the M.o.D. received 258 reports
at its London UFO unit. It looks like it will be the busiest
year yet for the British UFO Research Association.
There are five centers of activity in the UK they are in Lincolnshire,
Yorkshire, Cheshire, and the north east of England. In Bonnybridge,
near Falkirk, there have been more than 200 reports since Nov 92.
The last in Jan 94 was captured on video. It is now being examined
by the M.O.D. Malcolm Robinson of UFO group Strange Phenomena Investigations
said "The film is very exiting and we're hoping the M.O.D. can shed
some light on it.
A high proportion of sightings can be explained but it still leaves
a lot of genuine UFOs." Investigator Tony Dodd, an ex-police officer
claims to have seen at least 60 UFOs in the UK and cites cases of
Britons being abducted.Hundereds of people believe they have been
kidnapped and experimented on by aliens. These include doctors
policemen, lawyers and nurses,"intelligent people"
The People newspaper have sent a dossier of abductees to the M.O.D.
Malcolm Robinson can be contacted by writing to 41 The Braes, Tullibody,
Alloa FK10 2TT. Tony Dodd can be contacted on the UFO hot line
0756 752216. or by post at The British UFO Research Association,
Bufora, Suite 1, The Leys, Leyton rd Harpenden Herts.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2070.ufo
+47
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
SUBJECT: U.K. Close encounters of the third kind FILE: UFO2070
PART 1
Julie's story
Julie Greaves was picking flowers with her two young children
when she "looked up to see a huge orangey-pink ball of light".
Her daughter screamed: "Mummy, the moon's coming towards us."
When she returned to her home in Merseyside she discovered she
had lost an hour of her life.
Months later under hypnotic regression she recalled being
subjected to humiliating examinations by six Aliens "I have feelings
of guilt, shame and disgust,"says Julie, now 50 years old. "There
were six tall figures all looking identical in dark cover-alls up
to their necks. "Their hair was dark and their eyes were black and
almond shaped. I experienced a floating sensation. "Next, I was on
a table being examined and had a feeling of ice being put on my legs."
Bob's story
Bob Taylor a Forestry worker says he fought off two aliens as he
worked in woodlands near Livingstone, Scotland. The small silver
suited creatures apparently appeared from a giant spacecraft and
clawed at Bob's trousers but he beat them back. "They were ripping
my trousers and cutting my legs,"he said.
Bob moved out of the area in 1986 but the local council erected a
plaque at the sight to commemorate his terrifying ordeal.
Ray's story
Publisher Ray McMahon says he was kidnapped from a park bench
in Eltham, south London. "I was whisked aboard a space ship and
examined by a surgeon. I thought it was a helicopter at first,"
said the 38-year old. I nearly passed out. When I came to I was
in a five cornered room with a man who looked like a surgeon
wearing a plastic suit." Ray regained consciousness on is back
in the park.
From The People 20/02/94
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2071.ufo
+35
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
SUBJECT: U.K. Close encounters of the third kind FILE: UFO2071
PART 2
Ros Reynolds says she was abducted by aliens who performed medical
experiments on her.
She and her boyfriend were driving to visit friends in Corby Northants,
in September 1982. Their Ford Cortina "was suddenly engulfed in light
and then buzzed by a UFO". Ros now 32 married and running a business
with her husband in Essex said the craft began to follow the car."It
was travelling alongside us. Suddenly the engine went dead, the car
stopped and then I went blank. I can remember getting back in the
car and by the time we arrived at our friends we had lost nearly three
hours."
Within days Ros began to remember her terrifying ordeal. "I could
recall being in this space craft and seeing two aliens. They were
about 3ft 6in tall with large black, almond shaped eyes and a slit
for a mouth. "They had two little holes for a nose, no ears and were
a grey-blue color. They had no hair or eyebrows and had four fingers.
I then remember being taken into a room with a table. A larger alien
about 7ft tall prodded me all over my body. It took skin samples and
fluid from a needle inserted into my stomach. They then extracted
half my reproductive system. I've since been told I can't have children.
Because my ovaries are missing. I've had no periods since the
abduction."
From The People 20/02/94
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2072.ufo
+55
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
SUBJECT: U.K. Close Encounters of the Third Kind FILE: UFO2072
PART 3
Peter's Story
Peter Gregory says he was whisked away in a flying saucer and shown
"the end of the world" by beings from the 37th Century. He claims
pollution and natural disasters had left the earth covered in lifeless
swamps. forcing mankind to live under ground.
At his home on the Lincolnshire coast, where the 54 year old writer
says there have been more than 30 UFO sightings, Peter recalled the
journey in April last year. "I opened my eyes and appeared to be
in the control room of an enormous flying machine. "There was a loud
humming, the place was bathed in light and it pulsed with a strange
rhythm, beating in time with my own heart"
He believes he was transported from his home to the craft "in a huge
whirlpool of colors". "They flickered and danced in front of my eyes
in a never ending display of hues and patterns." Once on board, his
"hosts" appeared to be human except for abnormally long fingers,
which had no nails. "I walked slowly towards them and tried to touch
one of them but my hand went straight through him," said Peter. "The
leader was a little taller than his companions about 6ft and slender,
with bronzed complexion. His hair was shoulder length and reddish
brown. "He wore a small silver band around his forehead with two small
lights on each side. His lips were tinged blue."
The three man crew wore grey uniforms with high collars and three
quarter length sleeves. An insignia, resembling the letter M or W
was emblazoned on each man's breast pocket. But Peter's astonishment
soon turned to horror when he was shown the future of the world on
a giant viewer screen."It showed a planet which is no longer inhabitable
air had become unbreathable and pollution so great that man had been
forced to live in a artificial underground world. "The sun still
shone but only through a thick blanket of pollution the ozone layer
had been destroyed and there was no protection from ultraviolet rays.
"By the year 3600 where the UFO travellers came from the only trace
of mans occupation was rubble scattered across the surface."
This final vision seized Peter with panic but he now believes nothing
can be done to avert the end of the world. When he was returned home
by the craft his heart was beating wildly and he had broken out in
a cold sweat. Peter accepts that many will scoff but insists it
really happened. "I've been called a crank and a liar but what I experienced
was no dream or delusion. "You can see the beginnings of it already
the spread of diseases, global warming and breakdown of law and order.
From The People 20/02/94
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2073.ufo
+569
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,569 @@
SUBJECT: MORE ON AREA 51 FILE: UFO2073
November 11, 1989
ParaNet Information Service (Denver, CO)--This evening saw
perhaps an unprecedented event in UFOlogy. KLAS-TV in Las Vegas,
Nevada has been airing a UFO special during the evening news
which began on Monday dealing with the UFO mystery and cover-up.
The series, which has been covered by ParaNet, began its coverage
with a history of UFOs beginning in the late 1940s and moving
forward through the numerous sighting reports to the cattle
mutilations, which was aired last evening. As promised at the
close of last evening's show, George Knapp, a news anchorman for
Channel 8 in Vegas, stated that a scientific person would be
featured on tonight's program who has claimed to work at Area 51,
the government's super-secret test range at Nevada Test Site at
Mercury, Nevada.
Indeed, quite a story was told by Robert Lazar, a physicist who
claimed that he had worked on a project at Area 51 involving
flying disks provided by alien intelligences.
Over the last year, ParaNet has carried stories relating to
possible involvement with the government in projects of this
nature at the Nevada test site. Up to now, the stories have been
of a very speculative nature. Although the material presented by
Robert Lazar remains unconfirmed, enough information has been
disclosed that ParaNet's large investigative staff in Nevada has
started an intensive investigation into this release. Both Lazar
(formerly known only as "Dennis") and Lear have appeared on
Channel 8 -- Lear appearing on numerous occasions together will
Bill Cooper discussing Lear's famous 'ET Hypothesis.' On a past
KLAS-TV report, Lear was shown to have traveled to locations
appearing to overlook the test site which purportedly provided a
good view of the objects as they flew into the night sky. Lear
attempted to shoot video of an object as it maneuvered through
the night sky during last summer, however nothing was captured on
the tape of a substantive nature. Lear also relates that his
group was harassed by a Lincoln County sheriff following his
attempts to take the pictures.
Below is a transcript of the program that aired this
evening. All paragraphs out of quotes are the narrator of the
segment. We were as accurate as possible on the transcription,
however there are a couple of places where comments were edited
out due to inability to understand what was being said.
Further reports will be provided as information becomes
available.
=================================================================
We've been working on the story for some time....UFO
researchers claim that there is a secret government within our
government. Now this may be hard to believe coming from the UFO
perspective, but we have learned that Watergate and the Iran
Contra scandal that factions within our government can and do
pursue their own hidden agendas outside of the law; outside the
control of the Congress or the knowledge of the American people.
This is exactly the type of operation that we hear about tonight.
It's a chilling scenario with worldwide implications that may
have its roots right here [Las Vegas, Nevada].
Area 51, that mysterious corner of the Nevada Test Site, is
no longer considered a secret. The fact that secretive things
go on here isn't evident; even to the Soviets who make daily spy
flights over the facility to take a peek at what's going on.
These photos, never before shown in public, are about as close as
anyone will ever come to seeing what the place looks like again.
The dry bed at Groom Lake, the corrugated buildings, a three-mile
long runway and some highly sophisticated radar and detection
equipment. Its been known by many names over the years --
Dreamland; The Ranch; The Skunk Works. If ever there was a place
to test the secret new technology, this is it. And that's
exactly what has been done here for decades.
Area 51 is where Francis Gary Powers and the other U-2
pilots were trained in the 50s. And, where the U-2 itself was
developed. The SR-71 spy plane that spotted Soviet missiles in
Cuba in the early 60s were also developed at 51. 51 is where
Stealth technology was nurtured, where Star Wars devices are
still tested, and where all manner of CIA [unknown] business has
been plotted and refined. It's the perfect place for secret
things, but of course, that's no secret. 51 is ringed by the
forbidden vastness of the Nevada test site; by the looming Groom
Mountain and by sparsely populated desert expanses. But the
people that do live out here have no love lost for the military,
but they're conservative, patriotic and they mind their own
business.
Interviewer questioning a nearby resident of Area 51: "Ever see
something that you can't explain?"
Resident: "Sure, lots of times."
Interviewer: "Care to elaborate?"
Resident: "No." (Laughter).
On any given night at the Rachel Bar and Grill, you might
find three or four people who work at Area 51. They are among
the flowing Budweiser and the cowboy hats. You might find them,
but they are not going to talk to. Not about the things that
they have seen over the mountain. A steady trickle of curiosity-
seekers flows through here; strangers, drawn by strange stories
of lights in the night sky. Their questions also go unanswered.
No one who has worked at Dreamland has ever publicly acknowledged
what so many people have suspected for years: That alien
technology is being tested in the Nevada desert.
The speculation first surfaced in documents obtained by UFO
researchers. Documents about something called Project Aquarius.
The document allegedly prepared for an organization called MJ-12,
states that a program to fly recovered alien spacecraft was
established in 1972 and is continuing in Nevada. The National
Security Agency has confirmed it does have a Project Aquarius but
denies that it has anything to do with flying saucers. NSA will
not say what Project Aquarius is.
Speculation was heightened in 1984, when the Air Force
seized nearly 90,000 acres around Groom Lake. The action was, by
most accounts, illegal. During Congressional hearings about the
land grab, Congressman John Siberling grilled the military about
the legal authority used in the action and was told the authority
was at a much, much higher level than the Air Force.
Siberling asked what authority is higher than the laws of the
United States? The Air Force official said he could respond, but
only in a closed briefing. In 1987, when the Air Force sought to
renew its stranglehold on the Groom range, news articles once
again mentioned the talk about alien spacecraft and subsequent
articles in national magazines quoted un-named sources about
things of alien origin flying in Nevada. Things that would make
film-maker George Lucas drool. Despite the speculation, no one
who knew Area 51 from the inside ever talked publicly about the
saucer story.
Bob Lazar: "Well, there's several uh, actually nine uh flying
saucers, flying disks that are out there of extraterrestrial
origin." The live interview with the shadowy "Dennis" drew
international attention. Portions were broadcast by radio in six
European countries, and in a nationally televised TV special in
Japan.
Despite numerous inquiries and "feelers," "Dennis" has
remained anonymous until now. His real name is Robert Lazar. A
young scientist with eclectic interests. The choice of "Dennis"
was an inside joke -- he says that's the name of his superior at
Groom Lake. It wasn't a joke to Dennis.
Lazar: "He called right after and said, 'Do you have any idea
what we're going to do to you now?' and I said no, and he hung up
the phone."
Lazar's story is by any standard, fantastic. He says he's
telling it in order to protect himself. He said he was hired to
work in area called S-4 which is a few miles south of Groom Lake.
At S-4, he says, are flying saucers, anti-matter reactors and
other working examples of technology that is seemingly beyond
human capabilities.
Lazar: "Right. This stuff came from somewhere else. I know it
is hard to believe, but it is there and I saw it. I know what
the current state-of-the-art is in physics and it it can't be
done."
Checking out Lazar's credentials proved to be a difficult
task. He says he holds degrees in physics and electronics, but
the schools that we contacted say they've never heard of him. He
says he also worked as a physicist at Los Alamos National
Labs where he worked with one of the world's largest particle
beam accelerators, a half-mile long 'behemoth' capable of
generating seven-hundred million volts. Los Alamos officials
told us they have no record of Robert Lazar ever working there.
They were either mistaken or were lying. A 1982 phone book from
the Lab lists Lazar right there among the other scientists and
technicians. A 1982 news clipping from the Los Alamos newspaper
profiled Lazar and his interest in jet cars. It, too, mentioned
his employment at the Lab as a physicist. We called Los Alamos
again, and an exasperated official told us he still had no
records on Lazar. EG&G, which is where Lazar says he was
interviewed for the job at S-4, also has no record. It's as if
someone has made him disappear.
Lazar: "Well, they're trying to make me look non-existent to the
places that I called...."
Interviewer: "Explain. Called where?"
Lazar: "Well, the schools that I went to; the hospital that I
was born at; past jobs, and nothing comes up with my name on it."
He smiles, but out of futility, knowing the whole thing must
sound ridiculous. According to Lazar, his employer was the
United States Navy. He says he and other government employees
would gather near EG&G, fly to Groom Lake, then a very few people
would get into a bus with blacked out or no windows and drive to
S-4.
Interviewer: "You get off the bus, what do you see?"
Lazar: "A very interesting building. Its got a slope of
probably about 30 degrees which are hangar doors, and it has
textured paint on it, but it looks like sand. It's made to look
like the side of the mountain that it is in, whether it's to
disguise it from satellite photographs or what...."
He says he was never told exactly what he would be working
on, but figured it had something to do with advanced propulsion.
On his first day he was told to read a series of briefings, and
immediately realized how advanced the propulsion really was.
Lazar: "The power source is an anti-matter reactor. They run
gravity amplifiers. There is actually two parts to the drive
mechanism. It's a bizarre technology. There is no physical
hookups between any of the systems in there. They use gravity as
a wave using wave guides that look like microwaves."
It took awhile, Lazar says, before he actually saw one of
the flying disks, however there were hints everywhere.
Lazar: "Right. They had a poster, and it looked like a
commercial poster, like it was lithographed, like you could buy
it at K-Mart or someplace, but they were all over the place and
it had the disk that I coined the term 'the floor model' which
lifted off the ground about 3 feet out at the area, in the Dry
Lakes area, and the caption on it said 'They're here.' These
posters were all over the place."
Later, he got to see the real thing.
Lazar: "When I was led in, it was the first time that I saw the
'floor model' in the hangar sitting down, and I was told they
could have walked me in the front door but they purposely wanted
to walk me by it. I was told not to say anything and to keep my
eyes forward and walk past the disk to the office area. And I
did. And as we went by it, I just kinda stuck my hands on it,
just to run it alongside the thing and uh ....After that I got to
see actually lift off the ground and operate."
Interviewer: "You actually got to see more than one?"
Lazar: "Yeah. The hangars are all connected together. There
are large bay doors between each one. There were nine total that
I saw, each one being different. Like they had the assortment
pack."
Security at S-4 was oppressive Lazar said, and his superiors
used fear and intimidation almost as a brainwashing tool.
Lazar: "They did everything but physically hurt me."
Interviewer: "They put a gun to your head?"
Lazar: "Yeah."
Interviewer: "You mean they actually put a gun to your head?"
Lazar: "They did that even in the original security briefing.
Guards there with M-16s. Guys there slamming their fingers into
my chest, screaming into my ear, they were pointing weapons at
me. Like I said, it's not a good place to work."
That fear factor would surface later. Lazar agreed to
undergo a polygraph exam as part of this report. Paleographer Ron
Clay asked about the technology that Lazar had seen.
Paleographer: "Did you knowingly lie when you had actually seen
anti-gravity propulsion in operation?"
Lazar: "No."
The results of this exam were inconclusive. Lazar appeared
to be truthful on one test; deceitful on a second. Clay
recommended that a second examiner be brought in. Paleographer
Terry Tabernetti (sp?) runs a corporate security operation and is
a former Los Angeles police officer. He put Lazar through four
tests and concluded there were no attempts to deceive.
Tabernetti sent his test results to a third paleographer who
agreed the results appeared truthful. The charts were then sent
to a fourth examiner who did not agree suggesting that Lazar
might be relating information he'd learned from someone else.
The paleographer concurred and decided they would not issue a
final statement on truthfulness until more specific testing can
be conducted. And that's where it stands.
Tabernetti believes the difficulty in determining Lazar's
truthfulness stems from the fear that was drilled into him.
Lazar: "Well, I am telling the truth. I've tried to prove that.
What's going on up there could be the most important event in
history. You're talking about contact, physical contact and
proof from another planet, another system, another intelligence.
That got to be the biggest event in history, period. And, it's
real and it's there. And I had an extremely small part in it.
I'm convinced that what I saw is absolute proof of that. There
is no way that we could have created those disks. There is no
way we could have made the disks, the power supplies, anything
that goes with it."
Lazar says he has no intention of going on any UFO lecture
circuit. He is not looking to do any additional interviews. In
fact, he was not too crazy about doing this one. He did it after
certain unfavorable things started happening in his life, and he
did it because he feels that whoever is running the show up at S-
4 is perpetrating a fraud on the American people and the
scientific community.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2074.ufo
+60
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
SUBJECT: U.S. MILITARY FLIES CAPTURED UFO FILE: UFO2074
Crack Air Force pilots have learned how to fly a captured UFO and the
Pentagon is so impressed by its awesome performance that it is building
a whole squadron of them.
A military insider says the new FXA fighters will be deployed initially
on aircraft carriers in the Persian Gulf in case Saddam Hussein gets too
big for his britches again.
They have proven to be incredibly effective, says the source. They have
an anti-radar capability far more enhanced than the Stealth fighter.
In fact, they're invisible to most radars and are barely visible to the
naked eye.
The new UFO - or Unlimited Fighting Object, as the pilots are calling it
- is so technologically advanced it doesn't have a fixed power source with
moving parts.
The engine looks like the inside of a TV set - all printed circuits and
computer chips. It flies by using the magnetic field around the earth for
power.
The weaponry they carry is awesome, too, says the insider. It is not based
on our own projectile systems such as missiles or bullets, but on sonic
energy to destroy personnel and buildings.
Classified photos of the new fighter show what appears to be a small satellite
dish on the nose of the craft. The dish emits high frequency sonic waves that
can shatter a person's nervous system causing immediate death or set a sky-
scraper vibrating so violently that it crumbles to the ground.
The F-XA seems to absorb or reflect anything thrown at it, says the military
insider.
Plans to build more of the unconventional craft have been hampered by the
fact that the mechanics of the UFOs flight are of unknown origin.
Those engineers are brilliant and think they know everything there is to
know, says the insider. but, boy, did they get a surprise when they opened
up that baby. I never saw so many blank looks.
But they're getting close. It won't be long before they perfect the program.
That is, if the American public is willing to pay for it.
Sources believe the U.S. government has already spent several billion dollars
on the project. They can't keep it a secret very much longer, says the source.
I don't think even the president knows everything that is going on.
Intelligence reports suggest that the F-XA has already seen action over the
skies of IRAQ. I have no doubt that the military is testing the plane's
abilities on the Iraqi frontier, says the source.
If we go into Baghdad again, there won't be any doubt about the outcome.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2075.ufo
+55
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
SUBJECT: SPACE ALIENS LOVE COUNTRY MUSIC FILE: UFO2075
Houston, Texas - Experts have discovered a definite but baffling link
between UFO activity and country music!
Newly released information indicates that an amazing number of reports of
alien spacecraft sightings occur in areas where the songs of Nashville
singers are being played.
We're not sure what to make of it, says Dr. Zachary Simms, noted UFO expert,
who's been investigating encounters with space aliens for more than 12 years.
It may or may not be significant.
But our research shows that in an incredible 68 percent of the cases where
UFO sightings are actually reported, country music has been playing - at
either a concert or in a so called honky tonk joint - within 14 miles.
The music of Hank Williams, Merle Haggard, Johnny Cash and Loretta Lynn
seem to be particularly common to the sightings.
Dr. Simms says he and his staff made the discovery by accident.
We were trying to find out what, if anything, all UFO sightings had in
common with one another, says the 34-year-old researcher. We didn't know
exactly what we were looking for.
We fed information into our computer from over 700 reports of alien activity
over the last 15 years - everything from what time of day the sighting
occurred to what color clothes the witnesses were wearing.
We even logged in what thoughts the people were thinking just before they
encountered the aliens.
The only factor that came upl with regularity was country music.
Amazingly, Dr. Simms study included sightings not only in the U.S. but Peru,
Australia and Africa as well. And even in those foreign places, American
country music was playing at the time.
Dr. Simms refuses to speculate on the reasons for the strange finding.
But noted musicologist Henry Lebow is promoting his own theory.
There is a very unique style of playing the notes of most country and Western
songs, says Lebow. They have a certain 'feel' or vibration that no other
kind of music on earth has.
It could be that these creatures are somehow attuned to that particular
vibration - that they're drawn to it as moths are drawn to bright light.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2076.ufo
+57
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
SUBJECT: COSMIC POWER CIRCLE, SPACE ALIENS FILE: UFO2076
Anyone who ever dreamed of making personal contact with highly intelligent
space aliens can make that dream come true by touching the "Cosmic Power
Circle".
World famous psychic Dr. Andy Reiss says the power of the drawing, which
he designed himself, will turn you into an "alien magnet," allowing you
to attract space creatures from all corners of the universe.
There are definite things you can do to draw extraterrestrials to you,
says Dr. Reiss, who made headlines back in 1959 when he was actually visited
by ETs.
Dr. Reiss appeared on several national talk shows, holding listeners spell-
bound with accounts of his amazing meeting with the aliens. His encounter
with them was warm and positive, but he warns that not all aliens are
friendly.
There's always a chance of attracting evil ones, he says. But the beings I
attracted with this method were loving creatures who had mental and psychic
powers far greater than ours. Dr. Reiss says it will be helpful if you have
some psychic powers but it's not necessary. All you really need is to keep
an open mind and follow this basic procedure:
1. Make the contact alone or with a very small group - Dr. Reiss
recommends no more than six people. Especially, avoid anyone
who has a closed mind. Skepticism will drive the aliens away.
2. Do it at night, preferably between 9pm and dawn. Wednesdays and
Thursdays are best.
3. Do it on "elevated ground." Standing on a hillside, mountaincrest
or rooftop will make you easier to see. Also, there's added psychic
power in high ground.
4. Surround yourself with light. Take candles, flashlights, kerosene
lamps - any available light source - with you.
5. Put your left hand on the "Cosmic Power Circle," by placing a finger
over an image of Dr. Reiss face and any two stars. Let yourself feel
the tremendous power moving through your body.
6. face south and lift your right hand toward the sky at a 45 degree
angle. Concentrate on what you want - a meeting with kind, giving
creatures from space who will guide and help you.
Dr. Reiss suggests that you prepare for your encounter by reading all you
can about extraterrestrial phenomena.
He stresses that the creatures may not come the first time you invite them.
But be optimistic, he says. Don't give up hope. They'll come if you persist.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2077.ufo
+95
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
SUBJECT: FOUR SPACE ALIENS HELD FILE: UFO2077
Four tiny space aliens captured when their starship landed on a Navy
aircraft carrier in 1991 are being held prisoner at a top-secret hideaway
in Maryland - and we've obtained an official government drawing of one
of the creatures!
A high ranking CIA agent who personally interviewed the aliens on three
occasions in 1993 leaked the sketch to this reporter late last week.
The drawing made by a government artist as part of the official file on
the aliens capture - depicts a slightly built, pugnosed creature with a
pointed chin, narrow black eyes and large pointed ears.
Your reporters broke the story of the landing and the aliens capture
before anyone else knew anything about it, so you deserve to be the first
to have this sketch, the agent told a reporter.
But he admitted he had an ulterior motive for leaking the drawing.
These beings have shown absolutely no hostile intent toward our country
or planet Earth in general, said the agent, who requested anonymity.
They've been friendly, they've been cooperative and they've been as helpful
as can be.
In my opinion, there's no reason in the world they shouldn't be set free
and allowed to return to their home.
I hope if we can keep this story alive, maybe your readers will pressure
the Agency and President Clinton to do right by these guys and let them go.
The bizarre story began on Aug. 12, 1991, when the creatures starship landed
on the flight deck of the U.S. Navy aircraft carrier, Nimitz, in the
western Pacific.
There was a exclusive account of the encounter in Feb. 18, 1992, along with
a dramatic photo of the 40 foot high starship shortly after it landed.
The UFO first showed up as a small blip on the ship's radar screen shortly
after 8 a.m., a source said back then.
When efforts to contact the craft by radio failed, fighter planes were
launched to intercept it.
The pilots had orders to shoot it down if it refused to land on the flight
deck as ordered.
Fortunately, the UFO was escorted back to the carrier without incident.
German scientist Dr. Hayden Braun, who later examined the spacecraft, said
it carried weaponry so advanced that the four beings aboard could have shot
our fighters out of the sky in a matter of seconds.
But for some reason they allowed themselves to be captured, Dr. Braun said.
The aliens, all slightly less than 4 feet tall, were taken to an undisclosed
military installation, where they were interrogated and examined by a team
of medical experts, according to the CIA agent who leaked the sketch.
Days later, they were whisked to a remote CIA secret compound in Maryland,
where they've been held under armed guard ever since.
They've been questioned for hundreds and hundreds of hours by every agency
imaginable and they've been cooperative as could be, the agent said.
You have to understand, these are extremely bright creatures, intelligent
beyond anything we could even dream of.
You question them in English, they answer in English, they answer in fluent
English. You question them in Swahili, they answer in fluent Swahili.
They smile, they joke and they communicate as though they've lived among us
all their lives. And we've learned more from them about the science of inte-
rplanetary travel than anyone can possible imagine.
Now though, they are very homesick and they want to leave, and it's only
right that we let them go.
But since we've dismantled their spaceship in the name of science, nobody
knows what the hell to do with them.
The agent said first President Bush and now President Clinton have been
briefed weekly since the aliens capture - and that Clinton actually visited
with the creatures in December.
He's concerned about their welfare, the agent said.
But truthfully, he doesn't know what to do with them anymore than anybody
else does.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2078.ufo
+77
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
SUBJECT: Fylde man enjoys encounter with UFO spotters. FILE: UFO2078
West Lancashire Gazette 7/1/94
UFO: Unusually Fervent Obsession. It is a buzz Sam Wright shares
with fellow enthusiasts in the Fylde's UFO Investigation group.
Most members settle for close encounters every Thursday night at
the Guards Club on Whitegate Drive, Blackpool. Not so for Mr Wright
of Knaresboro Avenue, Marton.
The local UFO expert dug deep into his pocket to finance a
transatlantic trip which left him "starry eyed". The tea and
coffee merchant traded his business venture Plantations for a Planet
Suite in Las Vegas, paradise for gamblers and out of this world
for UFO investigators.
The otherwise down-to-earth local businessman admits costs of
the seven-day International UFO Congress were astronomical - but
worth every dollar. Particularly as the mind blowing experience
helped hook wife Jean on the subject too.
Now in his late 50's, Mr Wright got captivated by UFOs when he was
30: reading up on the subject after looking into one particular
case - the alleged cover-up of a UFO which crash-landed at
Rockwell in New Mexico.
Despite the debunking of some celebrated theorists, he believes
it is arrogant of us to assume we are the only life-force in the
universe, and reckons that others may be more than capable of
bending time to span light years to visit our planet. He adds,
sightings have been made by thousands of people - why disbelieve
them".
We heard an ex-CIA man tell us of an Eskimo village where 150
people suddenly disappeared - with even the graves robbed of
bodies. A Russian general stated that at least three of their
planes had gone missing chasing UFOs.
Documents and slides showed the apparent existence of UFOs on Mars
- the public were never informed. Cattle mutilations - by laser -
were reported from Brazil.
One group went out by coach to a government site of interest - and
14 witnessed a UFO sighting.
He thoroughly enjoyed the conference - but admits it attracted
some cranks.
Investigators apply scientific methods to sightings - most of the
alleged UFOs in this area can be put down to Venus or British
Aerospace.
For eight hours a day over the week, Mr Wright locked in debate
and occasional conflict with enthusiasts including doctors,
writers, broadcasters, scientists and servicemen. "These people are
by no means nutters - they have open minds or the evidence of
their own eyes or experiences", he said.
One of the most famous UFO investigative reporters had recently
returned from the former Soviet Union with classified military
files confirming the UFO presence in Russia.
Speakers spotlighted alleged UFO activity, along with fresh data
from once-secret files and reports of missing military ships and
aircraft.
No extraterrestrials, alas, but plenty of supposed sightings of
spaceships or occupants in the,er, flesh. From small brown aliens
to more commonplace, in such circles, slant eyed taller greys.
Mr Wright who has yet to see a UFO, or occupant for himself
admits: "Some of the stories - particularly from those delegates
who claim to talk to aliens - beggar belief, but the abductees are
extremely convincing".
"Some also claim to suffer considerable government harassment on
top of their traumatic experiences. Most are frustrated because
their tales are not believed by the majority of people."
He was left cold by the "Channelling " session, featuring
various delegates who claimed to communicate with alien life
forces - identified as Bashur, Arcturians, Sasha, Tuella,
Venusians and Sirius.
"It got a bit Star Trek then - and the Americans do get terribly
enthusiastic about things," he admitted.
I really would have preferred to have been beamed up elsewhere
at that point.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2079.ufo
+21
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
SUBJECT: UFO spotted over Kettering?. FILE: UFO2079
Evening Telegraph 28/1/94
A Kettering couple who believe they saw a UFO are appealing for
other people who may have spotted the object to come forward.
Nicola and Peter Minney saw a triangular object with a brilliant
white light hanging in the sky just after 5 this morning.
They say the object looked as though it was above the Kettering
rugby ground and then moved out of view above their Piper's Hill
Road home.
A spokesman for the Met. Office said sometimes there were
thunderstorms in the distance and the clouds became brightly
illuminated which could be mistaken for UFO's.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2080.ufo
+16
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
SUBJECT: UFO Mania. FILE: UFO2080
Courier Mail 20/10/93
Melbourne: Callers have reported more than 100 sightings of
unidentified flying objects over Melbourne's outer suburbs in the
past few weeks. All the callers told a national hotline about
brightly-lit unidentified phenomena. Normally, the hotline
receives about three calls a week from all around Australia.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2081.ufo
+28
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
SUBJECT: UFO spotters are normal people. FILE: UFO2081
Courier Mail 12/11/93
Washington: People who see flying saucers are not nuts, and
neither are people who claim to hitch rides with extraterrestrials
researchers say.
A team of scientists led by Dr Nicholas Spanos of Carleton
University in Ottawa, Canada, gave a battery of psychological
tests to people who claim to have had encounters and compared the
results with tests given to people who make no flying saucer
claims.
The results, published yesterday in the journal of Abnormal
Psychology, show the people who claim to have seen and even ridden
in UFO's are ordinary people with normal imaginations.
"We can't say these sightings are real or not, but we can say that
these people are not necessarily abnormal." Dr Spanos said.
Dr Spanos said he found the UFO sighters were not "off the
wall".
"They tend to be white-collar, relatively well-educated
representatives of the middle class," he said.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2082.ufo
+115
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
SUBJECT: U.K. Close Encounters of the Third Kind No 6. FILE: UFO2082
Maria's story
Maria Ward will never forget the night of Nov 21 1990.
She was abducted as she slept in her own bed, abused and violated.
Doctors were appalled by her injuries and implored her to contact
the Police. But Maria didn't dare for she believes her terrifying
ordeal was carried out by Aliens.
Maria is just one of thousands of men and women in Britain who claim
to have been snatched by visitors from outer space and subjected to
strange experiments. Most remain silent for fear of ridicule and live
in a dark world of terror and shame unable to reach out for help.
But now Maria has broken her silence in a bid to help fellow victims
and, she say's force the Government to admit they are hiding the truth
about aliens.
UFO experts estimate that up to 1 in 50 people in Britain have endured
abduction experiences. Maria was kidnapped from her bed by alien beings
then she was subject to a sickening ordeal which left her bleeding
and battered from harrowing injuries. "I can remember having something
done in my womb I could feel something moving around inside me" Said
Maria, 33 I felt so disgusted guilty and ashamed. Maria dared not
tell her own doctor of her ordeal but went to her local hospital
for treatment. Medical staff there urged her to tell police. An
official hospital report reveals that she suffered a catalogue of
injuries. And later examinations also showed that Maria had suffered
a bruising to her cervix."I knew I'd been violated. I was sore and
had a wound around my navel," she said. "The doctors asked if I wanted
to see a crisis counselor and said I should call the police. "I just
looked at them and said 'you'll never catch who did this to me'".
Maria, who lives with her husband and teenage son near Dartford, Kent
is convinced her injuries were caused by aliens. "My husband was away
on business and I remember being woken by this intense light outside
the bed room window." I got up and looked at my alarm clock which was
flashing at 3:17. I panicked and ran on to the landing and the light
went out. "Then suddenly this ray of light appeared on the wall and
a voice started saying 'Follow the light'. "I was overwhelmed and
then remember this sensation of being lifted up. I can remember looking
down at my feet and seeing the tree in the garden and the rooftops.
"I was paralyzed, I couldn't move it was awful. My next recollection
was of standing in a corridor and the sound of shuffling feet "Three
little beings appeared in front of me. They looked like under developed
children and stood about three or four feet tall. "They moved in
unison and had big heads, no nose and a thin opening were a mouth
would be. Their tan colored bodies were hairless and naked. "They
then grabbed me by the elbows and led me along a corridor to a room
and I was placed on a metal like table.
My overwhelming memory was of a musty smell like rotting leaves." Maria
who now stays up all night watching TV rather than sleep alone when
her husband is away says the beings carried out experiments on her
before being joined by another taller alien. "They were prodding and
poking me, very quickly. Then another being appeared."It was taller,
about 5ft tall and of a milky white color.Its eyes were boring into
me and I could feel in it my brain, reading my thoughts. It forced
me to relive memories. It was like it was reading everything stored
in my mind, including emotions." The aliens then held her down and
inserted probes into her nose and head. "Two of the smaller creatures
held my head and a third put a triangular shaped probe with a light
on the end into my head behind the ear. "The pain was excruciating,
I thought I was going to die. Then I remember having something done
to my womb.
When she regained consciousness she was lying in her own bed, covered
in blood. "My feet were dirty and there was blood on the pillow and
my nightdress. "My nose was bleeding and there was bruising around
my thighs. Then I looked at my stomach and there was a circular wound
around my navel which was seeping blood". Maria rushed to her local
hospital and was treated by doctors in accident and emergency.
An official report details bruising, hair pulled from the roots and
serious injuries to other parts of her body.A doctor's note commented.
"I have never seen these type of injuries and can find no logical
cause for them". Maria, who dismisses suggestions that it was all
a bad dream said "The doctors said I had been raped but how could
I possibly tell them the truth? "I know it really happened to me.
"People say it must be a fantasy but how do you explain all the
thousands of other abductions?" "I felt alone but I was determined
to confront it otherwise I would have lost control. "That's why I'm
speaking out to show other victims they are not alone and that it
doesn't mean an end to their lives."
from The People 20/02/94
Lie Test
Maria Ward has proved her story in front of millions on TV.
Maria, whose amazing story you have just read was challenged to appear
on Central Weekend and take a lie detector test. And yesterday show
producer Doug Carnegie admitted "We were stunned. She passed the
test with flying colors.
Central Television was far from convinced and challenged her to appear
in front of a studio audience, Maria duly obliged and told her story
to two million viewers. Doug said:"The audience was very skeptical
at first but she won them over and had them believing her story."
A show insider told the People:"It went out on Friday night and
to be frank everyone expected to expose this woman as a con artist.
"But she was hooked up to the lie detector machine and sailed through
the tests."
From The People 27/02/94
(I wonder if you saw this program and what you thought of it?)
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2083.ufo
+47
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
SUBJECT: U.K.Close Encounters of the Third Kind No 7. FILE: UFO2083
Rachels Story
Rachel Jones says aliens removed eggs from her womb during a
painful operation on a spacecraft. The pretty housewife has been
unable to conceive and believes the infertility may be a result
of the experiments.
Rachel, 30, says she has been whisked away by aliens Three times.
She was first taken on board a craft at the age of four and endured
intimate medical examinations at the age of 14 and 24. On one trip
she was shown an image of a futuristic space city.
The Norfolk housewife, whose name as been changed to protect her identity,
has suffered three miscarriages and been unable to have a child. It
was through hypnosis last weekend that she discovered that her first
encounter with aliens was when she was four. Previously, her only
recollection of UFOs was being followed by one at the age of 14. Then
at the age of 24 she saw a white light outside her bedroom window.
When she woke the next morning she found a painful hole in her navel
which oozed clear liquid. Rachel says that a large grey alien, wearing
a skull cap and a blue suit, operated on her in a darkly lit room.
He had no facial features other than eyes and a nose like a bulldog.
"It was only after regression that I discovered what had happened,"
she said. "They inserted a needle into my stomach like doctors do
with pregnant women. I think they were taking eggs from me. "It was
frightening at first and I remember feeling I couldn't move. They
were trying to keep me calm and let me know that they didn't want
to hurt me. I don't think it is their intention to harm but I felt
I was being used as part of a biological experiment.
"Although I am very fertile, I have never been able to fully conceive
a child." Rachel, who has been married twice, was told she would be
visited again in her 30s. "I suppose it could be when I'm 34 they've
come every ten years. I'm not frightened at the prospect. "what does
annoy me is that the Government is trying to cover up the whole thing."
from The People 20/02/94
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2084.ufo
+1232
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2085.ufo
+480
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,480 @@
SUBJECT: MORE FROM JOHN LEAR ON UFOs FILE: UFO2085
PART 1
John Lear has requested that the following file be published on
ParaNet. It is our philosophy to encourage debate on paranormal
issues, no matter how controversial, and we welcome his input. The
information contained in this file has not been verified by ParaNet,
nor do the opinions expressed herein necessarily reflect those of the
Administrator or other ParaNet staff members.
We can state, however, that John is who he says he is, and has
numerous contacts in sensitive positions that could conceivably allow
him access to information of this type.
-------------------------
Statement Released By:
John Lear
December 29, 1987
John Lear, a captain for a major US Airline has flown over 160
different types of aircraft in over 50 different countries. He holds
17 world speed records in the Lear Jet and is the only pilot ever to
hold every airline certificate issued by the Federal Aviation
Administration. Mr. Lear has flown missions worldwide for the CIA and
other government agencies. A former Nevada State Senator candidate,
he is the son of William P. Lear, designer of the Lear Jet executive
airplane, the 8-track stereo, and founder of Lear Siegler Corporation.
Lear became interested in the subject of UFO's 13 months ago after
talking with United States Air Force Personnel who had witnessed a UFO
landing at Bentwaters AFB, near London, England, and three small
aliens walking up to the Wing Commander.
Note to the Press:
The government of the United States continues to rely on your
personal and professional gullibility to suppress the information
contained herein. Your cooperation over the past 40 years has
exceeded our wildest expectations and we salute you.
"The sun does not revolve around the Earth"
"The United States Government has been in business with little gray
extraterrestrials for about 20 years"
The first truth stated here got Giordano Bruno burned at the stake in
AD 1600 for daring to propose that it was real. The second truth has
gotten far more people killed trying to state it publicly than will
ever be known.
But the truth must be told. The fact that the Earth revolves around
the sun was successfully suppressed by the church for over 200 years.
It eventually caused a major upheaval in the church, government, and
thought. A realignment of social and traditional values. That was in
the 1800's.
Now, about 400 years after the first truth was pronounced we must
again face the shocking facts. The "horrible truth" the government
has been hiding from us over 40 years. Unfortunately, the "horrible
truth" is far more horrible than the government ever imagined.
In its effort to protect democracy, our government sold us to the
aliens. And here is how it happened. But before I begin, I'd like to
offer a word in the defense of those who bargained us away. They had
the best of intentions.
Germany may have recovered a flying saucer as early as 1939. General
James H. Doolittle went to Sweden in 1946 to inspect a flying saucer
that had crashed there in Spitzbergen.
The "horrible truth" was known by only a very few persons: They were
indeed ugly little creatures, shaped like praying mantises and who
were more advanced than us by perhaps a billion years. Of the
original group that were the first to learn the "horrible truth",
several committed suicide, the most prominent of which was General
James V. Forrestal who jumped to his death from a 16th story hospital
window. General Forrestal's medical records are sealed to this day.
President Truman quickly put a lid on the secret and turned the screws
so tight that the general public still thinks that flying saucers are
a joke. Have I ever got a surprise for them.
In 1947, President Truman established a group of 12 of the top
military scientific personnel of their time. They were known as MJ-
12. Although the group exists today, none of the original members are
still alive. The last one to die was Gordon Gray, former Secretary of
the Army, in 1984. As each member passed away, the group itself
appointed a new member to fill the position. There is some
speculation that the group known as MJ-12 expanded to at least several
more members.
There were several more saucer crashes in the late 1940's, one in
Roswell, New Mexico, one in Aztec, New Mexico, and one near Laredo,
Texas, about 30 miles inside the Mexican border.
Consider, if you will, the position of the United States Government at
that time. They proudly thought of themselves as the most powerful
nation on Earth, having recently produced the atomic bomb, an
achievement so stupendous, it would take Russia 4 years to catch up,
and only with the help of traitors to Democracy. They had built a jet
aircraft that had exceeded the speed of sound in flight. They had
built jet bombers with intercontinental range that could carry weapons
of enormous destruction. The post war era, and the future seemed
bright. Now imagine what it was like for those same leaders, all of
whom had witnessed the panic of Orson Wells' radio broadcast, "The War
of the Worlds", in 1938. Thousands of Americans panicked at a
realistically presented invasion of Earth by beings from another
planet. Imagine their horror as they actually viewed the dead bodies
of these frightening looking little creatures with enormous eyes,
reptilian skin and claw like fingers. Imagine their shock as they
attempted to determine how these strange "saucers" were powered and
could discover no part even remotely similar to components they were
familiar with: no cylinders or pistons, no vacuum tubes or turbines or
hydraulic actuators. It is only when you fully understand the
overwhelming helplessness the government was faced with in the late
40's that you can comprehend their perceived need for a total,
thorough, and sweeping cover up, to include the use of "deadly force".
The cover-up was so successful that as late as 1985 a senior scientist
with the Jet Propulsion Laboratory in Pasadena, California, Dr. Al
Hibbs, would look at a video tape of an enormous flying saucer and
state the record, "I'm not going to assign anything to that (UFO)
phenomena without a lot more data". Dr. Hibbs was looking at the
naked emperor and saying, "He certainly looks naked, but that doesn't
prove he's naked."
In July of 1952, a panicked government watched helplessly as squadron
of "flying saucers" flew over Washington, D.C., and buzzed the White
House, the Capitol Building, and the Pentagon. It took all the
imagination and intimidation the government could muster to force that
incident out of the memory of the public.
Thousands of sightings occurred during the Korean war and several more
saucers were retrieved by the Air Force. Some were stored at Wright-
Patterson Air Force Base, some were stored at Air Force bases near the
location of the crash sight.
One saucer was so enormous and the logistic problems in transportation
so enormous that it was buried at the crash sight and remains there
today. The stories are legendary on transporting crashed saucers over
long distances, moving only at night, purchasing complete farms,
slashing through forests, blocking major highways, sometimes driving 2
and 3 lo-boys in tandem with and extraterrestrial load a hundred feet
in diameter.
On April 30, 1964, the first communication between these aliens and
the U.S. Government took place at Holloman Air Force Base in New
Mexico. 3 saucers landed at a prearranged area and a meeting was held
between the aliens and intelligence officers of the U.S. Government.
During the period of 1969-1971, MJ-12 representing the U.S. Government
made a deal with these creatures, called EBE's (Extraterrestrial
Biological Entities, named by Detley Bronk, original MJ-12 member and
6th President of Johns Hopkins University). The "deal" was that in
exchange for "technology" that they would provide to us, we agreed to
"ignore" the abductions that were going on and suppress information on
the cattle mutilations. The EBE's assured MJ-12 that the abductions
(usually lasting about 2 hours) were merely the ongoing monitoring of
developing civilizations.
In fact, the purposes for the abductions turned out to be:
(1) The insertion of a 3mm spherical device through the nasal cavity
of the abductee into the brain. the device is used for the biological
monitoring, tracking, and control of the abductee.
(2) Implementation of Posthypnotic Suggestion to carry out a specific
activity during a specific time period, the actuation of which will
occur within the next 2 to 5 years.
(3) Termination of some people so that they could function as living
sources for biological material and substances.
(4) Termination of individuals who represent a threat to the
continuation of their activity.
(5) Effect genetic engineering experiments.
(6) Impregnation of human females and early termination of
pregnancies to secure the crossbreed infant.
The U.S. Government was not initially aware of the far reaching
consequences of their "deal". They were led to believe that the
abductions were essentially benign and since they figured the
abductions would probably go on anyway whether they agreed or not,
they merely insisted that a current list of abductees be submitted, on
a periodic basis, to MJ-12 and the National Security Council. Does
this sound incredible? An actual list of abductees sent to the
National Security Council? Read on, because I have news for you.
The EBE's have a genetic disorder in that their digestive system is
atrophied and not functional. Some speculate that they were involved
in some type of accident or nuclear war, or possibly on the back side
of an evolutionary genetic curve. In order to sustain themselves they
use an enzyme or hormonal secretion obtained from the tissue that they
extract from humans and animals. (Note: Cows and Humans are
genetically similar. In the event of a national disaster, cow's blood
can be used by humans.)
The secretions obtained are then mixed with hydrogen peroxide and
applied on the skin by spreading or dipping parts of their bodies in
the solution. The body absorbs the solution, then excretes the waste
back through the skin. The cattle mutilations that were prevalent
throughout the period from 1973 to 1983 and publicly noted through
newspaper and magazine stories and included a documentary produced by
Linda Howe for the Denver CBS affiliate KMGH-TV, were for the
collection of these tissues by the aliens. The mutilations included
genitals taken, rectums cored out to the colon, eyes, tongue, and
throat all surgically removed with extreme precision. In some cases
the incisions were made by cutting between the cells, a process we are
not yet capable of performing in the field. In many of the
mutilations there was no blood found at all in the carcass, yet there
was no vascular collapse of the internal organs. This has been also
noted in the human mutilations, one of the first of which was Sgt.
Jonathan P. Louette at the White Sands Missile Test Range in 1956, who
was found three days after an Air Force Major had witnessed his
abduction by a "disk shaped" object at 0300 while on a search for
missile debris downrange. His genitals had been removed, rectum cored
out in a surgically precise "plug" up to the colon, eyes removed and
all blood removed with, again, no vascular collapse. From some of the
evidence it is apparent that this surgery is accomplished, in most
cases, while the victim, animal or human, is still alive.
The various parts of the body are taken to various underground
laboratories, one of which is known to be near the small New Mexico
town of Dulce. This jointly occupied (CIA-Alien) facility has been
described as enormous, with huge tiled walls that "go on forever".
Witnesses have reported huge vats filled with amber liquid with parts
of human bodies being stirred inside.
After the initial agreement, Groom Lake, one of this nations most
secret test centers, was closed for a period of about a year, sometime
between about 1972 and 1974, and a huge underground facility was
constructed for and with the help of the EBE's. The "bargained for"
technology was set in place but could only be operated by the EBE's
themselves. Needless to say, the advanced technology could not be
used against the EBE's themselves, even if needed.
During the period between 1979 and 1983 it became increasingly obvious
to MJ-12 that things were not going as planned. It became known that
many more people (in the thousands) were being abducted than were
listed on the official abduction lists. In addition it became obvious
that some, not all, but some of the nation's missing children had been
used for secretions and other parts required by the aliens.
In 1979 there was an altercation of sorts at the Dulce laboratory. A
special armed forces unit was called in to try and free a number of
our people trapped in the facility, who had become aware of what was
really going on. According to one source, 66 of the soldiers were
killed and our people were not freed.
By 1984, MJ-12 must have been in stark terror at the mistake they had
made in dealing with the EBE's. They had subtly promoted "Close
Encounters of the Third Kind" and "E.T." to get the public used to
"odd looking" aliens that were compassionate, benevolent and very much
our "space brothers". MJ-12 "sold" the EBE's to the public, and were
now faced with the fact that quite the opposite was true. In
addition, a plan was formulated in 1968 to make the public aware of
the existence of aliens on earth over the next 20 years to be
culminated with several documentaries to be released during 1985-1987
period of time. These documentaries would explain the history and
intentions of the EBE's. The discovery of the "Grand Deception" put
the entire plans, hopes and dreams of MJ-12 into utter confusion and
panic.
Meeting at the "Country Club", a remote lodge with private golf
course, comfortable sleeping and working quarters, and its own private
airstrip built by and exclusively for the members of MJ-12, it was a
factional fight of what to do now. Part of MJ-12 wanted to confess
the whole scheme and shambles it had become to the public, beg their
forgiveness and ask for their support. The other part (and majority)
of MJ-12 argued that there was no way they could do that, that the
situation was untenable and there was no use in exciting the public
with the "horrible truth" and that the best plan was to continue the
development of a weapon that could be used against the EBE's under the
guise of "SDI", the Strategic Defense Initiative, which had nothing
whatsoever to do with a defense for inbound Russian nuclear missiles.
As these words are being written, Dr. Edward Teller, "father" of the
H-Bomb is personally in the test tunnels of the Nevada Test Site,
driving his workers and associates in the words of one, "like a man
possessed". And well he should, for Dr. Teller is a member of MJ-12
along with Dr. Kissenger, Admiral Bobby Inman, and possibly Admiral
Poindexter, to name a few of the current members of MJ-12.
Before the "Grand Deception" was discovered and according to a
meticulous plan of metered release of information to the public,
several documentaries and video tapes were made. William Moore, a
Burbank, California, based UFO researcher who wrote "The Roswell
Incident", a book published in 1980 that detailed the crash, recovery
and subsequent cover-up of a UFO with 4 alien bodies, has a video tape
of 2 newsmen interviewing a military officer associated with MJ-12.
This military officer answers questions relating to the history of MJ-
12 and the cover-up, the recovery of a number of flying saucers and
the existence of a live alien (one of 3 living aliens captured and
designated, or named, EBE-1, EBE-2, and EBE-3, being held in a
facility designated as YY-II at Los Alamos, New Mexico. The only
other facility of this type, which is electromagnetically secure, is
at Edwards Air Force Base in Mojave, California). The officer names
those previously mentioned plus a few others: Harold Brown, Richard
Helms, Gen. Vernon Walters, JPL's Dr. Lew Allen and Dr. Theodore von
Karman, to name a few of the current and past members of MJ-12.
The officer also relates the fact that the EBE's claim to have created
Christ. The EBE's have a type of recording device that has recorded
all of Earth's history and can display it in the form of a hologram.
This hologram can be filmed but because of the way holograms work does
not come out very clear on movie film or video tape. The crucifixion
of Christ on the Mount of Olives has allegedly been put on film to
show the public. The EBE's claim to have created Christ, which, in
view of the "Grand Deception", could be an effort to disrupt
traditional values for undetermined reasons.
Another video tape allegedly in existence is an interview with an EBE.
Since EBE's communicate telepathically, an Air Force Colonel serves as
an interpreter. Just before the recent stock market correction in
October of 1987, several newsmen, including Bill Moore, had been
invited to Washington, D.C., to personally film the EBE in a similar
type interview, and distribute the film to the public. Apparently,
because of the correction in the market, it was felt the timing was
not propitious. In any case, it certainly seems like an odd method to
inform the public of extraterrestrials, but it would be in keeping
with the actions of a panicked organization who at this point in time
doesn't know which way to turn.
Moore is also in possession of more Aquarius documents, a few pages of
which leaked out several years ago and detailed the supersecret NSA
project which had been denied by them until just recently. In a
letter to Senator John Glenn, NSA's Director of Policy, Julia B.
Wetzel, wrote, "Apparently there is or was an Air Force project with
that name (Aquarius) which dealt with UFO's. Coincidently, there is
also an NSA project by that name." NSA's project Aquarius deals
specifically with the "communications with the aliens" (the EBE's).
Within the Aquarius program was project "Snowbird", a project to test-
fly a recovered alien aircraft at Groom Lake, Nevada. This project
continues today at that location. In the words of an individual who
works at Groom Lake, "Our people are much better at taking things
apart than they are at putting them back together."
Moore, who claims he has a contact with MJ-12, feels that they have
been stringing him along, slipping him documents and providing him
leads, promising to go public with some of the information on
extraterrestrials by the end of 1987.
Certain of Moore's statements lead one to believe that Moore himself
is a government agent working for MJ-12, not to be strung along, but
string along ever hopeful UFOlogists that the truth is just around the
corner. Consider:
1. Moore states emphatically that he is not a government agent,
although when Lee Graham (a Southern California based UFOlogist) was
investigated by DIS (Defense Investigative Service) for possession of
classified documents received from Moore, Moore himself was not.
2. Moore states emphatically that the cattle mutilations of 1973-
1983 were a hoax by Linda Howe (producer of "A Strange Harvest") to
create publicity for herself. He cites the book "Mute Evidence" as
the bottom line of the hoax. "Mute Evidence" was a government
sponsored book to explain the mutilations in conventional terms.
3. Moore states that the U.S.A.F. Academy physics book,
"Introductory Space Science", vol. II chapter 13, entitled
"Unidentified Flying Objects", which describes four of the most
commonly seen aliens (one of which is the EBE) was written by Lt. Col.
Edward R. Therkelson and Major Donald B. Carpenter, Air Force
personnel who did not know what they were talking about and were
merely siting "crackpot" references. He, Moore, states that the book
was withdrawn to excise the chapter.
If the government felt they were being forced to acknowledge the
existence of aliens on Earth because of the overwhelming evidence such
as the October and November sightings in Wytheville, Va., and recently
released books such as "Night Siege" (Hynek, J. Allen;Imbrogno,
Phillip J.;Pratt, Bob:Night Siege, Ballantine Books, Random House, New
York), and taking into consideration the "grand deception" and
obviously hostile intentions of the EBE's, it might be expedient for
MJ-12 to admit the EBE's but conceal the information on the
mutilations and abductions. If MJ-12 and Moore were in some kind of
agreement then it would be beneficial to Moore to toe the party line.
For example, MJ-12 would say... "here are some more genuine
documents... but remember... no talking about the mutilations or
abductions". This would be beneficial to Moore as it would supply the
evidence to support his theory that E.T.'s exist but deny the truths
about the E.T.'s. However, if Moore was indeed working for MJ-12, he
would follow the party line anyway... admitting the E.T.'s but pooh
poohing the mutilations and abductions. If working alone, Moore might
not even be aware of the "grand deception".
Time will tell. It is possible that Moore will go ahead and release
the video interview with the military officer around the first of the
year, as he has promised. From MJ-12's point of view, the public
would be exposed to the information without really having to believe
it because Moore is essentially not as credible a source as, say, the
President of the United States. After a few months of digestion and
discussion, a more credible source could emerge with a statement that,
"yes, in fact the interview was essentially factual". This scenario
would cushion somewhat the blow to the public. If, however, Moore
does not release the tape by, say, February 1 of 1988, but comes
instead with a story similar to: "MJ-12 has informed me that they are
definitely planning a release of all information by October of 88. I
have seen the plan and have seen the guarantee that this will happen,
so I have decided to withhold the release of my video tape at this
time as it may cause some problems with MJ-12's plans." This would in
effect buy more time for MJ-12 and time is what they desperately need.
Now you ask, "Why haven't I heard about any of this?" Who do you think
you would hear it from? Dan Rather? Tom Brokaw? Sam Donaldson?
Wrong. These people just read the news, they don't find it. They
have ladies who call and interview witnesses and verify statements on
stories coming over the wire (either AP or UPI). It's not like Dan
Rather would go down to Wytheville, Virginia, and dig into why there
were 4 THOUSAND reported sightings in October and November of 1987.
Better that Tom Brokaw or someone else should risk their credibility
on this type of story. Tom Brokaw? Tom wants Sam Donaldson to risk
his credibility. No one, but no one, is going to risk their neck on
such outlandish ideas, regardless of how many people report sightings
of 900 foot objects running them off the road. In the case of the
Wytheville sightings, dozens of vans with NASA lettered on the side
failed to interest newsmen. And those that asked questions were
informed that NASA was doing a weather survey.
Well then, you ask, what about our scientists? What about Carl Sagan?
Isaac Asimov? Arthur C. Clarke? Wouldn't they have known? If Carl
Sagan knows then he is committing a great fraud through the
solicitation of memberships in the Planetary Society, "to search for
extraterrestrial intelligence". Another charade into which the U.S.
Government dumps million of dollar every year is the radio telescope
in Arecibo, Puerto Rico, operated by Cornell University with - guess
who? - Carl Sagan. Cornell is ostensibly searching for signals from
Outer Space, a sign maybe, that somebody is out there. It is hard to
believe that relatively intelligent astronomers like Sagan could be so
ignorant.
What about Isaac Asimov? Surely the most prolific science fiction
writer of all time would have guessed by now that there must be an
enormous cover-up? Maybe, but if he knows he's not saying. Perhaps
he's afraid that "Foundation" and "Empire" will turn out to be
inaccurate.
What about Arthur C. Clarke? Surely the most technically accurate of
Science Fiction writers with very close ties to NASA would have at
least a hint of what's really going on. Again, if so he isn't
talking. In a recent Science Fiction survey, Clarke estimates that
contact with extraterrestrial intelligent life would not occur before
the 21st Century.
If the government won't tell us the truth and the major networks won't
even give it serious consideration, then what is the big picture,
anyway? Are the EBE's, having done a hundred thousand or more
abductions (possibly millions worldwide), built an untold number of
secret underground bases (Groom Lake, Nevada; Sunspot, Datil, Roswell,
and Pine Town, New Mexico, just to name a few) getting ready to return
to wherever they came from? Or, form the obvious preparations are we
to assume that they are getting ready for a big move? Or is the more
sinister and most probable situation that the invasion is essentially
complete and it is all over but the screaming?
A well planned invasion of Earth for it's resources and benefits would
not begin with mass landings of ray-gun equipped aliens. A properly
planned and executed invasion by a civilization thousands and probably
hundreds of thousands of years in advance of us would most likely be
complete before even a handful of people (say 12?) realized what was
happening. No fuss, no muss. The best advice I can give you is this:
Next time you see a flying saucer and are awed by its obvious display
of technology and gorgeous lights of pure color - RUN LIKE HELL!
-- end --
to Moore as it would supply the
evidence to support his theory that E.T.'s exist but deny the truths
about the E.T.'s. However, if Moore was indeed working for MJ-12, he
would follow the party line anyway... admitting the E.T.'s but pooh
poohing the mutilations and abductions. If working al
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2086.ufo
+130
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
SUBJECT: MORE FROM JOHN LEAR ON UFOs FILE: UFO2086
PART 2
> Rick Dell'aquill is a ParaNet member from Seven Hills, Ohio and
State Section Director for the Mutual UFO Network in Cuyahoga County.
He is a practicing attorney and has contributed articles to the MUFON
UFO Journal. Again, his views as presented here does not necessarily
reflect those of ParaNet
-----------------------------------------------------------------
-----
>>
In a recent series of uploads provided to Freenet by Dale Wedge
and Jim Speiser of Paranet, a December 29, 1987 statement by John Lear
was quoted. Mr. Lear is a reputable and apparently highly qualified
airline pilot with impressive credentials. Every so often one finds
something in UFOlogy which is simply staggering in its implications
but valueless without supporting evidence and therefore, "hard to
swallow." Although he should be admired for his courage in presenting
this information (obtained from various "sources") without hard
objective evidence, Mr. Lear's statement can only be regarded as
interesting reading without evidentiary support. In short, he sets a
nice table but leaves us waiting for dinner.
>>
Were it not for his credentials and ParaNet's assurance of his
"numerous contacts in sensitive positions," the otherwise outlandish
claims he makes could be dismissed as entertaining fiction. However,
Mr. Lear's character and reputation require that greater consideration
be given to his statement. >>
In summary, Mr. Lear contends that our government has for over 40
years been concealing from the public a "horrible truth" concerning an
"invasion" of Earth by EBEs (Extraterrestrial Biological Entities).
He alleges that the U.S. government has conducted "business with
little gray extraterrestrials for about 20 years," i.e. we were "sold"
by MJ-12 to the aliens in exchange for technology and to preserve our
democracy. He contends that our government agreed to ignore
human/cattle abductions and mutilations, but that the deeply sinister
purposes of these activities were not completely understood by MJ-12
until about 1984. >>
Without explaining the EBE's reason(s) to do business with the
most powerful nation on Earth when they could covertly continue their
activities in the Third World without concern, or why these advanced
and powerful aliens would even want or require our "agreement" to
continue their activities, Mr. Lear maintains that the purposes of the
abductions are:
(1) The insertion of a 3mm spherical device through the nasal cavity
of the abductee into the brain. The device is used for the biological
monitoring, tracking, and control of the abductee.
(2) Implementation of Posthypnotic Suggestion to carry out a specific
activity during a specific time period, the actuation of which will
occur within the next 2 to 5 years.
(3) Termination of some people so that they could function as living
sources for biological material and substances. (Why not cadavers?)
(4) Termination of individuals who present a threat to the
continuation of their activity.
(5) Effect genetic engineering experiments.
(6) Impregnation of human females and early termination of
pregnancies to secure the crossbreed infant.
>>
He cites the history of UFOlogy in the 40's and 50's, contending
that several crashed saucers and at least 3 live aliens have been
captured and hidden by the government. But would such a powerful
adversary permit humans to hold, study and possibly copy crashed
saucers or permit us to keep captured aliens, or would they simply
take them back? >>
The EBEs are said to suffer from an atrophied digestive system
which requires that they sustain themselves by absorbing through the
skin a solution made from certain enzyme/hormonal secretions derived
from cattle and humans and collected by ghoulish cattle and human
mutilations. The various body parts said to be obtained in this
manner are then supposed to be taken for processing to various hidden
laboratories jointly maintained by the aliens and CIA in the
Southwestern U.S. Although this description of the alien's atrophied
digestive tract agrees with alleged autopsies of dead aliens (reported
by Stringfield, et al). It is difficult to accept that in at least
2000 years of genetic engineering on cattle and humans, the aliens
have not collected enough material to maintain their own "livestock"
and feed themselves without CIA cooperation.
>>
Mr. Lear maintains that a 20 year plan for release of UFO
information to the public (including the history and intentions of the
EBE's) to be completed by 1987-88, was terminated when the "horrible
truth" became apparent. Indeed, during the first year of the Carter
Administration, various media sources, including Walter Cronkite on
the "CBS Evening News" and " U.S. News and World Report," reported
that before the end of that year the administration was to release UFO
information of a "startling" nature. The information was never
released. He contends that "Star Wars" is in reality a defensive
response to the EBEs, not Soviet nuclear missiles, but does not
explain why the EBEs permit us to continue with SDI studies that pose
a threat to them.
>>
Among the many manipulations of human history said to be
perpetrated by the aliens, they maintain that Jesus was their creation
and that his crucifixion has been recorded in an alien holographic
videotape. There are also said to be other recordings by humans,
including an interview of an alien which is translated by an Air Force
Colonel and other tapes said to be held by UFO investigator William
Moore. It is difficult to understand why such a superior race,
capable of manipulating human civilization for a minimum of 2000
years, would wait to subjugate the planet for that same period. At
the time of Christ, our most advanced missile system was the
"slingshot." We are now capable of nuclear "suicide." Insane as that
would be, their food supply would go up with us.
>>
Further evidence should be interesting and will be anxiously
awaited.
>>
>> END <<
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2087.ufo
+237
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
SUBJECT: MORE FROM JOHN LEAR ON UFOs FILE: UFO2087
PART 3
What follows is a direct transcript used with permission, of an
interview I conducted with John Lear, author of Lear.txt in the files
section. Hopefully, this interview will answer some of your questions
as well as some of mine.
Brad Langton 02-Feb-88 approx. 1:30AM to 3:30AM
<LANGTON> Ok, we're "live" so to speak... you just mentioned that
there were 70 other species in contact with this world... of which 4
others were overt...are they aware of the EBE's?
<LEAR> Yes they are. The types I will mention are listed in a USAF
Academy Physics book called Introductory Space Science Volume 2. I
refer to Chapter 13 about page 8 which lists the ones that are most
seen. They are the EBE's the "blondes". (also called the Nordics).
They look just like us but are invariably blonde haired and blue eyed.
Don't know where they come from but they do not interact with us
except for a few abductions now and then.
<LEAR> We also have a species that is similar to us in appearance but
they are about 7 ft tall and the main difference is that their eyes
wrap around the head a little more than ours. Another type listed is
a small species about 4 ft. tall, very hairy and extremely strong for
their size. We don't know where these guys come from either. All
this was in the aforementioned text which was withdrawn by the Air
Force in the early 70's from the book. But there are several people
that have the original book. The EBE's are about the only ones where
we are pretty sure where they come from and that is Zeta Reticuli 1 &
2, a binary star system visible only from the southern hemisphere,
spectral class of G 2 and 38 light years from here. It is possible
that they use some form of the Einstein Rosen Bridge theory (wormholes
in space) to get here. We know all this from the work that Marjorie
Fish did in the in the early 70's. There is a good article about it
in Astronomy Magazine Dec 1974. There was also a reprint of this
article in 1976 which had all the comments and rebuttals and rebuttals
to rebuttals by Carl Sagan, Bob Schaefer etc etc.
<LANGTON> I remember reading about the characterizations of ET's that
you have described about 25 years ago. I also recall a book by a
George Adamski or Adamson... not sure which, regarding these golden
haired aliens. In the Interrupted Journey, I believe it was Betty
Hill that under hypnosis revealed many of the invasive techniques used
on abductees. Also, Perhaps it was in the article on the Zeti
Reticuli Incident that a woman under hypnosis reconstructed a 3D model
of the Zeta Star system with the relative positions of the other stars
as they would have appeared as established by computer modeling. I
guess one of the primary questions is, if there are other forms
visiting and/or interacting with humans, are they completely
insensitive to these "arrangements" put out by the EBE's with the
government?
<LEAR> This may be hard to swallow but its my information from
government sources that the blondes adhere to a universal law of non-
interference and even though the EBE's are not doing us any favors
that they, the Blondes will not do anything about it unless the EBE's
do something that will affect another part of the universe. Back to
Adamski. He has been labeled as a fraud however like all things
nothing is all black or all white. Some of his stuff was true. But
its hard to separate which stuff. He claimed that the Blondes came
from Venus or Mars which is highly, highly unlikely. As far as the
map it was drawn by Betty Hill under hypnosis in 2 D. It was Majorie
Fish that did the interpretation to bring it into 3 D.
<LANGTON> I was uncertain about who exactly was the originator of the
map, so I gather that the map must necessarily be a matter of
speculation regarding its veracity as well. I'm curious also as to
the government's plans, if any, to deal with an uprising of EBEs
should that eventuality occur... or would the technological gap make
such an attempt untenable.
<LEAR> It's my understanding that we have already lost the battle.
This is the reason why MJ-12 is in such a panic. They had a lot of
well laid plans to inform us etc. etc. and when the deception was
confirmed about 1984 it was all out the window. Back to Betty Hill
for a minute...under hypnosis she recalled being given a pregnancy
test...a needle was inserted in her stomach. She recalls saying that
this was no pregnancy test here on earth (1962)
<LEAR> Amniocentesis was developed around 1972-1973 and uses the exact
same procedures. In 1986 a British doctor had given an amniocentesis
to a woman and was looking at the fluid under a microscope. He saw a
tiny speck and started enlarging it. When he got it big enough to see
what he found was what looked like a computer chip attached to one of
the chromosomes. This doctor and 6 others wrote an open letter in
Nature Magazine, one of Britains' most respected scientific journals,
along with a picture of the chip, and asked any doctor or scientist
anywhere that could held explain what they were seeing. If you do not
have a copy of this page, I can send it to you.
<LANGTON> That would be helpful. Also the Vol, issue, date etc.
Recently in the INF treaty negotiations, Gorbachev indicated that
despite prior claims, they too were working on an SDI program... Is
there any connection between our program and theirs and if the battle
is lost, why are these attempts being made?
<LEAR> I wish I knew the answer to that. Several rumors have come out
of the test site recently and one of them was that every test shot
this year has been to make a giant room. The shots are very clean and
as soon as everything subsides they move in equipment to make walls,
ceiling, floors and various levels.
<LANGTON> Several critics have highlighted the apparent discrepancies
between our medical technology and that of the EBEs as to synthesizing
plasma material. Also, technological gaps between our cultures
suggest that solicitation of indigenous humans for their undertakings
seems akin to asking help from chimpanzees... my analogy... what about
these concerns?
<LEAR> All of these questions are valid and show a lot of thought.
All I know is what I wrote. Its very hard to speculate the reasons
why or why not a species almost a billion years older than us would do
anything. This is not a cop-out...I just don't know and don't want to
guess.
<LANGTON> Given that material that you have access to is ambiguous on
some of these issue and that there may be a hidden agenda on the part
of the EBEs regarding the purposes for their being here, is it not
also possible that, assuming there is a "truth" here, which I'm sure
you understand, must remain unsubstantiated in the absence of hard
data, that the government may also, unknown to you or perhaps others
"in the know," a failsafe mechanism to undermine this whole EBE
project if the need should arise?
<LEAR> Its my understanding from those 'in the know;' (and as late as
one week ago) that the situation is 'ominous'.
<<< LONG PAUSE >>>
<LANGTON> Please understand my pauses... have to consider the next
question...
<LEAR> Ok, meantime looking for the date and issue of Nature.
<LANGTON> I recall now, one of my users requested information on the
"Roswell Incident" and if it were in any way tied to any of this?
<LEAR> Yes, the Roswell crash was the first recovered flying saucer
crash in the U.S. Bill Moore located 90 material witnesses to the
crash. It was near Corona, N.M. and a few months ago I interviewed
Mrs. Procter near whose ranch this thing crashed. 4 bodies were
recovered. There is one person still alive at this moment who helped
Mac Brazel drag some of the wreckage to the shed. He and Brazel were
approached at that time by (I know its hard to believe but the guy is
going to come forward soon) an alien who told them both to keep their
mouths shut. He is the last guy alive that was directly connected
with that retrieval.
<LANGTON> Are you saying that the others involved were murdered?
<LEAR> No. No. They have just passed away. That was a long time
ago. The last guy to die was Maj. Jesse Marcel, The intelligence
officer at Roswell who went out and helped pick up the wreckage.
Before he died a few years ago he went public with his account which
was that the crash was not a balloon or a radar reflector or an
airplane. He didn't state what it was, but said it was not of this
earth. I have a transcript of the cassette tape of his memories of
picking up the wreckage, its only a page long if you would like me to
send that.
<LANGTON> Of course, any information you have will be helpful... What
of yourself, why are you coming forward now, particularly placing the
spotlight on yourself... aren't you concerned that there may be some
sort of repercussions from the government regarding the stir this is
and will continue to cause?
<LEAR> Hopefully the spotlight will be on the information and not on
myself. No there is not too much worry because, well let me say that
5 years ago I wouldn't have gotten away with this but things are so
screwed up now that one voice talking to...what 50? 100? people
can't make any possible difference. Also if something was going to
happen it would have happened a few weeks ago. I wrote Dr. Lew Allen,
Director of JPL and MJ-12 member that I was going to do a story on his
participation in MJ-12 particularly because JPL employed 8000 people
in the Southern California area. I also enclosed a copy of my
hypothesis and told him it was on ParaNet and CompuServe. Dr. Allen
has a reputation of responding to all mail in a very prompt manner.
But me? I didn't hear anything. Not even a "John Lear you must be
crazy." He wrote a letter to Max Fiebleman of Los Angeles on the 18th
of December. Max had sent him a copy of the Hudson Valley video and
asked Dr. Allen to look at it. Dr. Allen responded that he had taken
a quick glance but did not have the time for anything more and on the
basis of what he saw determined that it was a blimp. He also wished
Max a Merry Christmas. Now......this is one of the worlds greatest
scientists? Not interested in that Hudson Valley video tape?
Gimme a break.
<LANGTON> There are certainly a lot of inconsistencies seemingly from
everywhere on this issue. As you know, Jim Speiser and ParaNet are
often published in some form, usually a quote from Jim, in the major
UFOlogy magazines... I would suspect that this matter will be reaching
a lot more people than just those of us here in the BBS community.
What of the future...can we expect more information, hard or soft
evidence that will help align the apparent inconsistencies or at best,
give a more cohesive picture of some of the answers to questions that
your original release has raised?
<LEAR> I would be very surprised if some kind of statement from the
government is not forthcoming within the year, more probably within 6
months possibly much sooner... That's about all I can speculate from
the information I am getting.
<LANGTON> Well, you can be assured that we will be continuing to watch
these developments should they occur. Last year there was a similar
promise of major information by year's end... you got in just under
the wire but the other information was not this information, at least
not necessarily as coming from you. Time is running short for me here
and I want to thank you for incurring the phone bill for this
interview but I think it is important that we try to get as many
answers on this as possible. Do you have any closing statements that
you would like to make at this time?
<LEAR> Just to thank you for your time and I will be sending you the
aforementioned documents etc.
<LANGTON> Thank you very much John, your participation will no doubt
add a level of credibility to your desire to spare little expense in
helping us find the truth about all this.
<LEAR> Thanks again, and talk to you later.
<<>>
Copyright @1988 National Fringe Sciences Information Service. All
Rights Reserved.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2088.ufo
+166
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
SUBJECT: UFO BOOKS IN THE SANTA CLARA COUNTY LIBRARY SYSTEM FILE: UFO2088
DATA COMPILED BY: Jim Way, Cupertino
FILE CREATION DT: 94.03.23
*******************************************************************************
UFO BOOKS IN THE SANTA CLARA COUNTY LIBRARY SYSTEM
--------------------------------------------------
Libraries in Santa Clara County and San Jose City system:
NAME LOCATION TELEPHONE
------------------------- ------------------------------------- ------------
Santa Clara County Lib.
Los Altos 13 S. San Antonio Rd., Los Altos 415-948-7412
Woodland 1975 Grant Rd., Los Altos 415-969-6030
Cupertino 10400 Torre Ave., Cupertino 408-446-1677
Saratoga 13650 Saratoga Ave., Saratoga 408-867-6126
Campbell 77 Harrison Ave., Campbell 408-866-1991
Milpitas 40 N. Milpitas Blvd., Milpitas 408-262-1171
Alum Rock 75 S. White Rd. 408-251-1280
Morgan Hill 17575 Peak Ave., Morgan Hill 408-779-3196
Gilroy 7387 Rosanne, Gilroy 408-842-8207
Santa Clara 2635 Homestead Rd., Santa Clara 408-984-3236
Mission 1098 Lexington, Santa Clara 408-984-3154
...............................................................................
San Jose City Library
San Jose (main) 180 W. San Carlos, San Jose 408-277-4846
Almaden (branch) 6455 Camden Ave., Almaden 408-268-7600
Alviso (branch) 1060 Taylor, Alviso 408-263-3626
Berryessa (branch) 3311 Nobel Ave., Berryessa 408-272-3554
Empire (branch) 491 E. Empire, San Jose 408-286-5627
Calabazas (branch) 1230 S. Blaney Ave., San Jose 408-996-1535
Cambrian (branch) 1780 Hillsdale Ave. 408-269-5062
Educational Park (branch) 1770 Educational Park Dr. 408-272-3662
Evergreen (branch) 2635 Aborn Rd. 408-238-4433
Hillview (branch) 2255 Ocala Ave. 408-272-3100
Pearl (branch) 4270 Pearl Ave. 408-265-7833
Rosegarden (branch) 1580 Naglee Ave. 408-998-1511
Santa Teresa (branch) 290 International Cir. 408-281-1878
Seventrees (branch) 3597 Cas Dr. 408-629-5435
West Valley (branch) 1243 San Tomas Aquino Rd. 408-244-4747
Willow Glen (branch) 1157 Minnesota Ave. 408-998-2022
East San Jose Carnegie 1102 E. Santa Clara 408-998-2069
Books Available ............................................. 408-277-4861
Home-bound Services ......................................... 408-277-4834
Administration Offices.. .................................... 408-277-4822
*******************************************************************************
BOOKS IN SYSTEM
NAME OF BOOK / DESCRIPTION AUTHOR DATE
----------------------------------------------- -------------------- ----
The UFO phenomenon / 1987
UFO -- the continuing enigma / 1991
Cam Jansen and the mystery of the UFO / Adler, David A. 1980
UFO / Blumberg, Rhoda 1977
The UFO guidebook / Blundell, Nigel 1983
Barney and the UFO / Clark, Margret Goff 1979
The great airship mystery / a UFO of the 1 Cohen, Daniel 1981
Silent Invasion / the shocking discoveries Crystall, Ellen 1991
A UFO has landed / Dank, Milton 1983
Clear Intent : the government coverup of Fawcett, Lawrence 1984
UFO exists! / Flammonde, Paris 1976
The Watchers : the secret design behind UFO Fowler, Raymond E. 1990
Crash at Corona : the US military retrie Friedman, Stanton T. 1992
Above Top Secret : the worldwide UFO cover Good, Timothy 1988
Wanted, UFO / Gormley, Beatrice 1990
Missing Time : a documented study of UFO a Hopkins, Budd 1981
Night Siege : the Hudson Valley UFO sighting Hynek, Joseph Allen 1987
The UFO Experience; a scientific inquiry Hynek, Joseph Allen 1972
Secret Life : firsthand accounts of UFO abduct Jacobs, David Micheal 1992
The UFO Controversy in America / Jacobs, David Micheal 1975
UFO Diary / Kitamura, Satoshi 1989
People of The Web : what Indian mounds, an Little, Gregory L. 1990
The Great Flying Saucer Hoax : the UFO fact Lorenzen, Coral E. ?
The UFO Enigma : the definitive explanation Menzel, Donald Howard 1977
UFO misuteri : ai to yuki no non fukushon Minamiyama, Hiroshi 1991
Inside UFO 54-40 Packard, Edward 1982
UFO Crash at Roswell / Randle, Kevin D. 1991
From Out of The Blue : the incredible UFO Randles, Jenny 1991
The Omega Project : near-death experiences Ring, Kenneth 1992
UFO Kidmap! / Robinson, Nancy 1978
UFO Guide : 1947-1967; containing international Sable, Martin Howard 1967
The Utah UFO display : a biologist's report Salisbury, Frank B. 1974
Jack The Bum and The UFO / Schulman, Janet 1978
The UFO Verdict : examining the evidence / Sheaffer, Robert 1991
Situation Red, The UFO Siege! / Stringfield, Leonard H.1977
Challenge to Science : the UFO enigma Vallee, Jacques 1966
The Invisible College : what a group of sc Vallee, Jacques 1975
UFO Chronicles of The Soviet Union : a cos Vallee, Jacques 1992
The Unexplained, Mysteries of Mind, Space
Inside The Space Ships / Adamski, George 1955
Extra-terrestrials Among Us / Andrews, George C. 1986
UFOs : opposing viewpoints / Arvey, Micheal 1989
The Strange Case of Dr. M.K. Jessup Barker, Grey ?
They Knew Too Much About Flying Saucers Barker, Grey 1956
The Fire Came By : the riddle of the great Baxter, John 1976
UFOs, ETs & Visitors From Space / Berger, Melvin 1988
The Hollow Earth, the greatest geographica Bernard, Raymond W. 1964
Out There : the government's secret quest Blum, Ralph 1990
Beyond Earth : man's contact with UFOs Blum, Ralph 1974
The Gods of Eden : a new look at human history Bramley, William 1990
Beyond The Four Dimensions : reconciling p Brunstein, Karl A. 1979
UFOs for The Millions Chambers, Howard V. 1967
UFOs--The Third Wave! / Cohen, Daniel 1988
Flying Saucers : twenty-one years of UFO's Cowles Education Corp. 1968
The Flying Saucer Reader David, Jay 1967
Flying Saucers : an analysis fo the Air Force Davidson, Leon 1966
How To Catch a Flying Saucer / Deem, James M. 1991
The Bermuda Triangle, and other mysteries Dolan, Edward F. 1980
Gods and Spacemen in The Acient East Drake, Walter Raymond 1973
Flying Saucers, Here and Now! Edwards, Frank 1967
The White Sands Incident Fry, Daniel W. 1966
Incident at Exeter; the story of unidentif Fuller, John Grant 1966
The Interrupted Journey: two lost hours Fuller, John Grant 1966
UFOs : the American scene Hervey, Mitchael 1976
The Dragon and The Disc; an investigation Holiday, Frederick Wil 1973
The Live in The Sky, New Age, 1958 James, Trevor ?
The Mothman Prophecies Keel, John A. 1975
UFO's Operation Trojan Horse. Keel, John A. 1970
Aliens From Space; the real story of unide Keyhoe, Donald Edward 1973
The Flying Saucer Conspiracy Keyhoe, Donald Edward 1955
Flying Saucers: top secret. Keyhoe, Donald Edward 1960
UFOs Explained Klass, Philip J. 1975
UFOs--Identified Klass, Philip J. 1968
Mysterious Visitors; the UFO story. Le Poer Trench Hon. Br 1973
The Sky People. Spearman; Dist. Wehman Le Poer Trench Hon. Br ?
Mysteries of The Skies; UFOs in perspective Lore, Gordon I.R. 1968
UFOlogy: new insights from science and com McCampbell, James M. 1973
True Hallucinations : being an account of McKenna, Terence K. 1993
The World of Flying Saucers : a scientific Menzel, Donald Howard 1963
UFOs Here and Now / Randles, Jenny 1974
Invisible Residents: a diquisition upon c Sanderson, Ivan Terenc 1970
Uninvited Visitors; a biologist looks at U Sanderson, Ivan Terenc 1967
UFOs? Yes! Where the Condon Committee went Saunders, David R. 1969
The UFO Verdict : examining the evidfence / Sheaffer, Robert 1981
Inoplanetiane nad Rossiei : porazitelnye f Shulman, Solomon 1985
Socorro "Saucer" in a Pentagon Pantry / Stanford, Ray 1976
Other World, other universes : playing th Steiger, Brad 1975
Mysteries of Time & Space Steiger, Brad 1974
Guardians of The Universe? / Story, Ronald D. 1980
UFOs and The Lomits of Science / Story, Ronald D. 1981
Flying Saucers and The U.S. Air Force Tacker, Lawrence J. 1960
Angels and Aliens : UFOs and The Mythic im Thompson, Keith 1991
Aliens in The Skies; the scientific rebutt US Congress House Cmte 1969
Anatomy of a Phenomemon: unidentified objects Vallee, Jacques 1965
Confrontations : a scientist's search for Vallee, Jacques 1990
Dimentions : a casebook of alien contact / Vallee, Jacques 1988
UFO's The Eye and The Camera / Vance, Adrian 1977
Intercept--but don't shoot; the true story Vesco, Renato 1971
"Other Toungs-other Flesh." Williamson, Geo Hunt 1953
The Saucers Speak; a documentary report of Williamson, Geo Hunt 1963
**************************************************************** END OF FILE
lee, Jacques 1966
The Invisible College : what a group of sc Vall
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2089.ufo
+42
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
SUBJECT: Are Black Holes the way to do it? FILE: UFO2089
You cannot go faster than the speed of light - by any technology
known to mankind at the present time, but both space and time can
be distorted by gravity.
Carl Sagan says that a helpful way to understand black holes is
to think about the curvature of space. Consider a flat flexible lined
2 dimensional surface, like a piece of graph paper made of rubber.
If we drop a small mass the surface is deformed or puckered. A marble
rolls around the pucker like the earth orbiting the sun.
In this interpretation which we owe to EINSTEIN, gravity is a distortion
in the fabric of space. If you fall into a black hole (powerful gravity)
those watching you from the outside would see you take an infinite
amount of time to fall in - because all your clocks - mechanical and
physical would be perceived from the outside to have stopped.
From your point of view they would not have stopped.
Sagan then concludes that gravity tunnels may provide a type of
interstellar subway. So if you travelled by manipulating gravity you
could cheat space and not necessarily arrive back home in the future.
Travel to earth by aliens may not be as difficult as we think if
they can create gravity worm holes.
A supposed gravity propulsion system has been described by Robert
Lazaar in the United States in a UK book by Timothy Good called 'Alien
Liason'. This has some clues as to the fate of the crashed spacecraft
and their propulsion systems.
It's all heady stuff and I'm not a physics buff but I can see that at least
this UFO stuff is possible.
Steve
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2090.ufo
+72
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
SUBJECT: PSYCHIC manipulation, WARNING! FILE: UFO2090
THIS A FULL WARNING TO EVERYONE:-----------------------------
MOST OF YOU WILL NOT CLAIM TO HAVE A PSYCHIC SENSE, HOWEVER MOST WOMEN,
AND CHILDREN, JUST REACHING PUBERTY WILL BE PSYCHICALLY AWARE IN SOME
DEGREE.
The United States secret psycotronics programme, has gone wrong.
A large number of USG psychics, who are extremely powerful psychics
employed by the government for secret research, and Mind Control tests,
have rebelled.
As a result of a conference held in Alaska last year, (late 93) on
'Non lethal Warfare', i.e. Psycotronics, Weather Warfare, etc., a
decision has been taken to do a general population sweep, using state
of the art Scalar Energy Weapons Systems.
This will involve full scale saturation ELF Scalar "blasting" of entire
population groups.
Explanation:- They have been testing a number of methods of population
control. Tests have found a number of mind "window" frequencies.
These directly access brain cells, and alter their state. By modulating
these Mind Window Frequencies, with ELF frequencies, from .1Hz to
about 13Hz, various mind states can be induced. This includes happiness,
sadness, etc. They can be used to make populations riot, or make
people feel happy,(like before an election!!).
An advanced form of this, which has been tested on the KURDs, Iran,
Northern Ireland, Los Angeles, and in England in the 1980s, is being
engineered as a mass extermination of psychically sensitive people.
These kinds of people, many of whom are emerging, and being "turned
on" can see and detect much of what is going on. That is why the secret
government psychics were found, and trained up. They were to seek
out, use, detect or destroy existing, non-conforming psychics. This
strategy has failed.Therefore using Scalar matrix systems, it is possible
to zero in on areas, and turn on a part of the scalar matrix, and
ZAP a quadrant. The result will be, that people who are psychic, and
that includes people who do not KNOW they, will have moods induced
in their minds, that are designed to disable them mentally, and drive
them to suicide.
Psychic people have already detected that massive alien bases in England,
South America, and the US. There are well over 148,000 of the white
haired, ivory white skinned "aliens" in these bases, in the United
States alone. These people control the lesser "Grey" types.
They work with the Lizard/Reptile types.
These have been seen in Portadown/ Magherfelt area in Northern Ireland,
and bases detected, and visited , in Midlands in England, and Kent.
Other uses for Scalar technology:- Mind Control. Faster than light
communication. Time--Mass--- Gravity-- Energy conversion. Used in
hyper spatial vehicles, and time travel.
Areas used:- Scotland, Area 51/US underground bases in Las Vegas,
US/UK/NSA Australian bases.
MEANS OF PREVENTION:- Knowing about it, and knowing when symptoms
occur. Creating positive thinking blocks, against the induced thought
patterns. Investigate any ancient popular data on original uses of
religious data. If in a panic tell your local Pried eltT: YOU WI POLICE BEEN CREAltT!!!!!! StateLOOK UP ANYTL BE ON PYSCONTRONICS, ST RSCALAR SYSTEMS YE T DOE MAK e TREK LOOK DULL,... BUT REAL...... ll in PorANY DATA:-ser "act Mil daJohtho
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2091.ufo
+83
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
SUBJECT: More on Linda Howe:Cattle mutilations. FILE: UFO2091
For those of you who wanted more information on cattle
mutilations, there is an update by Linda Howe in the current issue of
UFO magazine, vol 5 #4, page 16.
You can see in the accompanying photos, the exceptionally clean
cuts that could not be made by a predator, and that humans would have
difficulty duplicating. Also described, is the evidence that these
cuts were made at high temperature.
Cases of eyewitnesses are given: two four foot tall creatures
with large black eyes were seen by a Texas rancher, carrying a calf
that was later found dead and mutilated. Also, two small beings with
large heads were seen, through binoculars, working on cow, by a
Missouri couple in 1983.
A Missouri woman was told by the aliens that " We use substances
from cows in an essential biochemical process for our survival".
I will repeat here, for newcomers, a message I put in 3/28/90:
---------------------------------------------------------------------
While searching my files for information on the Australian case,
I came accross this article, published in March 1987, on cattle
mutilations.
Dr. Leo Sprinkle hypnotised Judy Doraty of suburban Houston, TX,
in the course of trying to find the cause of recurring headaches.
Hypnosis uncovered an abduction in which she and her daughter Cindy,
then age 5, were taken onto a UFO and examined in 1973.
While still in her car, she saw a beam of light that seemed like
it had substance in it, shine down from the UFO and pick up a calf,
which was squirming and trying to get free as it was taken up.
Later while on the UFO, she saw the calf being cut up by the
aliens. They took the eyes, tongue, and sex organs, then lowered the
calf back down to the ground.
She was telepathically told by the aliens that she saw this by
accident, and that she was not to tell anyone. She had no memory of
this until hypnotised.
The aliens were small men with large eyes and unusual hands with
long fingernails.
I checked the phone book for the Greater Houston area 1989-90 but
did not find the name Doraty.
I do not have any personal experience with this, I merely call
attention to what I think is significant. Don Ecker, who takes this
very seriously, is a former police investigator, and has a good
reputation in the UFO community as a serious investigator. He is a
sometimes user of this Forum. Dr. Leo Sprinkle is well known to
the UFO community and I haven't heard anything negative about him. He
is director of counseling and testing at the University of Wyoming.
I have heard cattle mutilation dismissed as the work of
predators, or weird cults, but never as disinformation.
The phenomenon is accepted as real, only the cause is debated.
I suggest you read HARVES.MUT in the DL10 library of the Issues
Forum of Compuserve. It is an earlier update on mutilations by Linda
Howe. If you do not need protocol (I don't), just type READ
HARVES.MUT instead of the menu choices offered. You can also use the
Browse choice and enter the keyword CATTLE, to get a list of files.
For articles by Don Ecker, see UFO magazine, vol 5 #2, page 13,
an article on a possible connection between UFOs and missing
children. Also, back issue Vol 4 #3 page 6, an article on human
mutilation, and a secrecy crackdown.
The address of UFO magazine is 1800 S. Robertson Blvd. Box 355,
L.A. CA 90035. Back issues are $4.25 including postage.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2092.ufo
+127
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
SUBJECT: SOMETHING IN THE SKY OVER LEWISTON FILE: UFO2092
PART 1
+-------------------------------------------------------+
+ The following article appeared in the Wednesday, +
+ October 2, 1991 edition of the LEWISTON MORNING +
+ TRIBUNE, which serves the Lewiston Idaho, Clarkston +
+ Washington area. Also Washington State University and +
+ the University of Idaho both 40 miles to the north. +
+ Clarkston and Lewiston are in the Snake River Canyon +
+ area of southeastern Washington and Northern Idaho, +
+ 20 miles north of Oregon. Elevation is aproximately +
+ 600 feet in their dessert canyon, which has a mild +
+ snow-free climate. The Snake river and Clearwater +
+ river converge there, the gateway to Hell's Canyon. +
+ Industries there include the wood and paper products +
+ of International Potlatch Corporation, and bullets, +
+ ammunition and weaponery of Blount Corporation, a +
+ division of Omark, which has recently opened a super +
+ secret, government linked, well guarded, installation +
+ near the regional airport in south Lewiston... +
+-------------------------------------------------------+
Lewiston Morning Tribune - Lewiston Idaho - October 2, 1991
IT'S NOT A BIRD; IT'S NOT A PLANE; BY GOLLY WHAT IS IT?
------------------------------------------------------------------------
By general assignment reporter SANDRA L. LEE
The 9-year-old saw it first in the northwest sky above Lewiston. Then
his 8-year-old friend, and the babysitter, the babysitter's parents, and
a friend and her two children, and the people who brought the telescope.
Saturday night it was a bright, multi-colored light that moved up and
down and had a "black pointy thing on it."
And there was a ball of clear light, like a silent wave much closer than
the blinking light, that lit the sky for several seconds.
Sunday night, there were two of the pulsing lights, one a little closer
than the other, but still far away, although they seemed to respond to
light directed at them from a flashlight and then from a camera's flash,
said Sarah G. Krueger, a Lewiston High School senior.
And Monday night they were back again, and much more active, said
Krueger, who set up a watching post on the hill north of Regency Plaza
Retirement Center.
Were they UFOs? "I dont't have a clue," Krueger said. They weren't
airplanes, and she doesn't think they were stars. But flying saucers? "I
never even believed in them before, really," she said.
She called Fairchild Air Force Base on the advice of a Lewiston Tribune
editor, and someone there told her there was nothing in the air to
account for the sitings, she said.
Then she was given the number of the National UFO Reporting Center in
Seattle, a private, non-profit organization that documents reports from
all of North America.
The volunteer taking calls that night told her it might be a
double-star, one star so close to another as to appear as one. But NOT
if it was actually changing position.
Margaret Gahner saw it too. It was different than what she and two
family members saw 13 years ago in southern Idaho, she said.
That time, they were fishing from a boat at night when three white
lights zig-zagged overhead. They were higher than a jet, but not far
away like the stars, she said.
It went on for about an hour, Gahner said. "We wanted to get home
because we were SCARED."
Robert J.. Gribble, director of the National UFO Reporting Center, was
non-committal about his opinion of the moving sighting over Lewiston.
Stationary objects usually are easy to identify, Gribble said. Most of
them are scintillating stars whose multiple colors are caused by
particles in our atmosphere. Smog. Air pollution.
And bright stars in the northeast and northwest skies draw frequent
reports, he added.
"The problem is something at such a distance, of that description, it's
almost impossible to make a positive identification."
Every report is kept on file for at least 30 days so information can be
pooled. If there are independent reports from the same location, an
attempt may be made to put together an onsite investigation, Gribble
said.
Investigations are rare nowadays, however. Sightings, once frequent,
started tapering off about 10 years ago, he said.
The center was created in 1974 when the U.S. Air Force quit accepting
data on UFO phenomena. People had no place to go to make reports where
they could expect follow-up, Gribble said.
All the work at the center is done by volunteers.
So was there -- is there -- a UFO over the Lewiston - Clarkston Valley?
Certainly, in the sense that no one has yet identified that multicolored
blinking object as being anything specific. Or identified the source of
the light.
But could they have been that thing of dreams, a spaceship possibly
carrying alien beings?
Sarah Krueger plans to keep watch evenings from about 8:30 to 9:30. Just
in case. From her vantage point on the edge of Lewiston Orchards, one
was sighted a little over Potlatch Corp. and the other more to the west,
over downtown Lewiston or Clarkston.
Take a look. What do you think?
------------------------------------------------------------------------
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2093.ufo
+80
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
SUBJECT: SOMETHING IN THE SKY OVER LEWISTON FILE: UFO2093
PART 2
+-------------------------------------------------------+
+ The following article appeared in the Thursday, +
+ October 3, 1991 edition of the LEWISTON MORNING +
+ TRIBUNE, which serves the Lewiston Idaho, Clarkston +
+ Washington area. Also Washington State University and +
+ the University of Idaho both 40 miles to the north. +
+ Clarkston and Lewiston are in the Snake River Canyon +
+ area of southeastern Washington and Northern Idaho, +
+ 20 miles north of Oregon. Elevation is aproximately +
+ 600 feet in their dessert canyon, which has a mild +
+ snow-free climate. The Snake river and Clearwater +
+ river converge there, the gateway to Hell's Canyon. +
+ Spaulding is a small town aprox. 6 miles from +
+ Lewiston, due east following the Clearwater river, +
+ and highway-12. Spaulding is near the split of +
+ highway-12 and highway-95 which runs north and south +
+ eventually along the Nevada Test Site / Area-51... +
+-------------------------------------------------------+
Lewiston Morning Tribune - Lewiston, Idaho - Thursday, October 3, 1991
UFO SEEN TWICE NEAR SPAULDING
------------------------------------------------------------------------
By SANDRA L. LEE of the Tribune
Joseph J.S. Feathers, who holds a doctorate in anthropology and operates
a 1,200-acre ranch near Spalding with his wife, saw what would commonly
be called an Unidentified Flying Object over his Spalding home Monday
night.
"I wasn't going to say anything about it. People always think you're in
the lunatic fringe," Feathers said Wednesday.
But then he read in the Lewiston Tribune that Sarah G. Kureger and
others had watched two unidentified multicolored objects in the sky for
three nights. The objects they saw were most active Monday night.
He was walking up the front steps at his home, Moon Rising Ranch across
the Clearwater River from Spalding Park, a few minutes after 8 Monday.
An "intense glob of bright orange-yellow light" appeared just east of
the house. It was perhaps 4,000 feet in the air and 200 feet high by 100
wide in an irregular shape, he said, pointing out that his estimates
were based on only a few seconds of visibility.
It was shaped irregularly, and there was a large, dark object, perhaps
20 to 40 feet high, moving into it from the south.
The picture he drew from memory for the Tribune was of the traditional
saucer shape.
It was totally silent, Feathers said. The whole thing -- the bright
light and the dark shape -- moved out of sight behind the roof of his
A-frame home. By the time he got to the end of the deck, it had
vanished, he said.
The moon is waning, and it hadn't risen yet. And the moon is never as
bright as that light, he said. But he doesn't know what it could have
been.
"I've got no reason to lie," he said simply.
Another person called the Lewiston Tribune Wednesday night to report
seeing a group of three UFOs last night in the sky over the Cherrylane
area, about 10 miles east of Spalding. That sighting also was a few
minutes after 8pm.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2094.ufo
+468
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,468 @@
SUBJECT: SOMETHING IN THE SKY OVER LEWISTON FILE: UFO2094
PART 3
// This interview on Wednesday, November 13, 1991 is presented unedited. //
// Q> represents the interviewer, asking Questions. //
// A> represents Adam Andrews. Adam is a long time skywatcher in the //
// area. Adam is something of a UFO magnet, it seems, due to the //
// large number of UFO sightings he has had in this preculiar area. //
// Adam almost guarantees anyone will have an unusuall sighting //
// watching the sky for one, or perhaps two nights, in or around the //
// Clarkston, Wa. and Lewiston, Id. Snake River valley. Adam can be //
// reached through his dad's home: 1035 Alder Drive, Lewiston, Id. //
// 83501. Telephone: (208) 743-5963. Adam is willing to talk to all. //
// B> represents Bill, not his real name for reasons of privacy. He is //
// also a long time resident of the L-C valley area, and Pullman, Wa. //
// fourty miles to the north (home of Washington State University). //
// He is concerned with the latest flap of sightings being related //
// to an unpopulated corridor running between the L-C area, and //
// AREA-51, which is DIRECTLY some 640 miles to the south. //
// (See LC-UFO1.GIF LC-UFO2.GIF LC-UFO3.GIF)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Q> Tell me about the missing time. The whole story that led up to the
missing time, and everything.
A> Tell you the truth, that's what the mystery is about. You can even
ask Val about it, because she was complaining. She was asking me
where I was all day long, and everything like that.
// Val is Adam's longtime girlfriend //
Q> How did it start out? What were you doing that morning? What time of
year was it? Do you know what month it would have been?
A> About this time of year.
Q> About november?
A> Yes.
Q> What year?
A> About three years ago.
Q> And you would have been about how old at that time?
A> 21 to 22 I believe.
Q> You and Val were living together then, over on ninth street?
// In Clarkston, Wa //
A> Right.
Q> And that was 1980 what?
A> 88.
Q> So that's November, 1988?
A> Yes
Q> So, what did you start out doing that morning?
A> I was just headed up to my dad's, you know, I was going up there for
something. I used to go up there to take a shower and everything. Clean
up, and eat up there.
// Adam's father's house is in the Southeast portion of the Lewiston //
// Clarkston area, called the Lewiston Orchards, close to the airport //
Q> That's up in the lewiston orchards?
A> Right. And I took the back way. I always used to drive the back way.
Towards, you know, Tammany.
Q> Ok, that's that road up past Hellsgate park up there. You go up Snake
River avenue, that way?
A> Yes. Take a left, after you get across the bridge and all that. That's
the direction I used to drive all the time, because it was a straight
drive. It would take me right up to where I was going.
Q> Hardly anyone on it? Go fast?
A> That's what I used to do. I used to drive that road really fast, 65.
Q> What time did you do up there?
A> It was before noon.
Q> So you set out on the Tammany road to go to your dad's house, its up in
the Orchards, because its the back way. Did you get to your dad's house
ok? You remember getting there ok?
A> Yes. But that's the wierd thing though. In between the time I left and
the time I got back, it took me 5 hours. You can even ask Val, even to
this day she accuses me of going out and screwing around. And I didn't do
anything.
Q> You remember driving to your dad's house, and you remember getting to
your dad's house. Do you remember what time it was when you got to your
dad's? Did you see a clock? When you got to your dad's house did
everything seem normal up to that point?
A> I didn't even notice anything. Except until the end of the day, that it
was later on. I didn't get back to my house until about 4 o'clock. And when
I went up there, it was about noon.
Q> How long did you stay at your dad's house?
A> Well, let's see. Like I say, I had taken a shower. It used to take me,
what, about, I would soak in the shower for about a half an hour. Eat
something. All together I would be gone, usually, about an hour and a half
at the most. But this one day, it was really wierd. It was like this time
was just zipping. The clock was going like this. It was 4 o'clock by the
time I got back there.
// Adam indicated spinning clock hands motions //
Q> Which way did you go back? The same way, or through town?
A> No. I came back down through town. I would always take the direction
up TO my dad's, taking the back way towards Tammany.
Q> Do you remember looking at your watch, or seeing a clock, after you got
to your dad's house?
A> No
Q> I guess what I am trying to figure out is, if there was a period of
missing time, where did it occur, or when did it occur. Was it while you
were driving?
A> That's what I don't know. That's all I know, is that the whole day
suddenly went, and I didn't fall asleep. You might say, to this day, Val
still thinks that I went out and screwed around and did something. It
irritates me because I knew where I was.
Q> Can you remember anything else that seemed funny to you at that time,
that day, you know? Or, did you seem different or strange? Or, did
anything hurt? Or, did anything seem funny about your person in the days
following that?
A> No, because it has happened more that once.
Q> It has happened more than once? Did you just now remember that? Did
you just now think of that?
A> Yes, just lost time, you know. I was thinking about it the other day.
We were having an argument, and Val said "I rememeber there's been a
couple of times when you've left to go up to your dad's, and were gone
4 or 5 hours," and I'm "WHAT?"
Q> Did you drive the same way on those other times to get there? Did you
take the same route?
A> Yes.
Q> You took the same route, the kind of unusual route, the back way
throught the Tammany valley there?
A> Yes
Q> That's not too far from where that secret Blount plant is, is it?
A> No. You go right past there. They are up on the hill, just above it.
Q> They are up on the hill just above it? What can you tell me about that
Blount plant? What have you heard about it? Some of the things you have
heard.
A> From Jody, Hell, I've heard that they have got underground silos up
there. And orders to shoot to kill anyone who tresspasses on the
premesis up there after dark. The fact old Andy should be able to relate
to that, because a he knows a guy who has been working at that place,
Gregg.
Q> I guess they have really bright lights there?
A> Yes. Its in a circle. Its like they have a big circle surrounded by
great big halide lights. Football field size.
Q> Where is that in relation to the airport? Is it fairly close to the
airport?
A> Yes. You can see it from my dad's. You can see the runways, the runway
lights, and then over to the left you can see the circle of bright
lights. Looks like a football field. You can't see what goes on, all you
can see is the lights. I've been told its all fenced in, razor wire and
everything else.
Q> And in this area, lights in the sky?
A> Right. In that area. The first real sighting that I know that I saw
something unusual. I was six years old, about 1971. In my dad's back
yard. My dad, my mom, and two more relatives, my aunt, Dick and Sandy,
that's my dad's sister's daughter and her husband. They were all sitting
around drinking beer, and yucking, and laughing and doing everything,
you know, in the lawn chairs. I was just looking up, and I saw this kind
of a little glow. If you hold a dime about at arms length, that's how big
it was. About as big as a dime. And then it just zipped, just like that.
It came out of nowhere, and it just stopped right up above us, and it
did a zigzag. If I had a flashlight I could show you what it did. It
went over here, it went over there, and then it was gone, just like
that.
// Adam indicated its movements, with his hands, pointing in the air //
Q> So it actually stopped, motionless and hovered? And then you saw it
startup instantly, with no startup speed, it just instantly accelerated
and took off at sharp angles?
A> Yes. No sound whatsoever, and my dad got to see the last glimpse of
it as it took off.
Q> Did you have any animals or pets around? Did they seem disturbed in
any way?
A> Not that I can remember. I know that is what I saw.
Q> What time of day or night was it?
A> This was like, 11 o'clock, to midnight. Late at night.
Q> And it was in the summer time, what month?
A> July.
Q> of 1971?
A> Yes.
Q> And living by the airport, you knew what airplanes, and what different
kinds of planes looked like? And you think it absolutely was not a plane?
A> Right. It all happened so fast. It happened in a period of three to
five seconds, and it was gone.
Q> What about Oregon?
A> Oh yes, down in Oregon. My nefue was with me. We were skywatching and
we got to see one. Yes, that was wierd, because I told Matt "yes, if you
watch the sky long enough, you will be able to see something." I wasn't
really too sure that we would see anything myself. And we were sitting
out in the back yard, and sure enough. What it looked like was shaped
like a fat bannana. It had lights moving through it, you know, how like
if you take a pan of water and you set it on the floor, and the sun hits
it just right, it reflects on the ceiling? Ok, if you move the pan, the
water ripples. Thats the kind of light it had. It would just go back and
forth, back and forth. And it just flew right over the top of us. It
kind of curved over like this, over our heads and kept on going.
Q> What color was it?
A> Actually the lights, it was almost like a rainbow of lights. It was
wierd. I have never seen anything like it. The closest thing thing I can
come to describing it is a, like I say, a pan of water laying on the
floor and the sunlight reflecting on it and you know hitting the ceiling.
That's happened a couple of times just by accident. I've noticed my
mother's houseplants. She would water the houseplants, and they would get
over watered. And the sun would hit the water just right and would
reflect on the celing. If the water rippled in any way, it moved back and
forth. Thats the exact same kind of light it was.
Q> This was at then night then, apparently?
A> Yes.
Q> What time of year?
A> Summertime.
B> What about up around Albion up there? Where they had a rash of cattle
mutilations going on, a, back in the mid seventies. They had a young
couple that we happened to know out there. Then when some people went
into their trailer one afternoon, there was cups of coffee warm,
cigarettes smoldering in ashtrays, and not a sign of anyone around. And
no one ever saw them again.
Q> What year was that?
B> That was 1976?
Q> What time of year?
B> Summer. Right around the time when they were having the cattle
mutilations up around Albion. They thought it was devil worshippers or
something. But a, there was quite a few of them, cattle that had their
blood drained, their genitals removed, other things had been done. Then
they just had the cattle mutilations down here. That were on the police
scanner, that they haven't mentioned in the papers. I have seen one or
two things in the night sky that didn't look quite normal. A little
place up around there, that they call Magic Wood.
Q> Up where?
B> Up in Pullman. Its up above where a, up above Merman drive. Up above
North Campus Heights, and out in the wheat fields. We used to go out
there and camp, in the summertime sometimes. Case of beer, whatever.
There was one occasion when there was me and two other people out there.
They saw the same thing too. It was a light about the size of a, again
about the same size, about the size, well, about half the size of a
thumb at arms length. It looked like it was over the Kamiak Butte area.
See the butte from up in that field, that little spot up there.
Q> What was it doing?
B> It a, was sitting. When we first spotted it, it was just kind of
hanging in the air, you know. It was moving around real slow and lazy.
Like a, almost like a hot air ballon would or something. You know, just
kind of hanging, and moving really slowly. But the patterns. It would go
straight up, then it would drop straight down, then it would move to the
left and to the right. You know, so you could tell it had to have some
kind of power. Because it was maneuvering. But it was doing it with a
slow lazy movement of a balloon, you know. We watched it for about ten
minutes. And then the thing came towards Pullman. We were kind of
Northeast of town. It moved from Kamiak Butte towards the Northwest side
of town, so it was kind of moving at an angle from where we were. It
accelerated real fast in a direction, kind of coming towards Pullman.
Then it was probably somewhere close to Albion. You know, it was somewhere
between Kamiak Butte and Pullman on the Northwest side of Pullman. So it
would have been moving almost due south from the butte. It was probably
between half and three quarters the way towards Pullman when it increased
in size to about, oh, fourty percent more than what it was. And it went
straight up and disappeared. There were several people out there. There
was me, Tim, Dave.
Q> What year was that again?
B> That would have been when I was nineteen. Would have been about 73, 74,
something like that.
Q> What about those strange underground complexes? Another level below
the normal heat tunnels on campus?
B> The library in pullman has several underground areas. WSU campus,
from what I have heard, is like the third in line for federal capitol
during a disaster. If it went down in Washington, it would go to Denver.
If Denver went under, they would use the WSU / UofI campuses as a
Government center. One of the reasons is because they have all those
underground levels at the library that have all kinds of documents and
stuff. They are supposed to have copies of every document DC has, on
microfilm down there.
Q> Every document?
B> Yes. All the documents that are produced in congress and stuff are
supposedly. They have copies of them on microfilm in the basement of the
WSU library.
Q> Describe that underground area. You've been through those heat tunnels.
How do you get to it?
B> I am sure there is access, there has to be access, through the library
itself. I've been down in some of the sub-basements of the library. They
were clearing out a bunch of old army rations, and my mom was getting a
bunch of stuff from the fallout shelters that they were getting rid of.
And I have been down in the fallout shelters up there. There are a big
set of heavy doors that lead to an elevator that go down further.
Through the heat tunnels there is one area where you come up to that's
kind of behind the library. That is down on the intermural field,
between the stadium and the bookstore down there, and in front of the
gymnasiums. The heat tunnel goes over to the side of the hill, and then
it just ends with some hatches that come up into a little concrete
platform that is up above the field. The pipes go down. There is a door
that you open up in the floor, and you go down. And there is a big huge
bolt like blast door, and the cement wall, and the cabling and stuff
runs through the wall and into that area. So you know, you can't get down
any further than that, because there is a big huge door in the way.
Q> And that's another level down below, even where all the transformers
and stuff that supply the library are?
B> There is a lot of other strange things around Pullman. The vortac OMNI
for the airport. They have the regular OMNI beacon there. But the hill
that it sits on top of, if you look at it, has obviously been added to.
The top has been plowed flat on it. Up above the OMNI beacon there is a
little dome, with signs on it that say "Government property, Warning:
do not approach within 100 feet." I had a friend of mine who went up
there once, and cut the lock off the door. Its a hatch that goes
underground, and there is a bunch of sizemographic stuff and other
things under there.
A> About 1984. I was with Jody again. In the dead of winter, the middle
of winter. Wayne was with us again. You could see Potlatch's smog just
creeping along the hill there. There weren't any stars. There wasn't
really a breeze blowing or anything. It was colder than Hell that
winter. It was below zero. We were all walking. We were up there by the
theatre. The movie theatre right behind B&C Meats. We were cutting
through behind there. We were walking. I think there were a couple more
people with us too. All I noticed was, out of the corner of my eye, this
flicker, you know. And I looked over, and I said, "WOW look at THAT" and
it was a blue light. Just perfectly round. And it kind of did this. It
just kind of bounced like this. And it did a circle like this. And
another circle. And it flipped up, and it was gone.
// Adam made more hand gestures in the air, to show maneuvering //
Q> How far would you say it was away?
A> It was over the Lewiston hill. It was probably that far above the
hill. It looked like it was just riding right up along top of the hill
up there. Everyone else got to see it too. It was really strange, just a
blue light. Just blue.
Q> About the size of a dime at arms length?
A> No. This was much smaller. When it did that last flip, it disappeared
into the smog, or a cloud, or something. Because you could see it just
kind of like, it went behind a cloud, and then it was gone. It was colder
than Hell that year. This was at night. About 9:30 to 10 o'clock at night.
I've never seen anything like that since. One time I was with Dan, we went
up to, a, Sacajawea Jr. High. I saw something that night too.
Q> What year was that?
A> 1985
Q> 85, a year later? What did it look like?
A> Triangles. Perfect triangles. Bright blue light. And there were two of
them, right beside one another. I still think, you know. I don't know,
it was wierd. If that is seeing things, I'll tell you, they are realistic
as Hell, because Dan saw it too. It was there, and gone so fast, you
know. It was just like somebody threw triangle lights through the air,
and they just went over our heads, and then they were gone. But they
disappeared behind the Lewiston hill. I mean, two blinks and you would
have missed it.
Q> Did they show up as a triangle? Or were there like, just three lights,
on the points?
A> They were just like glowing, whole triangles.
Q> Were they perfect triangles? Or were they more like a paper airplane
viewed from top? Long on two sides, short on the back, arrow shaped?
A> Yes! More pointed, like an arrow. I am dead serious. Bright blue.
Bright blue. Dan, he was funny, because he went 'WOW'. He was like this
for about two minutes. Just, you know, pointing at the direction that
they disappeared. We just looked at each other, and that was it. We
left.
Q> Any sounds?
A> No sound. This was in '85, in the summer. Up at Sacajawea Jr. High.
We were sitting on the bleachers. And they just, right over the
Lewiston hill. Disappeared behind the Lewiston hill. They looked pretty
good sized, from the direction. There were two of them. Side by side.
Two of them. Let me think some more here. I have seen the ones that are
about the same size as stars. Look like regular stars. You can always
tell a sattelite when it crosses the sky. It looks like a star, but is
just moving. Then there are the ones that blink on and off really fast.
I was sitting out one night watching the stars. All of sudden, it looked
like one of the stars was really bright. Brighter than all the rest. I
noticed it, and I was watching it. I thought I was seeing a star burning
out, exploding. Because you can see something like that, if you are
lucky. You know, it takes millions of years for the light light to get
here. This is what I thought I was seeing. It got really bright. Then
all of a sudden, it got dim again. Then it started MOVING. Then it
started moving to the north.
Q> What year was that?
A> 1981. Late summer. August. It started moving north. It stayed dim, you
know. A little dimmer than all the rest of the stars. It just kind of
moved north and kind of curved over. No blinking or anything.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2095.ufo
+128
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
SUBJECT: MUTILATION OF 5 COWS IN 24 HRS FILE: UFO2095
(811) Tue 4 Feb 92 3:54p
By: Jerry Woody
To: All
Re: LRN part 1
St: Local Sent
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
@MSGID: 1:3607/20@Fidonet 118fd9ad
@PID: FM 2.02
Here is part one of an article that was published in the Little River News back
in 1989. It concerns the mutilation of 5 cows within I think a 24 hour period.
Now that I got the new scanner up and running B-) there will be a special
Arkansas Cattle Mutilation section in Odyssey Online February edition (204).
Included will be .gif's of the dead cattle (note these will not turn out too
well due to the poor quality newspaper photos and age.).
**************
The Little River News is publishing a series of articles
which frankly are strange.
Persons who like to express Cheap shots to newspapers may
be, inclined to cite the wornout phrase of 'we want to sell
extra newspapers.
The articles concern five dead cows round in Hempstead
County where three of the cows were mutilated.
We've asked questions about mutiliations dating back to
1979 when Otto Cowling Jr. of Foreman had a 1,200-pound bull
mutilated. Then in August, 1987, Keith Pullen of Foreman
lost two calves to something that mutilated. These are just
the reported incidences we've learned about in our county.
When researching the Hempstead County mutilation we found
out about another mutilation which occurred in 1987.
In November the newspaper talked to the Lonok@ County
Sheriff who discussed the muti lation in his county of two
Longhorn steers. All of the mutilations offcred not a single
clue - period.
We were bothered how a 1,200-pound bull could be taken
down without a struggle. All of the, animals appeared to be
laid on the ground. Even when the calf was found by Pullen
in a soft dirt bank of a pond, no tracks were found of
anything.
During the major portion of the "sky activity" last year
which sightings still continue, Linda Moulton Howe became
aware of our work in attempting to document our activity of
unidentified flying objects.
She sent us a videotape she produced in 1980 entitled "A
Strange Harvest." This docu mentary was nominated for a
regional Emmy in Denver. We checked if in fact the video was
nominated and the secretary of the regional organization
said we were the first person to ask the question. Yes, it
was nominated.
Also last spring during our written and verbal communi
cations with Dr. Paul Lowman of NASA in Greenbelt, Mary
land, who helped to review our photos, we discussed the as
pects of animal mutilation.
---
* Origin: Odyssey Fringe Science BBS Network * 1-205-739-1469 (1:3607/20)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
(812) Tue 4 Feb 92 3:54p
By: Jerry Woody
To: All
Re: LRN part 2
St: Local Sent
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
@MSGID: 1:3607/20@Fidonet 118fd9ae
@PID: FM 2.02
Continued....
We sent him a copy of the video and he admitted to us
what he had the photo lab to re view the frames showing the
actual cuts on the animals and the conelusions were a valid
video on the subject existed in Howe's work. He urged us to
investigate mutilations.
Howe is near the finish of her book, An Alien Harvest.
She is using some of our photos in the book in addition to
10 Pages discussing the Hempstead County incident.
She had asked us to contact her if a mutilation occurred
in the region because past experi ences indicated this would
hap pen. Then on March 10, 1989, it occurred.
Apparently the Hempstead CoUnty Sheriff failed to under
stand the issue, but a lack of communication created a prob
lem from determining the ac tual cause of death. This could
have helped in research in proving or disproving theories of
what had occurred.
Frankly a sheriff has a problem when he has unsolved
murders. It's tough for a sheriff to explain to the fami
lies of murder victims that he is taking time to investigate
dead cows. But that's why in 30 years no evidence has been
gathered other than saying predators or buzzards cause the
cuts and drain the blood.
As the Lonoke County Sher iff said, no evidence exists.
He even doubts the theory of hu man cults because no other
crime leaves no evidence.
To a farmer and rancher, this is a crime which is costly.
Howe offers the theory of government experimentation or a
government cover-up con cerning the activity of UFOs in
volved, It's only theories.
But, regardless, cattle have been killed without a clue
until now. Howe says her research indicates this may be a
break through in finding out the type equipment which cut
the cattle. It still doesn't mean anyone knows who or what
killed the animals, but it's one step closer in the
investigation process.
We're not qualified to offer answers on mutilations, but
it's a crime, regardless of who is doing it.
The Little River News donated the photos to Howe meaning
we received no money. The photos would sit in the files so
when Howe asked, we decided to allow the photos to be
published with the hope this will eventuallY lead to ad-
ditional investigative material being developed in solving
the problem.
To the critics - this is a lot of work to sell a newspaper
for 25 cents.
End ***
Jer
---
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2096.ufo
+39
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
SUBJECT: MYSTERIOUS OBJECT FILE: UFO2096
Message 616 DATE/TIME: 08/18/91 09:32
From : JERRY DECKER (SYSOP)
To : ALL
Subject: Mysterious Object
Folder : A, "Public Mail"
Hello everyone. We have just heard about an object found approximately
640 feet under the earth while excavating for room to store radioactive
waste. The object is from 25 to 40 feet in height and there are
apparently 9 of them in a row on a north-south line. There are photos
of it which I have yet to see, but OMNI and several other news services
are doing their damndest to get the photos and/or more info. The site
is around Ogden, UTAH, so if anyone there knows about such an
excavation, please give us the details. The Ogden newspaper has not
knowledge of such activity or such a discovery. When we get the
photos, we will digitize them for those interested. I'll probably get
in trouble for mentioning even this little bit of data but we would
really like info if you know anything. The object has gears and
appears to be a machine or a part of one. One guy says it looked like
a gimbal to him though I have yet to see it to confirm. The story
and photos comes from a scientist working with the Super-Collider
through a mutual friend. That scientist was flown out to the site to
see what he thought the thing was. It is made of an unknown metal or
alloy and cannot be welded or cut. We question how they could take
such an enormouse object from 640 feet down to the surface since it
must weigh many tons. There is speculation that since it is such an
unknown metal, it might be lightweight like some of the fragments from
crashed UFOs are supposed to be. Guess I'm in hot water now but you
guys might furnish more detailed info....I will try to get the
pictures so everyone can see it.....Jerry
===============================================================================
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2097.ufo
+3172
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2098.ufo
+226
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
SUBJECT: REVIEW OF DR. JACOB'S BOOK, SECRET LIFE FILE: UFO2098
This book review, written by Dr. Willy Smith and Copyrighted
(C) UNICAT Project, July 1, 1992 is posted by express permission
of Dr. Smith.
The opinions expressed herein are those of Dr. Smith and do not
necessarily reflect those of CUFON, Dale Goudie or Jim Klotz.
---------------------------------------------------------------
BOOK REVIEW
SECRET LIFE
By David M. Jacobs, Ph.D.
Simon and Schuster, NY, 1992
336 pages
---------------------------------------------------------------
I eagerly anticipated the publication of SECRET LIFE, hoping
for a scientifically oriented work which would depart from
the anecdotal vein used by pioneer researcher Budd Hopkins,
but I was bitterly disappointed.
Dr. Jacobs' book assumes the ETH (extraterrestrial
hypothesis) to be correct, and supports the ideas proposed by
other researchers that our visitors have a very well defined
program which includes genetic experiments aimed at creating
a hybrid species, in spite of the fact that some scientists
in the biological disciplines have expounded on the
impossibility of such an endeavor.
Although Dr. Jacobs has done a labor of love in gathering the
recollections of numerous alleged abduction victims, he does
not offer any convincing evidence that we are not dealing
with subjective events. As in all books on abductions, the
emphasis is on the narratives obtained from the victims under
hypnosis. The author recognizes the absence of hard evidence
and describes attempts to obtain it, as for instance, using
video cameras- The details reported for such attempts
strongly suggest that the subjects themselves could have been
instrumental in the resulting failures.
The main point in support of the objective reality of
abductions is that the narratives provided by witnesses
unknown to each other include "exact and minute details
previously known only to a few UFO researchers". The obvious
interpretation is that the abductees are describing the same
objective reality, a series of independent episodes
comprising a large-scale genetic program. It is quite
possible, but not indisputable, that this could be the case.
However, there is another common element underlying the whole
research; the investigator himself. He did not seek the
witnesses, rather the witnesses sought him or were referred
to him by other abduction enthusiasts, such as his friend
Budd Hopkins. I am not insinuating that the investigator
influenced his witnesses, but the possibility can't be
ignored, as the one-on-one contacts extended over lengthy
periods of time. For instance, "Melissa Bucknell" had 31
hypnotic sessions, and since each session lasted between 3
and 5 hours, a conservative estimate of the contact time
yields 90 hours, more than sufficient for two persons to know
and influence each other, even if unconsciously. To this, we
must add the intercourse necessary to set up a TV camera (p.
259), and the numerous telephone contacts.
As we are told, the research involved 39 witnesses claiming
to have had two or more abductions, and 22 having had only
one, 61 in total. Of those, 9 are primary witnesses, in the
sense that the transcripts of their hypnotic sessions
representing 354 or more contact hours with the investigator
are extensively quoted in the book. In addition, we have 10
subjects quoted one or two times, and "Melissa Bucknell"
whose transcript appears only once, although the repeated
mentioning of her name throughout the text makes her also a
star witnesses.
In short, we don't have a large pool of subjects: the whole
research rests on the testimony of a limited number of
witnesses, all having prolonged contacts with the
investigator. The possibility of undetectedly and
unintentionally influencing a group of about 10 persons can't
be discarded, thus providing an alternative explanation for
the similarity of the narratives, which certainly are not
identical. This could only be resolved if independent parties
could study the original tapes.
A tenet of scientific inquiry is the replication of results.
In the field of UFO abductions this is impossible, not only
because the original protocols are not available --as deemed
necessary for the protection of the witnesses-- but also
because the secrecy about their identities goes beyond
reasonable bounds. As a result, we know only the ages and
present occupations of the 39 witnesses having had two or
more abductions. As individuals, they remain in a limbo, and
any attempt to assess and evaluate their stories fails for
lack of information. We know next to nothing about their
education, mental and specially physical health, an essential
ingredient if we are going to understand why those particular
individuals were selected for a breeding program. Neither do
we know anything about their daily lives, their families and
their adjustment to society, all crucial factors for drawing
conclusions about their credibility.
As a result, the characters in this book are ghost figures
performing on a darkened stage. They might be very real to the
researcher, but he has not managed to convey that sense of
reality to the readers. A couple of examples will suffice;
Patti, age 23, returns to her bed after perhaps hours of
absence (p. 211), and elicits no curiosity from husband Roe
who in the interim has moved onto her side of the bed, a
rather incredible situation. Or we have Will Parker reporting
two abductions many years apart, accompanied on each occasion
by his wife at the time. One expects to find the
corroborative affidavits of at least his present wife, Nancy,
but she is no more than a name. These are disturbing
omissions, subtracting luster from the work, as the reader is
left wondering why those women did not come forward to
confirm the events.
A shortcoming of the book, as in previous works on the
subject, is the glaring omission of numbers. We are told how
many hypnotic sessions were necessary to extract the
information from each individual, but we can only estimate
how many contact hours between investigator and subject were
required to that end. More importantly, we are told only that
the subjects listed (by assumed names) had multiple
abductions, but the particulars, i.e., how many abductions
each one reported, are omitted. And this includes the star
Melissa, who claimed a daily abduction during some period of
time (p. 258), a most extraordinary statement deserving more
than one line of text! This is a serious flaw from a
scientific viewpoint, as in the absence of independent
supporting evidence a correlation linking for each subject
the number of abductions and the actual elapsed time
(apparently not available) to the contact hours with the
researcher and the amount of information obtained, could have
led to a realistic estimate of the quality of the
information.
A refreshing novelty is the "Abduction Scenario Matrix" (p.
330) which systematizes the different characteristic events
reported by the abductees. Unfortunately, the essential
ingredients to validate it are lacking. Presumably, and we
are even told so, the described procedures are well defined
parameters of the abduction phenomenon, repeating from one
incident to the next. But for each of those characteristics
the frequency of its appearance in the sample is missing. For
instance, how many times is sexual arousal (in the
Mental-Primary box) reported? Or, how many of the witnesses
have claimed implants (Physical-Primary box)?
The significance --if not the credibility-- of those events
would be completely different if the percentage of incidence
turned out to be 80%, or merely 5%. Those numbers can't be
obtained from the text because the narratives of a few
individuals (the primary witnesses) strongly predominate.
Thus, the repetitive character of the incidents is not firmly
established. And, as a matter of fact, the total number of
subjects is not even clear, although one could assume there
are 61.
Curiously, the abductees say little, if anything, about the
presence of an actual craft prior to the main event, and
although the narratives are rich in details about the
internal arrangements of the UFO, practically no information
about its external characteristics and behavior are
provided.
This has two immediate consequences:
(1) we have no compelling evidence that the UFOS
involved in abductions are identifiable with those described
in the literature, whose characteristics are well-known.
(2i The size of those crafts must be considerable, to
accommodate the facilities described by the abductees, which
include nurseries, very large rooms containing tables for 50
to 100 babies. and display tubes for 60 to 70 fetuses.
Diameters of hundreds of feet are quoted (p. 82).
Such large crafts would increase many fold their chances of
detection, while in fact the number of credible reports have
decreased with the years, and even in the heyday of UFO wave!
the sighting of very large crafts were few and far apart,
Moreover, today radar coverage makes it almost impossible@e for
vehicles from outer space to approach undetected to land and
take off from practically anywhere. How could this be?
This particularity, as well as two other details mentioned by
Dr. Jacobs, suggest the possibility of a hypothesis that has
been around for quite a while, but has been systematically
ignored by the proponents of the ETH and others, namely, the
Parallel Universe Hypothesis, which postulates that the
origin of UFOs is another three-dimensional universe parallel
to ours in a superior dimension. The transfer would require a
"window", a threshold, which the operators could place at
will anywhere (and hence witnesses are not safe even in
Ireland!) and the actual passage would entail a period of
disorientation and confusion, which is indeed reported by Dr.
Jacobs' abductees. The victims will not really pass through
closed windows, as reported, but will be transferred through
a singularity between those universes located adjacent to the
actual window. True, the witnesses describe being taken into
the air, but also indicate a vertical motion and no sense of
weather (p. 54) while this is occurring, both meaningful
details. I suspect that this significant inference has
totally escaped the attention of the author of this study.
If anything, this book has brought into focus the
difficulties with abduction claims, and the absolute lack of
supporting independent evidence. As such it is a valuable
contribution.
Dr. Willy Smith
(C) UNICAT Project
July 1, 1992
=============================================================================
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2099.ufo
+289
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
SUBJECT: VALLEE'S OBSERVATIONS ON THE PENTACLE PAPERS FILE: UFO2099
The "Pentacle Memorandum" has been a controversial item since its existence
was revealed to the wider UFO community by Dr. Jacques Vallee in his excellent
work _Forbidden Science_, (Copyright 1992, Jacques Vallee, North Atlantic
Books, Berkeley CA, ISBN 1-55643-125-2).
Vallee found the two page memo in 1967 while working with Dr. Allen Hynek
papers and partially described it in _Forbidden Science_, giving the author of
the memo the code name "Pentacle".
Shortly thereafter, a document which purported to be the Pentacle Memo came
into limited circulation among certain researchers. We obtained our copy from
Mr. Barry Greenwood of Citizens for UFO Secrecy, (Citizens Against UFO
Secrecy, (CAUS), P.O.Box 218, Coventry, CT 06238).
Among other things, this document contains confirmation that Battelle Memorial
Institute was working on UFO project(s) at the time of the Robertson Panel,
(January 1953), and apparently could exercise some amount of control over the
handling of the subject matter.
Since we believe that the 1952 - 1953 period is pivotal to understanding the
nature of our government's response to UFO, we were very pleased to discover
that Dr. Vallee was working in some of the same areas (preparing _Forbidden
Science_) as we were in preparing the _Confirmation Paper_, (available from
CUFON, The Computer UFO Network, see the end of this file for information).
Although there is now testimony of an important and respected person in the
'UFO Community' regarding the Pentacle memo's authenticity, confirmation of
the document by official release would be final proof. Since that has not as
yet happened, this file has been placed the "Other Files" file section of
CUFON.
This file contains the text of correspondence between Jacques Vallee and Dale
Goudie, and between Dr. Vallee and Barry Greenwood. Mr. Goudie has provided
the texts and we have chosen to post the letter from Vallee to Greenwood
because we felt that it represented a clear, concise statement of the reasons
Dr. Vallee thinks the Pentacle document so important, and as such, should be
made available. The text of the Pentacle Memo is also included.
17-AUGUST-1993 Dale Goudie Jim Klotz
REFERENCES:
"Disclaimer": CUFON lists the following references to the Pentacle Memo as a
service to the reader only; there is no intention of providing a
comprehensive listing of references. CUFON does not necessarily endorse any
of the viewpoints expressed in the listed articles.
1. UFO Magazine, Vol.8, Nos.2 and 3, 1993. UFO Magazine P.O.Box 1053,
Sunland, CA 91041-1053.
2. Just Cause, Number 35, March 1993. Citizens Against UFO Secrecy,
(CAUS), PO Box 218, Coventry, CT 06238.
3. International UFO Reporter (IUR), Vol. 18, No. 3, May/June, 1993.
J. Allen Hynek Center for UFO Studies (CUFOS), 2457 W. Peterson Ave.,
Chicago, IL 60659
===========================================================================
San Francisco, CA
12 June 1993
Dear Dale:
I welcome your inquiries, and I am glad to see that the 'Pentacle'
memo has come out of obscurity. The document you sent me appears to be
genuine. It corresponds to the one I saw.
The question of its origin may be unimportant. Perhaps the people who
released it will go public eventually (I have an idea who they might be). The
best course of action, however, would be to seek access to the original
document, and to others of the same vintage.
I enclose a copy of my recent comments to Barry Greenwood on the same
subject.
With best regards,
/s/ Jacques
===========================================================================
Dale: FYI
(I don't know if this will be published
by Greenwood.) J.V.
27 April 1993
Barry Greenwood
JUST CAUSE
Dear Barry:
Thank you for sending me your thoughtful commentary about the Pentacle
document. I do agree with you on one point: the significance of the memo
comes, in part, from what it does not say. In particular, it makes no
reference to any recovered UFO hardware, at Roswell or elsewhere, or to alien
bodies. The greater significance of what it does say will slowly emerge in
coming years as the overall implications come to light. Let me draw your
attention to three specific points.
1. Project Twinkle and other observational efforts by the military, which
you mention in an effort to show that Pentacle was only dusting off an old
idea, were purely passive projects. In sharp contrast the Pentacle proposal
goes far beyond anything mentioned before. It daringly states that "many
different types of aerial activity should be _secretly and purposefully
scheduled within the area_ (my emphasis)." It is difficult to be more clear.
We are not talking simply about setting up observing stations and cameras. We
are talking about large-scale, covert simulation of UFO waves under military
control.
2. The greatest implication, which is perhaps not obvious on first reading
but which amounts to a scandal of major proportion in the eyes of any
scientist, has to do with the outright manipulation of the Robertson panel.
Here is a special meeting of the five most eminent scientists in the land,
assembled by the government to discuss a matter of national security. Not only
are they not made aware of all the data, but another group has already decided
"what can and cannot be discussed (Pentacle's own words!)" when they meet. Dr.
Hynek categorically stated to me that the panel was not briefed about the
Pentacle proposals.
3. Revelation of this document may seem irrelevant to _Just Cause_, but its
explosive nature wasn't lost on Battelle. As I noted in _Forbidden Science_,
and as Fred Beckman vividly recalls to this day, the Project Stork team
reacted with fury when Hynek went back to Battelle in 1967, demanding to know
the truth. The man I have called Pentacle snatched his notes away and told him
in no uncertain terms that the contents of the memo were not to be discussed,
under any circumstances.
I find it odd that a group that claims to be interested in the historical
study of our field, as _Just Cause does, should fail to see the significance
of the Pentacle Memo, which is an authentic document, when so much time, money
and ink have been devoted over the last several years to an in-depth analysis
of the MJ-12 papers, which were faked. Perhaps the Pentacle memo only proves
that scientific studies of UFOs (and even their classified components) have
been manipulated since the fifties. But it also suggests several avenues
of research which are vital to the future of this field: why were Pentacle's
proposals kept from the panel? Were his plans for a secret simulation of UFO
waves implemented? If so, when, where and how? What was discovered as a
result? Are these simulations still going on? I invite your group to turn its
investigative resources and its analytical talent to this important task.
In reading _Forbidden Science_, you should recognize that the book is a
Diary, not an analytical report or a memoir. Therefore many important
inferences, many relevant details, can only be found by reading between the
lines. Your preliminary analysis of the Pentacle memo is not unfair, but it is
somewhat simplistic, and it takes it out of context. I invite you to go back
for a second, closer reading.
cc: Fred Beckman
/s/ Jacques Vallee
===========================================================================
SECRET
SECURITY INFORMATION
G-1579-4
cc: B. D. Thomas
H. C. Cross/A. D. Westerman
L. R. Jackson
W. T. Reid
P. J. Rieppal
V. W. Ellsey/R. J. Lund January 9, 1953
Files
Extra [handwritten]
Mr. Miles E. Coll
Box 9575
Wright-Patterson Air Force Base, Ohio
Attention Capt. Edward J. Ruppelt
Dear Mr. Coll:
This letter concerns a preliminary recommendation to ATIC on
future methods of handling the problem of unidentified aerial objects.
This recommendation is based on our experience to date in analyzing
several thousands of reports on this subject. We regard the
recommendation as preliminary because our analysis is not yet complete,
and we are not able to document it where we feel it should be supported
by facts from the analysis.
We are making this recommendation prematurely because of a
CIA-sponsored meeting of a scientific panel, meeting in Washington,
D.C., January 14, 15, and 16, 1953, to consider the problem of "flying
saucers". The CIA-sponsored meeting is being held subsequent to a
meeting of CIA, ATIC, and our representatives held at ATIC on December
12, 1952. At the December 12 meeting our representatives strongly
recommended that a scientific panel not be set up until the results of
our analysis of the sighting-reports collected by ATIC were available.
Since a meeting of the panel is now definitely scheduled we feel that
agreement between Project Stork and ATIC should be reached as to what
can and what cannot be discussed at the meeting in Washington on January
14-16 concerning our preliminary recommendation to ATIC.
Experience to date on our study of unidentified flying objects
shows that there is a distinct lack of reliable data with which to work.
Even the best-documented reports are frequently lacking in critical
information that makes it impossible to arrive at a possible
identification, i.e. even in a well-documented report there is always an
element of doubt about the data, either because the observer had no
means of getting the required data, or was not prepared to utilize the
means at his disposal. Therefore, we recommend that a controlled
experiment be set up by which reliable physical data can be obtained. A
tentative preliminary plan by which the experiment could be designed and
carried out is discussed in the following paragraphs.
Based on our experience so far, it is expected that certain
conclusions will be reached as a result of our analysis which will make
obvious the need for an effort to obtain reliable data from competent
observers using the [... unreadable...] necessary equipment. Until more
reliable data are available, no positive answers to the problem will be
possible.
===========================================================================
Mr. Miles E. Coll -2- January 9, 1953
We expect that our analysis will show that certain areas in the
United States have had an abnormally high number of reported incidents
of unidentified flying objects. Assuming that, from our analysis,
several definite areas productive of reports can be selected, we
recommend that one or two of theses areas be set up as experimental
areas. This area, or areas, should have observation posts with complete
visual skywatch, with radar and photographic coverage, plus all other
instruments necessary or helpful in obtaining positive and reliable data
on everything in the air over the area. A very complete record of the
weather should also be kept during the time of the experiment. Coverage
should be so complete that any object in the air could be tracked, and
information as to its altitude, velocity, size, shape, color, time of
day, etc. could be recorded. All balloon releases or known balloon
paths, aircraft flights, and flights of rockets in the test area should
be known to those in charge of the experiment. Many different types of
aerial activity should be secretly and purposefully scheduled within the
area.
We recognize that this proposed experiment would amount to a
large-scale military maneuver, or operation, and that it would require
extensive preparation and fine coordination, plus maximum security.
Although it would be a major operation, and expensive, there are many
extra benefits to be derived besides the data on unidentified aerial
objects.
The question of just what would be accomplished by the proposed
experiment occurs. Just how could the problem of these unidentified
objects be solved? From this test area, during the time of the
experiment, it can be assumed that there would be a steady flow of
reports from ordinary civilian observers, in addition to those by
military or other official observers. It should be possible by such a
controlled experiment to prove the identity of all objects reported, or
to determine positively that there were objects present of unknown
identity. Any hoaxes under a set-up such as this could almost certainly
be exposed, perhaps not publicly, but at least to the military.
In addition, by having resulting data from the controlled
experiment, reports for the last five years could be re-evaluated, in
the light of similar but positive information. This should make
possible reasonably certain conclusions concerning the importance of the
problem of "flying saucers".
Results of an experiment such as described could assist the Air
Force to determine how much attention to pay to future situations when,
as in the past summer, there were thousands of sightings reported. In
the future, then, the Air Force should be able to make positive
statements, reassuring to the public, and to the effect that everything
is well under control.
Very truly yours,
[unsigned]
H. C. Cross
HCC:??
============================================================================
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2100.ufo
+77
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
SUBJECT: GERMAN RESEARCHERS PROPOSE NEW SOLUTION TO THE BETTY HILL STAR MAP
FILE: UFO2100
===========================================================================
GERMAN RESEARCHERS PROPOSE NEW SOLUTION TO THE "BETTY HILL STAR MAP"
by Jim Klotz and Dale Goudie
_New Discoveries in Betty Hill's Star Map_
by Joachim Koch and Hans-Jurgen Kyborg
Copyright by Koch/Kyborg, Berlin 1993
(Hans-Jurgen, sorry accented u not available in ASCII)
This interesting paper begins with a review of the famous "Hill Case", the
quintessential UFO abduction case. Attention is focussed on the "star map"
which Betty Hill was shown by the "Leader" and later reproduced under
hypnotic regression. Marjory Fish's solution of that map is then discussed.
An interpretitive analysis of the interaction between Betty Hill and the
"Leader", and noticing two small curved lines in the largest circles of the
Hill Star Map led Koch and Kyborg to seek their own, new solution to the star
map.
In their analysis of the "Leader's" presentation of the star map to Betty,
they discerned that the "Leader" had obtained enough information to determine
Betty's limited astrnomical knowledge; mostly about the planets in our own
solar system. They then postulated that the "Leader" presented information
to Betty in a frame of reference with which Betty should have been familliar.
When Betty "failed the test" by not recognizing the location of Earth in the
map, the "Leader" closed the map from view. Perhaps, Koch/Kyborg reasoned, it
WAS our own solar system that Betty was shown.
Wondering if the two small curved lines across the two large circles in the
map foreground indicated the rings of Saturn and Jupiter, they used a
computer to plot the positions of the various bodies of our solar system at
the time of the Hill abduction. With some work, and one major assumption,
they found a good match to the Hill Star Map within our own solar system.
The "major assumption" to which we refer is that their best solution comes not
on the day of the actual abduction but on a day about one month later during
the nights that Betty Hill experienced nightmares of the abduction and saw
the star map again in her dreams. These nightmares ocurred only once.
To us, the most suggestive detail is that the Koch/Kyborg solution accounts
elegantly for a detail of the Hill Star Map that the Fish solution does not
address: a small central circle drawn with a thick line. The position of our
sun coincides with this feaure of the map in the proposed solution. This was
discovered after the other correspondences were accounted for.
The researchers' logic is plausible, with the possible exception of the date
and its rationale.
The text is accompanied by several illustrations of the Hill Star Map as
drawn by Betty Hill, and printouts of the computer generated diagrams of the
solar system indicating the proposed solution. Some of these printouts were
difficult to read, but did show the solution as stated.
We feel that this proposed solution of the star map is worthy of serious
consideration. In our view, the Koch/Kyborg proposal is generally as
plausible as is Ms. Fish's.
This paper is not currently available in the U.S. to the best of our
knowledge. It certainly should be, and no doubt will be available.
Until then contact the researchers at:
MUFON - Berlin
J. Koch U. H.- J. Kyborg
Stadtrandstr. 550g
13589 Berlin,
Germany
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2101.ufo
+1578
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2102.ufo
+398
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,398 @@
SUBJECT: USAF INTELLIGENCE AGENCY RELEASED DOCUMENT FILE: UFO2102
==========================================================================
CUFON Note: This file contains the text of a release letter and a document
released 14 March 1994 by the United States Air Force (USAF) Air Intelligence
Agency to Mr. Dale Goudie, Director of the UFO Reporting and Information
service and CUFON Information Director. The document is apparently the text
of a booklet produced by the magazine "Sotsialisticheskaya Industriya":
---------------
RELEASABLE ONLY BY CONTROLLING ACTIVITY
Controlling Activity: Commander
National Air Intelligence Center
Wright-Patterson AFB
Document; AD B073127L
Title: UFO Identification
Personal Author; Lynev, R.
Report Date: 4 Mar 83
Originating Agency: Foreign Technology Division,
Wright-Patterson AFB, OH
---------------
The document is not actually dated within the text but the National Air
Intelligence Center document date is 1983. This is 14 years _after_ the USAF
says it got out of the UFO business when Project Bluebook closed in 1969.
No information about which agency collected the information or who translated
it into english is given. It is interesting to note that text of a public
(in the USSR) magazine article would be classified and remain restricted now,
11 years later... and be held by Foreign Technology Division, Wright-
Patterson Air Force base: the former home of Project Blue Book.
Please note that items in [ ] brackets seem to be translators explantory
notes. I suspect that the item which reads "[casus]" was intended to be
"[causes]". There are several mispellings, I have endevored to allow these
to remain as received.
- Jim Klotz CUFON SYSOP -
==========================================================================
DEPARTMENT OF THE AIR FORCE
AIR INTELLIGENCE AGENCY
14 March 1994
Mr. Dale Goudie
Dear Mr. Goudie
Attached is the document you requested in your letter dated
January 13, 1994, to the Defense Technical Information Center
(DTIC). DTIC forwarded your request to us on 28 Feb 1994, and
was received by us on 4 March 1994. You requested copies of
records relating to a subject which has been referred to by
many terms over the years as shown by the thousands of pages
of declassified released government documents. The most
common term is "Unidentified Flying Objects." Others, but not
all, are: "UFO's," "UFOBs," "unidentified aerial phenomena,"
"flying disks," "flying saucers," "unauthorized aerial
objects," "anomalous lights," "uncorrelated targets,"
"unidentified aircraft," and "fastwalkers."
DTIC conducted a search and found the attached document. Your
request was processed in the all others category. Fees were
waived due to the amount being less than $15.00.
Sincerely
/s/
JAMES E. MILLER, JR., Colonel, USAF
Commander
Attachment :
Releasable Document
"Freedom Through Vigilance"
==========================================================================
UFO IDENTIFICATION
Answers to the questions of our readers
Dear editorial staff.
On the 30 of June of this year your newspaper contained an article under
the heading "Where Do Flying Saucers Come From." In it the entire problem of
unidentified flying objects is reduced to a number of amusing incidents. I
do not share the enthusiastic certainty of those who believe that from time
to time beings from other planets come in contact with us. However, at the
same time, I am firmly convinced that a serious and devoted study of UFO's
can broaden the horizons of our knowledge of nature. What is the opinion of
scientists on this subject?
A. Khodyrev, Moscow.
There will be no sensations - I was convinced of that on my way to a
meeting with a doctor of chemical sciences, Professor M. Dmitriyev at the
Institute of general and Communal Hygiene im. A. N. Sysin. However, the
scientist chose to begin our conversation precisely with the sensation
pertaining to still the same NLO [UFO's] - unidentified flying objects. he
reached for a foreign magazine published in Russian language and showed me
the following report.
According to the story of a certain farmer, he was travelling through the
forest in his cart when he saw two individuals walking. They were not over a
meter and a half in height, dressed in narrow, black, tight-fitting overalls
resembling astronaut suits, and their faces and hands were green. The
striking feature of these individuals were their elongated eyes, which were
somewhat off to the sides of the face, and sharp cheekbones. They jumped
into the cart and after several dozen meters motioned the farmer to stop not
too far from a machine suspended
1
=======================================================================
above the ground and ordered him ( again by gestures) to undress. When he
had done this, they "examined" or "photographed" him with a certain camera,
which looked like two saucers. After that they motioned to him that he was
free to go.
Having returned home, the farmer told his relatives what happened to him,
but when the villagers arrived at the spot they saw only trampled grass,
prints of strange footware, and other signs which seemed to support that
someone was here indeed. At about the same time, at a distance of about 700
meters from this clearing, a six-year old boy, who was playing in the yard,
saw, as he told, a strange "airplane" flying very low to the ground with a
pilot, who had a green face.
The author of this report is a scientist. He writes that the eyewitnesses
were examined medically, even a psygalvanometer was used which is the "most
sensitive part of a lie detector." Conclusions? "... The possibility of
encounters with UFO's, no matter how strange they may seem, cannot be
discounted."
"What do you think about this?", asked the professor.
I shrugged my shoulders. Undoubtedly the reader would be interested much
more in what he thinks, a specialist, and not I. But since the question was
posed to me I replied that I have never considered, and do not consider, the
problem of "flying saucers" more important than all others. I consider the
passion shown to this subject and the stir created by the given "lectures" to
be interesting, first of all, as a purely psychological phenomenon. And, in
general, it is understandable. In the past people believed in a wood-goblin
[Russ. myth.], while today it is science fiction - and the scientists
themselves have conceived such "modern" hypotheses that to compare the fairy
tales about the wood-goblin is like comparing the hoe to a jet liner.
This science-fiction boom has left a noticeable mark in the consciousness
of some people. It is indeed this boom that produced quite a number of
interesting ideas, expanded the inner world of man, and gave a new meaning to
the world around us. But, alas, science fiction also has its own letdowns,
dead-ends, and repetitions. They are not drawn into literature and the
science does not accept them also. And so they, these myths of the UFO era,
get trapped in the consciousness instead of the previous wood-goblins. house
spirits, and saints -"a holy place is never empty" [a literal translation of
a proverb.
2
=======================================================================
Some of us let in the "new tenants" more readily, when those who conceived
them act, shall we say, in the spirit of the age - making their claims in the
name of science and attempt to interpret to intercept the mysteries, which
have not ben studied sufficiently yet by science.
Professor M. Dmitriyev is one of those who has introduced a stream of
health scepticism into the "saucer" problem. I found out about his theory
two years ago. the essence of his theory is in the fact that a number of
unusual phenomena, including ball lightning, "flying saucers," Petrozavodsk
phenomenon, the riddle of the "Bermuda Triangle," the mystery of the Tunguska
Explosion, and others, which were caused not by beings from other planets
visiting the Earth but by natural causes. Substances accumulate in the
various areas of the atmosphere which are capable of reacting with one
another; the onset and the course of these reactions can be affected by solar
rays, hard cosmic radiation, ordinary lightning, and aerosols.
Depending on the nature of the process taking place in them, these natural
formations (I would like to call them "reactors") can believe differently -
they can either hang motionless, or "pursue" an airplane, repeating all its
motions precisely, or, similar to landmines, perform abrupt jumps. this is
usually accompanied by the effect that is known to all - luminescence of the
substances that have entered the reaction
- chemiluminescence. If the energy in such formations is low, they may go
unnoticed by a person - only the radar screens will show unexpected flashes.
But the energy clusters can be enormous, and then this is frought with
catastrophes of the type that occurred at Tunguska.
Such is the theory, and it is supported by the experiments and
calculations in many respects. But still, there you are - another story
about green beings from other planets. Did the professor decide to play my
role?
"No," he said, "to show an example of how people depart from the urgent
problems to the pseudoproblems, to 'ufology'." (UFO - the initial letters of
the English equivalent of our NLO).
"In your opinion, what constitutes the urgency of the problem of
anomalous atmospheric phenomena?"
"First, the study of the mechanism of these phenomena is of great
scientific significance. Second, we the scientists are obligated to
3
=======================================================================
give recommendations concerning the means of protection ...."
"Protection?"
"Of course. Several years ago, for example, ball lightning got into
naphthalene storage at the Makeyevskiy by-product coke plant, resulting in a
considerable loss. the papers described a case, which was investigated by us
especially, when a group of mountain climbers was struck by a ball lightning.
There are known cases of cattle being injured. the usual lightning-
protection devices are ineffective in this case. Finally, we now have a
sufficient amount of data to start talking about the practical application of
this phenomenon in national economy."
"You don't say?"
"Yes. Frequently, the energy concentrated in certain anomalous
formations reaches 10^10 Joules. It can be uses quite efficiently for, let
us say, digging tunnels through mountains. Another area that shows promise
is in the obtaining of nitrogen compounds so badly needed for the production
of valuable fertilizers."
"In short, the problem is urgent indeed. But what about contacts with
other worlds? Is it realistic or not?"
"You see, I am not a supporter of the hypothesis that life on our Earth
is unique. But contacts with other worlds... Of the ten thousand (!) cases
studied by us over a period of twenty years, not one of them gave us grounds
to assert that someone has visited our planet."
"But how are we to deal with the green-faced beings described in the
article you gave to read? Even a lie detector was used...."
"The selection of an instrument depends on what one plans to
investigate," smiled professor. "Let us recall - haven't there been quite a
number of cases in the history of religion when the virgin or saints appeared
to people. I am convinced that anyone who had such a vision would have
confirmed its validity both by swearing and by a lie detector. We, however,
examine this material evidence in our laboratory left by the anomalous
phenomena on soil, water, in the air, and on the negatives. We have a number
of instruments for such investigations, both those built by us - we have the
certificates of invention - and other well-known devices; for example,
scintillating mass-spectrometer. On the basis of color, intensity, and
nature of luminescence we can determine what substances take part in a
reaction. We have
4
=======================================================================
learned to recreate and study certain events in the laboratory, if we cannot
observe them in nature. We go on the premise that a visit, even if it is just
by us, from other planets would certainly have given us if only insignificant
but a material piece of evidence - just a dust particle, just a short radio
signal. But so far, I repeat, there are no such pieces of evidence, while
those available to us have a totally different property. It is this evidence
that we are studying...."
The professor offered me another article to read. It was his article
written with other specialists and published in the Journal of Technical
Physics. It goes on to say:
"On the 24th of August of 1978, at 2320 hours, in the vicinity of the
Khasanovskaya Sreet in Khabarovsk, during a heavy downpour... all of a
sudden, people heard a sharp whistle that sounded like a jet engine that was
accompanied by loud cracking. It became light as day. Then a ball lightning,
bright orange in color, appeared over the movie theater "Zarya." It was
showering sparks. Then the ball began to descend, reached the ground through
the trees, flashed for an instant above a certain spot and then rose again.
there was a huge explosion, after which it became dark and quiet. The entire
process took about one minute. There were many eyewitnesses to this event.
Electrical wiring was out of commission over a distance of 100 m. Despite
the large amount of water on the ground and the downpour, the soil was
charred and melted over an area 1.5 m in diameter and 20-25 cm deep. The
total volume of the area filled with slag was 0.4 cubic meters...."
What follows were accurately recorded technical details - description of
the slag, dimensions of its lumps, their photographs, radiometry data, which
were verified at the NII of nuclear physics of the NGU [Moscow State
University]. However that is not all. The article goes on to say that this
phenomenon was repeated in the laboratory, the energy of the flash was
calculated, and the temperature estimated -it was hot enough to melt quartz.
Let us note: there is not a single word about the material details in the
foreign press concerning the beings from outer space. The assumption of
UFO's is based wholly on personal stories! And another difference. Even
though there is a mass of the most fine details in the Khabarovsk version,
the conclusion based on these details is made
5
=======================================================================
with much reservation - it is possible to assume that the most probable
mechanism of ball lightning is connected with a powerful high-frequency
magnetic radiation in a certain frequency range at a certain wavelength.
"The discussion of the problem, which is devoid of material evidence,"
says Dmitriyev, "would resemble a religious gathering, where everything
revolves around the question 'to believe or not to believe'." Let us offer
such arguments to the 'ufologists'. One of them, incidentally, reproached me
openly in the press for my scientific interests being 'earthbound', for my
disbelief in the meeting that will soon take place between the brothers of
intellect...."
Professor sighed - "I am concerned by the approach of some of our other
scientists to this problem. In the opinion of some, we are studying not
actual events but who knows what. This is a direct negation of the problem.
There is also an indirect negation - the attempts to reduce it to separate,
random, and odd events [casus] like concentration of insects, optical
illusions, and sounding balloons. Of course such events occur; however, it
is doubtful that the thousands of cases studied by us can be explained by
these events alone. And should one keep quite about the well-known facts?
At one time the Academy of Sciences had placed a ban on any mention of
meteorites, having declared them to be nonexistent'. But this did not stop
them from falling down to Earth. On the other hand, hushing up the problem
in order to reduce the amount of unhealthy speculations around it, usually,
produces the opposite effect. The people reason - there must be something to
it for them to keep it from us. Thus, another impetus is created for one to
get carried away by 'ufology'. It is annoying to see some of our
publications show such a guarded attitude not only to this problem but also
to the attempts to rebut it on the basis of scientific and materialistic
positions.
The UFO problem is also suffering from another aspect. It originated at
the junction point of sciences. And how they 'interface' and interact is
also a question.
For instance, it is known that along with the theory of
chemiluminescence, recently another theory was proposed by a professor of the
Oceanology Institute, G. Barenblat and A. Monin, director of the institute
while back it was being discussed in the 'Izvestiya'. The crux
6
=======================================================================
of this theory is that the 'saucer-like formations' are unique aerial
'spinning tops', which can serve as traps for aerosols.
M. Dmitriyev, who keeps a close watch on everything relative to this
problem, also knowns about this turbulent theory. Why not surmise that the
oceanologists are examining not the electrical and chemical aspects, just as
he, but the aerodynamic aspect of the same phenomenon? How is one to know,
perhaps this 'aerial top' is that 'pot', where the nature cooks the mixtures
of the toxic effect that could be the reason for the misfortunes in the
'Bermuda Triangle'? And perhaps such a top produces the danger of an
explosion of the type that occurred at Tungaskaya (the result of which, M.
Dmitriyev is convinced, was the fallout of the biologically active nitrous
compounds that fertilized the soil and thus caused the 'acceleration' of
pines)?
Having prepared these and other questions, I visit the Oceanology
Institute to see G. Barenblat. And what do I discover? They heard neither of
Dmitriyev nor his theory. this is very strange, because his work is known,
and not only in this country. For example, a respectable monograph of D.
Barri published recently in New York on "Ball and Beaded Lightning' ('On the
Extreme Effects of the Atmospheric Electricity). The bibliography of this
work has over one hundred and eighty names. more numerous are the works
written by Academician P. Kapits and M. Dmitriyev, while there is not a
single reference made to the work done by the oceanologists. I tell them
this not all in reproach. Still I would like to ask them - how can one work
on a problem without first finding out what was done in this area and by whom
in the past?
There is another known direction in which investigations are being
conducted. It is represented in the booklet published by the Space Research
Institute, AS USSR - 'Observations of Anomalous Atmospheric Phenomena in the
USSR', conducted by L. Grindilis, D. Men'kov, and I. Petrovskaya. this work
deals not with the problem itself but rather the approaches to it. It
presents a statistical analysis of several hundred testimonies given by
eyewitnesses. Only testimony without any references to material 'evidence'.
Neither do the authors make any attempts to explain the nature of this
phenomenon. Consequently, everyone reading this booklet is free to render
his own interpretation of the material written.
7
=======================================================================
Finally, there is one more point of view of this problem. It can be
termed philological. It is presented clearly, for example, in one of the
recent issues of the popular magazine 'Tekhnika - Molodezhi', where the
opinions of V. Vilinbakhov, candidate of historical sciences, and I.
Lisevich, doctor of philosophical sciences, are presented along with
interesting material on ball lightning. Both authors review the myths held
by the peoples of this world which, in one way or another, deal with the
strangers from the sky. the articles of these authors do not assert that our
planet was visited by beings from the outer space but pose a question - what
was the real basis for the creation of these myths?
In short, different opinions regarding this problem are being developed
independently of one another, without contacts and discussions, which are so
necessary for scientific knowledge.
And here is another thing. Letters from all parts of the country arrive
at the Institute of General and Communal Hygiene almost every day. Voluntary
helpers communicate to the scientists as to where, when, and under what
circumstances they witnessed the anomalous atmospheric phenomena. I read:
"A glowing hemisphere was travelling fast across the sky to the east at an
altitude of 3.5 thousand meters." "....After the sphere exploded there was a
strong odor of sulphur, as though a whole box of matches was burned."
It can be seen from many letters that its authors are not inclined to
relate what they have seen as the ultimate truth but they hope that their
evidence will help th scientists to find it.
What is 'unhealthy' in this interest? I do not understand.
R. Lynev, scientific
reviewer of the
"Sotsialisticheskaya Industriya".
8
=======================================================================
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2103.ufo
+914
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,914 @@
SUBJECT: INVESTIGATION BY GENERAL ACCOUNTING OFFICE FILE: UFO2103
Contents: 18 pages of information released to CUFON by Congressman Steve
Schiff's (R-NM) office, followed by a Washington Post article and some notes.
===========================================================================
First District, New Mexico PLEASE REPLY TO:
Washington Office
Committees
1009 Longworth Building
Science, Space and Technology Washington, DC 20515-3101
Judiciary (202) 225-6316
Standards of Official Conduct ---------
District Office
Government Operations 625 Silver Avenue SW
Suite 140
Subcommittee on Human Relations and Silver Square
Intergovernmental Relations Albuquerque, NM 87102
Ranking Member (505) 766-2538
Republican Research Committee
Task Force on Crime
Chairman
Congress of the United States
House of Representatives
Washington, DC 20515-3101
The Honorable Les Aspin
Secretary of Defense
The Pentagon
Washington, DC 20301-1000
Dear Mr. Secretary:
Last fall I became aware of a strange series of events
beginning in New Mexico over 45 years ago and involving personnel
of what was then the Army Air Force. I have since reviewed the
facts in some detail, and I am writing to request your assistance
in arriving at a definitive explanation of what transpired and
why.
In brief, according to contemporary newspaper, wire service,
national radio newscast, and numerous eyewitness accounts, on or
about July 3, 1947, rancher William W. (Mac) Brazel found a large
amount of unusual debris on property he managed northwest of
Roswell, New Mexico, near the town of Corona. He brought his
find to the attention of Chaves County Sheriff George Wilcox, who
then contacted the Roswell Army Air Field, home of the 509th Bomb
Group (Atomic) commanded by Colonel William H. Blanchard (Who
later became vice chief of staff of the Air Force). According to
testimony of the group intelligence officer, Major Jesse A.
Marcel, he and the Counter Intelligence Corps officer in charge
at the field, Captain Sheridan, W. Cavitt, then accompanied Mr.
Brazel to the discovery site.
Marcel testified that he and Cavitt found an area measuring
about three-quarters of a mile long by 200 to 300 feet wide
densely strewn with large amount of extremely lightweight,
extremely strong materials neither could identify. Samples of
these materials were flown to Eighth Air Force Headquarters in
Fort Worth, Texas.
On July 8, a press release announcing the find was issued by
Colonel Blanchard's public information officer. This produced
such a high level of press interest that, according to the
Associated Press and a SAN FRANCISCO EXAMINER front-page story of
July 9, 1947, Army Air Force Deputy Chief of Staff Hoyt S.
Vandenberg personally handled media enquiries at the Pentagon.
===========================================================================
Page 2 -- Aspin
A few hours later, Eighth Air Force Commanding General Roger
M. Ramey told reporters in Fort Worth that what had been found in
New Mexico were the initially misidentified remains of a weather
balloon and its Rawin radar target. Recently, in written and
videotaped depositions, Brigadier General Thomas J. DuBose,
USAF(ret.), General Ramey's chief of staff at the time of the
incident, testified that the balloon explanation was a cover
story.
Similarly documented testimony given by a number of still
living and seemingly credible witnesses suggests that, in
addition to the cover story, Federal authorities sought to
intimidate witnesses and their families into silence. Those
alleged to have been subjected to such intimidation include
Brazel; his son Bill, who says that, more than two years later,
military authorities confiscated bits of debris he had found and
told him not to talk about the incident; Sheriff Wilcox and his
wife Inez; Glen Dennis, a Roswell mortician who provided contract
services to Roswell AAF; and the co-owners of Roswell radio
station KGFL, one of whom has stated that he was told their
broadcast license would be revoked if KGFL aired an interview
with Brazel.
It is my understanding that, to date, all inquiries to the
Executive Branch have resulted in denials of any knowledge or
record of this incident. Yet it is clear that something was
recovered by the Army Air Force (see the enclosed), and if
testimony of apparently honest witnesses is taken at face value,
it seems likely to have been something other than a weather
balloon and its radar target. Likewise, it is claimed that
authorities took extraordinary measures on the matter, measures
that would seem to have been unnecessary in connection with a
routine balloon retrieval.
The inconsistency between repeated official denials and the
public record and testimony of those involved has led to a great
deal of sensational speculation and called into question the
credibility of the Departments of Defense, Army, and the Air
Force. Moreover, the lives of several of my fellow New Mexicans
and their families have been and continue to be disrupted as a
result of the incident. I believe a full and honest review and
reporting of the facts of the case would serve the interests of
both the United States Government and affected citizens, and help
put the matter to rest once and for all.
===========================================================================
Page 3 -- Aspin
Therefore, Mr. Secretary, I respectfully request that you
direct such a review be undertaken on a priority basis and that a
representative or representatives of the Department of Defense
and the responsible Military Departments promptly arrange to
brief and provide me with a written report providing a current,
complete, and detailed description and explanation of both the
nature of what was recovered and all official actions taken on
the matter. I have asked Mary Martinek, my Legislative Director,
to coordinate all activities concerning this request, and she can
address any questions your staff may have.
Thank you, Mr. Secretary, for your assistance and
cooperation.
Sincerely.
/s/
Steven Schiff
SS:m2
Enclosures (7)
cc: The Honorable Joe Skeen
===========================================================================
Transcript: Roswell Daily Record; July 9, 1947
Harassed Rancher who Located 'Saucer' Sorry he Told About It
W. W. Brazel, 48, Lincoln county rancher living 30 miles south east of Corona,
today told his story of finding what the army at first described as a flying
disk. but the publicity which attended his find caused him to add that if he
ever found anything else short of a bomb he sure wasn't going to say anything
about it.
Brazel was brought here late yesterday by W.E. Whitmore of radio station KGFL,
had his picture taken and gave an interview to the Record and Jason Kellahin,
sent here from the Albuquerque bureau of the Associated Press to cover the
story. The picture he posed for was sent out over AP telephoto wire sending
machine specially set up in the Record office by R. D. Adair, AP wire chief
dent her from Albuquerque for the sole purpose of getting out his picture and
that of sheriff George Wilcox, to whom, Brazel originally gave the information
of his find.
Brazel related that on June 14 he and an 8-year old son, Vernon, were about 7
or 8 miles from the ranch house on the J. B. Foster ranch, which he operates,
when they came upon a large area of bright wreckage made up of rubber strips,
tinfoil, a rather tough paper and sticks.
At the time Brazel was in a hurry to get his rounds made and he did not pay
much attention to it. But he did remark about what he had seen and on July 4,
he, his wife, Vernon and a daughter Betty, age 14, went back to the spot and
gathered up quite a bit of the debris.
The next day he first heard about the flying disks, and he wondered if what he
had found might be the remnants of one of these.
Monday he came into town to sell some wool and while here he went to see
sheriff George Wilcox and "whispered kinda confidential like" that he might
have found a flying disk.
Wilcox got in touch with the Roswell Army Air Field and Maj, Jesse Marcel and
a man in plain clothes accompanied him home, where they picked up the rest of
the pieces of the "disk" and went to his home to try to reconstruct it.
According to Brazel the simply could not reconstruct it at all. They tried to
make a kite out of it, but could not do that and could not find any way to put
it back together so that it would fit.
The Major Marcel brought it to Roswell and that was the last he heard of it
until the story broke that he had found a flying disk.
Brazel said that did not see it fall from the sky and did not see it before it
was torn up, so he did not know the size or shape it might have been, but he
thought it might have been about as large as a table top. The balloon which
held it up, if that was how it worked, must have been about twelve feet long,
he felt, measuring the distance by the size of the room in which he sat. The
rubber was smoky gray in color and scattered over an area about 200 yards in
diameter.
When the debris was gathered up the tinfoil, paper, tape, and sticks made a
bundle about three feet long and 7 or 8 inches thick, while the rubber made a
bundle about 18 or 20 inches long and about 8 inches thick. In all, he
estimated, the entire lot would have weighed maybe five pounds.
There was no sign of any metal in the area which might have been used for an
engine and no sign of any propellers of any kind, although at least one paper
fin had been glued on to some of the tinfoil.
There were no words to be found anywhere on the instrument, although there
were letters on some of the parts. Considerable scotch tape and some tape
with flowers printed upon it had been used in the construction.
No strings or wires were to be found but there were some eyelets in the paper
to indicate that some sort of attachment may have been used.
Brazel said that he had previously found two weather balloons on the ranch, but
that what he found this time did not in any way resemble either of these.
"I am not sure what I found was not any weather observation balloon," he said.
"But if I find anything else besides a bomb they are going to have a hard time
getting me to say anything about it."
[N.B.: Transcribed verbatim from unreproducable original newspaper story.]
===========================================================================
Roswell Daily Record; July 8, 1947
RAAF Captures Flying Saucer
On Ranch in Roswell Region
No Details of Flying Disk Are Revealed
Roswell Hardware Man and Wife Report Disk Seen
The intelligence office of the 509th Bombardment group at Roswell Army Air
Field announced at noon today that the field had come into possession of a
flying saucer.
According to information released by the department, over authority of Maj.
J. A. Marcel, intelligence officer, the disk was recovered on a ranch in the
Roswell vicinity. After an unidentified rancher had notified sheriff george
Wilcox, here, that he had found the instrument on his premises.
Major Marcel and a detail from his department went to the ranch and
recovered the disk, it was stated.
After the intelligence officer here had inspected the instrument, it was
flown to "higher headquarters."
The intelligence officer stated that no details of the saucer's construction
or its appearance had been revealed.
Mr. and Mrs. Dan Wilmot apparently were the only persons in Roswell who have
seen what they thought was a flying disk.
They were sitting on their porch at 105 South Penn. last Wednesday night at
about ten minutes before ten o'clock when a large glowing object zoomed out of
the sky from the southeast, going in a northwesterly direction at a high rate
of speed.
Wilmot called Mrs. Wilmot's attention to it and both ran down into the yard
to watch. It was in sight less than a minute, perhaps 40 or 50 seconds,
Wilmot estimated.
Wilmot said that it appeared to him to be about 1,500 feet high and going
fast. He estimated between 400 to 500 miles per hour.
In appearance it looked oval in shape like two inverted saucers faced mouth
to mouth, or like two xxx type washbowls placed together in the same fashion.
The entire body glowed as though light were showing through from inside,
though not like it would be if a light were underneath.
From where he stood, Wilmot said that the object looked to be about 5 feet
in size, and making allowance for the distance it was from the town he figured
that it must have been 15 or 20 feet in diameter, though this was just a
guess.
Wilmot said that he heard no sound but that Mrs. Wilmot said she heard a
swishing sound for a very short time.
The object came into view from the southeast and disappeared over the
treetops in the general vicinity of six-mile hill.
Wilmot, who is one of the most respected and reliable citizens in town, kept
the story to himself hoping that someone else would come out and tell about
having seen one, but finally today decided that he would go ahead and tell
about seeing it. The announcement that the RAAF was in possession of one came
only a few minutes after he had decided to release the details of what he had
seen.
===========================================================================
Complete text of July 8, 1947, Roswell Army Air Field press release announcing
Army Air Force recovery of a "flying disk" in New Mexico, as published in he
San Francisco Chronicle, July 9, 1947 (page 1).
San Francisco Chronicle
The City's Only Home-Owned Newspaper
FOUNDED 1865 - CLXIV, NO. 175 CCCCAAA SAN FRANCISCO, WEDNESDAY, JULY 9, 1947
ROSWELL STATEMENT
Here is the unqualified statement issued by the Roswell Army Base public
relations officer:
"The many rumors regarding the flying disk became a reality yesterday when
the intelligence office of the 509th Bomb Group of the Eight Air Force,
Roswell Army Air Field, was fortunate enough to gain possession of a disc
through the co-operation of one of the local ranchers and the Sheriff's Office
of Chaves county.
"The flying object landed on a ranch near Roswell sometime last week. Not
having phone facilities, the rancher stored the disc until such time as he was
able to contact the Sheriff's office, who in turn notified Major Jesse A.
Marcel, of the 509th Bomb Group Intelligence office.
"Action was immediately taken and the disc was picked up at the rancher's
home. It was inspected at the Roswell Army Air Field and subsequently loaned
by Major Marcel to higher headquarters."
===========================================================================
from the United Press Broadcast Wire, July 8, 1947
MORE FLYING DISC (DXR53)
-O-
THE INTELLIGENCE OFFICE REPORTS THAT IT GAINED POSSESSION OF THE
"DIS:" THROUGH THE CO-OPERATION OF A ROSWELL RANCHER AND SHERIFF
GEORGE WILSON OF ROSWELL.
THE DISC LANDED ON A RANCH NEAR ROSWELL SOMETIME LAST WEEK. NOT
HAVING PHONE FACILITIES, THE RANCHER, WHOSE NAME HAS NOT YET BEEN
OBTAINED, STORED THE DISC UNTIL SUCH TIME AS HE WAS ABLE TO
CONTACT THE ROSWELL SHERIFF'S OFFICE.
THE SHERIFF'S OFFICE IN TURN NOTIFIED A MAJOR OF THE 509TH
INTELLIGENCE OFFICE.
ACTION WAS IMMEDIATELY TAKEN AND THE DISC WAS PICKED UP AT THE
RANCHER'S HOME AND TAKEN TO THE ROSWELL AIR BASE. FOLLOWING
EXAMINATION, THE DISC WAS FLOWN BY INTELLIGENCE OFFICERS IN A SUPER-
FORTRESS TO AN UNDISCLOSED "HIGHER HEADQUARTERS."
RESIDENTS NEAR THE RANCH ON WHICH THE DISC WAS FOUND REPORTED
SEEING A STRANGE BLUE LIGHT SEVERAL DAYS AGO ABOUT THREE O'CLOCK IN
THE MORNING.
J241P 7/8
===========================================================================
FRR
DID ARMY CALL IT A "FLYING DISC" OR WHAT?
DXR
NAJ DXR
FYI, ROSWELL REPORTS TT MAJOR JESSE A. MARCEL, INTELLIGENCE
OFFICER FOR 509TH BOMBER GROUP AT ROSWELL ARMY AIR BASE, IS IN FORT WORTH
TEX., AT 8TH ARMY HDQUARTERS, "IF HE HANT ALREADY STARTED BACK FOR
ROWELL." SUGG U GET DA IN ON FASTEST. TT MITE BE WHERE DISC
WAS FLOWN.
FRR V7/8
FRR
DA ALREADY ALERTED. HOW RE ARMY TERMINOLOGY---"FLYING DISC" OR
WHAT PLS?
DXR
DXR
OUR S5&4 CALLED IT "FLYING DISC." WE UNABLE GET QUOTES FROM
-4.6 OURSELVES -S 635. WE AFTER IT FASTEST. S5&4 SAID "FLYING DISCS."
FRR V7/8..
===========================================================================
[Teletype message from FBI Dallas office to FBI Cincinnati office, July 8,
1947, regarding the Roswell crash, the weather balloon story, and a special
flight to Wright Field.]
FBI DALLAS 7-8-47 6-17 PM
DIRECTOR AND SAC, CINCINNATI
FLYING DISC, INFORMATION CONCERNING. MAJOR CURTAN, HEADQUARTERS
EIGHTH AIR FORCE, TELEPHONICALLY ADVISED THIS OFFICE THAT AN OBJECT
PURPORTING TO BE A FLYING DISC WAS RE COVERED NEAR ROSWELL, NEW
MEXICO, THIS DATE. THE DISC IS HEXAGONAL IN SHAPE AND WAS SUSPENDED
FROM A BALLOON BY CABLE, WHICH BALLOON WAS APPROXIMATELY TWENTY
FEET IN DIAMETER. MAJOR CURTAN FURTHER ADVISED THAT THE OBJECT
FOUND RESEMBLES A HIGH ALTITUDE WEATHER BALLOON WITH A RADAR
REFLECTOR, BUT THAT TELEPHONIC CONVERSATION BETWEEN THEIR OFFICE
AND WRIGHT FIELD HAD NOT BORNE OUT THIS BELIEF. DISC AND
BALLOON BEING TRANSPORTED TO WRIGHT FIELD BY SPECIAL PLANE FOR EXAMINATION
INFORMATION PROVIDED THIS OFFICE BECAUSE OF NATIONAL INTEREST IN CASE
XXXX AND FACT THAT NATIONAL BROADCASTING COMPANY, ASSOCIATED PRESS, AND
OTHERS ATTEMPTING TO BREAK STORY OF LOCATION OF DISC TODAY. MAJOR
CURTAN ADVISED WOULD REQUEST WRIGHT FIELD TO ADVISE CINCINNATI
OFFICE RESULTS OF EXAMINATION. NO FURTHER INVESTIGATION BEING
CONDUCTED.
END
CXXXX ACK IN ORDER
1
WA 92 FBI CI MJW
BPI HS
S-3E PM 0
C-22 PH OM FBI WASH DC
===========================================================================
[Transcript: Roswell Daily Record; July 9, 1947]
Ramey Says Disk is Weather Balloon
Fort Worth, Texas, July 9 (AP)-An examination by the Army revealed last night
that mysterious object found on a lonely New Mexico ranch was a harmless high-
altitude weather balloon-not a grounded flying saucer.
Excitement was high until Brig. Gen. Roger M. Ramey, commander of the Eighth
air forces with headquarters here cleared up the mystery.
The bundle of tinfoil, broken wood beams and rubber remnants of a balloon were
sent up here yesterday by army air transport in the wake of reports that it
was a flying disk.
But the General said the objects were the crushed remains of ray wind [sic]
target used to determine the direction and velocity of winds at high
altitudes.
Warrant Officer Irving Newton, forecaster at the army air forces weather
station here said, "we use them because they go much higher than the eye can
see."
The weather balloon was found several days ago near the center of New Mexico
by Rancher W. W. Brazel. He said he didn't think much about it until he went
into Corona, N.M., last Saturday and heard the flying disk reports.
He returned to his ranch, 85 miles northwest of Roswell, and recovered the
wreckage of the balloon, which he had placed under some brush.
Then Brazel hurried back to Roswell, where he reported his find to the
sheriff's office.
The sheriff called the Roswell air field and Maj. Jesse A. Marcel, 509th bomb
group intelligence officer, was assigned to the case.
Col. William H. Blanchard, commanding officer of the bomb group, reported the
find to General Ramey and the object was flown immediately to the army air
field here.
Ramey went on the air here last night to announce the New Mexico discovery was
not a flying disk.
Newton said that when rigged up, the instrument "looks like a six-pointed
star, is silvery in appearance and rises in the air like a kite."
In Roswell, the discovery set off a flurry of excitement. Sheriff Wilcox's
telephone lines were jammed. Three calls came from England, one of them from
The London Daily Mail, he said.
A public relations officer here said the balloon was in his office "and it'll
probably stay right there."
Newton, who made the examination, said some 80 weather stations in the U.S.
were using that type of balloon and it could have come from any of them.
He said he had sent up identical balloons during the invasion of Okinawa to
determine ballistics information for heavy guns.
[N.B.: Transcribed verbatim from unreproducable original newspaper story.]
===========================================================================
OFFICE OF THE ASSISTANT SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
WASHINGTON, DC 20301-1300
March 31, 1993
LEGISLATIVE In reply refer to:
AFFAIRS OSD # 78897
Honorable Steven Schiff
House of Representatives
Washington, D.C. 20515
Dear Mr. Schiff:
I have received your letter of March 11, requesting information on
alleged events which occurred in Roswell, New Mexico.
In order to be of service to you, i have referred this matter to
the national Archives and Records Administration for direct reply to
you.
If I can be of further assistance to you, please do not hesitate to
let me know.
Sincerely,
/s/
Larry G Shockley, Col, USAF
Director, Plans and Operations
===========================================================================
First District, New Mexico PLEASE REPLY TO:
Washington Office
Committees
1009 Longworth Building
Science, Space and Technology Washington, DC 20515-3101
Judiciary (202) 225-6316
Standards of Official Conduct ---------
District Office
Government Operations 625 Silver Avenue SW
Suite 140
Subcommittee on Human Relations and Silver Square
Intergovernmental Relations Albuquerque, NM 87102
Ranking Member (505) 766-2538
Republican Research Committee
Task Force on Crime
Chairman
Congress of the United States
House of Representatives
Washington, DC 20515-3101
MEMORANDUM
April 7, 1993
TO: Rudy deLeon
Special Assistant
Office of the Secretary of Defense
FROM: Mary Martinek
Legislative Director
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pursuant to our telephone conversation, I an faxing to your
attention a copy of the March 11th letter, with its attachments,
which Congressman Schiff directed to Secretary Aspin.
I enclose also, for your information, a copy of the
acknowledgement received this date over the signature of Colonel
Shockley.
I appreciate your willingness to review the Congressman's request
and look forward to the oral and written briefing he requested in
his letter.
===========================================================================
OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20301
THE SPECIAL ASSISTANT
April 20, 1993
The Honorable Steve Schiff
U.S. House of Representatives
Washington, D.C. 20515
Dear Mr. Schiff:
This is in regard to your recent letter to Secretary Aspin regarding
alleged events which occurred in Roswell, New Mexico, in 1947. I, too, find
these unexplained occurrences of great interest; however, these records are
too old to be available here at the Pentagon.
I would, therefore, recommend that you contact the National Archives for
additional information as I believe Colonel Shockley has already done on your
behalf.
I regret that my response in not more favorable, but I trust you will
find this information helpful.
Sincerely,
/s/
Rudy de Leon
===========================================================================
First District, New Mexico PLEASE REPLY TO:
Washington Office
Committees
1009 Longworth Building
Science, Space and Technology Washington, DC 20515-3101
Judiciary (202) 225-6316
Standards of Official Conduct ---------
District Office
Government Operations 625 Silver Avenue SW
Suite 140
Subcommittee on Human Relations and Silver Square
Intergovernmental Relations Albuquerque, NM 87102
Ranking Member (505) 766-2538
Republican Research Committee
Task Force on Crime
Chairman
Congress of the United States
House of Representatives
Washington, DC 20515-3101
May 10, 1993
The Honorable Les Aspin
Secretary
Department of Defense
Room 3e966
The Pentagon
Washington, DC 20301
Dear Mr. Secretary:
I am in receipt of two letters from members of your staff
replying to my march 11, 1993, request for a personal briefing
and a written report on a 1947 incident in New Mexico involving
personnel of what was then the Army Air Force. Copies of my
request with its attachments and your staff's replies are
enclosed for your information.
I realize that, after almost 46 years, it is a virtual
certainty that all or most of the records concerning this incident
have been archived. However, my staff and several independent
investigators have conclusively established they are not in any
of the unclassified, including previously classified, holdings of
the National Archives. Moreover, it is my understanding that it
is highly unlikely they reside in any of the classified files in
the custody of the Archives.
Given the above, it seems virtually certain the documents
relating to this matter are located in the holdings under the
jurisdiction of the Department of Defense or one or both of the
relevant Military Departments. Just two examples of likely
locations are the U.S. Army Intelligence Records Center at Fort
Meade, Maryland, and Headquarters, U.S. Air Force Off ice of
Special Investigations, Bolling Air Force Base, Washington, D.C.
Wherever the documents may be, what is at issue is my
request for a personal briefing and a written report on a matter
involving actions taken by officials of the U.S. Army and U.S.
Air Force, agencies under your purview.
I realize the research required to uncover the relevant
documents and related materials will take time and considerable
effort, and I am prepared to wait a reasonable amount of time for
this to be accomplished. However I expect the job to be done and
===========================================================================
my request to be addressed as set forth in the penultimate
paragraph of my March letter.
Mw legislative Director, Mary Martinek, is coordinating all
activities on the inquiry, and she can provide assistance or
address any questions you and your staff may have.
Mr. Secretary. I deeply appreciate your help on this matter
and look forward to its timely resolution.
Sincerely,
/s/
Steven Schiff
SS:m2
Enclosures (3)
cc: The Honorable Joe Skeen
===========================================================================
National Archives Washington, DC 20408
May 20 1993
The Honorable Steve Schiff
House of Representatives
Washington, D.C. 20515-3101
Dear Mr. Schiff:
This is in reply to your letter of March 11, 1993, concerning
information about a UFO sighting at Roswell, new Mexico, in 1947.
The Department of the Air Force forwarded your letter, and we
received it on May 6, 1993.
The U.S. Air Force has retired to our custody its records on
Project BLUE BOOK relating to the investigations of unidentified
flying objects. Project BLUE BOOK has been declassified and the
records are available for examination in our research room. The
project closed in 1969 and we have no information after that
date.
We have received numerous requests concerning records relating to
the Roswell incident among these records. We have not located
any documentation relating to this event in Project BLUE BOOK
records, or in any other pertinent Defense Department records in
our custody.
Sincerely,
/s/
R. MICHAEL MCREYNOLDS
Director
Textual Reference Division
===========================================================================
First District, New Mexico PLEASE REPLY TO:
Washington Office
Committees
1009 Longworth Building
Science, Space and Technology Washington, DC 20515-3101
Judiciary (202) 225-6316
Standards of Official Conduct ---------
District Office
Government Operations 625 Silver Avenue SW
Suite 140
Subcommittee on Human Relations and Silver Square
Intergovernmental Relations Albuquerque, NM 87102
Ranking Member (505) 766-2538
Republican Research Committee
Task Force on Crime
Chairman
Congress of the United States
House of Representatives
Washington, DC 20515-3101
May 10, 1993
The Honorable Les Aspin
Secretary
Department of Defense
Room 3e966
The Pentagon
Washington, DC 20301
Dear Mr. Secretary:
I am writing to you, again, to request an answer to my
letter to you of May 10th. I enclose a copy of the letter, and
previous correspondence on the same issue, for your information.
While I realize that the Department of Defense, and you, Mr.
Secretary, have been very busy in areas throughout the world,
while also concerned with proposed changes in policy within the
Department, I must insist on the courtesy of a reply to my
letter, which is now three months old.
_To reiterate, while I am prepared to wait a reasonable_
_length of time for the briefing I requested, I do insist that the_
_Department do the research on my inquiry and report the findings_
_to me._
I also must insist on having my letters to the Department of
Defense acknowledged and acted upon. I look forward to your
response to my letters, and to the scheduled briefing. I will
expect a reply to this inquiry by September 7th.
Sincerely,
/s/
Steven Schiff
SS:m2
Enclosure: As stated
===========================================================================
End of 18 pages of information released to CUFON by Congressman Schiff's
office.
===========================================================================
===========================================================================
Washington Post 1/14/94
GAO Turns To Alien Turf In New Probe
By William Claiborne
Washington Post Staff Writer
Where television's "Unsolved Mysteries" has tried and failed, the
General Accounting Office is unafraid to venture.
At the request of Rep. Steven Schiff (R-N.M.), Congress's
investigative branch has launched a study to determine whether the
government covered up a story alleging that the bodies of alien space
voyagers were removed from a crashed flying saucer found near Roswell,
N.M., in 1947.
After the purported crash of the spacecraft, the bodies of the
extraterrestrial visitors were said by a local undertaker and other
conspiracy theorists to have been autopsied and secretly flown to an
Air Force base in Ohio.
Even though the "Roswell Incident" has been repeatedly dismissed by
the Defense Department as nothing more than UFO fantasizing triggered
by the discovery of a downed weather balloon, the GAO has begun
searching for documents to prove allegations that the Air Force
"suppressed" information sought by Schiff.
Schiff is a member of the House Government Operations Committee,
which oversees the GAO.
GAO spokeswoman Laura A. Kopelson said the office's investigation,
first reported in the Albuquerque Journal yesterday, stemmed from a
meeting in October between Schiff and GAO Controller General Charles A
Bowsher. Schiff complained then that the Defense Department had been
"unresponsive" to his inquiries about the 1947 incident.
Kopelson said "as far as I know only one investigator had been
assigned" to the case, and that not enough work had been done to report
any results to Schiff. At another point, Kopelson said "the people
doing it are either on sick leave or are unavailable."
She said there was no way of estimating how much the investigation
would cost, and that the GAO does not release such information anyway.
GAO conducted 1,380 inquiries into government operations in 1992.
Its budget has risen from $46.9 million in 1965 to $490 million last
year. The agency has been criticized, especially by Republicans, as the
"lap dog of the requesters," producing reports that tend to support
whatever conclusion the requesting member of Congress suggests.
Kopelson said Schiff had asked the GAO "to see if there is any
evidence that information regarding UFOs had been suppressed" following
the Roswell incident.
Schiff, however, said that at a routine October meeting he had
merely complained about the Defense Department's lack of responsiveness
but a GAO official said, "We're willing to take a stab at it."
Schiff, in a telephone interview from Albuquerque, said that last
March, after receiving inquiries from "UFO believers" and some Roswell
residents who were in the military in 1947, he wrote Defense Secretary
Les Aspin asking for more information about the reported spacecraft
crash and the alleged disappearance of the aliens' bodies.
The crash of a mysterous object 75 miles northwest of Roswell, which
the Air Force later claimed was a weather balloon equipped with a
radar-reflecting device, was the subject of several books and remains
many UFO buffs' greatest riddle.
A privately owned museum in Roswell contains a number of documents
and photographs purporting to prove existence of the aliens. It also
displays a re-creation of the spacecraft surrounded by figures
portraying the dead extraterrestrials.
UFO buffs contend the incident marked the beginning of a government
conspiracy to suppress evidence of alien life.
Much of the speculation stems from claims by William Haut, a former
Air Force public affairs officer, who said that on July 2, 1947, he was
told to prepare a news release reporting the Air Force had recovered
parts of a flying saucer and then was told to change the story to
report a weather balloon.
Also, a nurse reportedly told a local funeral home director that she
witnessed the autopsies of the spacemen, whom she described as having
oversized heads and beetle-like features. The nurse subsequently died
in a plane crash.
After the autopsies, conspiracy theorists said the bodies were flown
to Fort Worth and then to what is now Wright-Patterson Air Force Base
in Ohio.
In 1989, NBC's "Unsolved Mysteries" investigated the controversy,
which the program's host, Robert Stack, concluded remained unsolved.
Schiff said after calling Aspin last March to request a Defense
Department briefing on the Roswell incident, he received a call from an
Air Force lieutenant colonel, who brusquely told him the documents had
been turned over to the National Archives.
However, Schiff said, Archives officials told him they did not have
the records on Roswell, even though they did have records of "Project
Blue Book," a 1969 Air Force study of reported UFO sightings. That
study, Schiff said, did not deal with the Roswell case.
"I was getting pretty upset at all the running around," Schiff said,
adding that at his meeting with GAO officials, "they made an offer to
help."
"Generally, I'm a skeptic on UFOs and alien beings, but there are
indications from the runaround that I got that whatever it was, it
wasn't a balloon. Apparently, it's another government coverup," Schiff
said.
He called the Defense Department's lack of response "astounding,"
and said government accountability was an issue "even larger than
UFOs."
Asked if the GAO might not be extending itself, Schiff acknowledged
that the agency "usually does fiscal investigations and at present I
can't find a fiscal impact" in the Roswell incident.
Had the agency said, " `This is beyond our realm of expertise,' "
Schiff said, "I wouldn't insist on it." He added, "If the Defense
Department had been responsive, it wouldn't have come to this."
===========================================================================
CUFON is aware that this story was widely reported. Among the items of
which we are aware are:
January 14, 1994 Los Angeles television Fox 11 news/reporter David Garcia
interviewed New Mexico congressman Steve Schiff. Congressman Schiff stated
that this incident, like the radiation tests in the 40's should be brought
forth and dealt honestly with the American people.
Another LA TV station ran a short interview with Frank Joyce, at the time a
radio personality in Roswell, now retired living in Albuquerque. He described
his initial involvement, how he heard from Mac Brazel and how he suggested
Brazel call the Army Air Field, and how he later got the press release and
everyone's reaction to it.
Radio stations in Albuquerque report that Congressman Steve Schiff is and has
been looking into the Roswell incident. According to the report, he's angry
that the Department of Defense stonewalled him. In response, Schiff has gone
to what the report called "the investigative arm of Congress: the General
Accounting Office," and requested an investigation into whether there was a
cover-up in 1947, what was covered up, and why it's still being kept secret.
An AP wire article also dealt with the Roswell story.
CBS radio aired news that a congressman from New Mexico (Steve Schiff),
because of some letters from his constituents, is requesting that the General
Accounting Office investigate the Roswell Incident.
===========================================================================
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2104.ufo
+163
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
SUBJECT: CUFON RECOMMENDED READING LIST FILE: UFO2104
==========================================================================
This file is REVIEW2.TXT; it is intended to be an addendum to the file
REVIEW.TXT which is available here on CUFON. The following is the reply to
an FOIA request for records which would show the progress of the Presidential
Directive (PRD-29). Note that the text of Executive Order 12356 is also
available on CUFON under the filename: EO12356.TXT.
==========================================================================
Information Security Oversight Office
Washington, DC
October 28, 1993
Dear Mr. Klotz:
Thank you for your letter of September 19, acknowledging receipt of
the copy of the Presidential Review Directive (PRD) 29 that we sent you.
In response to your request, we are enclosing a copy of a Notice
published in the _Federal Register_ dated May 20, 1993, entitled "Hearing;
Changes to the Security Classification System."
Sincerely,
/s/ Ethel R. Geis
for
Steven Garfinkel
Director
Mr. James Klotz
Post Office Box 832
Mercer Island, WA 98040
Enclosures
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
FEDERAL REGISTER Thursday May 20, 1993
Part III
INFORMATION SECURITY OVERSIGHT OFFICE
Hearing; Changes to the Security classification System; Notice
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
29480 Federal Register / Vol. 58, No. 96 / Thursday, May 20, 1993 / Notices
INFORMATION SECURITY OVERSIGHT OFFICE
Hearing: Changes to the Security Classification System
Take notice that on June 9 and 10, 1993, an interagency Task Force chaired
by the Information Security Oversight Office (ISOO) will convene to hear oral
presentations by interested parties on proposals to change the system under
which information is classified, safeguarded, and declassified in the
interest of national security. That system is currently embodied in Executive
Order 12356, entitled "National Security Information," 47 FR 27836, April 6,
1982.
Background
By Presidential Review Directive, an interagency Task Force chaired by ISOO
is responsible for drafting and proposing to the National Security Council no
later than November 30, 1993, a security classification system to replace
E.O. 12356. The Task Force has been divided into seven Committees to gather
input, consider proposals, and recommend changes to be incorporated into the
draft order, These Committees are as follows:
Committee on Classification Standards: This Committee is responsible for
responding to the following questions: In the post Cold War era, what types
of information continue to require protection through classification in the
interest of our national security? Do we need three levels of classification?
Committee on Excessive Classification: This Committee is responsible for
responding to the following question: What steps can be taken to avoid
excessive classification?
Committee on Duration of Classification: This Committee is responsible for
responding to the following question: What steps can be taken to declassify
information as quickly as possible?
Committee on Declassification: This Committee is responsible for responding
to the following question: What steps can be taken to declassify or otherwise
dispose of the large amounts of classified information that currently exist
in Government archives or other repositories?
Committee on Access and Dissemination: This Committee is responsible for
responding to the following questions: What steps can be taken to control
unnecessary distribution and reproduction of classified information? What
steps can be taken to enforce the "need-to-know" principle?
Committee on Oversight: This Committee is responsible for responding to the
following questions: What steps can be taken to reduce the number of, and to
provide adaquate oversight and control over, special access programs? What
steps can be taken to increase individual accountability for the operation of
the classification system? What steps can be taken to improve oversight of
the classification program generally?
Committee on Safeguards: This Committee is responsible for reponding to the
following questions: In what way should the executive order address
information systems security? What requirements, restrictions, and other
safeguards should be specifically addressed in the executive order taking
into account (i) damage from unauthorized disclosures; (ii) existing or
anticipated threats: and (iii) the short and long-term costs of the
requirements, restrictions, or other safeguards?
Purpose
To help assure that all organizations and individuals that hsve an
interest in the security classification system have an opportunity to present
their views and proposals, the Task Force Committees will convene to receive
oral presentations, statements and testimony.
Location
The Great Hall, First Floor, Department of Justice Headquarters Building,
Constitution Avenue. between 9th and 10th Streets, Northwest.
Washington, DC.,Please enter at middle entrance on Constitution Avenue.
Times
June 9, 1993:
Committee on Classification Standards: 9 - 10:30 a.m.
Cornmittee on Excessive Classification: 10:30 a.m. - noon.
Committee on Oversight: 1:30 - 3 p.m.
Committee on Safeguards: 3 - 4:30 p.m. June 10, 1993:
Committee on Duration of Classification: 9 - 10:30 a.m.
Committee on Declassification: 10:30 - noon.
Committee on Access and Dissemination: 1:30 - 3 p.m.
Times are subject to change depending on expressed interest. Parties with
appointments will be notified of any changes as soon as possible.
Appointments
Oral presentations will be scheduled by appointment. To reserve an
appointment time, please contact June Brown or Dorothy Cephas of ISOO, at
(202) 634-6150. Presenters are requested to keep their prepared statements as
concise as possible, and to provide specific written proposals for changes to
particular provisions of E.O. 12356. The presentations will be open to the
public.
Written ProposaLs
The Task Force will accept and consider written proposals for changes to
E.O. 12356. Written proposals should be submitted as early as possible for
adequate dissemination and consideration, but no later than July 14, 1993.
Please address such proposals to the Information Security Oversight Office.
750 17th Street. NW., suite 530, Washington. DC 20006, Attention: PRD Task
Force.
Steven Garfinkel, Director, Information Security Oversight Office.
[FR Doc. 93-11942 Filed 5-19-93; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6820-AF-M
=============================================================================
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************
ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2105.ufo
+695
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,695 @@
SUBJECT: ANOTHER RECOMMENDED READING LIST FILE: UFO2105
===========================================================================
TITLE: UFO's: Let the Evidence Speak for Itself
By: Clifford E. Stone
Published by: Privately Published
Copyright 1991, Clifford E. Stone
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: Report on the UFO Wave of 1947
By: Ted Bloecher
Introduction by: Dr. James E. McDonald, Senior Physicist, Institute of
Atmospheric Physics, University of Arizona
Year: October 23, 1967
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: International Who's Who In Ufology Directory,
Limited 1988 Edition
By: Robert D. Boyd
Published by: PMT Publishing, Inc.
1509 Government Boulevard Mobile, Alabama 36604
ISBN 09620197-3-9 Library Of Congress ISSN 0897-4896
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: UFOs and Related Subjects: An Annotated Bibliography
By: Lynn E. Catoe
Published By: Library Of Congress Science and Technology Division for the
Air Force Office of Scientific Research
Office of Aerospace Research,
USAF Arlington, Virginia 22209
under AFOSR project orders 67-0002 and 68-0003
Library of Congress Card Catalog No. 68-62196
For Sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington D.C. 20402
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: Final Report of the Scientific Study of Unidentified Flying
Objects
By: Dr. E.U. Condon Scientific Director
Research for this report was supported by the Air Force
Office of Scientific Rrsearch, Office of Aerospace Reseaech,
Editor: Daniel S. Gillmor [1968]
Introduction: Walter Sullivan of The New York Times
Published by: E.P. Dutton, NY, in assoc with:
Colorado University Press,
Year: 1969
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: The Journal of UFO Studies
Volume 1 1979
Volume 2 1980
Volume 3 1983
Editorial: Adviser Dr. J. Allen Hynek
Managing Editor: Mimi Hynek
Published By: Center for UFO Studies ( CUFOS )
P.O. Box 1402 Evanston, IL 60204
Available: Center for UFO Studies (CUFOS)
2457 W. Peterson Ave.
Chicago, IL 60659
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: Flying Saucers... An Analysis of the Air Force Project Blue
Book Special Report No. 14
(Consisting of Early Air Force Press Releases, The CIA Panel
Report of 1953, The (1966) Air Force Blue Book Release, also
the Analysis of the Special Report No 14.)
Prepared by: Dr. Leon Davidson
3rd Edition July, 1966
Publishing: (History) Original Air Force Issue, 100 copies, restricted
distribution) May 1955.
First Edition published by Leon Davidson, 1000 copies
Dec.1956
Library of Congress Catalog Card Number 57-2610
Second Edition published by Leon Davidson, 1000 copies
Oct.1957
Third Edition published by Ramsey-Wallace Corp. 2000 copies
July 1966.
Ramsey-Wallace Corp. Ramsey, N.J.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: Flying Saucers - Serious Business
By: Frank Edwards
Edited By: Eileen Brand
Published by: Lyle Stuart, New York, NY
Year: 1966 (hardback, at least 6 printings)
Published by: Bantam Books, New York, NY
Year: 1966 (paperback, many printings)
Library of Congress Catalog Card Number 66-22882
TITLE: Flying Saucers - Here and Now
By: Frank Edwards
Edited By: Eileen Brand
Published by: Lyle Stuart, New York, NY
Year: 1967 (hardback, at least 2 printings)
Bantam Books, New York, NY
Year: 1968 (paperback, several printings)
Library of Congress Catalog Card Number 67-265-46
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: Clear Intent- What the Government Won't Say
By: Lawrence Fawcett & Barry J. Greenwood.
Foreword by: Dr.J.Allen Hynek.
Published By: Prentice Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey 07632
Year: 1984
Library of Congress Cataloging in Publication Data
Fawcett, Lawrence.
Clear Intent. "A Spectrum Book." Bibliography: p.
Includes index. 1. Unidentified flying objects-
Sightings and encounters-United States.
2. Government information - United States.
I. Greenwood, Barry J. II. Title.
TL789.F34 1984 001.9'42 84-9818
ISBN 0-13-136656-4
ISBN 0-13-136649-1 (A Reward Book: pbk.)
Clear Intent was released in paperback simultaneously with the above edition.
Clear Intent has also been re-released in paperback:
TITLE: The UFO Cover-Up - What the Government Won't Say
Published By: Prentice Hall Press, NY
Year: 1984
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: UFO Exist!
By: Paris Flammonde
Published by: G.P. Putnam, New York, NY
Year: 1976
Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 75-42925
TITLE: The Age of Flying Saucers
By: Paris Flammonde
Published by: Hawthorn Books, New York, NY
Year: 1971
Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 74-115903
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: Observations Of Anomalous Atmospheric Phenomena In The USSR:
Statistical Analysis.
Results Of Processing First Sample Of Observational Data
By: L.M. Gindilis, D.A. Men'kov, I.G. Petrovskaya
USSR Academy Of Sciences Institute of Space
Research Report PR 473, 1979, pp. 1-74
Introduction: By Dr. Richard F. Haines
Published By: Center For UFO Studies (CUFOS) U.S.A.
Year: 1980
Available: Center for UFO Studies (CUFOS)
2457 W. Peterson Ave.
Chicago, IL 60659
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: Observing UFOs
By: Richard F. Haines, Ph.D
Published by: Nelson-Hall, Chicago
Year: 1980
Library of Congress in Publication Data
Haines, Richard F 1937- Observing UFOs.
1. Unidentified Flying Objects. I. Title.
TL789.H34 001.9'42 79-13418
TITLE: Melbourne Episode: Case Study of a Missing Pilot
By: Richard F. Haines, Ph.D
Published by: L.D.A Press Los Altos, Calif
Year: 1987
ISBN 0-9618082-0-9
Available: Center for UFO Studies (CUFOS)
2457 W. Peterson Ave.
Chicago, IL 60659
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: The UFO Evidence
By: Richard H. Hall ed.
Published by: National Investigations Committee on Aerial Phenomena
(NICAP)
Year: 1964
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: The UFO Handbook
A Guide To Investigating, Evaluating And Reporting UFO
Sightings
By: Allan Hendry
Foreword By: Dr. J. Allen Hynek
Published By: Doubleday & Company, Inc. Garden City, NY
Year: 1979
Library Of Congress Catalog Card Number: 78-8211
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: UFOs, The American Scene
By: Michael Herver
Published by: St. Martin's Press, Inc.
175 Fifth Avenue
New York N.Y. 10010
Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 76-5373
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: The UFO Experience-A Scientific Inquiry
By: Dr. J. Allen Hynek
Published by: Henry Regnery, IL,
Year: 1972
Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 76-183827
TITLE: The Edge of Reality
By: Dr. J. Allen Hynek, and Dr. Jacques Vallee,
Published by: Henry Regenry, IL,
Year: 1975
Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 75-13226
TITLE: The Hynek UFO Report
By: Dr. J. Allen Hynek
Published by: Dell, New York, NY
Year: 1977
ISBN: 0-440-19201-3
TITLE: Night Siege: The Hudson Valley UFO Sightings
By: Dr. J. Allen Hynek, Philip J. Imbrogno, and Bob Pratt
Published by: Ballantine Books, a division of Random House, Inc.,
New York, NY
Year: 1987
Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 87-91212
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: The Flying Saucers are Real
By: Major Donald. E. Kehoe, USMC ret.
Published by: New York, NY
Year: 1950
TITLE: Flying Saucers From Outer Space
By: Major Donald. E. Kehoe, USMC ret.
Published by: Henry Holt & Co., New York, NY
Year: 1953
TITLE: The Flying Saucer Conspiracy
By: Major Donald. E. Kehoe, USMC ret.
Published by: Henry Holt & Co., New York,
Year: 1955
TITLE: Flying Saucers: Top Secret
By: Major Donald. E. Kehoe, USMC ret.
Published by: G.P.Putnam & Sons, New York, NY
Year: 1960
TITLE: Aliens From Space
By: Major Donald. E. Kehoe, USMC ret.
Published by: Doubleday, New York, NY
Year: 1975
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: Ufology
By: McCampbell, James M.
Published by: Celstial Arts, CA
Year: 1976
Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 73-93488
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: Statement on Unidentified Flying Objects.
Submitted to the House Committee on Science and Astronautics
on July 29, 1968, Symposium on Unidentified Flying Objects,
Rayburn Building, Washington, D.C.
By: Dr. James E. McDonald, Senior Physicist, Institute of
Atmospheric Physics, and Professor, Department of
Meteorology,
Published by: The University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona (71 pages)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: Chronolgical Catalog Of Reported Lunar Events.
NASA Technical Report NASA TR R-277
By: Barbara M. Middlehurst, University of Arizona.
Jaylee M. Burley, Goddard Space Flight Center.
Patrick Moore, Armagh Planetarium Armagh, Northern Ireland.
Barbara L. Welther, Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory.
Published By: National Aeronautics And Space Administration ( NASA )
Washington D.C.
Year: July 1968
For Sale By: The Clearinghouse For Federal Scientific And Technical
Information
Springfield, Virginia 22151 - CFSTI
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: The Search for Extraterrestrial Intelligence (SETI)
Edited By: Philip Morrison, Massachusetts Institute of Technology John
Billingham and John Wolfe, NASA Ames Research Center
Published By: National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Scientific
and Technical Information Office
Year: 1977
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents,
U.S. Government Printing Office Washington, D.C. 20402
Stock No. 033-000-00696-0
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: The Report Of The National Commission On Space.
Pioneering The Space Frontier.
This report is dedicated to the crew of the
Space Shuttle Challenger, Flight 51-L.
By: The National Commission On Space
Published By: Bantam Books, Inc. New York
Year: May 1986
Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data
1. Space - Exploration - United States.
2. Astronautics - United States. I. Title.
TL789.8.U5U565 1986 629.4'0973 .86-7958
ISBN 0-553-34314-9
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: Advanced Propulsion Techniques.
Proceedings of Technical Meeting Sponsored by the AGARD
Combustion and Propulsion Panel, Pasadena, California,
August 24-26, 1960
By: Advisory Group For Aeronautical Rrsearch and Development,
North Atlantic Treaty Organization
Edited By: S.S. Penner
Published By: Pergamon Press New York
Year: 1961
Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 61-11541
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: Physical Traces Associated With UFO Sightings.
Compiled By: Ted Phillips
Edited By: Mimi Hynek
Foreword By: Dr J. Allen Hynek
Published By: The Center for UFO Studies (CUFOS)
Year: 1975
Reprinted: April, 1982 by Arcturus Books Service with permission of the
Center For UFO Studies (CUFOS)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: UFOs HERE and Now!
By: K. Gosta Rehn
Translated from the Swedish by Patricia Crampton
Published By: First Published in Sweden by Zindermans.
First Published in Great Britain by Abelard-Schuman Limited.
450 Edgeware Road London W2
Year: 1974
ISBN 0 200 72195 X
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: UFO Reports Involving Vehicle Interference.
A Catalogue and Data Analysis
By: Mark Rodeghier
Edited By: Mimi Hynek and Sanna Hans Longden
Published By: Center for UFO Studies (CUFOS)
P.O. Box 1402 Evanston, IL 60204
Year: 1981
Available: Center for UFO Studies (CUFOS)
2457 W. Peterson Ave.
Chicago, IL 60659
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: The Report on Unidentified Flying Objects
By: Ruppelt, Edward J.
Published by: Doubleday, New York, NY
Year: 1956
Also published in paperback.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: Project Identification: The First Scientific Field Study of
UFO Phenomena
By: Harley D. Rutledge, Ph.D
Published By: Prentice-Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey 07632
Year: 1981
Library of Congress Cataloging in Publication Data
Rutledge, Harley D. Project Identification
Includes index. 1. Unidentified flying objects.
I. Title.
TL789.R83 001.9'42 81-5076
ISBN 0-13-730713-6 AACR2
ISBN 0-13-730705-5 (pbk.)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: The UFO Encyclopedia
By: Margaret Sachs
Published by: Perigee Booke, Published by G.P. Putnam's Sons, NY
Year: 1980
1. Unidentified Flying Objects - Dictionaries.
I. Title.
TL789.S16 001.9'42'03 79-27450
ISBN: 0-399-12365-2 SBN: 399-50454-0 Pbk.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: The Utah UFO Display: A Biologist's Report
By: Dr. Frank B. Salisbury
Published By: The Devin-Adair Company
Old Greenwich, Connecticut
Foreword By: Dr. J. Allen Hynek
Year: 1974
Library Of Congress Catalog Card Number: 74-75389
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: UFO's, Yes: Where The Condon Committee Went Wrong
The inside Story By An Ex-Member of the Official Study Group
By: David Saunders & R. Roger Harkins
Introduction: By John G. Fuller
Published by: The World Pubishing Company, Cleveland, Ohio
Year: February, 1969
Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 68-59202
TITLE: USAF Project Grudge and Bluebook reports 1 - 12
(1951 - 1953)
Published by: National Investigations Committee On Aeral Phenomena (NICAP)
Washington D.C.
Year: June, 1968
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: The UFO Enigma
Published by: Congressional Research Service
The Library of Congress, June 20, 1983
Report 83-205 SPR
By: Marcia S. Smith
Science Policy and Research Division
Revised and updated by George D. Havas
Science Policy and Research Division
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: Socorro Saucer in a Pentagon Pantry.
UFO Reported Landing, Socorro, New Mexico, April 24, 1964
Witnessed By Lonnie Zamora, a Socorro Policeman.
By: Ray Stanford
Published By: Blueapple Books, Austin, TX
Year: 1976
Library Of Congress Catalog Card Number: 76-13768
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: The Kaikoura UFOs
The First Encounter with UFO's Recorded on Film Supported by
Visual and Radar Observation.
By: Capt. Bill Startup with Neil Illingworth
Published By: Hodder and Stoughton, Auckland, London, Sydney Year: 1980
ISBN 0 340 256893
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: UFO's and the Limits of Science
By: Ronald D. Story
Foreword By: Thornton Page, NASA Johnson Space Center
Published By: William Morrow and Compant, Inc. New York
Year: 1981
Library of Congress Cataloging in Publicating
1. Unidentified Flying Objects.
I. Greenwell, J. Richard, joint author. II. Title
TL789.S769 001.9'42 80-25543
TITLE: The Encyclopedia Of UFOs: A Comprehensive and Objective A to
Z of Sightings, Personalities, Theories, and Feature
Articles. Illustrated.
Edited By: Ronald D. Story
Consulting: Editor J. Richard Greenwell
Published By: Doubleday & Company, Inc., Garden City, New York Year: 1980
Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 77-15174
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: Inside Saucer Post ...3-0 Blue.
CRIFO Views The Status Quo: A Summary Report.
By: Leonard H. Stringfield
Published By: CRIFO
Year: October 1957
Library Of Congress Catalog Card Number: 57-14605
TITLE: Situation Red The UFO Siege.
By: Leonard H. Stringfield
Foreword By: Major Donald E. Keyhoe USMC (Ret.)
Published By: Doubleday & Company, Inc. Garden City, New York Year: 1977
Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 76-42403
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: Evaluation of the Condon Report on the Colorado UFO Project.
By: P.A. Sturrock
SUIPR Report No. 559
Year: October 1974
Published by: By the Institute for Plasma Research
Stanford University, Stanford, Calif.
Available: Center for UFO Studies (CUFOS)
2457 W. Peterson Ave.
Chicago, IL 60659
TITLE: Report On A Survey Of The Membership Of The American
Astronomical Society Concerning The UFO Problem.
By: P.A. Sturrock
SUIPR Report No. 681R
Published By: Institute For Plasma Research
Stanford University, Stanford, California
Year: November 1977
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: Flying Saucers and the U.S. Air Force
By: Lt. Colonel Lawrence J. Tacker
Foreword By: Thomas D. White,
Chief of Staff United States Air Force
Published by: D. Van Nostrand Company, Inc.
120 Alexander St., Princeton,
New Jersey (Principal Office)
24 West 40 Street,
New York 18, New York
Year: 1960
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: UFOs, The Eye and The Camera
By: Adrian Vance
Published by: Barlenmir House, Publishers, New York, N.Y.
Library of Congress Cataloging in Publication
1. Flying Saucers.
2. Interplanetary Voyages.
3. Photography.
I. Title.
TL789.V35 001.9'42 76-48205
ISBN: 0-87929-046-3
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: A Catalogue Of 200 Type - I UFO Events In Spain And
Portugal. A Note On The Sources: Acknowledgements Geographic
Distribution Of 200 Iberian Landings 200 Type-I UFO Events.
By: Vicente - Juan Ballester Olmos
Valencia, Spain
Foreword By: Dr. Jacques Vallee
Published By: Center For UFO Studies ( CUFOS ) U.S.A.
Year: April, 1976
Available: Center for UFO Studies (CUFOS)
2457 W. Peterson Ave.
Chicago, IL 60659
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: 1973 - Year Of The Humanoids
An Analysis Of The Fell, 1973/Humanoid Wave Second Edition
By: David Webb
Edited By: Mimi Hynek
Published By: Center For UFO Studies ( CUFOS ) U.S.A
Year: May 1976
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: UFO Top Secret.
An Objective, Fully Documented Report on Unidentified Flying
Objects....Revealing The U.S. Air Force's Attempts To Debunk
Eyewitness Testimony.
By: Mort Young
Published By: Essandess Special Editions,
A Division Of Simon & Schuster, Inc. New York, NY
Year: 1967
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: The Lumberton Report
UFO Activity in S. North Carolina
April 3-9, 1975 Report No. 3
E. Lee Speigel and Ted Phillips Principal Investigators
By: Jennie Zeidman
Published By: Center For UFO Studies (CUFOS) U.S.A.
Year: May 1976
Available: Center for UFO Studies (CUFOS)
2457 W. Peterson Ave.
Chicago, IL 60659
TITLE: A Helicopter UFO Encounter Over Ohio.
By: Jennie Zeidman
Edited by: Mimi Hynek and Sanna Hans Longden.
Published By: Center for UFO Studies (CUFOS)
Year: 1979
Available: Center for UFO Studies (CUFOS)
2457 W. Peterson Ave.
Chicago, IL 60659
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: The Ice Documents Press Conference
Text of the 1987 press conference by Mr. Dale Goudie and
Mr. Christian Lambright, wherein the reality of NSA's
Project Aquarius was first revealed.
By: Dale Goudie and Christian Lambright
Published By: Privately published by UFO Reporting and Information
Service, Seattle Washington (206) 721-5035
Year: 1987
Available: UFO Reporting and Information Service
P.O. Box 832
Mercer Island, WA 98040
(206) 721-5035
and CUFON (Computer UFO network)
8 Data Bits, No Parity, 1 Stop Bit, 300/1200/2400 bps
24 Hours (206) 776-0382
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: The Confirmation Paper
Paper showing documented links between UFO, National
Security Agency, Intelligence Committee and thru the
National Security Council to the Office of the President.
Also treats: Robertson Panel (1953) and successors.
By: Dale Goudie and James Klotz
Published By: Privately published by UFO Reporting and Information
Service, Seattle Washington (206) 721-5035
Year: February 1992
Available: UFO Reporting and Information Service
P.O. Box 832
Mercer Island, WA 98040
(206) 721-5035
and CUFON (Computer UFO network)
8 Data Bits, No Parity, 1 Stop Bit, 300/1200/2400 bps
24 Hours (206) 776-0382
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: UFOs - A Scientific Debate
Edited by: Carl Sagan and Thornton Page
Published By: W. W. Norton & Co., New York, London
(by arrangement with Cornell University Press)
Year: 1972
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: Forbidden Science : Journals 1957 - 1969
By: Jacques Vallee
Published by: North Atlantic Books
2800 Woolsey St. Berkley CA 94705
Year: Copyright 1992, by Jacques Vallee
ISBN 1-55643-125-2
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE: Symposium on Unidentified Flying Objects
Hearings Before the Committee on Science and Astronautics,
US House of Representatives, 19th Congress Second Session,
July 29, 1968 [No. 7]
Published: U.S. Government Printing Office Washington D.C.. Printed for
the use of the Committee on Science and Astronautics.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Many of these books and reports are out of print. Some are available at
libraries, used book stores in your area and by mail order. One good mail
order company is:
Arcturus Book Service
1443 S.E. Port St. Lucie Blvd.
Port St. Lucie, FL 34952
Phone: (407) 398-0796
(ask for the backlist)
NOTE: CUFON does not make a practice of recommending businesses nor does the
above imply any connection with any commercial concern.
CUFON requests that readers who have, or know of, editions of these books
other than the ones listed above, please notify us, by Email on CUFON or by
regular mail at the address given at the beginning of this list, of the title,
author, publisher, and publish date, etc.
If you know where copies of the above books are available, please send that
information to the SYSOP or Dale Goudie, the Information Director.
Thank you, Jim Klotz, CUFON SYSOP
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More